A320 Amm CH 12 PDF

__________
HIGHLIGHTS
REVISION NO. 31 Aug 01/11
Pages which have been revised are outlined below, together with the Highlights of the
Revision
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CHAPTER 12
__________
L.E.P. 1- 8 REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION INDICATING

NEW,REVISED, AND/OR DELETED PAGES
T. OF C. REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION
10, 12
12-12-29 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL
303- 304, PROCEDURE REVISED
307- 308,
312, 315-
316

333, 337, UPDATE STEP 15
A307-A310, IF THE CORRECT DIMENSION H IS THE SAME AS THE
A314 VALUE RECORDED IN STEP (13) PLUS OR MINUS
10 MM (0.3937 IN.), GO TO STEP (17).
WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL

303, 305- REVISED NOTE ON COLD/HOT OIL DEFINITION
306, 311,
314- 316,
319, 322

319, 327- CNSM 11004 AMENDED TO 11026.
332, 334
12-13-80 WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL

307, 311

302- 304 REVISED TEMP. FROM 24 TO 25C.
12-21-12 LAYOUT IMPROVED OR EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

349, 360
12-21-13 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED
12-HIGHLIGHTS Page 1 of 2
SYR
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
702- 706, CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

709- 718 ADDED STEP TO INSTALL TCAS COMPUTER

301- 302

301- 302

205 PARAGRAPH 4.B(2)(B) REVISED

203- 204

303, 305- REVISED WORDING
306

302, 306-
308

301- 304, THE VISCOSITY VALUE AMENDED
309- 310,
314

302
12-33-21 LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL

201- 202,
204- 216

385, 391- CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL
392,A318, OLD P/N: 460005833 REFERENCE REMOVED.
A321-A322, TOOL DESIGNATION(S) DATA UPDATED ALL
A383,A388-
B306
12-HIGHLIGHTS Page 2 of 2
SYR
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

_______________________
N, R or D indicates pages which are New, Revised or Deleted respectively
Remove and insert the affected pages and complete the Record of Revisions and
the Record of Temporary Revisions as necessary
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
RECORD 12-11-28 312 May01/01 12-11-28 354 Nov01/10

OF TEMP. 12-11-28 313 Nov01/09 12-11-28 355 Nov01/10
REVISION 12-11-28 314 Nov01/09 12-11-28 356 Nov01/10
12-11-28 315 Nov01/10 12-11-28 357 Nov01/10
L.E.P. R 1- 8 Aug01/11 12-11-28 316 Nov01/10 12-11-28 358 Nov01/10
T. of C. 1 Nov01/10 12-11-28 317 Nov01/10 12-11-28 359 Nov01/10
T. of C. 2 Nov01/10 12-11-28 318 Nov01/10 12-11-28 360 Nov01/10
T. of C. 3 May01/11 12-11-28 319 Nov01/10 12-11-28 361 Nov01/10
T. of C. 4 Nov01/10 12-11-28 320 Nov01/10 12-11-28 362 Nov01/10
T. of C. 5 May01/11 12-11-28 321 Nov01/10 12-11-28 363 Nov01/10
T. of C. 6 May01/11 12-11-28 322 Nov01/10 12-11-28 364 Nov01/10
T. of C. 7 Nov01/10 12-11-28 323 Nov01/10 12-11-28 365 Nov01/10
T. of C. 8 May01/11 12-11-28 324 Nov01/10 12-11-28 366 Nov01/10
T. of C. 9 Nov01/10 12-11-28 325 Nov01/10 12-11-28 367 Nov01/10
T. of C. R 10 Aug01/11 12-11-28 326 Nov01/10 12-11-28 368 Nov01/10
T. of C. 11 May01/11 12-11-28 327 Nov01/10 12-11-28 369 Nov01/10
T. of C. R 12 Aug01/11 12-11-28 328 Nov01/10 12-11-28 370 Nov01/10
12-11-28 329 Nov01/10 12-11-28 371 Nov01/10
12-00-00 1 May01/08 12-11-28 330 Nov01/10 12-11-28 372 Nov01/10
12-00-00 2 May01/98 12-11-28 331 Nov01/10 12-11-28 373 Nov01/10
12-00-00 3 May01/98 12-11-28 332 Nov01/10 12-11-28 374 Nov01/10
12-00-00 4 May01/98 12-11-28 333 Nov01/10 12-11-28 375 Nov01/10
12-00-00 5 May01/98 12-11-28 334 Nov01/10 12-11-28 376 Nov01/10
12-00-00 201 Nov01/10 12-11-28 335 Nov01/10 12-11-28 377 Nov01/10
12-00-00 202 Nov01/10 12-11-28 336 Nov01/10 12-11-28 378 Nov01/10
12-00-00 203 Nov01/07 12-11-28 337 Nov01/10 12-11-28 379 Nov01/10
12-00-00 204 Nov01/07 12-11-28 338 Nov01/10 12-11-28 380 Nov01/10
12-11-28 339 Nov01/10 12-11-28 381 Nov01/10
12-10-00 1 May01/98 12-11-28 340 Nov01/10
12-11-28 341 Nov01/10 12-12-00 1 May01/10
12-11-00 1 May01/98 12-11-28 342 Nov01/10 12-12-00 2 May01/08
12-11-28 301 Nov01/10 12-11-28 343 Nov01/10 12-12-00 3 May01/08
12-11-28 302 May01/00 12-11-28 344 Nov01/10 12-12-00 4 May01/10
12-11-28 303 Nov01/10 12-11-28 345 Nov01/10 12-12-00 5 May01/08
12-11-28 304 Nov01/10 12-11-28 346 Nov01/10 12-12-00 6 May01/10
12-11-28 305 Nov01/08 12-11-28 347 Nov01/10 12-12-00 7 May01/08
12-11-28 306 Nov01/08 12-11-28 348 Nov01/10 12-12-29 301 May01/11
12-11-28 307 May01/07 12-11-28 349 Nov01/10 12-12-29 302 Nov01/08
12-11-28 308 May01/07 12-11-28 350 Nov01/10 12-12-29 R 303 Aug01/11
12-11-28 309 May01/07 12-11-28 351 Nov01/10 12-12-29 R 304 Aug01/11
12-11-28 310 May01/07 12-11-28 352 Nov01/10 12-12-29 305 May01/11
12-11-28 311 May01/01 12-11-28 353 Nov01/10 12-12-29 306 May01/98
12-L.E.P. Page 1
Aug 01/11
SYR
12-12-29 R 307 Aug01/11 12-12-32 341 Nov01/10 12-12-32 392 May01/11

12-12-29 R 308 Aug01/11 12-12-32 342 Nov01/10 12-12-32 393 May01/11
12-12-29 309 May01/11 12-12-32 343 Nov01/10 12-12-32 394 May01/11
12-12-29 310 May01/11 12-12-32 344 May01/11 12-12-32 395 Nov01/10
12-12-29 311 May01/11 12-12-32 345 Nov01/10 12-12-32 396 May01/11
12-12-29 R 312 Aug01/11 12-12-32 346 Nov01/10 12-12-32 397 May01/11
12-12-29 313 May01/11 12-12-32 347 Nov01/10 12-12-32 398 May01/11
12-12-29 314 May01/11 12-12-32 348 May01/11 12-12-32 399 Nov01/10
12-12-29 R 315 Aug01/11 12-12-32 349 Nov01/10 12-12-32 A300 May01/11
12-12-29 R 316 Aug01/11 12-12-32 350 Nov01/10 12-12-32 A301 May01/11
12-12-29 317 May01/11 12-12-32 351 Nov01/10 12-12-32 A302 May01/11
12-12-32 301 May01/11 12-12-32 352 Nov01/10 12-12-32 A303 May01/11
12-12-32 302 May01/11 12-12-32 353 Nov01/10 12-12-32 A304 May01/11
12-12-32 303 Nov01/10 12-12-32 354 May01/11 12-12-32 A305 May01/11
12-12-32 304 Nov01/10 12-12-32 355 May01/11 12-12-32 A306 May01/11
12-12-32 305 May01/10 12-12-32 356 May01/11 12-12-32 R A307 Aug01/11
12-12-32 306 Nov01/09 12-12-32 357 Nov01/10 12-12-32 R A308 Aug01/11
12-12-32 307 May01/11 12-12-32 358 Nov01/10 12-12-32 R A309 Aug01/11
12-12-32 308 Nov01/10 12-12-32 359 Nov01/10 12-12-32 R A310 Aug01/11
12-12-32 309 Nov01/10 12-12-32 360 May01/11 12-12-32 A311 Nov01/10
12-12-32 310 Nov01/10 12-12-32 361 May01/11 12-12-32 A312 Nov01/10
12-12-32 311 May01/11 12-12-32 362 May01/11 12-12-32 A313 May01/11
12-12-32 312 May01/10 12-12-32 363 Nov01/10 12-12-32 R A314 Aug01/11
12-12-32 313 Nov01/10 12-12-32 364 Nov01/10 12-12-32 A315 Nov01/10
12-12-32 314 May01/11 12-12-32 365 Nov01/10 12-12-32 A316 May01/11
12-12-32 315 May01/11 12-12-32 366 Nov01/10 12-12-32 A317 May01/11
12-12-32 316 May01/11 12-12-32 367 Nov01/10 12-12-32 A318 Nov01/10
12-12-32 317 May01/11 12-12-32 368 Nov01/10 12-12-32 A319 May01/11
12-12-32 318 May01/11 12-12-32 369 Nov01/10 12-12-32 A320 Nov01/10
12-12-32 319 May01/11 12-12-32 370 Nov01/10 12-12-32 A321 Nov01/10
12-12-32 320 May01/11 12-12-32 371 Nov01/10 12-12-32 A322 May01/11
12-12-32 321 May01/11 12-12-32 372 Nov01/10 12-12-32 A323 May01/11
12-12-32 322 May01/11 12-12-32 373 Nov01/10 12-12-32 A324 May01/11
12-12-32 323 May01/11 12-12-32 374 Nov01/10 12-12-32 A325 Nov01/10
12-12-32 324 May01/11 12-12-32 375 Nov01/10 12-12-32 A326 May01/11
12-12-32 325 May01/11 12-12-32 376 Nov01/10 12-12-32 A327 May01/11
12-12-32 326 May01/11 12-12-32 377 May01/11 12-12-32 A328 Nov01/10
12-12-32 327 May01/11 12-12-32 378 Nov01/10 12-12-32 A329 May01/11
12-12-32 328 May01/11 12-12-32 379 Nov01/10 12-12-32 A330 May01/11
12-12-32 329 May01/11 12-12-32 380 Nov01/10 12-12-32 A331 Nov01/10
12-12-32 330 Nov01/10 12-12-32 381 May01/11 12-12-32 A332 May01/11
12-12-32 331 May01/11 12-12-32 382 Nov01/10 12-12-32 A333 Nov01/10
12-12-32 332 Nov01/10 12-12-32 383 Nov01/10
12-12-32 R 333 Aug01/11 12-12-32 384 May01/11 12-13-00 1 May01/98
12-12-32 334 Nov01/10 12-12-32 385 May01/11 12-13-24 301 May01/11
12-12-32 335 Nov01/10 12-12-32 386 May01/11 12-13-24 302 May01/11
12-12-32 336 May01/11 12-12-32 387 Nov01/10 12-13-24 R 303 Aug01/11
12-12-32 R 337 Aug01/11 12-12-32 388 May01/11 12-13-24 304 May01/11
12-12-32 338 Nov01/10 12-12-32 389 May01/11 12-13-24 R 305 Aug01/11
12-12-32 339 Nov01/10 12-12-32 390 May01/11 12-13-24 R 306 Aug01/11
12-12-32 340 Nov01/10 12-12-32 391 May01/11 12-13-24 307 May01/11
12-L.E.P. Page 2
Aug 01/11
SYR
12-13-24 308 May01/11 12-13-27 336 May01/06 12-14-32 310 Nov01/10

12-13-24 309 May01/11 12-13-49 01 301 Nov01/10 12-14-32 311 Nov01/10
12-13-24 310 May01/11 12-13-79 301 Nov01/09 12-14-32 312 Nov01/10
12-13-24 R 311 Aug01/11 12-13-79 302 May01/03 12-14-32 313 Nov01/10
12-13-24 312 Feb01/00 12-13-79 303 May01/98 12-14-32 314 Nov01/10
12-13-24 313 Feb01/00 12-13-79 304 May01/98 12-14-32 315 May01/11
12-13-24 R 314 Aug01/11 12-13-79 305 May01/98 12-14-32 316 Nov01/10
12-13-24 R 315 Aug01/11 12-13-79 306 May01/98 12-14-32 317 May01/11
12-13-24 R 316 Aug01/11 12-13-79 307 May01/98 12-14-32 318 Nov01/10
12-13-24 317 May01/11 12-13-79 308 May01/98 12-14-32 319 Nov01/10
12-13-24 318 May01/11 12-13-79 309 May01/01 12-14-32 320 Nov01/10
12-13-24 R 319 Aug01/11 12-13-79 310 May01/98 12-14-32 321 Nov01/10
12-13-24 320 Feb01/00 12-13-79 311 Nov01/08 12-14-32 322 Nov01/10
12-13-24 321 Feb01/00 12-13-79 312 Nov01/10 12-14-32 323 Nov01/10
12-13-24 R 322 Aug01/11 12-13-79 313 May01/03 12-14-32 324 Nov01/10
12-13-24 323 May01/11 12-13-79 314 Nov01/04 12-14-32 325 Nov01/10
12-13-27 301 Nov01/10 12-13-79 315 May01/03 12-14-32 326 Nov01/10
12-13-27 302 Nov01/09 12-13-79 316 Nov01/10 12-14-32 327 Nov01/10
12-13-27 303 Nov01/10 12-13-79 317 Nov01/10 12-14-32 328 Nov01/10
12-13-27 304 Nov01/03 12-13-79 318 Nov01/10 12-14-32 329 Nov01/10
12-13-27 305 May01/09 12-13-80 301 May01/10 12-14-32 330 May01/11
12-13-27 306 May01/09 12-13-80 302 May01/10 12-14-32 331 Nov01/10
12-13-27 307 May01/11 12-13-80 303 Nov01/10 12-14-32 332 May01/11
12-13-27 308 May01/08 12-13-80 304 May01/01 12-14-32 333 Nov01/10
12-13-27 309 May01/08 12-13-80 305 Nov01/09 12-14-32 334 Nov01/10
12-13-27 310 May01/11 12-13-80 306 May01/01 12-14-32 335 Nov01/10
12-13-27 311 May01/10 12-13-80 R 307 Aug01/11 12-14-32 336 Nov01/10
12-13-27 312 May01/11 12-13-80 308 May01/08 12-14-32 337 May01/11
12-13-27 313 May01/11 12-13-80 309 Nov01/10 12-14-32 338 Nov01/10
12-13-27 314 May01/11 12-13-80 310 Nov01/01 12-14-32 339 Nov01/10
12-13-27 315 May01/06 12-13-80 R 311 Aug01/11 12-14-32 340 Nov01/10
12-13-27 316 May01/10 12-13-80 312 Nov01/10 12-14-32 341 Nov01/10
12-13-27 317 May01/11 12-14-32 342 Nov01/10
12-13-27 318 May01/09 12-14-00 1 Nov01/04 12-14-32 343 Nov01/10
12-13-27 R 319 Aug01/11 12-14-29 301 May01/11 12-14-32 344 Nov01/10
12-13-27 320 Nov01/09 12-14-29 302 Nov01/10 12-14-32 345 Nov01/10
12-13-27 321 May01/08 12-14-29 303 May01/11 12-14-32 346 Nov01/10
12-13-27 322 Nov01/02 12-14-29 304 May01/98 12-14-32 347 May01/11
12-13-27 323 Nov01/02 12-14-29 305 May01/98 12-14-32 348 May01/11
12-13-27 324 Nov01/02 12-14-29 306 May01/04 12-14-32 349 May01/11
12-13-27 325 Nov01/02 12-14-29 307 May01/11 12-14-32 350 May01/11
12-13-27 326 May01/08 12-14-29 308 Nov01/10 12-14-32 351 Nov01/10
12-13-27 R 327 Aug01/11 12-14-32 301 May01/10 12-14-32 352 Nov01/10
12-13-27 R 328 Aug01/11 12-14-32 R 302 Aug01/11 12-14-32 353 Nov01/10
12-13-27 R 329 Aug01/11 12-14-32 R 303 Aug01/11 12-14-32 354 Nov01/10
12-13-27 R 330 Aug01/11 12-14-32 R 304 Aug01/11 12-14-32 355 Nov01/10
12-13-27 R 331 Aug01/11 12-14-32 305 Nov01/10 12-14-32 356 May01/11
12-13-27 R 332 Aug01/11 12-14-32 306 Nov01/10 12-14-32 357 May01/11
12-13-27 333 May01/09 12-14-32 307 Nov01/10 12-14-32 358 May01/11
12-13-27 R 334 Aug01/11 12-14-32 308 Nov01/10 12-14-32 359 Nov01/10
12-13-27 335 May01/08 12-14-32 309 Nov01/10 12-14-32 360 May01/11
12-L.E.P. Page 3
Aug 01/11
SYR
12-14-32 361 May01/11 12-20-00 1 May01/98 12-21-12 326 Nov01/08

12-14-32 362 May01/11 12-21-12 327 Nov01/07
12-14-32 363 May01/11 12-21-00 1 May01/98 12-21-12 328 Nov01/07
12-14-32 364 May01/11 12-21-11 301 Nov01/10 12-21-12 329 Nov01/08
12-14-32 365 May01/11 12-21-11 302 Nov01/10 12-21-12 330 Nov01/07
12-14-32 366 May01/11 12-21-11 303 May01/11 12-21-12 331 Nov01/07
12-14-32 367 May01/11 12-21-11 304 Nov01/10 12-21-12 332 Nov01/08
12-14-32 368 May01/11 12-21-11 305 May01/11 12-21-12 333 Nov01/07
12-14-32 369 May01/11 12-21-11 306 May01/11 12-21-12 334 Nov01/07
12-14-32 370 May01/11 12-21-11 307 May01/11 12-21-12 335 Nov01/08
12-14-32 371 May01/11 12-21-11 308 Nov01/10 12-21-12 336 Nov01/07
12-14-32 372 May01/11 12-21-11 309 May01/11 12-21-12 337 Nov01/07
12-14-32 373 May01/11 12-21-11 310 May01/11 12-21-12 338 Nov01/08
12-14-32 374 May01/11 12-21-11 311 Nov01/10 12-21-12 339 Nov01/08
12-14-32 375 May01/11 12-21-11 312 May01/11 12-21-12 340 Nov01/08
12-14-32 376 May01/11 12-21-11 313 Nov01/10 12-21-12 341 Nov01/10
12-14-32 377 May01/11 12-21-11 314 Nov01/10 12-21-12 342 Nov01/07
12-14-32 378 May01/11 12-21-11 315 Nov01/10 12-21-12 343 Nov01/10
12-14-32 379 May01/11 12-21-11 316 May01/11 12-21-12 344 Nov01/10
12-14-32 380 Nov01/10 12-21-11 317 Nov01/10 12-21-12 345 Nov01/10
12-14-32 381 Nov01/10 12-21-11 318 May01/11 12-21-12 346 Nov01/10
12-14-32 382 May01/11 12-21-11 319 Nov01/10 12-21-12 347 Nov01/07
12-21-11 320 Nov01/10 12-21-12 348 Nov01/09
12-15-00 1 May01/98 12-21-11 321 Nov01/10 12-21-12 R 349 Aug01/11
12-15-38 301 Nov01/04 12-21-11 322 May01/11 12-21-12 350 Nov01/10
12-15-38 302 May01/10 12-21-11 323 Nov01/10 12-21-12 351 Nov01/09
12-15-38 303 May01/10 12-21-12 301 Nov01/08 12-21-12 352 Nov01/09
12-15-38 304 May01/00 12-21-12 302 May01/06 12-21-12 353 Nov01/10
12-15-38 305 May01/10 12-21-12 303 May01/06 12-21-12 354 May01/09
12-15-38 306 May01/10 12-21-12 304 May01/11 12-21-12 355 Nov01/10
12-15-38 307 Nov01/09 12-21-12 305 Nov01/10 12-21-12 356 Nov01/10
12-15-38 308 May01/10 12-21-12 306 May01/06 12-21-12 357 Nov01/07
12-15-38 309 Nov01/04 12-21-12 307 May01/11 12-21-12 358 Nov01/07
12-15-38 310 Nov01/09 12-21-12 308 May01/06 12-21-12 359 Nov01/10
12-21-12 309 May01/11 12-21-12 R 360 Aug01/11
12-16-00 1 May01/98 12-21-12 310 May01/11 12-21-12 361 May01/08
12-16-25 301 May01/05 12-21-12 311 May01/11 12-21-12 362 May01/08
12-16-25 302 May01/05 12-21-12 312 May01/11 12-21-12 363 Nov01/07
12-16-25 303 May01/05 12-21-12 313 May01/11 12-21-12 364 Nov01/10
12-16-38 301 May01/08 12-21-12 314 May01/11 12-21-12 365 Nov01/08
12-16-38 302 May01/08 12-21-12 315 May01/11 12-21-12 366 Nov01/08
12-16-38 303 May01/08 12-21-12 316 May01/11 12-21-13 701 May01/11
12-16-38 304 Nov01/10 12-21-12 317 Nov01/07 12-21-13 R 702 Aug01/11
12-16-38 305 Nov01/09 12-21-12 318 Nov01/07 12-21-13 R 703 Aug01/11
12-16-38 306 Nov01/09 12-21-12 319 Nov01/08 12-21-13 R 704 Aug01/11
12-21-12 320 Nov01/07 12-21-13 R 705 Aug01/11
12-17-00 1 May01/98 12-21-12 321 Nov01/08 12-21-13 R 706 Aug01/11
12-17-30 301 May01/05 12-21-12 322 Nov01/08 12-21-13 707 Nov01/09
12-17-30 302 Nov01/01 12-21-12 323 Nov01/07 12-21-13 708 May01/11
12-17-30 303 Nov01/01 12-21-12 324 Nov01/07 12-21-13 R 709 Aug01/11
12-21-12 325 May01/08 12-21-13 R 710 Aug01/11
12-L.E.P. Page 4
Aug 01/11
SYR
12-21-13 R 711 Aug01/11 12-22-27 329 May01/11 12-22-32 326 May01/10

12-21-13 R 712 Aug01/11 12-22-27 330 May01/11 12-22-32 327 May01/10
12-21-13 R 713 Aug01/11 12-22-27 331 May01/11 12-22-32 328 May01/10
12-21-13 R 714 Aug01/11 12-22-27 332 May01/11 12-22-32 329 May01/10
12-21-13 R 715 Aug01/11 12-22-27 333 May01/07 12-22-32 330 May01/10
12-21-13 R 716 Aug01/11 12-22-27 334 May01/07 12-22-32 331 May01/11
12-21-13 R 717 Aug01/11 12-22-27 335 May01/07 12-22-32 332 May01/11
12-21-13 R 718 Aug01/11 12-22-27 336 May01/07 12-22-32 333 May01/11
12-21-13 719 May01/11 12-22-27 337 May01/07 12-22-32 334 May01/11
12-21-13 720 May01/11 12-22-27 338 May01/07 12-22-32 335 May01/11
12-21-13 721 May01/11 12-22-27 339 May01/07 12-22-32 336 Nov01/10
12-21-13 722 May01/11 12-22-27 340 May01/07 12-22-52 301 May01/11
12-21-13 723 May01/11 12-22-27 341 Nov01/10 12-22-52 302 May01/11
12-21-13 724 May01/11 12-22-27 342 Nov01/10 12-22-52 303 May01/11
12-21-13 725 Nov01/10 12-22-27 343 Nov01/10 12-22-52 304 May01/08
12-21-13 726 Nov01/10 12-22-27 344 Nov01/10 12-22-52 305 May01/08
12-21-13 727 Nov01/10 12-22-27 345 Nov01/10 12-22-52 306 May01/11
12-21-13 728 Nov01/10 12-22-27 346 Nov01/10 12-22-52 307 May01/11
12-21-13 729 Nov01/10 12-22-27 347 May01/11 12-22-52 308 May01/08
12-22-27 348 May01/11 12-22-52 309 Nov01/08
12-22-00 1 May01/10 12-22-27 349 May01/11 12-22-52 310 May01/11
12-22-00 2 May01/10 12-22-27 350 Nov01/10 12-22-52 311 May01/11
12-22-00 3 May01/10 12-22-27 351 Nov01/10 12-22-52 312 May01/11
12-22-27 301 Nov01/10 12-22-29 301 May01/09 12-22-52 313 May01/11
12-22-27 302 May01/11 12-22-29 302 Nov01/08 12-22-52 314 May01/11
12-22-27 303 Nov01/10 12-22-29 303 Nov01/08 12-22-52 315 May01/11
12-22-27 304 May01/11 12-22-32 301 Nov01/10 12-22-52 316 May01/08
12-22-27 305 May01/11 12-22-32 302 May01/11 12-22-52 317 May01/11
12-22-27 306 May01/11 12-22-32 303 May01/11 12-22-52 318 May01/11
12-22-27 307 May01/11 12-22-32 304 May01/11 12-22-52 319 May01/08
12-22-27 308 May01/11 12-22-32 305 May01/11 12-22-52 320 May01/08
12-22-27 309 Nov01/09 12-22-32 306 Nov01/09 12-22-52 321 May01/08
12-22-27 310 May01/11 12-22-32 307 Nov01/09 12-22-52 322 May01/11
12-22-27 311 Nov01/10 12-22-32 308 Nov01/09 12-22-52 323 May01/11
12-22-27 312 May01/11 12-22-32 309 Nov01/09 12-22-52 324 Nov01/09
12-22-27 313 Nov01/07 12-22-32 310 Nov01/09 12-22-52 325 May01/11
12-22-27 314 May01/11 12-22-32 311 Nov01/09 12-22-52 326 Nov01/09
12-22-27 315 May01/11 12-22-32 312 Nov01/09 12-22-52 327 May01/11
12-22-27 316 May01/11 12-22-32 313 Nov01/09 12-22-52 328 May01/11
12-22-27 317 May01/11 12-22-32 314 Nov01/10 12-22-52 329 Nov01/09
12-22-27 318 May01/11 12-22-32 315 May01/11 12-22-52 330 Nov01/09
12-22-27 319 May01/11 12-22-32 316 May01/11 12-22-52 331 May01/11
12-22-27 320 May01/11 12-22-32 317 May01/11 12-22-52 332 May01/11
12-22-27 321 May01/11 12-22-32 318 Nov01/10 12-22-52 333 May01/11
12-22-27 322 May01/11 12-22-32 319 Nov01/10 12-22-52 334 Nov01/09
12-22-27 323 May01/11 12-22-32 320 May01/11 12-22-52 335 Nov01/09
12-22-27 324 May01/11 12-22-32 321 Nov01/10 12-22-52 336 Nov01/09
12-22-27 325 May01/11 12-22-32 322 May01/10 12-22-52 337 May01/11
12-22-27 326 May01/11 12-22-32 323 May01/10 12-22-52 338 May01/11
12-22-27 327 May01/11 12-22-32 324 May01/10 12-22-52 339 Nov01/09
12-22-27 328 May01/11 12-22-32 325 May01/10 12-22-52 340 May01/11
12-L.E.P. Page 5
Aug 01/11
SYR
12-22-52 341 May01/11 12-31-00 206 May01/10 12-31-25 204 Nov01/10

12-22-52 342 May01/11 12-31-00 207 May01/10 12-31-25 205 May01/00
12-22-52 343 Nov01/09 12-31-00 208 May01/10 12-31-27 201 May01/07
12-22-52 344 Nov01/09 12-31-00 209 May01/10 12-31-27 202 May01/07
12-22-53 301 Nov01/08 12-31-11 201 May01/11 12-31-27 203 May01/07
12-22-53 302 May01/03 12-31-11 202 May01/11 12-31-27 204 May01/07
12-22-53 303 Nov01/08 12-31-11 203 May01/11 12-31-28 201 Nov01/10
12-22-53 304 May01/98 12-31-11 204 May01/11 12-31-28 202 Nov01/10
12-22-53 305 Nov01/08 12-31-11 205 May01/11 12-31-28 203 Nov01/10
12-22-53 306 Nov01/08 12-31-11 206 May01/11 12-31-28 204 Nov01/10
12-22-53 307 Nov01/08 12-31-11 207 May01/11 12-31-28 205 May01/98
12-22-53 308 Nov01/08 12-31-11 208 May01/11 12-31-31 201 May01/98
12-22-55 301 Nov01/10 12-31-12 201 May01/11 12-31-31 202 May01/98
12-22-55 302 Nov01/10 12-31-12 202 May01/11 12-31-32 201 Nov01/10
12-22-55 303 Nov01/08 12-31-12 203 May01/11 12-31-32 202 Nov01/10
12-22-55 304 May01/98 12-31-12 204 May01/11 12-31-32 203 Nov01/10
12-22-55 305 Nov01/10 12-31-12 205 May01/11 12-31-35 201 May01/06
12-22-55 306 Nov01/10 12-31-12 206 May01/11 12-31-35 202 May01/98
12-22-55 307 Nov01/10 12-31-12 207 May01/11 12-31-38 201 May01/04
12-22-55 308 Nov01/08 12-31-12 208 May01/11 12-31-38 202 Nov01/06
12-22-55 309 Nov01/08 12-31-12 209 May01/11 12-31-38 203 May01/07
12-22-56 R 301 Aug01/11 12-31-12 210 May01/11 12-31-38 204 May01/08
12-22-56 R 302 Aug01/11 12-31-12 211 May01/11 12-31-38 R 205 Aug01/11
12-22-56 303 May01/02 12-31-12 212 May01/11 12-31-38 206 May01/08
12-22-56 304 May01/10 12-31-12 213 May01/11 12-31-49 201 Nov01/04
12-31-12 214 May01/11 12-31-49 202 May01/10
12-24-00 1 May01/98 12-31-12 215 May01/11 12-31-49 203 May01/10
12-24-34 R 301 Aug01/11 12-31-12 216 May01/11 12-31-49 204 Nov01/04
12-24-34 R 302 Aug01/11 12-31-12 217 May01/11 12-31-51 201 May01/98
12-24-34 303 May01/98 12-31-12 218 May01/11 12-31-51 202 May01/98
12-24-38 201 Nov01/04 12-31-12 219 May01/11 12-31-51 203 May01/98
12-24-38 202 May01/11 12-31-12 220 May01/11 12-31-52 201 May01/09
12-24-38 203 Nov01/10 12-31-12 221 May01/11 12-31-52 202 May01/11
12-24-38 204 Nov01/06 12-31-12 222 May01/11 12-31-52 203 May01/11
12-24-38 205 Nov01/10 12-31-12 223 May01/11 12-31-52 204 May01/11
12-24-38 206 Nov01/06 12-31-12 224 May01/11 12-31-52 205 May01/11
12-24-38 207 May01/11 12-31-12 225 May01/11 12-31-52 206 May01/11
12-24-38 208 May01/11 12-31-12 226 May01/11 12-31-52 207 May01/11
12-24-38 209 Nov01/10 12-31-12 227 May01/11 12-31-52 208 May01/11
12-24-38 210 Nov01/10 12-31-12 228 May01/11 12-31-52 209 May01/11
12-31-12 229 May01/11 12-31-52 210 May01/11
12-28-00 1 Nov01/09 12-31-12 230 May01/11 12-31-52 211 May01/11
12-31-21 201 May01/99 12-31-52 212 May01/11
12-30-00 1 May01/98 12-31-21 202 May01/99 12-31-52 213 May01/07
12-31-21 203 May01/99 12-31-52 214 May01/07
12-31-00 1 May01/10 12-31-24 201 May01/05 12-31-71 201 May01/10
12-31-00 201 May01/10 12-31-24 202 May01/05 12-31-71 202 May01/10
12-31-00 202 Nov01/10 12-31-24 203 May01/05 12-31-71 R 203 Aug01/11
12-31-00 203 Nov01/10 12-31-25 201 May01/98 12-31-71 R 204 Aug01/11
12-31-00 204 Nov01/10 12-31-25 202 May01/08
12-31-00 205 May01/10 12-31-25 203 May01/98 12-32-00 1 May01/98
12-L.E.P. Page 6
Aug 01/11
SYR
12-32-24 301 May01/11 12-32-79 301 May01/06 12-36-29 314 May01/10

12-32-24 302 Nov01/09 12-32-79 R 302 Aug01/11 12-36-29 315 May01/10
12-32-24 R 303 Aug01/11 12-32-79 303 May01/06 12-36-29 316 May01/10
12-32-24 304 Feb01/00 12-32-79 304 May01/06 12-36-29 317 May01/11
12-32-24 R 305 Aug01/11 12-32-79 305 May01/06 12-36-29 318 May01/10
12-32-24 R 306 Aug01/11 12-36-29 319 May01/10
12-32-24 307 May01/08 12-33-00 1 May01/98 12-36-29 320 May01/11
12-32-28 301 Nov01/06 12-33-21 R 201 Aug01/11 12-36-29 321 May01/11
12-32-28 R 302 Aug01/11 12-33-21 R 202 Aug01/11 12-36-29 322 May01/10
12-32-28 303 Nov01/02 12-33-21 203 Nov01/06 12-36-29 323 May01/10
12-32-28 304 Nov01/06 12-33-21 R 204 Aug01/11 12-36-29 324 May01/11
12-32-28 305 May01/10 12-33-21 R 205 Aug01/11 12-36-29 325 May01/10
12-32-28 R 306 Aug01/11 12-33-21 R 206 Aug01/11 12-36-29 326 May01/10
12-32-28 R 307 Aug01/11 12-33-21 R 207 Aug01/11 12-36-29 327 May01/11
12-32-28 R 308 Aug01/11 12-33-21 R 208 Aug01/11 12-36-29 328 May01/10
12-32-28 309 Nov01/10 12-33-21 R 209 Aug01/11 12-36-29 329 May01/10
12-32-28 310 May01/11 12-33-21 R 210 Aug01/11 12-36-29 330 May01/11
12-32-28 311 May01/11 12-33-21 R 211 Aug01/11 12-36-29 331 May01/10
12-32-28 312 May01/11 12-33-21 R 212 Aug01/11 12-36-29 332 May01/10
12-32-28 313 May01/11 12-33-21 R 213 Aug01/11 12-36-29 333 May01/11
12-32-28 314 May01/11 12-33-21 R 214 Aug01/11 12-36-29 334 May01/10
12-32-28 315 May01/11 12-33-21 N 215 Aug01/11 12-36-29 335 May01/10
12-32-28 316 May01/11 12-33-21 N 216 Aug01/11 12-36-29 336 May01/11
12-32-28 317 May01/11 12-33-21 301 Nov01/10 12-36-29 337 May01/10
12-32-28 318 May01/11 12-33-21 302 May01/10 12-36-29 338 May01/10
12-32-28 319 May01/11 12-33-21 303 May01/10 12-36-29 339 May01/11
12-32-28 320 May01/11 12-36-29 340 May01/11
12-32-28 321 May01/11 12-34-00 1 Nov01/09 12-36-29 341 May01/11
12-32-28 322 May01/11 12-34-24 201 May01/09 12-36-29 342 May01/11
12-32-28 323 May01/11 12-34-24 202 May01/09 12-36-29 343 May01/11
12-32-28 324 Nov01/07 12-34-24 203 May01/98 12-36-29 344 May01/11
12-32-29 R 301 Aug01/11 12-34-24 204 May01/98 12-36-29 345 May01/11
12-32-29 R 302 Aug01/11 12-34-24 205 May01/98 12-36-29 346 May01/11
12-32-29 R 303 Aug01/11 12-34-24 206 May01/09 12-36-29 347 May01/11
12-32-29 R 304 Aug01/11 12-34-24 207 May01/09 12-36-29 348 May01/11
12-32-29 305 May01/11 12-34-24 208 May01/09 12-36-29 349 May01/11
12-32-29 306 Nov01/03 12-36-29 350 May01/11
12-32-29 307 Nov01/03 12-36-00 1 May01/98 12-36-29 351 May01/11
12-32-29 308 May01/11 12-36-29 301 May01/11 12-36-29 352 May01/11
12-32-29 R 309 Aug01/11 12-36-29 302 May01/11 12-36-29 353 May01/11
12-32-29 R 310 Aug01/11 12-36-29 303 May01/98 12-36-29 354 May01/11
12-32-29 311 May01/11 12-36-29 304 May01/11 12-36-29 355 May01/11
12-32-29 312 May01/11 12-36-29 305 May01/11 12-36-29 356 May01/11
12-32-29 313 May01/11 12-36-29 306 May01/10 12-36-29 357 May01/11
12-32-29 R 314 Aug01/11 12-36-29 307 May01/10 12-36-29 358 May01/11
12-32-49 301 Nov01/10 12-36-29 308 Nov01/09 12-36-29 359 May01/11
12-32-49 302 Nov01/10 12-36-29 309 May01/11 12-36-29 360 May01/11
12-32-49 303 Nov01/10 12-36-29 310 May01/11 12-36-29 361 May01/11
12-32-49 304 Nov01/01 12-36-29 311 Nov01/09 12-36-29 362 May01/11
12-32-49 305 Nov01/10 12-36-29 312 May01/11 12-36-29 363 May01/11
12-32-49 306 Nov01/10 12-36-29 313 May01/11 12-36-29 364 May01/11
12-L.E.P. Page 7
Aug 01/11
SYR
12-36-29 365 May01/11 12-36-29 A316 May01/11 12-36-29 A367 May01/11

12-36-29 366 May01/11 12-36-29 A317 May01/11 12-36-29 A368 May01/11
12-36-29 367 May01/11 12-36-29 R A318 Aug01/11 12-36-29 A369 May01/11
12-36-29 368 May01/11 12-36-29 A319 May01/11 12-36-29 A370 May01/11
12-36-29 369 May01/11 12-36-29 A320 May01/11 12-36-29 A371 May01/11
12-36-29 370 May01/11 12-36-29 R A321 Aug01/11 12-36-29 A372 May01/11
12-36-29 371 May01/11 12-36-29 R A322 Aug01/11 12-36-29 A373 May01/11
12-36-29 372 May01/11 12-36-29 A323 May01/11 12-36-29 A374 May01/11
12-36-29 373 May01/11 12-36-29 A324 May01/11 12-36-29 A375 May01/11
12-36-29 374 May01/11 12-36-29 A325 May01/11 12-36-29 A376 May01/11
12-36-29 375 May01/11 12-36-29 A326 May01/11 12-36-29 A377 May01/11
12-36-29 376 May01/11 12-36-29 A327 May01/11 12-36-29 A378 May01/11
12-36-29 377 May01/11 12-36-29 A328 May01/11 12-36-29 A379 May01/11
12-36-29 378 May01/11 12-36-29 A329 May01/11 12-36-29 A380 May01/11
12-36-29 379 May01/11 12-36-29 A330 May01/11 12-36-29 A381 May01/11
12-36-29 380 May01/11 12-36-29 A331 May01/11 12-36-29 A382 May01/11
12-36-29 381 May01/11 12-36-29 A332 May01/11 12-36-29 R A383 Aug01/11
12-36-29 382 May01/11 12-36-29 A333 May01/11 12-36-29 A384 May01/11
12-36-29 383 May01/11 12-36-29 A334 May01/11 12-36-29 A385 May01/11
12-36-29 384 May01/11 12-36-29 A335 May01/11 12-36-29 A386 May01/11
12-36-29 R 385 Aug01/11 12-36-29 A336 May01/11 12-36-29 A387 May01/11
12-36-29 386 May01/11 12-36-29 A337 May01/11 12-36-29 R A388 Aug01/11
12-36-29 387 May01/11 12-36-29 A338 May01/11 12-36-29 R A389 Aug01/11
12-36-29 388 May01/11 12-36-29 A339 May01/11 12-36-29 R A390 Aug01/11
12-36-29 389 May01/11 12-36-29 A340 May01/11 12-36-29 R A391 Aug01/11
12-36-29 390 May01/11 12-36-29 A341 May01/11 12-36-29 R A392 Aug01/11
12-36-29 R 391 Aug01/11 12-36-29 A342 May01/11 12-36-29 R A393 Aug01/11
12-36-29 R 392 Aug01/11 12-36-29 A343 May01/11 12-36-29 R A394 Aug01/11
12-36-29 393 May01/11 12-36-29 A344 May01/11 12-36-29 R A395 Aug01/11
12-36-29 394 May01/11 12-36-29 A345 May01/11 12-36-29 R A396 Aug01/11
12-36-29 395 May01/11 12-36-29 A346 May01/11 12-36-29 R A397 Aug01/11
12-36-29 396 May01/11 12-36-29 A347 May01/11 12-36-29 R A398 Aug01/11
12-36-29 397 May01/11 12-36-29 A348 May01/11 12-36-29 R A399 Aug01/11
12-36-29 398 May01/11 12-36-29 A349 May01/11 12-36-29 R B300 Aug01/11
12-36-29 399 May01/11 12-36-29 A350 May01/11 12-36-29 R B301 Aug01/11
12-36-29 A300 May01/11 12-36-29 A351 May01/11 12-36-29 R B302 Aug01/11
12-36-29 A301 May01/11 12-36-29 A352 May01/11 12-36-29 R B303 Aug01/11
12-36-29 A302 May01/11 12-36-29 A353 May01/11 12-36-29 R B304 Aug01/11
12-36-29 A303 May01/11 12-36-29 A354 May01/11 12-36-29 N B305 Aug01/11
12-36-29 A304 May01/11 12-36-29 A355 May01/11 12-36-29 N B306 Aug01/11
12-36-29 A305 May01/11 12-36-29 A356 May01/11
12-36-29 A306 May01/11 12-36-29 A357 May01/11
12-36-29 A307 May01/11 12-36-29 A358 May01/11
12-36-29 A308 May01/11 12-36-29 A359 May01/11
12-36-29 A309 May01/11 12-36-29 A360 May01/11
12-36-29 A310 May01/11 12-36-29 A361 May01/11
12-36-29 A311 May01/11 12-36-29 A362 May01/11
12-36-29 A312 May01/11 12-36-29 A363 May01/11
12-36-29 A313 May01/11 12-36-29 A364 May01/11
12-36-29 A314 May01/11 12-36-29 A365 May01/11
12-36-29 A315 May01/11 12-36-29 A366 May01/11
12-L.E.P. Page 8
Aug 01/11
SYR
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
SERVICING - GENERAL
___________________ 12-00-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
NO STEP Areas 1 ALL
Ground Service Connections 1 ALL
Drainage Points 4 ALL
____________________
SERVICING - GENERAL 12-00-00
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Installation of the Wingrip 201 ALL
____________
REPLENISHING 12-10-00
General 1 ALL
FUEL 12-11-00
General 1 ALL
FUEL SYSTEM 12-11-28
SERVICING 301 ALL
General Refuel/Defuel Safety 301 ALL
Procedures
Refuel/Defuel Safety Procedures 307 ALL
for use in the Hangar
Pressure Refuel with Automatic 309 ALL
Control
Pressure Refuel with Manual 319 ALL
Control
Pressure Refuel without Electrical 326 ALL
Power
Overwing (Gravity) Refuel 333 ALL
Procedure to use the ADIRU to Find 341 ALL
the Pitch and Roll Data
Procedure to use the FQIC Input 344 ALL
Parameters to Find the Pitch and
Roll Data
Use of Magnetic Level Indicators 348 ALL
(MLI)
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS 12-12-00

General 1 ALL
Specifications of Phosphate 1 ALL
Ester Base Fluids.
Fluid Monitoring 1 ALL
12-CONTENTS Page 1
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Hydraulic Ground Power Cart 4 ALL
Hydraulic Fluid Property 4 ALL
In-Service limits.
Specifications of Mineral Base 6 ALL
Fluids
Safety Precautions (Ref. TASK 6 ALL
29-00-00-910-00200).
HYDRAULIC POWER 12-12-29
SERVICING 301 ALL
Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir 301 ALL
with a Hand Pump
Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir 310 ALL
with a Hydraulic Service Cart
LANDING GEAR 12-12-32
SERVICING 301 ALL
Check Shock Absorber Fluid Level 301 ALL
NLG Shock Absorber Oil 332 ALL
Replenishment and Nitrogen Filling
(Aircraft on Jacks)
Replenishment of the Alternate 349 ALL
Brake Reservoir (2624GM)
Check of MLG Shock Absorber Fluid 354 ALL
Level
Hydraulic Replenishment of the MLG 363 ALL
Two-Stage Shock Absorber
Replenishment of the MLG Torque 377 ALL
Link Damper
Check NLG Shock Absorber Fluid 383 ALL
Level and Charge Pressure
(Two-Point Check - Aircraft on
Jacks to start)
Check NLG Shock Absorber Fluid 395 ALL
Level and Charge Pressure
(Two-Point Check - Aircraft on
Ground to start)
Check of NLG Shock Absorber Charge A307 ALL
Pressure and Fluid Level
Check of NLG Shock Absorber Charge A321 ALL
Pressure and Fluid Level
OIL 12-13-00
General 1 ALL
ELECTRICAL POWER 12-13-24
SERVICING 301 ALL
Draining of the Oil from the IDG 301 ALL
12-CONTENTS Page 2
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
IDG Servicing - Filling of the IDG 308 ALL
with Oil or Addition of Oil after
a Level Check
Do Quick Oil Servicing - Filling 317 ALL
of the Integrated Drive Generator
(IDG) with Oil for Oil Complement
after Level Check
FLIGHT CONTROLS 12-13-27
SERVICING 301 ALL
Oil Replenishment of the THS 301 ALL
Actuator (9CE)
Oil Replenishment of the Flap PCU 307 ALL
(6201CM) Gearbox
Oil Replenishment of the Slat PCU 312 ALL
(6001CM) Gearbox
Drain and Refill Offset Gearboxes 318 ALL
of Rotary Actuators with
Semi-fluid
APU 12-13-49
SERVICING 1 301 ALL
Check APU Oil Level and Replenish 301 ALL
ENGINE OIL 12-13-79
SERVICING 301 ALL
Drain the Engine Oil System 301 ALL
Check Oil Level and Replenish 311 ALL
Prime the Engine Oil System 317 ALL
ENGINE STARTING 12-13-80
SERVICING 301 ALL
Drain and Replenish Oil System 301 ALL
Replenishment of Starter Oil 307 ALL
System
GAS 12-14-00
General 1 ALL
SERVICING 301 ALL
Fill the Hydraulic Power 301 ALL
Accumulators 1070GM/2070GM/3070GM
with Nitrogen
SERVICING 301 ALL
Nitrogen Filling of the Tires 301 ALL
Nitrogen Filling of the Yellow 306 ALL
Hydraulic System, Brake Pressure
Accumulator
12-CONTENTS Page 3
May 01/11
R
SYR
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Check of MLG Shock Absorber Charge 314 ALL
Pressure
Inspection of the MLG Shock 344 ALL
Absorbers Before Flight
Check NLG Shock Absorber Charge 348 ALL
Pressure
Check NLG Shock Absorber Bottoming 380 ALL
WATER 12-15-00
General 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
POTABLE WATER 12-15-38
SERVICING 301 ALL
Fill the Potable Water Tank System 301 ALL
(Aircraft Electrical Power
Available)
Fill the Potable Water Tank System 307 ALL
(Aircraft Electrical Power not
Available)
LAVATORY 12-16-00
General 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
LAVATORY ARTICLE 12-16-25
SERVICING 301 ALL
Servicing of the Liquid Soap 301 ALL
Dispenser
TOILET SANITARY FLUID 12-16-38
SERVICING 301 ALL
Servicing of the Toilet System 301 ALL
RAIN REPELLENT 12-17-00

General 1 ALL
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION 12-17-30
SERVICING 301 ALL
Inspection/Check of the Level and 301 ALL
Pressure of the Rain Repellent
Fluid
___________________
SCHEDULED SERVICING 12-20-00
General 1 ALL
12-CONTENTS Page 4
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
CLEANING 12-21-00
General 1 ALL
EXTERNAL CLEANING 12-21-11
SERVICING 301 ALL
External Cleaning 301 ALL
INTERNAL CLEANING 12-21-12
SERVICING 301 ALL
Cleaning of the Cockpit 301 ALL
Display-Units
Cleaning of the Cockpit 304 ALL
Equipment/Furnishings
Cleaning of the Carpets and 310 ALL
Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF)
Cleaning of the Plastic Surfaces 315 ALL
and Mirrors
Cleaning of the Seat Covers and 321 ALL
the Curtains
Cleaning of the Light Alloy and 325 ALL
Steel Components
Cleaning of the Cargo Compartments 328 ALL
Cleaning of the Cabin Monitors and 332 ALL
Display Screens (if installed)
Cleaning of the Plastic Wash Basin 333 ALL
in the Lavatories
Cleaning of the Galleys 337 ALL
Disinfection of the Aircraft 341 ALL
Equipment and Furnishing
Disinsectization of the Aircraft 346 ALL
Equipment and Furnishing
Fumigation of the Fuselage 353 ALL
Pressurized Areas with
Carbon-Dioxide (CO2 Gas)
Special Precautions to Apply 364 ALL
Insecticide Agent in Auxiliary
Area Compartments and Cargo
Compartments, during Turn-Around
DUST REMOVAL 12-21-13
CLEANING/PAINTING 701 ALL
Cleaning of the Avionics 701 ALL
Compartment and the Cockpit
Cleaning of the Grids of the 70VU, 726 ALL
103VU, 106VU and 107VU
LUBRICATION 12-22-00
12-CONTENTS Page 5
May 01/11
R
SYR
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
General 1 ALL
Equipment and Materials 1 ALL
Lubricant Grease Specifications 1 ALL
General Requirements 2 ALL
Lubrication Symbols 2 ALL
FLIGHT CONTROLS 12-22-27
SERVICING 301 ALL
Lubrication of Trimmable 301 ALL
Horizontal Stabilizer Actuator
Ball Screw Nut
Lubricate all Carriage Rollers on 309 ALL
all Flap Tracks
Lubrication of Spoiler No.1 to 5 320 ALL
Servo Control Bearings
Lubrication of all Slat Track 326 ALL
Rollers, Pinion Bearings, Pinions
and Rack Teeth
Lubrication of the THS Mechanical 333 ALL
Control Chains
Remove Flap Rotary Actuators For 341 ALL
Regreasing
Lubrication of the THS Rear Cable 347 ALL
(Area of Tension Regulator)
SERVICING 301 ALL
Lubrication of the Ram Air Turbine 301 ALL
(RAT) Door Hinges
SERVICING 301 ALL
Lubrication of Main Landing Gear 301 ALL
and Doors
Lubrication of Nose Landing Gear 319 ALL
and Doors
DOORS 12-22-52
SERVICING 301 ALL
Lubrication of the FWD and AFT 301 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Doors
Lubrication of the Door-Warning 313 ALL
Proximity-Switch
Actuating-Mechanism
Lubrication of the External 317 ALL
Control Handles of the FWD and AFT
Passenger/Crew Doors
Lubrication of the BULK-Cargo 322 ALL
Compartment-Door Handle and Hinge
Arms Bearings
12-CONTENTS Page 6
May 01/11
R
SYR
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Lubrication of the Avionics 327 ALL
Compartment-Door Handles
Lubrication of the FWD and AFT 331 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Door Handle
Lubrication of Safety Pin Guide 337 ALL
Fitting and Door Arming/Disarming
Mechanism
Lubrication of the Hinge-Arm 341 ALL
Support-Fitting Bearings
FUSELAGE 12-22-53
SERVICING 301 ALL
Horizontal Stabilizer Bearings and
Attachment Fittings with Grease
Mat. No. 04-004
Horizontal Stabilizer Bearings and
Attachment Fittings with Grease
Mat. No. 04-037
STABILIZERS 12-22-55
SERVICING 301 ALL
Lubrication of Rudder Hinge 301 ALL
Bearing No. 6 with Grease Mat. No.
04-004
Lubrication of Rudder Hinge 306 ALL
Bearing No. 6 with Grease MAT. No.
04-037
WINDOWS 12-22-56
SERVICING 301 ALL
Lubrication of the Cockpit Sliding 301 ALL
Window Tracks
DRAINAGE 12-24-00
General 1 ALL
The drainage points and their 1 ALL
locations are specified in
12-00-00 page 1.
AIR DATA SYSTEM 12-24-34
SERVICING 301 ALL
Bleeding of the Standby Air Data 301 ALL
System
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM 12-24-38
Draining of the Potable Water 201 ALL
System (with Electrical Power)
12-CONTENTS Page 7
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Draining of the Potable Water 207 ALL
System (without Electrical Power)
USE OF MANUAL (MAGNETIC) FUEL QUANTITY 12-28-00

INDICATORS
General 1 ALL
_____________________
UNSCHEDULED SERVICING 12-30-00
General 1 ALL
AIRCRAFT PROTECTION 12-31-00

General 1 ALL
AIRCRAFT PROTECTION 12-31-00

Cold Weather Maintenance 201 ALL
Procedures
ANTI-ICING PROTECTION 12-31-11
Cold Weather Maintenance - 201 ALL
Anti-Icing Protection
ICE AND SNOW REMOVAL 12-31-12
De-icing of the Aircraft in 201 ALL
Power-Off Condition
De-icing of the Aircraft in 211 ALL
Power-On Condition
De-icing of the Aircraft by 220 ALL
InfraRed Facilities
Forward Fuselage Ice Accretion 222 ALL
De-icing
De-icing of the Aircraft after 227 ALL
Landing with Snow on the Runway
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - AIR 12-31-21
CONDITIONING
Cold Weather Maintenance - Air 201 ALL
Conditioning
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - ELECTRICAL 12-31-24
POWER
12-CONTENTS Page 8
May 01/11
R
SYR
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Electrical Power
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - 12-31-25
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
Equipment/Furnishings
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - FLIGHT 12-31-27
CONTROLS
Cold Weather Maintenance - Flight 201 ALL
Controls
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - FUEL 12-31-28
Cold Weather Maintenance - Fuel 201 ALL
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - 12-31-31
INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS AND
NAVIGATION
Indicating/Recording systems and
Navigation
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - LANDING 12-31-32
GEAR
Cold Weather Maintenance - Landing 201 ALL
Gear
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - OXYGEN 12-31-35
Cold Weather Maintenance - Oxygen 201 ALL
System
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - WATER/ 12-31-38
WASTE
Water/Waste
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - AIRBORNE 12-31-49
AUXILIARY POWER
Auxiliary Power Unit
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - STRUCTURE 12-31-51
Structure
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - DOORS 12-31-52
12-CONTENTS Page 9
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Cold Weather Maintenance - Doors 201 ALL
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - POWER PLANT 12-31-71
Cold Weather Maintenance - Power 201 ALL
Plant
SAMPLING FOR ANALYSIS 12-32-00

General 1 ALL
INTEGRATED DRIVE GENERATOR OIL 12-32-24
SERVICING 301 ALL
Sampling of the IDG Oil for 301 ALL
Analysis
FUEL 12-32-28
SERVICING 301 ALL
Drain Water Content 301 ALL
Sample Fuel for Microbiological 309 ALL
Contamination Analysis
HYDRAULIC FLUID 12-32-29
SERVICING 301 ALL
Hydraulic Fluid Sample of Green, 301 ALL
Blue and Yellow Systems for
Analysis
APU 12-32-49
SERVICING 301 ALL
Oil Sampling for Analysis 301 ALL
ENGINE OIL 12-32-79
SERVICING 301 ALL
Sampling of the Engine Oil for 301 ALL
Analysis
PRE-CONDITIONING 12-33-00
General 1 ALL
GROUND AIR PRE-CONDITIONING 12-33-21
Pre-conditioning through the LP 201 ALL
Ground Connection
Pre-conditioning through the HP 206 ALL
Ground Connection
Pre-conditioning with the APU 212 ALL
GROUND AIR PRE-CONDITIONING 12-33-21
SERVICING 301 ALL
Pre-conditioning through the LP 301 ALL
Ground Connection
12-CONTENTS Page 10
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
GROUNDING POINTS 12-34-00
General 1 ALL
AIRCRAFT GROUNDING 12-34-24
Aircraft Grounding for the 201 ALL
Refuel/Defuel Operations
Aircraft Grounding for the 207 ALL
Maintenance Operations
SYSTEM LINE FLUSHING 12-36-00

General 1 ALL
SERVICING 301 ALL
Flushing of the Green Hydraulic 301 ALL
System of the Engine Driven Pump
(EDP) 1030GK
Flushing of the Yellow Hydraulic 309 ALL
System of the Engine Driven Pump
(EDP) 3030GD
Flushing of the Blue Hydraulic 317 ALL
System of the Electrically Driven
Pump 2075GJ
System of the Power Transfer Unit
(PTU) 1088GM
System of the Power Transfer Unit
(PTU) 1088GM
System of the Electrically Driven
Pump 3075GX
System of the Flap Power
Control-Unit (PCU) 6201CM
System of the Flap Power
System of the Slat Power
System of the Slat Power
Control-Unit (PCU) 6001CM.
12-CONTENTS Page 11
May 01/11
R
SYR
CHAPTER 12
__________
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
System of the Constant Speed
Motor/Generator (CSM/G) 8XE
System of the Trimmable Horizontal
Stabilizer (THS) Actuator 9CE
System of the Trimmable Horizontal
Stabilizer (THS) Actuator 9CE
Change of the Hydraulic Fluid in 385 ALL
the Green Hydraulic System - with
Ground Cart Available
Change of the Hydraulic Fluid in 397 ALL
the Yellow Hydraulic System - with
Change of the Hydraulic Fluid in A309 ALL
the Blue Hydraulic System - with
Reclamation of the Hydraulic Fluid A318 ALL
in the Green Hydraulic System
in the Yellow Hydraulic System
in the Blue Hydraulic System
Clean the Fluid in the Green A334 ALL
Hydraulic System
Clean the Fluid in the Yellow A342 ALL
Hydraulic System
Clean the Fluid in the Blue A349 ALL
Hydraulic System
Change of the Hydraulic Fluid of A356 ALL
the Yellow Hydraulic System with
the Tool - Hydraulic Fluid Change
(DH0501)
the Green Hydraulic System with
the Tool - Hydraulic Fluid Change
(DH0501)
the Blue Hydraulic System with the
Tool - Hydraulic Fluid Change
(DH0501)
12-CONTENTS Page 12
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
SERVICING - GENERAL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________
1. _______
General
This chapter provides the instructions related to the replenishing and
scheduled and unscheduled servicing operations applicable to the aircraft.
It is broken down as follows:
- REPLENISHING (Ref. ATA 12-10),
- SCHEDULED SERVICING (Ref. ATA 12-20),
- UNSCHEDULED SERVICING (Ref. ATA 12-30).
2. NO
_______________
STEP Areas
(Ref. Fig. 001)
On the aircraft, a black point strip shows the NO STEPareas.
The position of the english or bilingual markings permits to read them when
you go near the aircraft from either the front or the rear.
It is permitted to walk on the THS in the center section only to use
protective mat of 3/8 inch thick rubber.It is not permitted to walk on the
leading/trailing edges and the tips.
R 3. Ground
__________________________
Service Connections
(Ref. Fig. 002)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|ITEM| DESIGNATION |Mean Height from Ground in Meters|
| | | (ft. in.) |
|----|--------------------------------------|---------------------------------|
| 1A |Forward Lavatory Service Door | 2.35 (7.8) |
R | | (If installed) | |
| 1B |Aft Lavatory Service Door | 2.79 (9.1) |
| 2A |Potable Water Service Door | 1.75 (5.8) |
| 2B |Potable Water Service Door | 2.59 (8.6) |
| 3 |External Power Receptacle | 2.00 (6.7) |
| 4 |Ground Service Conditioned Air | 2.60 (8.6) |
| |Connection | |
| 5 |HP Air Ground Connector | 1.76 (5.7) |
| 6 |Hydraulic System Ground Service Panels| 1.76 (5.7) |
| 7 |Engine Oil Filling Connector : | |
| |- Gravity Filling Cap | 0.68 (2.2) |
| |- Pressure Filling Connection | 0.70 (2.3) |
| 8 |Refuel/Defuel Coupling | 3.40 (11.2) |
| 9A |Gravity Filling Panels (R. side) | 3.60 (11.8) |
| 9B |Gravity Filling Panels (L. side) | 3.60 (11.8) |
| 10 |Refuel/Defuel Control Panel | 1.80 (5.9) |
| 11 |APU Oil Filling Connector | 4.20 (13.7) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 12-00-00

Page 1
May 01/08

SYR
NO STEP Areas
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 12-00-00

Page 2
May 01/98

SYR
Ground Service Connections
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 12-00-00

Page 3
May 01/98

SYR
4. Drainage
_______________
Points
(Ref. Fig. 003)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ITEM | DESIGNATION | MEAN HEIGHT FROM GROUND IN METERS |
| | | ( ft. ) |
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1A | DRAIN MAST WATER | 1.73 ( 5.69 ) |
| 1B | DRAIN MAST FUEL | 1.57 ( 5.16 ) |
| 1C | DRAIN MAST WATER | 1.73 ( 5.69 ) |
| 2 | FUEL WATER DRAIN | 3.40 ( 11.2 ) |
| 2A | FUEL WATER DRAIN | 1.57 ( 5.16 ) |
| 4 | POTABLE WATER DRAIN | 1.75 ( 5.80 ) |
| 5 | POTABLE WATER DRAIN | 1.57 ( 5.16 ) |
| 6 | POTABLE WATER FULL DRAIN | 2.59 ( 8.60 ) |
| | WASTE DRAIN | |
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 12-00-00

Page 4
May 01/98

SYR
Drainage Points
Figure 003

EFF :

ALL 12-00-00

Page 5
May 01/98

SYR
SERVICING - GENERAL - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
___________________________________________
TASK 12-00-00-481-002
Installation of the Wingrip
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE YOU ARE ALWAYS ATTACHED WHEN YOU ARE ON THE WING.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

R No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE(S)
15318-00 2 WINGRIP
98D27803000000 1 LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-00-00-080-002 Removal of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool

(98D27803000000)
27-00-00-480-002 Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking
Tool (98D27803000000)
27-50-00-866-009 Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground
27-80-00-866-005 Retracting the Slats on the Ground
12-00-00-991-003 Fig. 201

EFF :

ALL 12-00-00

Page 201
Nov 01/10

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-00-00-866-051
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the flaps and the slats are retracted (Ref. TASK 27-
50-00-866-009) (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005).
Subtask 12-00-00-941-061
B. Safety Precautions
R (1) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
the flap and slat control lever.
(2) Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

(98D27803000000) on the flap and slat control lever (Ref. TASK 27-00-
00-480-002).
Subtask 12-00-00-010-052
C. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the
wing.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-00-00-481-052
A. Installation of the WINGRIP (15318-00)

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-00-00-991-003)
(1) Refer to the Wingrip manufacturers instructions for installation of

the Wingrip system.
NOTE : Only personnel with special training are authorized to

____
install/use the Wingrip system.

EFF :

ALL 12-00-00

Page 202
Nov 01/10

SYR
R Installation of the Wingrip
R Figure 201/TASK 12-00-00-991-003

EFF :

ALL 12-00-00

Page 203
Nov 01/07

SYR
R (a) The Wingrip system includes the individual pad system or the
R multi-pad system.
R 1
_ Individual pad system
R The individual pad system contains a Wingrip single-point
R anchor (5) installed on the wing in an area near the working
R zone. A primary hose (2) connects the Wingrip single-point
R anchor (5) to the vacuum module (1). The body harness (3) is
R attached to the Wingrip single-point anchor with the double
R lanyard (4).
R 2
_ Multi-pad system
R The multi-pad system contains two Wingrip end anchors (8). A
R primary hose (7) connects the anchor (8) to the vacuum module
R (6). The multi-pad system also contains Wingrip intermediate
R anchors (9) and secondary hoses (13) (the quantity is related
R to the system length). The body harness (10) (one for each
R user) is attached to the Wingrip shuttle (12) with the double
R lanyard (11).
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 12-00-00-081-053
R A. Removal of the WINGRIP (15318-00)

R (Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-00-00-991-003)
R (1) Refer to the Wingrip manufacturers instructions for removal of the

R Wingrip individual pad system or the Wingrip multi-pad system.
R Subtask 12-00-00-942-056
R B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
R (1) Remove the access platform(s).
R (2) Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

R (98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-080-002).
R (3) Remove the warning notice(s).
R (4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
R

EFF :

ALL 12-00-00

Page 204
Nov 01/07

SYR
REPLENISHING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________________
1. _______
General
This section provides all data for accomplishment of replenishing
operations.
It is divided as follows:
- FUEL SYSTEM (Ref. ATA 12-11),
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Ref. ATA 12-12),
- OIL (Ref. ATA 12-13),
- GAS (Ref. ATA 12-14),
- WATER (Ref. ATA 12-15),
- TOILET SANITARY FLUID (Ref. ATA 12-16),
- RAIN REPELLENT (Ref. ATA 12-17).

EFF :

ALL 12-10-00

Page 1
May 01/98

SYR
FUEL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________
1. General
_______
Refer to (Ref. 20-31-00) for data on the types of fuel that can be used.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-00

Page 1
May 01/98

SYR
FUEL SYSTEM - SERVICING
_______________________
TASK 12-11-28-650-001
General Refuel/Defuel Safety Procedures
WARNING : DO NOT SPILL FUEL ON THE ENGINES OR THE BRAKES. IF YOU SPILL FUEL ON
_______
ENGINES OR BRAKES THAT ARE HOT, IT CAN CAUSE FIRES.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
The procedure that follows contains information as specified in the IATA

Guidance Material on Standard Into-Plane Fuelling Procedures
2. ______________________
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-34-24-869-001 Aircraft Grounding for the Refuel/Defuel Operations

28-00-00-910-001 Fuel Safety Procedures
29-10-00-863-002 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
12-11-28-991-001 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-11-28-941-064
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-11-28-650-050
A. Safety Precautions
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-11-28-991-001)
R (1) You must obey the Fuel Safety Procedures (Ref. TASK 28-00-00-910-001)
R when you refuel/defuel an aircraft.
(2) Do not let the tanker go near the aircraft until the anti-collision
lights have been set to OFF.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 301
Nov 01/10

SYR
Refuel Safety Area
Figure 301/TASK 12-11-28-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 302
May 01/00
R
SYR
(3) Before you start the refuel/defuel procedure, make sure that all the
electrical circuits in the fuel system are complete.
(4) Do not spill fuel on the engines or the brakes. If you spill fuel on
engines or brakes that are hot, it can cause fires.
(5) Ground and bond the aircraft (Ref. TASK 12-34-24-869-001).
NOTE : Bonding is mandatory. For grounding you must obey the local
____
area regulations.
(6) Move all the equipment and material which is not necessary for the
refuel/defuel procedure out of the safety area.
(7) On the panel 400VU, make sure that the ACCU PRESS on the triple
indicator has sufficient pressure. If necessary, pressurize the
yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002).
R
R (8) If the Main Landing Gear (MLG) doors are open during the refuel
procedure:
- visually examine the tires and shock absorbers
- make sure you will have sufficient clearance to the ground after
the refuel is complete.
R (9) On the panel 110VU, make sure that the PARK BRK is ON.
R NOTE : Airbus recommends that the park brake is set to ON when

____
R possible. You cannot set the PARK BRK to ON if you have hot
R brakes. If you cannot set the PARK BRK to ON, it is possible
R to continue but you must make sure the chocks are in the
R correct position.
R (10) Make sure that the chocks are in position. The correct position for
R the chocks are:
R (a) If the ramp is flat (no slope):

R - move the aft chocks away from the tires. During the refuel,the
R NLG tires will roll aft as the MLG shock absorber compresses
- make sure that the chocks do not touch the MLG tires. The
R weight of the fuel can lower the aircraft and cause the chocks
R to be caught under the tires.
R (b) If the ramp has a slope:

R - make sure that the chocks down from the tires touch the NLG and
R MLG tires
R - make sure that the chocks up from the tires do not touch the
R NLG and MLG tires.
R
R NOTE : This makes sure that only chocks on one side of each tire
____
R will be caught so that it is easier to release them.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 303
Nov 01/10

SYR
(11) Make sure that there is no equipment below the aircraft which can
cause damage. The weight of the fuel can suddenly compress the
landing gear and lower the aircraft.
(12) Before you start the refuel/defuel procedure make sure that these are
available:
- a fuelling supervisor or fuelling safety person
- the correct fire-fighting equipment
- approved persons to use the fire-fighting equipment.
(13) Make sure that the overboard vent lines are not blocked. If they are
blocked, damage to the fuel tanks can occur.
(14) Make sure that the fuel tanker (or hydrant) contains the correct
fuel. The correct fuels are shown in the Flight Manual (Ref. FM
2.04.00).
(15) Make sure that the fuel tanker or the pump unit (if you use a hydrant
to refuel the aircraft) is in the correct position.
(16) Make sure that, if there is an emergency, you can move the fuel
tanker/pump unit and the other equipment away quickly.
(17) Do not operate the aircraft main engines during a refuel/defuel

procedure.
NOTE : In an emergency it is permitted to refuel with one engine

____
running (Ref. FCOM 2.01.30).
(18) Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) starts or shutdowns are permitted during
refuel/ defuel procedures. If it is necessary to operate the APU, the
limits that follow apply:
(a) An APU start is not permitted during a refuel/defuel procedure if

the APU has failed to start or an automatic shutdown has
occurred.
(b) You must complete a normal APU shutdown if a fuel spill has
occurred during the refuel/defuel procedure.
(19) Make sure that the electrical equipment you use will not cause a
spark.
(20) Do not refuel/defuel in bad weather conditions and electrical storms.

Lightning is dangerous.
(21) During the refuel/defuel procedure do not operate the aircraft

external lighting.
(22) During the refuel/defuel procedure do not fill the oxygen system or
change the oxygen bottles.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 304
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
(23) During the refuel/defuel procedure do only essential aircraft
maintenance and/or servicing that will not cause a spark.
(24) Do not refuel the aircraft if a fire or engine overheat warning is

displayed on the flight deck.
(25) You are only permitted to replace or do small maintenance work on

radio, radar and electrical equipment during refuelling.
(26) You are not permitted to remove, install or test aircraft batteries
or related equipment during refuelling.
(27) Do not use the microphone on the High Frequency (HF) transmitter
during refuel/defuel operations.
(28) Immediately flush away with water, or remove, fuel leakage.
(29) Obey the safety distances for 60 m (196.85 ft.) from aircraft:
(a) Stop the fuel tanker 60 m (196.85 ft.) from the aircraft nose
while the weather radar operates. Do not operate the fuel
tanker/pump unit until you stop operation of the weather radar.
(a) Aircraft must not be refueled/defueled less than 30 m (98.42 ft.)

from the radar or HF radio equipment under test in the aircraft
or ground installation.
(a) Put NO SMOKING warning notices around the work area not less
than 15 m (49.21 ft.) from the refuel/defuel equipment and
aircraft and aircraft tank vents.
(b) Do not connect electrical equipment to a power source less than

15 m (49.21 ft.) away, unless the power source has spark-proof
connectors.
(c) Refuelling/defuelling equipment and aircraft fuel-tank vents must

not be nearer than 15 m (49.21 ft.) to a building during
refuelling/defuelling. Make sure the position of the
refuelling/defuelling area cannot let this occur. Because of the
design of some buildings, you can do refuelling/defuelling
operations nearer than 15 m (49.21 ft.). Examples of this type of
building are nose loaders and aerobridges.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 305
Nov 01/08
R
SYR
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-11-28-991-001)
(a) Ground power units (GPUs) can be operated when they are put not
less than 6 m (19.68 ft.) from:
- the aircraft filling and venting points
- the hydrant valves and other refuel/defuel equipment when in
use.
(b) Photographic flash bulbs or electronic flash equipment must not

be used less than 6 m (19.68 ft.) from:
- the refuel/defuel equipment
- any filling or venting points of the aircraft.
(c) The refuel/defuel zone must be regarded as extending not less

than 6 m (19.68 ft.) radially from:
- the filling and venting points on the aircraft
- the refuel/defuel equipment
- the hydrant valve in use for refueling (when applicable).
When defueling is taking place, the vehicle will be venting and

will generate a zone radiating from the tank vent.
(d) Do not operate the items that follow inside the 6 m (19.68 ft.)
zone:
- radios
- radio telephones (cell phones or mobile phones)
- pagers
- switches on lighting systems of other than intrinsically safe
types.
(e) Personnel in the refuel/defuel zone and those employed in

refueling/defueling must not:
- carry matches or other means of ignition
- put on foot-wear with exposed iron or steel studs, nails or
tips.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 306
Nov 01/08
R
SYR
TASK 12-11-28-650-002
Refuel/Defuel Safety Procedures for use in the Hangar
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific safety barriers

No specific warning notices
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 12-11-28-941-065
R A. Not Applicable

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 307
May 01/07

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-11-28-650-051
WARNING : OBEY THE FUEL SAFETY PROCEDURES.

_______
(1) Open all the hangar doors. Do not close the hangar doors until you
have completed the refuel/defuel procedure.
(2) Make the limits of the safety area the limits of the hangar.
(3) Put the safety barriers and the NO SMOKING warning notices at all
the hangar entrances.
(4) To be prepared to tow the aircraft out of the hangar for an

emergency, do these steps:
(a) Move the equipment which is not necessary for the refuel/defuel
procedure from between the aircraft and the hangar exit.
(b) Attach a towing vehicle to the aircraft.
(5) Make sure that the driver of the fuel tanker puts the fuel tanker in
the correct position adjacent to the aircraft. Keep the exit of the
hangar clear for the fuel tanker.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 308
May 01/07
R
SYR
TASK 12-11-28-650-003
Pressure Refuel with Automatic Control

_______
R WARNING : STOP THE FUEL TANKER 60 m (196.85 ft) FROM THE AIRCRAFT NOSE WHILE
_______
R THE WEATHER RADAR OPERATES.
R DO NOT OPERATE THE FUEL TANKER/PUMP UNIT UNTIL YOU STOP THE OPERATION
R OF THE WEATHER RADAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THE AREA AROUND THE AIRCRAFT IS SAFE BEFORE YOU START THE
_______
REFUEL/DEFUEL PROCEDURE. IN THE SAFETY AREA, DO NOT:
- SMOKE
- MAKE SPARKS OR FIRE
- USE ANY EQUIPMENT WHICH IS NOT APPROVED FOR REFUEL/DEFUEL
PROCEDURES.
AIRCRAFT FUEL IS FLAMMABLE.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R NOTE : It is recommended that you keep to one type of fuel. Although

____
R approved types can be mixed if necessary to continue operation. Refer
R to Section 2 of your Flight Manual (Ref. FM Section 2) for a complete
R list of approved fuels. Refer to Airbus Cold Weather Operations
R Information and Operations Policy Fuelling Procedures for safety
R precautions with mixed fuel.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 309
May 01/07

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-11-28-650-001 General Refuel/Defuel Safety Procedures

12-11-28-650-002 Refuel/Defuel Safety Procedures for use in the Hangar
12-11-28-650-007 Use of Magnetic Level Indicators (MLI)
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
28-25-00-650-001 Pressure Defuel
28-25-00-869-001 Fuel Transfer
12-11-28-991-001 Fig. 301
12-11-28-991-002 Fig. 302
12-11-28-991-004 Fig. 303
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-11-28-991-001, 302/TASK 12-11-28-991-002, 303/TASK

12-11-28-991-004)
Subtask 12-11-28-941-050
R (1) You must obey the refuel/defuel safety procedures (Ref. TASK 12-11-
R 28-650-001) (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-002).
R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE adjacent to the refuel
coupling 40QM.
(3) Make sure that the chocks do not touch the tires. The weight of the
fuel can lower the aircraft and cause the chocks to catch.
(4) Put the safety barriers in position.
Subtask 12-11-28-281-051
B. Do a Check for Water in the Fuel Tanker
(1) Make sure that a fuel sampling for water contamination check is done
to the fuel in the fuel tanker/pump unit.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 310
May 01/07

SYR
Refuel/Defuel Coupling
Figure 302/TASK 12-11-28-991-002

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 311
May 01/01
R
SYR
Refuel/Defuel Control Panel 800VU, Preselector 5QT and Indicator 6QT
Figure 303/TASK 12-11-28-991-004

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 312
May 01/01
R
SYR
Subtask 12-11-28-860-050
C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FUEL SUPPLY HOSE IS CORRECTLY CONNECTED TO
_______
THE COUPLING BEFORE YOU REFUEL/DEFUEL THE AIRCRAFT. DO NOT
CONNECT THE FUEL SUPPLY HOSE IF THERE ARE SIGNS OF DAMAGE TO
THE AIRCRAFT COUPLING LUGS OR SLOTS.
(1) Make sure that the aircraft and the fuel tanker/pump unit are
grounded correctly (Ref. TASK 12-34-24-869-001) and electrically
bonded together correctly.
NOTE : Bonding is essential, grounding is recommended.

____
(2) Remove the refuel coupling cap (41QM).
(3) Make sure that the coupling of the fuel supply-hose is clean, then
connect it to the aircraft refuel coupling.
(4) If you have external power available, energize the aircraft

electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 12-11-28-010-051-A
D. Get Access
(1) Open the access door 192MB.
NOTE : After the refuel control panel access door has opened, if you
____
use refuel battery power only:
- it is not possible to start the refuel sequence until after
approximately 35 to 40 seconds.
This is because the Fuel Quantity Indication Computer (FQIC)
and FLSS BITE sequences operate first.
R Do not keep the door open longer than necessary because the
R battery can discharge.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 313
Nov 01/09

SYR
Subtask 12-11-28-860-051
E. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) If you do not have ground power available:
WARNING : WHEN YOU REFUEL THE AIRCRAFT WITH BATTERY POWER, IT IS NOT
_______
ALWAYS POSSIBLE TO REFUEL TO FULL CAPACITY. THIS IS BECAUSE
THE INTERCELL TRANSFER VALVES ARE NOT ALWAYS IN THE CORRECT
POSITION.
(a) On the refuel/defuel control panel (800VU), put the BATT POWER
switch to the ON position and release.
NOTE : The HOT BUSS 701PP is energized for ten minutes only (this
____
is to prevent discharge of the aircraft batteries), unless
you put the MODE SELECT switch (on the refuel/defuel
panel) to REFUEL.
Subtask 12-11-28-740-050
F. Test of the Refuel Panel 800VU
(1) Do this test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the panel 800VU: On the panel 800VU:
- put the TEST switch to the LTS - the HI LVL lights and the DEFUEL/XFR
position and hold it there OPEN lights are on and the CKPT and
END lights come on
- the FUEL QTY, PRESELECTED and ACTUAL
displays show all 8s.
- release the TEST switch - the lights go back to their initial

condition
displays go back to their initial
condition
- put the TEST switch to the HIGH - the HI LVL lights change condition.
position and hold it there If they were on, they will go off. If
they were off, they will come on

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 314
Nov 01/09
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- release the TEST switch. - the HI LVL lights go back to their
initial condition.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-11-28-991-004)
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO THE REFUEL PANEL TEST BEFORE OR DURING THE
_______
R REFUEL PROCEDURE. DEFECTIVE HIGH-LEVEL SENSORS CAN CAUSE FUEL TO
R SPILL OVERBOARD. MAKE SURE THAT YOU COMPLETE THE REFUEL PANEL TEST
R BEFORE THE FUEL TANK IS 70 PERCENT FULL.
Subtask 12-11-28-650-074
A. Pressure Refuel with Automatic Control
NOTE : It is recommended that all of the fuel pumps are switched to off
____
to do this procedure. This decreases the risk of possible fuel
spills. It is permitted for the wing-tank pumps to be switched to
on, if:
- there is a minimum of 750 kg (1653.4665 lb) of fuel in the
applicable wing-tank.
NOTE : If it becomes necessary, defuel (Ref. TASK 28-25-00-650-001) or

____
transfer fuel (Ref. TASK 28-25-00-869-001).
(1) On the panel 40VU, make sure that:

- the X FEED P/BSW 4QE is not pushed (in) (the ON and OPEN legends of
the P/BSW are off).
(2) On the refuel/defuel control panel 800VU:

- make sure that the REFUEL VALVES switches are in the NORM position.
(3) On the preselector 5QT:

- put the PRESELECTED rocker switch to the INC position and hold it
there
- make sure that the number on the PRESELECTED display increases
- when the PRESELECTED display shows the necessary fuel load, release
the PRESELECTED rocker switch.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 315
Nov 01/10

SYR
(4) On the refuel/defuel control panel 800VU, put the MODE SELECT switch
to the REFUEL position.
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE REFUEL PRESSURE BE MORE THAN THE MAXIMUM
_______
SAFE PRESSURE OF 50psi (3.45bar).
(5) Start the pump on the fuel tanker/pump unit.
(6) On the preselector 5QT:
(a) Make sure that the numbers on the ACTUAL display increases.
(7) On the fuel quantity indicator 6QT:
(a) Make sure that the numbers on the FUEL QTY displays increase.
(8) When the refuel operation is complete, make sure that:
(a) On the preselector 5QT:

- the END light comes on
- the numbers on the ACTUAL and the PRESELECTED displays are
stable and the same +/- 100 kg (220.4622 lb).
(b) On the fuel quantity indicator 6QT:

- the FUEL QTY display for each tank show that the fuel is
divided correctly between the tanks.
(c) On the refuel/defuel control panel 800VU:

- if the tanks are full, the HI LVL lights come on.
NOTE : Refer to the fuel tables for the maximum capacity of each
____
tank and for the total fuel capacity (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-
650-007).
NOTE : Make sure that the outer wing fuel tanks are full. This
____
will prevent the risk of structural damage.
(9) Stop the pump on the fuel tanker/pump-unit.

- put the MODE SELECT switch to the OFF and guarded position.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 316
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-11-28-860-052
A. Refuel on Batteries
(1) If you refueled the aircraft with battery power, on the refuel/defuel
control panel (800VU), release the BATT POWER switch from the ON
position. The switch will go back to the NORM position.
(2) Make an entry in the aircraft technical log, to check the fuel
configuration before the subsequent flight.
Subtask 12-11-28-410-050
B. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the access door 192MB.
Subtask 12-11-28-862-050
C. De-energize the Electrical Circuits
(1) If you have external power available, de-energize the aircraft

electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
Subtask 12-11-28-869-067
D. Aircraft Configuration
(1) Disconnect the coupling of the fuel supply-hose from the aircraft
refuel/defuel coupling.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE HANDLE OF THE REFUEL COUPLING CAP POINTS
_______
AFT WHEN THE CAP IS CLOSED AND LOCKED.
(2) Install the refuel coupling cap 41QM.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 317
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Subtask 12-11-28-942-051
E. Removal of Equipment
(1) Disconnect these bonding/ground cables:

- between the aircraft and the fuel tanker/pump unit
- if applicable, between the fuel tanker/pump unit and the ground
- if applicable, between the aircraft and the ground.
(2) Remove the safety barriers.
(3) Remove the warning notice(s).
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 318
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
TASK 12-11-28-650-004
Pressure Refuel with Manual Control

_______
WARNING : STOP THE FUEL TANKER 60 m (196.85 ft) FROM THE AIRCRAFT NOSE WHILE
_______
THE WEATHER RADAR OPERATES.
DO NOT OPERATE THE FUEL TANKER/PUMP UNIT UNTIL YOU STOP THE OPERATION
OF THE WEATHER RADAR.
_______
- SMOKE
PROCEDURES.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : It is recommended that you keep to one type of fuel. Although

____
approved types can be mixed if necessary to continue operation. Refer
to Section 2 of your Flight Manual (Ref. FM Section 2) for a complete
list of approved fuels. Refer to Airbus Cold Weather Operations
Information and Operations Policy Fuelling Procedures for safety
precautions with mixed fuel.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 319
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
External Power
28-25-00-650-001 Pressure Defuel
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
12-11-28-991-001 Fig. 301
12-11-28-991-002 Fig. 302
12-11-28-991-004 Fig. 303
3. __________
Job Set-up

12-11-28-991-004)
Subtask 12-11-28-941-052
(1) You must obey the refuel/defuel safety precautions (Ref. TASK 12-11-
28-650-001) (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-002).
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE adjacent to the refuel
coupling 40QM.
fuel can lower the aircraft and catch the chocks.
Subtask 12-11-28-281-052
R B. Drain the Water from the Fuel
R to the fuel in the fuel tanker/pump unit.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 320
Nov 01/10

SYR
Subtask 12-11-28-860-053
_______
(1) Remove the refuel coupling cap 41QM.
____
area regulations.
(3) Make sure that the coupling of the fuel-supply hose is clean, then
(4) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-

002).
(5) Do the Electronic Instrument System (EIS) (Electronic Centralized

Aircraft Monitoring - ECAM only) start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-
860-001).
(6) On the panel 11VU, push (in) the FUEL pushbutton switch.
Subtask 12-11-28-010-053-A
D. Get Access
NOTE : If operating in battery power:

____
- put the MODE SELECT switch to the OFF and guarded position
- do not keep the door open longer than necessary because the
battery can discharge.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 321
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Subtask 12-11-28-860-057
(1) If you do not have ground power available:
WARNING : WHEN YOU REFUEL THE AIRCRAFT WITH BATTERY POWER, IT IS NOT
_______
ALWAYS POSSIBLE TO REFUEL TO FULL CAPACITY. THIS IS BECAUSE
THE INTERCELL TRANSFER VALVES ARE NOT ALWAYS IN THE CORRECT
POSITION.
(a) On the refuel/defuel control panel (800VU), put the BATT POWER
switch to the ON position and release.
NOTE : The HOT BUSS 701PP is energized for ten minutes only (this
____
is to prevent discharge of the aircraft batteries), unless
you put the MODE SELECT switch (on the refuel/defuel
panel) to REFUEL.
Subtask 12-11-28-740-051
F. Test of the Refuel Panel 800VU
(1) Do this test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the panel 800VU: On the panel 800VU:
- put the TEST switch to the LTS - the High (HI) Level (LVL) lights and
position and hold it there the DEFUEL/XFR OPEN lights are on and
the CKPT and END lights come on
displays show all 8s.
- release the TEST switch - the lights go back to their initial

condition
displays go back to their initial
condition
- put the TEST switch to the HIGH - the HI LVL lights change their
position and hold it there condition. If they were on, they will
go off. If they were off, they will
come on

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 322
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- release the TEST switch. - the HI LVL lights go back to their
initial condition.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-11-28-991-002, 303/TASK 12-11-28-991-004)
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO THE REFUEL PANEL TEST BEFORE OR DURING THE
_______
R REFUEL PROCEDURE. DEFECTIVE HIGH-LEVEL SENSORS CAN CAUSE FUEL TO
R SPILL OVERBOARD. MAKE SURE THAT YOU COMPLETE THE REFUEL PANEL TEST
R BEFORE THE FUEL TANK IS 70 PERCENT FULL.
Subtask 12-11-28-650-054
A. Pressure Refuel with Manual Control
____
on, if:
NOTE : If it becomes necessary, defuel (Ref. TASK 28-25-00-650-001) or

____
transfer fuel (Ref. TASK 28-25-00-869-001).
(1) To prevent a fuel spill, on the panel 40VU, make sure that:
- the X FEED P/BSW 4QE is released out (OFF)
- the MODE SEL P/BSW 48QA is in the AUTO position
- the CTR TK PUMP 1 & 2 P/BSW are released out (OFF).
(a) Put the MODE SELECT switch to the REFUEL position.
(b) Put the REFUEL VALVES switch(es) for the applicable fuel tank(s)
to the OPEN position.
(c) Put the REFUEL VALVES switch(es) for the tank(s) which will not
be refuelled to the SHUT position.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 323
Nov 01/10

SYR
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE REFUEL PRESSURE BE MORE THAN THE MAXIMUM
_______
SAFE PRESSURE OF 50psi (3.45bar).
(a) Make sure that the numbers on the ACTUAL and the FUEL QTY
displays increase.
(b) Monitor the FUEL QTY displays.
NOTE : Refer to the fuel tables for the maximum capacity of each
____
fuel tank and for the total fuel capacity (Ref. TASK 12-
11-28-650-007).
NOTE : Make sure that the outer wing fuel tanks are full. This
____
will prevent the risk of structural damage.
(c) When each tank has the correct fuel quantity put its REFUEL VALVE
switch to the SHUT position.
(5) When the fuel tank quantities are correct stop the pump on the fuel
tanker/pump unit.
(a) Put the MODE SELECT switch to the OFF position and put the guard
on the switch.
(b) Put the applicable REFUEL VALVES switch(es) to the NORM position
and put the guard(s) on the switch(es).
(7) If you have ground power available, make sure that the ECAM lower DU
shows the correct fuel quantities.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-11-28-860-058
A. Aircraft Configuration
(2) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 324
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
refuel/defuel coupling.
(4) Install the coupling cap.
_______
(5) Install the refuel coupling cap 41QM.
Subtask 12-11-28-410-052
B. Close Access
items.
Subtask 12-11-28-942-053
C. Removal of Equipment


EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 325
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
TASK 12-11-28-650-005
Pressure Refuel without Electrical Power

_______
_______
_______
- SMOKE
PROCEDURES.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

____
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 326
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
32-12-00-010-001 Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
32-12-00-410-001 Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
12-11-28-991-001 Fig. 301
12-11-28-991-002 Fig. 302
12-11-28-991-006 Fig. 304
3. __________
Job Set-up

12-11-28-991-006)
Subtask 12-11-28-941-054
28-650-001) (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-002).
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE adjacent to the refuel
coupling 40QM.
Subtask 12-11-28-281-053
R B. Drain the Water from the Fuel

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 327
Nov 01/10

SYR
Refuel Valve
Figure 304/TASK 12-11-28-991-006

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 328
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Subtask 12-11-28-010-054
C. Get Access
(1) Open the access panel 622JB.
(2) If you refuel the center tank, do these steps:
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON

_______
THE LANDING GEAR.
(3) Open the Main Landing Gear (MLG) door 744 (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-
001).
(4) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK is on the applicable MLG door
actuator.
(5) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position.
Subtask 12-11-28-860-059
D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
_______
____
area regulations.
(2) Remove the refuel coupling cap 41QM.
(3) Make sure that the coupling of the fuel supply-hose is clean, then
(4) Release the Magnetic Level Indicators (MLI) of the tanks to be

refuelled (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-007).

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 329
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
(5) If the intercell transfer valves are open:
- the inner and outer cells of the wing tanks fill together
- the full capacity of the wing tank is less than normal
- make an entry in the aircraft technical log, to check the fuel
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-11-28-991-006)
WARNING : BE CAREFUL NOT TO FILL THE TANKS MORE THAN NECESSARY NEAR THE END
_______
OF THE REFUEL. BECAUSE THERE IS NO ELECTRICAL POWER, THE
HIGH-LEVEL PROTECTION SYSTEM WILL NOT OPERATE.
CAUTION : DO NOT REFUEL OR DEFUEL THROUGH THE TWO REFUEL/DEFUEL COUPLINGS AT

_______
THE SAME TIME.
THIS IS TO PREVENT PRESSURE DIFFERENCE PROBLEMS.
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE REFUEL PRESSURE BE MORE THAN THE MAXIMUM SAFE
_______
PRESSURE OF 50psi (3.45bar).
Subtask 12-11-28-650-056
A. Pressure Refuel without Electrical Power
(2) Push and hold in the manual plunger(s) on the refuel valve(s) of the
applicable fuel tank(s).
(3) Use the MLIs to monitor the quantity of fuel in each tank (Ref. TASK
12-11-28-650-007).
NOTE : Refer to the fuel tables for the maximum capacity of each fuel
____
tank and for the total fuel capacity. If the intercell
transfer valves are open, the full capacity of a wing tank is
less than normal.
NOTE : Make sure that the outer wing fuel tanks are full. This will
____
prevent the risk of structural damage.
(4) When the quantity of fuel in a tank is correct, release the manual
plunger on the related refuel valve.
(5) When all the fuel quantities are correct, stop the pump on the fuel
tanker/pump unit.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 330
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-11-28-860-060
(1) Retract and lock the MMIs (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-007).
refuel coupling.

Subtask 12-11-28-410-054
B. Close Access
(1) To install the coupling cap and the access panel:
_______
(a) Install the refuel coupling cap 41QM and close the access panel
622JB.
(2) If you have refuelled the center tank, close the MLG door 744
(Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).
Subtask 12-11-28-942-056
items.
(4) Remove the access platform(s).

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 331
Nov 01/10
R
SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 332
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
TASK 12-11-28-650-006
Overwing (Gravity) Refuel

_______
_______
_______
- SMOKE
PROCEDURES.
WARNING : DO NOT GET YOUR CLOTHES SOAKED WITH FUEL.

_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

____
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 333
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
External Power
12-11-28-991-001 Fig. 301
12-11-28-991-008 Fig. 305
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-11-28-991-001, 305/TASK 12-11-28-991-008)
Subtask 12-11-28-941-057
28-650-001) (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-002).
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE adjacent to the wing
leading edge at the overwing refuel cap 44QM(45QM).
Subtask 12-11-28-281-054
B. Drain the Water from the Fuel

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 334
Nov 01/10

SYR
Gravity Refuel Cap
Figure 305/TASK 12-11-28-991-008

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 335
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Subtask 12-11-28-860-065
____
area regulations.

002).
(4) In the cockpit:
(a) Do the EIS (ECAM only) start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-
001).
(b) On panel 11VU, push the FUEL pushbutton switch (in).
(5) Monitor the aircraft fuel configuration.
(6) If the intercell transfer valves are closed, open the access door
192MB.
NOTE : If operating in battery power, do not keep the door open

____
longer than necessary because the battery can discharge.
Subtask 12-11-28-865-050
D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FUEL/XFR VALVE1/WING/R 2QP A11
49VU FUEL/XFR VALVE1/WING/L 1QP A10
121VU FUEL/XFR VALVE2/WING/R 4QP M23
121VU FUEL/XFR VALVE2/WING/L 3QP M22

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 336
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Subtask 12-11-28-860-063
(1) After five seconds, remove the safety clips and the tags and close
the circuit breakers 1QP, 2QP, 3QP and 4QP.
NOTE : The intercell transfer valves will stay open until the next
____
refuel selection.
(2) Make sure that the ECAM Display Unit (DU) shows the intercell
transfer valves in the open position.
Subtask 12-11-28-865-052
F. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-11-28-650-060
A. Overwing (Gravity) Refuel
____
on, if:
(1) On the panel 40VU, make sure that:

- the X FEED P/BSW 4QE is not pushed (in) (the ON and OPEN legends of
the P/BSW are off).
(2) Connect the ground-cable of the refuel nozzle to the wing

ground-connection.
(3) Remove the applicable overwing refuel cap 44QM(45QM).

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 337
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
(4) Put the fuel nozzle in the overwing refuel point.
CAUTION : KEEP THE RATE OF REFUEL THE SAME AS, OR LESS THAN, THE RATE
_______
OF FLOW THROUGH THE TRANSFER VALVES.
(6) Use the fuel pumps in the wing tanks to move the fuel to the center
tank from the wing tanks (Ref. TASK 28-25-00-869-001).
(7) Monitor the fuel quantities continuously on the ECAM lower DU.
NOTE : The overwing refuel point is not at the highest point on the
____
wing. Thus you cannot refuel the wing tanks to full.
(8) When the fuel quantities are correct, stop the pump on the fuel
tanker/pump unit.
(9) Remove the fuel nozzle from the overwing refuel point.
(10) Install the overwing refuel cap 44QM(45QM).
(11) Disconnect the ground-cable of the refuel nozzle from the wing
ground-connection.
(12) Do the refuel procedure again for the other wing.
(13) Correct the fuel configuration (move the fuel from the inner cells of
the wing tanks to fill the outer cells of the wing tanks (Ref. TASK
28-25-00-869-001)).
NOTE : Make sure that the outer wing fuel tanks are full. This will
____
prevent the risk of structural damage.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 338
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-11-28-865-059
A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-11-28-860-062
B. Aircraft Configuration

(2) To close the intercell transfer valves:
(a) On the refuel/defuel control panel 800VU put the MODE SELECT
switch to REFUEL.
(b) Make sure that the ECAM DU shows the intercell transfer valves
closed (cross-line).
(c) On the refuel/defuel control panel 800VU, put the MODE SELECT
switch to OFF.
Subtask 12-11-28-410-057
C. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 339
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Subtask 12-11-28-860-064
D. Aircraft Configuration
(1) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).
Subtask 12-11-28-942-058
E. Removal of Equipment
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 340
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
TASK 12-11-28-860-001
Procedure to use the ADIRU to Find the Pitch and Roll Data
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-11-28-861-054
A. Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 341
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-11-28-860-069
A. Procedure to enter the Parameter Alpha Call-up through the MCDU
(1) On the panel 20VU set the 3 ADIRS switches to the NAV position:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU turn the BRT knob to The MCDU is on.

the ON position.
2. Push the MCDU MENU mode key. The MCDU MENU page comes into view.
3. On the MCDU: On the MCDU display:
A. Push the line key adjacent to The AIDS menu page comes into view.
the AIDS indication.
B. Push the line key adjacent to The AIDS ALPHA CALL-UP page comes into
the PARM ALPHA CALL-UP view.
indication.
4. On the MCDU keypad enter the code ROLL appears at the bottom of the
for ROLL into the scratchpad. display (scratchpad).
5. Push the 2L line key. The ROLL data shows - RECORD THE DATA.
6. Read and write down the ROLL

data.
7. On the MCDU keypad enter the code PITCH appears at the bottom of the
for PTCH into the scratchpad. display (scratchpad).
8. Push the 3L line key. The PITCH data shows - RECORD THE DATA.
9. Read and write down the PITCH

data.
10. Push the line key adjacent to The AIDS menu page comes into view.
the CLEAR ALL indication.
(2) In Table 1, use the PITCH data to find the equivalent number.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 342
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
(3) In Table 1, use the ROLL data to find the equivalent letter.
(4) Put together the number and the letter to identify the square to use
in the MLI procedure (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-007).
TABLE 1
-------------------------------------------
| Pitch | Ref | Roll | Ref |
R -------------------------------------------
| minus 1.5 | 1 | minus 1.5 | A |
|--------------|------|------------|------|
| minus 1.0 | 2 | minus 1.0 | B |
|--------------|------|------------|------|
| minus 0.5 | 3 | minus 0.5 | C |
|--------------|------|------------|------|
| 0.0 | 4 | 0.0 | D |
|--------------|------|------------|------|
| plus 0.5 | 5 | plus 0.5 | E |
|--------------|------|------------|------|
| plus 1.0 | 6 | plus 1.0 | F |
|--------------|------|------------|------|
| plus 1.5 | 7 | plus 1.5 | G |
-------------------------------------------
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-11-28-860-070
(1) On the panel 20VU set the 3 switches on the ADIRS to the OFF
position.
(2) On the MCDU control panel:
(a) Push the RETURN key until the initial screen shows.
(b) Set the BRT knob to the OFF position.
Subtask 12-11-28-862-054
B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 343
Nov 01/10

SYR
TASK 12-11-28-860-002
Procedure to use the FQIC Input Parameters to Find the Pitch and Roll Data
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
31-32-00-860-001 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST
Menu Page
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-11-28-860-071

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Do the Electronic Instrument System (EIS) start procedure (Ref. TASK
31-60-00-860-001).
(3) Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST Menu Page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-
860-001).
(4) Do the Air Data/Inertial Reference System (ADIRS) start procedure

(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 344
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Subtask 12-11-28-865-054
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FUEL/FQI/CHAN/1 1QT A13
121VU FUEL/FQI/CHANNEL/1 AND 2 8QT L26
121VU FUEL/FQI/CHAN/2 2QT M27
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-11-28-860-072
A. Get Access to the Fuel Quantity Indication Computer (FQIC) Input

Parameters Page 1
NOTE : This procedure can only be used if:

____
- the PITCH and ROLL data is taken from the ADIRS (identified by
an A after the PITCH and ROLL title)
- the PITCH data displayed for the LEFT, CTR and RIGHT is no more
or less than 0.1 of each other
- the ROLL data displayed for the LEFT, CTR and RIGHT is no more
or less than 0.1 of each other.
NOTE : The FQIS input parameter pages are not automatically updated. The
____
operation of the Fuel System can be monitored through the
Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS) input parameter pages. The
pages must be continuously updated. Use the NEXT PAGE control on
the Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU) to cycle the
pages to update the screen.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 345
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
(1) When the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST Menu page comes into view, do this
procedure:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Push the line key adjacent to the - the FUEL Main Menu first page comes
FUEL indication. into view.
2. On the MCDU control panel push - the FUEL Main Menu second page comes
the NEXT PAGE key. into view.
3. Push the line key adjacent to the - the MCDU shows the page FQIS INPUT
INPUT PARAMETER VALUES PARAMETERS - RECORD THE PITCH AND
indication. ROLL DATA.
(2) In Table 1, use the PITCH data to find the equivalent number.
(3) In Table 1, use the ROLL data to find the equivalent letter.
(4) Put together the number and the letter to identify the square to use
in the Magnetic Level Indicator (MLI) procedure (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-
650-007).
TABLE 1
-----------------------------------------
| Pitch | Ref | Roll | Ref |
R -----------------------------------------
| minus 1.5 | 1 | minus 1.5 | A |
|--------------|-----|------------|-----|
| minus 1.0 | 2 | minus 1.0 | B |
|--------------|-----|------------|-----|
| minus 0.5 | 3 | minus 0.5 | C |
|--------------|-----|------------|-----|
| 0.0 | 4 | 0.0 | D |
|--------------|-----|------------|-----|
| plus 0.5 | 5 | plus 0.5 | E |
|--------------|-----|------------|-----|
| plus 1.0 | 6 | plus 1.0 | F |
|--------------|-----|------------|-----|
| plus 1.5 | 7 | plus 1.5 | G |
-----------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 346
Nov 01/10

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-11-28-860-073
(1) Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(a) On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the MCDU Menu page comes into view.
(b) On the MCDU, set the BRT knob to OFF.
(c) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
(d) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
(e) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 347
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
TASK 12-11-28-650-007
Use of Magnetic Level Indicators (MLI)
CAUTION : RETRACT THE MLIs AS SOON AS POSSIBLE. YOU CAN EASILY CAUSE DAMAGE TO
_______
AN EXTENDED MLI.
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE MLIs FALL FREELY.

_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 3 m (9 ft. 10 in.)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-11-28-860-001 Procedure to use the ADIRU to Find the Pitch and Roll
Data
12-11-28-860-002 Procedure to use the FQIC Input Parameters to Find
the Pitch and Roll Data
12-32-28-281-001 Drain Water Content
12-11-28-991-009 Fig. 306
12-11-28-991-012 Fig. 307
12-11-28-991-024 Fig. 308
12-11-28-991-014 Fig. 309
12-11-28-991-025 Fig. 310
12-11-28-991-015 Fig. 311
12-11-28-991-026 Fig. 312
12-11-28-991-036 Fig. 313
12-11-28-991-016 Fig. 314
12-11-28-991-027 Fig. 315

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 348
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-11-28-991-017 Fig. 316

12-11-28-991-028 Fig. 317
12-11-28-991-037 Fig. 318
12-11-28-991-018 Fig. 319
12-11-28-991-029 Fig. 320
12-11-28-991-019 Fig. 321
12-11-28-991-030 Fig. 322
12-11-28-991-038 Fig. 323
12-11-28-991-020 Fig. 324
12-11-28-991-031 Fig. 325
12-11-28-991-034 Fig. 326
12-11-28-991-035 Fig. 327
12-11-28-991-039 Fig. 328
12-11-28-991-021 Fig. 329
12-11-28-991-032 Fig. 330
12-11-28-991-022 Fig. 331
12-11-28-991-033 Fig. 332
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-11-28-991-009)
Subtask 12-11-28-941-058
28-650-001) (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-002).
Subtask 12-11-28-281-050
B. Fuel Sampling
(1) Get a fuel sample from the aircraft (Ref. TASK 12-32-28-281-001) and
measure its Specific Gravity (SG).

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 349
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Magnetic Level Indicators (MLI)
Figure 306/TASK 12-11-28-991-009

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 350
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Subtask 12-11-28-010-058
C. Get Access
(1) Put an access platform below the applicable MLI.
NOTE : If operating in battery power, do not keep the door open

____
longer than necessary because the battery can discharge.
Subtask 12-11-28-860-066-A
(1) Find and write down the aircraft attitude figure (pitch and roll
data) as follows:
- use the ADIRU to find the aircraft attitude figure (Ref. TASK 12-
11-28-860-001)
or
- use the FQIC input parameters to find the aircraft attitude figure
(Ref. TASK 12-11-28-860-002).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-11-28-991-009)
Subtask 12-11-28-869-053
A. Use of the Magnetic Level Indicators (MLI)
(1) Use the flow chart and do these steps:

(Ref. Fig. 307/TASK 12-11-28-991-012, 308/TASK 12-11-28-991-024)
(a) Use a screwdriver to push the applicable MLI and turn it through
90 deg.
(b) Hold and carefully lower the MLI fully. Then carefully lift the
MLI until you feel the magnets engage.
(c) Read the units mark nearest to the bottom-skin of the wing and
write down the number.
(2) Retract the MLI and use a screwdriver to turn it through 90 deg. to
lock it.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 351
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
How to Read a Wing Tank MLI
Figure 307/TASK 12-11-28-991-012

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 352
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
How to Read the CTR MLI
Figure 308/TASK 12-11-28-991-024

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 353
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
(3) Find the volume of fuel in each tank as follows:
(a) Use the applicable MLI stick number and the applicable aircraft
attitude grid-square letter to find the correct fuel quantity
table.
NOTE : For a
____ grid reading of C3:
- use the attitude monitor reading CLEFT WING column 3 for
the LH wing
- use the attitude monitor reading CRIGHT WING column 3
for the RH wing.
(b) Find the applicable MLI unit number row and the applicable
aircraft attitude (grid-square letter and number) row in the
table. Find the intersection of the applicable rows to give the
correct volume of fuel in the tank.
NOTE : Only even number MLI units are listed in the tables. To
____
calculate the volume of fuel for uneven numbers,
interpolate between the nearest even numbers in the table.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Example: MLI stick No. 1 (LH Wing) |
| UNIT reading : 36 |
| Pitch and Roll attitude : C3 on (attitude monitor) |
| Fuel Quantity table reading (volumn) : 1150 liters |
| Specific gravity (SG) of fuel sample : 0.81 SG |
|----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| Actual fuel mass at 0.81 SG = 1150 x 0.81 = 931.5 |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : The above example is for one MLI only.

____
- MLI Stick No.1 Attitudes A and G

(Ref. Fig. 309/TASK 12-11-28-991-014)

(Ref. Fig. 310/TASK 12-11-28-991-025)

(Ref. Fig. 311/TASK 12-11-28-991-015)

(Ref. Fig. 312/TASK 12-11-28-991-026)

(Ref. Fig. 313/TASK 12-11-28-991-036)

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 354
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.1 Attitudes A and G
Figure 309/TASK 12-11-28-991-014

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 355
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Figure 310/TASK 12-11-28-991-025

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 356
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Figure 311/TASK 12-11-28-991-015

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 357
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Figure 312/TASK 12-11-28-991-026

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 358
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Figure 313/TASK 12-11-28-991-036

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 359
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
- MLI Stick No.1 Attitudes B and F
(Ref. Fig. 314/TASK 12-11-28-991-016)

(Ref. Fig. 315/TASK 12-11-28-991-027)

(Ref. Fig. 316/TASK 12-11-28-991-017)

(Ref. Fig. 317/TASK 12-11-28-991-028)

(Ref. Fig. 318/TASK 12-11-28-991-037)
- MLI Stick No.1 Attitudes C and E

(Ref. Fig. 319/TASK 12-11-28-991-018)

(Ref. Fig. 320/TASK 12-11-28-991-029)

(Ref. Fig. 321/TASK 12-11-28-991-019)

(Ref. Fig. 322/TASK 12-11-28-991-030)

(Ref. Fig. 323/TASK 12-11-28-991-038)
- MLI Stick No.1 Attitude D

(Ref. Fig. 324/TASK 12-11-28-991-020)

(Ref. Fig. 325/TASK 12-11-28-991-031)

(Ref. Fig. 326/TASK 12-11-28-991-034)

(Ref. Fig. 327/TASK 12-11-28-991-035)

(Ref. Fig. 328/TASK 12-11-28-991-039)
- CTR MLI Attitudes A and G

(Ref. Fig. 329/TASK 12-11-28-991-021)

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 360
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.1 Attitudes B and F
Figure 314/TASK 12-11-28-991-016

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 361
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Figure 315/TASK 12-11-28-991-027

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 362
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Figure 316/TASK 12-11-28-991-017

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 363
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Figure 317/TASK 12-11-28-991-028

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 364
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Figure 318/TASK 12-11-28-991-037

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 365
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.1 Attitudes C and E
Figure 319/TASK 12-11-28-991-018

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 366
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Figure 320/TASK 12-11-28-991-029

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 367
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Figure 321/TASK 12-11-28-991-019

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 368
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Figure 322/TASK 12-11-28-991-030

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 369
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Figure 323/TASK 12-11-28-991-038

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 370
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.1 Attitude D
Figure 324/TASK 12-11-28-991-020

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 371
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Figure 325/TASK 12-11-28-991-031

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 372
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Figure 326/TASK 12-11-28-991-034

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 373
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Figure 327/TASK 12-11-28-991-035

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 374
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Figure 328/TASK 12-11-28-991-039

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 375
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Fuel Quantity - CTR MLI Attitudes A and G
Figure 329/TASK 12-11-28-991-021

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 376
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
- CTR MLI Attitudes B and F
(Ref. Fig. 330/TASK 12-11-28-991-032)
- CTR MLI Attitudes C and E

(Ref. Fig. 331/TASK 12-11-28-991-022)
- CTR MLI Attitude D.

(Ref. Fig. 332/TASK 12-11-28-991-033)
(4) Add together the values for each tank to find the total volume of
fuel.
NOTE : The MLI are accurate to +/- 5% of their indication. This is

____
not sufficiently accurate to use them as a datum for the Fuel
Quantity Indication (FQI).
(5) Multiply the total volume of the fuel by the SG of the fuel. The
result is the total mass of the fuel.
NOTE : When the outer cell is full it is not possible to get an

____
accurate reading above 220 l (58.1173 USgal). This is because
of the MLI No.5 position and the shape of the cell.
NOTE : MLI No. 5 can only record a maximum fuel reading of 850 l
____
(224.5444 USgal). The maximum capacity of the outer wing cell
is 880 l (232.4695 USgal).
NOTE : When the aircraft is fully refueled, the maximum capacity of

____
the inner wing cell is 6924 l (1829.1123 USgal).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-11-28-410-058
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 377
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Fuel Quantity - CTR MLI Attitudes B and F
Figure 330/TASK 12-11-28-991-032

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 378
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Fuel Quantity - CTR MLI Attitudes C and E
Figure 331/TASK 12-11-28-991-022

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 379
Nov 01/10

SYR
Fuel Quantity - CTR MLI Attitude D
Figure 332/TASK 12-11-28-991-033

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 380
Nov 01/10

SYR
Subtask 12-11-28-942-059
B. Removal of Equipment

EFF :

ALL 12-11-28

Page 381
Nov 01/10

SYR
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________________
1. _______
General
The hydraulic fluid instructions give specifications and special
instructions.
A. Specifications of Phosphate Ester Base Fluids.
(1) The aircraft hydraulic systems are filled with hydraulic fluids on
phosphate ester base. The Material Numbers (Mat No.) are as follows:
- 02-003,
- 02-003A,
- 02-003B,
- 02-003C,
- 02-003D.
- 02-003E
(2) The hydraulic fluid is specified by the operator. All fluids are to
NSA 307110 specification. They can be mixed.
(3) For the fluid characteristics refer to Fig. 001.

R (Ref. Fig. 001)
B. Fluid Monitoring
(1) Hydraulic fluid with a high degree of cleanliness is required for the
correct operation of the hydraulic systems and equipment.
(2) To monitor the hydraulic fluid, it is necessary to frequently sample,

count particles (physical contamination) and inspect the filter
clogging indicators.
(3) If the filter clogging indicator is shown you must:

- Stop the related hydraulic system
- Replace the clogged filter
- Take a sample of the system hydraulic fluid and send it for
analysis.
(4) Use the results of the analysis record (physical contamination) to

reclaim the hydraulic fluid:
- (Ref. 12-36-29-600-004)
- (Ref. 12-36-29-600-005)
- (Ref. 12-36-29-600-006).
NOTE : The number of particles contained in 100 cm3 (6.10 in.3) of

____
hydraulic fluid must not be more the class 9 requirements of
the NAS specification 1638 (final or rejection state).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-00

Page 1
May 01/10

SYR
R Characteristics of Phosphate Ester Base - Hydraulic Fluids
R Figure 001 (SHEET 1)

EFF :

ALL 12-12-00

Page 2
May 01/08

SYR
R Characteristics of Phosphate Ester Base - Hydraulic Fluids
R Figure 001 (SHEET 2)

EFF :

ALL 12-12-00

Page 3
May 01/08

SYR
NOTE : The degree of cleanliness of the hydraulic fluid used for
____
replenishing (topping up of the hydraulic systems and
hydraulic cart reservoirs) must agree with class 7 of the NAS
specification 1638 (initial state).
C. Hydraulic Ground Power Cart

Only hydraulic ground power carts with a hydraulic reservoir must be
used.
The fluid sampling operation for contamination of the hydraulic fluid
must be monitored and the sample analysis record kept on file.
D. Hydraulic Fluid Property In-Service limits.

The hydraulic fluid property in-service limits are:
- The physical properties,
- The chemical properties.
R (Ref. Fig. 002)
NOTE : The maximum water contents permitted by the manufacture in

____
hydraulic fluids is 0.8 %. But this limit together with very high
temperatures decreases the life of the hydraulic fluids. Airbus
Industrie thus recommends to decrease the limit to 0.5 % which
will increase the life of the hydraulic fluid.
(1) The quality of the hydraulic fluid must be in the limits given in
Fig. 002.
(a) If the water or chlorine content of the hydraulic fluid are equal
or more than the permitted values:
Clean it with the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER (HSPA181-380J):
- (Ref: 12-36-29-615-001)
- (Ref: 12-36-29-615-002)
- (Ref: 12-36-29-615-003)
Or change the hydraulic fluid:
- (Ref: 12-36-29-600-001)
- (Ref: 12-36-29-600-002)
- (Ref: 12-36-29-600-003)
(b) If the acidity, density or viscosity of the hydraulic fluid are

more than the permitted values:
Change the hydraulic fluid:
- (Ref: 12-36-29-600-001)
- (Ref: 12-36-29-600-002)
- (Ref: 12-36-29-600-003)

EFF :

ALL 12-12-00

Page 4
May 01/10

SYR
Hydraulic Fluid Property In-Service Limits
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 12-12-00

Page 5
May 01/08
R
SYR
(c) If the conductivity of the hydraulic fluid is less than the
permitted value:
Change the hydraulic fluid:
- (Ref: 12-36-29-600-001)
- (Ref: 12-36-29-600-002)
- (Ref: 12-36-29-600-003)
R E. Specifications of Mineral Base Fluids
(1) Each aircraft landing-gear shock-absorber is supplied filled with a

R hydraulic fluid (Mat. No 02-001) to the MIL-H-5606 or MIL-PRF-5606
R specification.
(2) Fluid Characteristics.

R (Ref. Fig. 003)
F. Safety Precautions (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-00200).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-00

Page 6
May 01/10

SYR
Characteristics of Mineral Base Fluids
Figure 003

EFF :

ALL 12-12-00

Page 7
May 01/08

SYR
HYDRAULIC POWER - SERVICING
___________________________
TASK 12-12-29-611-001
Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hand Pump
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

R No specific 1 CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 02-003 F NSA 307110 TYPE 4

NO LONGER AVAILABLE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 02-003A F NSA 307110 TYPE 4
HYDRAULIC FLUID (PHOSPHATE ESTER BASE)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 02-003B F NSA 307-110 TYPE 4
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 02-003C F NSA 307-110 TYPE IV

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 301
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 02-003D F NSA 307-110 TYPE IV

(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 02-003E F NSA 307-110
HYDRAULIC FLUID (Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-14-29-614-001 Fill the Hydraulic Power Accumulators

1070GM/2070GM/3070GM with Nitrogen
External Power
29-00-00-864-001 Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized
Configuration before Maintenance Action
29-00-00-870-003 Bleeding Procedure of the Green Hydraulic System
Downstream of the Engine Pump
29-00-00-870-007 Bleeding Procedure of the Yellow Hydraulic System
29-00-00-870-008 Bleeding Procedure of the Blue Hydraulic System
Upstream of the Blue E-Pump
Downstream of the Blue E-Pump
29-00-00-910-002 Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System
29-10-00-680-001 Drainage of the Reservoir of the Green Hydraulic
System
29-10-00-680-002 Drainage of the Reservoir of the Yellow Hydraulic
System
29-10-00-680-003 Drainage of the Reservoir of the Blue Hydraulic
System
29-14-00-614-002 Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through
the Ground Connector
29-24-00-863-001 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the
Electric Pump
29-24-00-864-001 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 302
Nov 01/08
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
32-44-11-200-001 Check Nitrogen Charge Pressure on Parking/Emergency

Accumulator by Reading Gauge
12-12-29-991-001 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-12-29-860-051
WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.

_______
(1) Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002).
(2) Make sure that the aircraft is in this configuration:

- the speed brakes and the spoilers are retracted,
- the thrust reversers are stowed (closed),
- the landing gear is extended and the landing gear doors are closed,
R NOTE : One main landing gear door may be kept open.

____
- the FWD and aft cargo-compartment doors 825 and 826 are closed,
- all the other hydraulically controlled systems are in the normal
position.
(3) Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them
in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
NOTE : Do not depressurize the system reservoirs.

____

002).
Subtask 12-12-29-010-054
B. Get Access
R (1) If all Main Landing Gear (MLG) doors are closed, open the left MLG
R door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
(2) Open the access panels 197CB, 198CB.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 303
Aug 01/11

SYR
(3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position.
Subtask 12-12-29-210-052
C. Inspection of the Pressure Values
(1) Make sure that the nitrogen fill pressure of the brake accumulator
2582GM is correct (Ref. TASK 32-44-11-200-001).
(2) Make sure that the hydraulic accumulators 1070GM, 2070GM and 3070GM
have a nitrogen pressure of 130 bar (1885.4901 psi) at 20 DEG.C
(68.00 DEG.F).
If necessary, adjust the nitrogen pressure (Ref. TASK 12-14-29-614-
001).
(3) Make sure that the pressure on the indicator of the related reservoir
is 3.5 +0.3 -0 bar (50.7631 +4.3511 -0.0000 psi). If necessary,
pressurize the reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002).
Subtask 12-12-29-863-050
D. Pressurize the Auxiliary Braking System.
(1) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system with the Yellow E-pump
(Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001) to pressurize the brake accumulator
system to 206 bar (2987.7766 psi).
(2) On the panel 110VU, put the parking brake control switch 73GG to the
ON position.
(3) Make sure that the pressure on the triple indicator 60GG shows the
left and right pressure values.
(4) Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-

001).
NOTE : Do not depressurize the alternate braking system.

____
(5) Close the left MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).
(6) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) on the panel 40VU in the cockpit to tell
persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 304
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-29-991-001)
Subtask 12-12-29-611-052
A. Fill the Hydraulic Reservoirs (Refer to the Table)
(1) Remove the hand pump lever 3270GM from the service panel of the
Yellow hydraulic system.
(2) On the service panel of the Green hydraulic system, connect the hand
pump lever 3270GM to the shaft of the hand pump 1009GM.
(3) Remove the flexible hose 1699GM from the service panel compartment of
the Green hydraulic system.
(4) Remove the blanking cap and connect the flexible hose to the fill
R valve 1698GM. Put the other end in the CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID
R RESISTANT with one of these hydraulic fluids:
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003A)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003B)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003C)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003D)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003E).
(5) Turn the selector 1134GQ to the position that is correct for the
system you will fill.
(6) Make sure that, on the quantity indicator 1834GQ, the colored light
of the related system comes on.
(7) Fill the hydraulic reservoir:
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO NOT PUT TOO MUCH FLUID IN THE
_______
RESERVOIR. IF THE RESERVOIR IS TOO FULL, YOU CANNOT
PRESSURIZE IT SUFFICIENTLY. LOW AIR PRESSURE CAN CAUSE THE
MESSAGE RSVR LO AIR PR TO SHOW IN FLIGHT ON THE UPPER AND
LOWER ECAM DISPLAY UNITS.
(a) Operate the hand pump 1009GM.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 305
May 01/11

SYR
Ground Service Panel of the Green Hydraulic System
Figure 301/TASK 12-12-29-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 306
May 01/98

SYR
(b) Monitor the increase of the fluid level of the related system on
the quantity indicator and do these steps:
1
_ Stop the flow of the hydraulic fluid when the pointer is
almost to the fill level given in the table.
2
_ Slowly continue to fill again, until the pointer shows almost
to the fill level given in the table.
R NOTE : Each open MLG decrases the volume in the green

____
R reservoir by 0.25 l (0.0660 USgal).
R NOTE : Each open cargo door decrases the volume in the yellow
____
NOTE : The hydraulic fluid volume in the reservoirs can change

____
with the temperature. For each 10 DEG.C scale Celcius
(which is each 18 DEG.F on the scale Fahrenheit) change
in outside air temperature:
- The volume in the reservoir of the Green hydraulic

system can change by 0.5 l (0.1320 USgal)
- The volume in the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic

- The volume in the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic

system can change by 0.25 l (0.0660 USgal).
NOTE : If the temperature is above 20 DEG.C (68.00 DEG.F) the

____
quantity indicator pointer must be in the top half of
the related scale range.
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR CAPACITIES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| SYSTEM/RESERVOIR | QUANTITY | QUANTITY | REMARKS |
| | LITERS | US GAL | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| GREEN SYSTEM | | | |
| | | | |
| Total Capacity | 23 | 6.1 | |
| Max. Capacity shown on | | | |
| the Gage | 18 | 4.8 | |
| Fill Level | 14 | 3.7 | At 20 DEG.C (68 DEG.F) |
| Low Level Warning | 3 | 0.8 | |
|-------------------------|------------|------------|-------------------------|
| BLUE SYSTEM | | | |
| | | | |
| the Gage | 8 | 2.1 | |

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 307
Aug 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | LITERS | US GAL | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Fill Level | 6 | 1.6 | AT 20 DEG.C (68 DEG.F) |
|-------------------------|------------|------------|-------------------------|
| YELLOW SYSTEM | | | |
| | | | |
| the Gage | 18 | 4.8 | |
| | | | with the normal nitrogen|
| | | | precharging pressure in |
| | | | the brake accumulator |
| | | | 2582GM and the auxiliary|
| | | | brake system pressurized|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(8) If a reservoir is filled too much, drain the unwanted hydraulic

fluid:
- For the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-
00-680-001)
- For the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-
00-680-002)
- For the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
680-003).
(9) Turn the selector 1134GQ to the NEUTRAL position.
(10) Make sure that the colored light on the quantity indicator 1834GQ
goes off.
(11) Remove the flexible hose and install the blanking cap on the pump.
(12) Put the flexible hose back in position in the service panel
compartment of the Green hydraulic system.
(13) Remove the hand pump lever 3270GM from the hand pump 1009GM. Then put
the hand pump lever in position on the service panel of the Yellow
hydraulic system.
(14) If you filled the hydraulic reservoir after:

- Maintenance
- Removal/installation of hydraulic components
- Hydraulic fluid low level (loss of the hydraulic system)
- High loss of hydraulic fluid,

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 308
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
(a) Use the related bleeding procedure as follows:
- For the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-
00-00-870-003)
- For the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-
00-00-870-007)
- For the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-
00-00-870-008) and (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-870-009).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-12-29-410-054
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access panels 197CB, 198CB and if necessary 197EB.
Subtask 12-12-29-860-050
B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

002).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 309
May 01/11
R
SYR
TASK 12-12-29-611-002
Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hydraulic Service Cart
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 CART - SERVICING, HYDRAULIC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 02-003A F NSA 307110 TYPE 4
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 02-003B F NSA 307-110 TYPE 4
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 02-003C F NSA 307-110 TYPE IV
Material No. 02-003D F NSA 307-110 TYPE IV
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 310
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 02-003E F NSA 307-110

HYDRAULIC FLUID (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-14-29-614-001 Fill the Hydraulic Power Accumulators

1070GM/2070GM/3070GM with Nitrogen
External Power
29-00-00-870-003 Bleeding Procedure of the Green Hydraulic System
29-00-00-870-007 Bleeding Procedure of the Yellow Hydraulic System
Upstream of the Blue E-Pump
Downstream of the Blue E-Pump
System
System
System
Electric Pump
R 32-44-11-200-001 Check Nitrogen Charge Pressure on Parking/Emergency
R Accumulator by Reading Gauge
12-12-29-991-001 Fig. 301

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 311
May 01/11

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-12-29-860-053

_______
(2) Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them
in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
NOTE : Do not depressurize the system reservoirs.

____

002).
(4) Make sure that the aircraft is in this configuration:

- the speed brakes and the spoilers are retracted,
- the thrust reversers are stowed (closed),
- the landing gear is extended and the landing gear doors are closed,
R NOTE : One main landing gear door may be kept open.

____
- the FWD and aft cargo-compartment doors 825 and 826 are closed,
- all the other hydraulically controlled systems are in the normal
position.
Subtask 12-12-29-010-056
B. Get Access
(1) Open access panel 197CB.
R (2) If all Main Landing Gear (MLG) doors are closed, open the left MLG
R door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 312
Aug 01/11

SYR
Subtask 12-12-29-210-053
C. Inspection of the Pressure Values
(1) Make sure that the nitrogen fill pressure of the brake accumulator
2582GM is correct (Ref. TASK 32-44-11-200-001).
(2) Make sure that the hydraulic accumulators 1070GM, 2070GM and 3070GM
have a nitrogen pressure of 130 bar (1885.4901 psi) at 20 DEG.C
(68.00 DEG.F).
(3) If necessary, adjust the nitrogen pressure (Ref. TASK 12-14-29-614-

001).
(4) Make sure that the pressure on the indicator of the related reservoir
is 3.5 +0.3 -0 bar (50.7631 +4.3511 -0.0000 psi). If necessary,
pressurize the reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002).
Subtask 12-12-29-863-051
D. Pressurize the Auxiliary Braking System.
(1) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system with the E-pump (Ref. TASK 29-
24-00-863-001) to pressurize the brake accumulator system to 206 bar
(2987.7766 psi).
(2) On the panel 110VU, put the parking brake control switch 73GG to the
ON position.
(3) Make sure that the pressure on the triple indicator 60GG shows the
left and right pressure values.

001).
NOTE : Do not depressurize the alternate braking system.

____
R (5) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to
pressurize the hydraulic systems.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 313
May 01/11

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-29-991-001)
Subtask 12-12-29-611-053
A. Fill the Hydraulic Reservoirs (Refer to the Table)
R (1) Connect the CART - SERVICING, HYDRAULIC:
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU CONNECT THE GROUND HYDRAULIC CART. MAKE
_______
SURE THAT THE SUPPLY PRESSURE AND THE FLOW RATE ARE LESS
THAN THESE LIMITS:
- THE SUPPLY PRESSURE MUST BE LESS THAN 30 BAR (435.1132
PSI).
- THE FLOW RATE MUST BE LESS THAN 12L/MIN (3.1700 US
GAL/MIN).
IF THE SUPPLY PRESSURE AND THE FLOW RATE ARE MORE THAN
THESE LIMITS, DAMAGE CAN OCCUR TO THE HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR.
(a) Remove the blanking cap.
R (b) Connect a hydraulic service cart with one of the hydraulic fluids
R that follow to the reservoir fill connection 1007GM:
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003A)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003B)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003C)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003D)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003E).
(2) Turn the selector valve 1134GQ to the correct position of the related
hydraulic system which you will fill.
(3) Make sure that on the quantity indicator 1834GQ the colored light of
the related system comes on.
(4) Operate the hydraulic service cart:
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO NOT PUT TOO MUCH FLUID IN THE
_______
RESERVOIR. IF THE RESERVOIR IS TOO FULL, YOU CANNOT
PRESSURIZE IT SUFFICIENTLY. LOW AIR PRESSURE CAN CAUSE THE
MESSAGE RSVR LO AIR PR TO SHOW IN FLIGHT ON THE UPPER AND
LOWER ECAM DISPLAY UNITS.
(a) Operate the hydraulic service cart with a minimum output pressure
of 7 bar (101.5263 psi).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 314
May 01/11

SYR
(b) Make sure that:
- The output pressure is not more than 30 bar (435.1131 psi)
- The flow rate is not more than 12 l.min (3.1700 USgal.mn).
(c) Monitor the increase of the fluid level of the related system on
the quantity indicator and do these steps:
1
_ Stop the flow of the hydraulic fluid when the pointer is
almost to the fill level given in the table.
2
_ Slowly continue to fill again until the pointer shows almost
the fill level given in the table.
R NOTE : Each open MLG decrases the volume in the green

____
R reservoir by 0.25 l (0.0660 USgal) .
R NOTE : Each open cargo door decrases the volume in the yellow
____
NOTE : The hydraulic fluid volume in the reservoirs can change

____
with the temperature. For each 10 DEG.C scale Celcius
(which is each 18 DEG.F on the scale Fahrenheit) change
in outside air temperature:
- The volume in the reservoir of the Green hydraulic

- The volume in the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic

- The volume in the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic

system can change by 0.25 l (0.0660 USgal).
NOTE : If the temperature is above 20 DEG.C (68.00 DEG.F) the

____
quantity indicator pointer must be in the top half of
the applicable scale range.
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR CAPACITIES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | LITRES | US GAL | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| GREEN SYSTEM | | | |
| | | | |
| the Gage | 18 | 4.8 | |
|------------------------|------------|------------|--------------------------|
| BLUE SYSTEM | | | |

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 315
Aug 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | LITRES | US GAL | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | |
| the Gage | 8 | 2.1 | |
|------------------------|------------|------------|--------------------------|
| | | | |
| YELLOW SYSTEM | | | |
| | | | |
| the Gage | 18 | 4.8 | |
| | | | with the normal nitrogen |
| | | | precharging pressure in |
| | | | the brake accumulator |
| | | | 2582GM and the auxiliary |
| | | | brake system pressurized |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(5) If the reservoir is filled too much, drain the unwanted hydraulic
fluid:
- For the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-
00-680-001)
- For the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-
00-680-002)
- For the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
680-003).
(6) Turn the selector 1134GQ to the NEUTRAL position.
(7) Make sure that the colored light on the quantity indicator 1834GQ
goes off.
(8) Disconnect the hydraulic service cart from the reservoir fill
connection 1007GM and install the blanking cap.
(9) If you filled the hydraulic system after:

- Maintenance
- Removal/installation of hydraulic components
- Hydraulic fluid low level (loss of the hydraulic system)
- High loss of hydraulic fluid.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 316
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
(a) Use the related bleeding procedure as follows:
- For the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-
00-00-870-003)
- For the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-
00-00-870-007)
- For the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-
00-00-870-008)
and
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-870-009).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-12-29-410-055
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access panel 197CB
Subtask 12-12-29-860-052
B. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.
(1) Remove the access platform.

002).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-29

Page 317
May 01/11
R
SYR
LANDING GEAR - SERVICING
________________________
TASK 12-12-32-611-001
Check Shock Absorber Fluid Level
_______
_______
GEAR.

_______
WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE GAS CAN GO
_______
THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD. THIS CONDITION CAN
KILL YOU.
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS

_______
ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : If possible, it is recommended that the NLG shock absorber is

____
replenished with the aircraft on jacks (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-005).
NOTE : This procedure must be done a minimum of 2 hours after the last
____
aircraft operation. This is to let the separation of nitrogen from
the oil in the shock absorber occur.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 301
May 01/11
R
SYR
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific nitrogen source

No specific standard charging equipment
R
No specific hydraulic power-supply inflation bench - 200 bar
200 bar (2900.7540 psi)
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)
R No specific 1 GAGE 200 BAR (2900 PSI) - PRESSURE
No specific 1 RULER - STEEL
R No specific 1 THERMOMETER -45 TO 70 DEG.C (-49 TO 158 DEG.F)
No specific AR WARNING NOTICE(S)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
M21930 1 FILLING ASSEMBLY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 02-001 USA MIL-PRF-5606

OIL, HYDRAULICPETROLEUM FLUID (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 02-004
SHOCK ABSORBER FLUID (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 02-006 USA BMS 3-32 TYPE II
Material No. 05-004B USA MIL-L-25567 TYPE I
OXYGEN LEAK DETECTOR (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 302
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-12-32-610-001 Check NLG Shock Absorber Fluid Level and Charge

Pressure (Two-Point Check - Aircraft on Jacks to
start)
12-12-32-610-002 Check of NLG Shock Absorber Charge Pressure and Fluid
Level
32-00-00-481-001 Installation of the Safety Devices on the Landing
Gears
Gear Doors
32-22-00-010-001 Nose Gear Doors - Ground Doors Opening
32-22-00-410-001 Nose Gear Doors - Ground Doors Closing
12-12-32-991-001 Fig. 301
12-12-32-991-012 Fig. 302
12-12-32-991-034 Fig. 303
R 12-12-32-991-041 Fig. 304
R 12-12-32-991-042 Fig. 305
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-12-32-941-050
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(3) On panel 400VU, make sure that the landing-gear control-lever (6GA)
is in the DOWN position.
R (4) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on panel 400VU, to tell persons not to

operate the landing-gear controls.
R (5) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate

the NLG doors.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 303
Nov 01/10

SYR
Subtask 12-12-32-010-050
B. Get Access
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR DOORS ARE
_______
CLEAR.
(1) Open the NLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).
(2) Install the SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR (98D32203502000) in the linkage of
each forward NLG door (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).
(3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the NLG.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001, 302/TASK 12-12-32-991-012)
NOTE : For the tasks completed with the A/C in a Weight-On-Wheels

____
configuration, the A/C must be stable (no movement of people in the
A/C).
Subtask 12-12-32-614-074
A. Preparation for Replenishment
WARNING : DO NOT GET HYDRAULIC FLUID ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR EYES OR IN

_______
YOUR MOUTH. HYDRAULIC FLUID IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO THROUGH
YOUR SKIN AND INTO YOUR BODY. FLUSH HYDRAULIC FLUID FROM YOUR
EYES, MOUTH OR SKIN WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOU GET
HYDRAULIC FLUID IN YOUR EYES OR MOUTH.
(1) Install the standard charging equipment on the FILLING ASSEMBLY

(M21930) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001, 302/TASK 12-12-32-991-012)
(a) Connect the hydraulic source hose (17) to the hydraulic power-
supply inflation bench - 200 bar (16).
(b) Make sure that the control valves (13) and (19) of the three-way
valve (12) are closed.
(c) Connect the hydraulic source hose (17) to the three-way valve
(12).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 304
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
R NLG Shock Absorber Replenishment - Location and Detail
Figure 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 305
May 01/10

SYR
R NLG Shock Absorber - Filling System
Figure 302/TASK 12-12-32-991-012

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 306
Nov 01/09

SYR
(d) Connect the filling hose (11) to the three-way valve (12).
NOTE : It is recommended to use a filling hose (11) of less than

____
3 m (9.84 ft.) long. A filling hose length of more than 3m
(9.84 ft.) will decrease pressure measurement accuracy.
(e) Remove the blanking cap (1) and the plug (5) from the FILLING
ASSEMBLY.
(f) Connect the filling hose (11) to the end fitting (2) of the
FILLING ASSEMBLY.
(g) Connect the translucent bleed hose (14) between the three-way
valve (12) and the drain container (15).
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU USE A GAGE WITH THE SPECIFIED
_______
PRESSURE RANGE. THIS IS NECESSARY TO GET AN ACCURATE
PRESSURE MEASUREMENT.
R (h) Install the GAGE 200 BAR (2900 PSI) - PRESSURE (10) on the
three-way valve (12).
(i) Fill the hydraulic source (16) with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material
No. 02-001) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-004) or
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-006).
NOTE : Hydraulic fluids 02-001, 02-004 and 02-006 can be mixed in

____
all applicable maintenance tasks and in all quantities.
(2) Install the FILLING ASSEMBLY on the charging valve (6) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)
(a) Remove the blanking cap (7) from the charging valve (6).
(b) Move the wrench (9) up to the knurled shoulder (3) and install
the FILLING ASSEMBLY on the charging valve (6).
(c) Turn the core (8) of the FILLING ASSEMBLY clockwise with the
knurled shoulder (3). Install the seal (4) on the charging valve
(6).
(3) Make sure that the charging equipment is correctly installed and does
not leak.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 307
May 01/11

SYR
(4) Deflate the shock absorber as follows:
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE AREA AROUND THE AIRCRAFT IS CLEAR OF
_______
PERSONS AND EQUIPMENT. WHEN YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE THE
SHOCK ABSORBER, WITH THE AIRCRAFT WEIGHT ON THE GROUND, THE
AIRCRAFT WILL MOVE.
WARNING : DO NOT LET HIGH PRESSURE GAS TOUCH YOUR SKIN. GAS BUBBLES
_______
IN YOUR BLOOD CAN KILL YOU.
(a) Move the wrench (9) down and slowly turn counterclockwise to open
the charging valve (6).
NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that you deflate the
____
shock absorber slowly:
- to prevent possible shock when the shock absorber gets
to the lower limit of its travel
- so that the gas does not mix with the oil in the shock
absorber.
(b) Slowly open the control valve (13) on the three-way valve (12) to
release the nitrogen pressure. This will let the shock absorber
fully deflate.
NOTE : The pressure gage (10) will show approximately 1 bar

____
(14.5037 psi) when the shock absorber is fully deflated.
(c) When all the nitrogen pressure is released, close the control
valve (13) of the three-way valve (12).
Subtask 12-12-32-611-053
R B. Replenishment of the NLG Shock Absorber
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE AREA AROUND THE AIRCRAFT IS CLEAR OF PERSONS
_______
AND EQUIPMENT. WHEN YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE THE SHOCK
ABSORBER, WITH THE AIRCRAFT WEIGHT ON THE GROUND, THE AIRCRAFT
WILL MOVE.

_______

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 308
Nov 01/10

SYR
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE ARE NO PERSONS OR EQUIPMENT NEAR THE L/G
_______
SHOCK ABSORBER DURING REPLENISHMENT. THERE IS A RISK THAT
PRESSURIZED GASES OR FLUID CAN ESCAPE AND CAUSE INJURY OR
DAMAGE.
(1) Fill the NLG shock absorber with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-
001) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-004) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
(Material No. 02-006) as follows:
CAUTION : WHEN YOU FILL THE SHOCK ABSORBER, MAKE SURE TO STOP THE
_______
FLUID SUPPLY IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE SHOCK ABSORBER MOVES TO
ITS LIMITS. THIS WILL PREVENT INTERNAL DAMAGE CAUSED BY
OVERPRESSURE.
NOTE : Hydraulic fluids 02-001, 02-004 and 02-006 can be mixed in all
____
applicable maintenance tasks and in all quantities.
(a) Disconnect the filling hose (11) from the FILLING ASSEMBLY. Put
the free end of the filling hose (11) in the drain container
(15).
(b) Operate the hydraulic power-supply inflation bench (16) and

slowly open the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).
Bleed the filling hose (11) with hydraulic fluid.
(c) Close the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).
(d) Connect the filling hose (11) to the FILLING ASSEMBLY.
(e) Open the control valve (19) of the three-way valve (12).
WARNING : MAKE SURE THE AIRCRAFT IS STABLE AND CANNOT TILT ON TO

_______
ITS TAIL.
(f) Operate the hydraulic power-supply inflation bench (16) and

R slowly fill the shock absorber with fluid. Fill the shock
R absorber with fluid until it is fully extended.
NOTE : This will lift the nose of the aircraft.

____
NOTE : When the shock absorber is fully extended, dimension H is

____
449 mm (17.6771 in.) plus or minus 2 mm. Use an applicable
RULER - STEEL to measure dimension H.
(g) Close the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 309
Nov 01/10

SYR
(h) Do not continue the procedure for a minimum of ten minutes. This
will make sure that all air is isolated from the hydraulic fluid.
(i) Slowly open the control valve (13) on the three-way valve (12).
R NOTE : In the steps that follow, make sure

____ that you compress the
R shock absorber slowly:
- this is to prevent possible shock when the shock
absorber gets to the limit of its travel
absorber.
(j) Let the hydraulic fluid drain into the drain container (15) until
the shock absorber is fully compressed.
R
(k) Keep the shock absorber compressed fully and close the control
valve (13) on the three-way valve (12).
(l) Make sure that hydraulic fluid is released from the shock
absorber during the shock absorber compression.
NOTE : If hydraulic fluid is not released, do steps (f) to (l)

____
again.
(m) Make sure the fluid released from the shock absorber through the
translucent bleed hose (14) does not contain gas bubbles or
emulsion.
NOTE : If gas bubbles or emulsion are found do steps (f) to (m)

____
again.
(n) Turn the wrench (9) clockwise to close the charging valve (6).
(o) Open the control valve (13) on the three-way valve (12).
(p) Disconnect the hydraulic source hose (17) from the three-way
valve (12).
(q) Disconnect the filling hose (11) from the FILLING ASSEMBLY. Put
the free end of the filling hose (11) in the drain container (15)
to drain the hydraulic fluid.
(r) Close the control valve (13) on the three-way valve (12).
(s) Remove the translucent bleed hose (14) from the three-way valve
(12).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 310
Nov 01/10

SYR
(2) Fill the NLG shock absorber with nitrogen gas, as follows:
WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE
_______
GAS CAN GO THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD.
THIS CONDITION CAN KILL YOU.
CAUTION : ALWAYS ADD NITROGEN SLOWLY WHEN YOU PRESSURIZE THE SHOCK
_______
ABSORBER. IF YOU ADD THE NITROGEN TOO QUICKLY, THE
TEMPERATURE WILL INCREASE AND HAVE AN EFFECT ON THE SHOCK
ABSORBER PRESSURE.
(a) Connect the nitrogen source hose (18) of the nitrogen source to
the three-way valve (12).
(b) Open the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).
(c) Slowly open the control valve of the nitrogen source to release
nitrogen pressure and bleed the circuit with dry nitrogen.
(d) Close the control valve of the nitrogen source.
(e) Close the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).
(f) Connect the filling hose (11) to the FILLING ASSEMBLY.
R (g) Use a THERMOMETER -45 TO 70 DEG.C (-49 TO 158 DEG.F) to measure

R and record the temperature of the NLG shock absorber adjacent to
R the charging valve (6). Make sure that the thermometer touches
R the shock absorber outer-cylinder. If possible, measure the
R temperature at the top part of the cylinder (through the vent
R hole) at the aft part of the main fitting.
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)
(h) Open the control valve of the nitrogen source.
(i) Turn the wrench (9) counterclockwise to open the charging valve
(6).
(j) Slowly open the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12) to
inflate the shock absorber with nitrogen. Do this until the
dimension H is 30 mm (1.1811 in.).
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
(k) Close the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12) and
close the control valve of the nitrogen source.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 311
May 01/11

SYR
NLG Shock Absorber - Dimension H
Figure 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 312
May 01/10
R
SYR
(l) Let the pressure become stable, open the control valve (19) after
fifteen minutes to record the pressure. When the pressure has
been recorded, close the control valve (19).
(m) Refer to the pressure/temperature/stroke table for the correct H

value for the recorded temperature and pressure values.
R (Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-12-32-991-041, 305/TASK 12-12-32-991-042)
(n) Open the control valve of the nitrogen source. Slowly open the
control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12) to inflate the
shock absorber. Do this until you get the correct H dimension
plus 30 mm (1.1811 in.).
(o) Close the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12) and
close the control valve of the nitrogen supply.
(p) Let the pressure become stable, continue after fifteen minutes.
(q) Slowly open the control valve (13) on the three-way valve (12) to
deflate the shock absorber. Do this until you get the correct H
value given in step (m).
(r) Close the control valve (13) on the three-way valve (12).
(s) Continue after a minimum of ten minutes.
(t) Open the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12) and
measure:
- the pressure shown on the pressure gage (10)
- the dimension H.
(u) If necessary, adjust the pressure to get the correct H value

given in step (m) plus or minus 10 mm (0.3937 in.).
(v) Turn the wrench (9) clockwise to close the charging valve (6).
Close the control valve (19) and open the control valve (13) to
release the nitrogen from the filling system.
(w) Remove the filling hose (11) from the FILLING ASSEMBLY.
(x) Remove the FILLING ASSEMBLY from the charging valve (6).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 313
Nov 01/10

SYR
R NLG Pressure/Extension Data (Weight on Wheels) - Positive Temperatures
Figure 304/TASK 12-12-32-991-041- 18 (SHEET 1)

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 314
May 01/11

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 315
May 01/11

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 316
May 01/11

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 317
May 01/11

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 318
May 01/11

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 319
May 01/11

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 320
May 01/11

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 321
May 01/11

SYR
R NLG Pressure/Extension Data (Weight on Wheels) - Negative Temperatures

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 322
May 01/11

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 323
May 01/11

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 324
May 01/11

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 325
May 01/11

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 326
May 01/11

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 327
May 01/11

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 328
May 01/11

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 329
May 01/11

SYR
(y) TORQUE the charging valve (6) to between 0.5 and 0.8 m.daN (44.24
and 70.79 lbf.in).
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
(z) Use SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-004B) to do a leak check

of the charging valve (6).
(aa) Install the blanking cap (7) on the charging valve (6).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-12-32-942-050
A. Removal of Support Equipment
items.
(2) Remove the access platform.
Subtask 12-12-32-410-050
B. Close Access
(1) Remove the SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR from the linkage of each forward NLG
door (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(2) Close the NLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-001).
Subtask 12-12-32-942-051
R (1) Remove the SAFETY BARRIER(S).
(2) Disassemble the standard charging equipment.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 330
Nov 01/10

SYR
Subtask 12-12-32-280-050
D. Nitrogen Dissolving Compensation
R (1) Do a check of the NLG shock absorber fluid level and charge pressure
R (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-610-001) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-610-002). The
R check must be done between four and seven days after the first
R subsequent flight.
NOTE : This check is necessary because the nitrogen will mix with the
____
oil and cause the pressure to decrease.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 331
May 01/11

SYR
TASK 12-12-32-611-005
NLG Shock Absorber Oil Replenishment and Nitrogen Filling (Aircraft on Jacks)
_______
_______
GEAR.

_______
_______
KILL YOU.

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self explanatory
NOTE : This procedure can be done with the aircraft fully lifted on jacks
____
(Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001) or lifted at the forward jacking point
(Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-003).
____
aircraft operation. This is to let the separation of nitrogen from
the oil in the shock absorber occur.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 332
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
No specific hydraulic power-supply inflation bench - 200 bar
200 bar (2900.7540 psi)
No specific trolley jack 500 mm (19.6850 in.)
R No specific 1 CONTAINER 20L (5 USGAL)
No specific 1 GAGE 0 TO 2000 PSI (0 TO 138 BAR) - PRESSURE
No specific 1 THERMOMETER -45 TO 70 DEG.C (-49 TO 158 DEG.F)
No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE(S)
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
98D32203502000 2 SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 02-004

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 333
Aug 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
07-11-00-581-001 Lifting for Aircraft Maintenance Operations

07-11-00-581-003 Lifting of the Aircraft at Forward Jacking Point, MLG
Wheels on the Ground
07-11-00-586-001 Lowering of the Aircraft at Forward Jacking Point,
MLG Wheels on the Ground
07-11-00-586-002 Lowering of the Aircraft for Maintenance Operations
12-14-32-614-004 Check NLG Shock Absorber Charge Pressure
Gears
Gear Doors
32-00-00-860-001 Flight Configuration Precautions with Electrical
Power
12-12-32-991-001 Fig. 301
12-12-32-991-012 Fig. 302
12-12-32-991-034 Fig. 303
R 12-12-32-991-040 Fig. 306
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-12-32-941-064
R (2) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit, to tell persons not to

operate the landing gear or the landing gear doors.
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 334
Nov 01/10

SYR
Subtask 12-12-32-869-052
B. Flight Configuration Precautions
(1) If the electrical power is not necessary for other maintenance tasks,
de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002). Then, it is not necessary to operate the LGCIU circuit
breakers.
(2) If the electrical power is necessary, do the flight configuration

precautions with electrical power before you open the Landing Gear
Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU) circuit breakers (Ref. TASK 32-00-
00-860-001).
Subtask 12-12-32-582-052
C. Lift the Aircraft on Jacks
(1) Lift the aircraft on jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001) or (Ref. TASK
07-11-00-581-003).
NOTE : Do not do the check immediately after the aircraft is lifted.

____
The shock absorber charge pressure should not be measured
until the aircraft has been on jacks for fifteen minutes. This
will let the shock absorber pressure become stable and make
sure that the value recorded is accurate.
Subtask 12-12-32-010-052
D. Get Access
_______
CLEAR.
NLG.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 335
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001, 302/TASK 12-12-32-991-012)
Subtask 12-12-32-614-059

_______

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001, 302/TASK 12-12-32-991-012)
R (a) Connect the hydraulic source hose (17) to the hydraulic source
R (16).
R NOTE : The hydraulic source (16) can be a hydraulic power-supply

____
R inflation bench - 200 bar or a hydraulic fluid source tank
R - 81 (2.1133 Usgal). If a tank is used it must be in
R position above the charging valve (6).
(b) Make sure the control valves (13) and (19) of the three-way valve
(12) are closed.
(c) Connect the hydraulic source hose (17) to the three-way valve
(12).
(d) Connect the filling hose (11) to the three-way valve (12).

____
(e) Remove the blanking cap (1) and the plug from the FILLING
ASSEMBLY.
(f) Connect the filling hose (11) to the end fitting (2) of the
FILLING ASSEMBLY.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 336
May 01/11

SYR
(g) Connect the translucent bleed hose (14) between the three-way
R valve (12) and the CONTAINER 20L (5 USGAL) (15).
_______
(h) Install the GAGE 0 TO 2000 PSI (0 TO 138 BAR) - PRESSURE (10) on
(i) Fill the hydraulic source (16) with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material
No. 02-001) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-004) or
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-006).

____
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)
(6).
(3) Make sure that the charging equipment is correctly installed and does
not leak.
(4) Deflate the shock absorber as follows:
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE AREA AROUND THE AIRCRAFT IS CLEAR OF
_______
PERSONS AND EQUIPMENT. WHEN YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE THE
SHOCK ABSORBER, WITH THE AIRCRAFT WEIGHT ON THE GROUND, THE
AIRCRAFT WILL MOVE.
WARNING : DO NOT LET HIGH PRESSURE GAS TOUCH YOUR SKIN. GAS BUBBLES
_______
IN YOUR BLOOD CAN KILL YOU.
(a) Move the wrench (9) down and turn counterclockwise to open the
charging valve (6).
(b) Make sure that you deflate the shock absorber slowly. This is to
prevent fluid bleed from the shock absorber with the gas.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 337
Aug 01/11

SYR
(c) Slowly open the control valve (13) on the three-way valve (12).
This is to release the nitrogen pressure and let the shock
absorber fully deflate.
NOTE : The pressure gage (10) will show approximately 1 bar

____
(14.5037 psi) when the shock absorber is fully deflated.
(d) When all the nitrogen pressure is released, close the control
valve (13) on the three-way valve (12).
Subtask 12-12-32-611-052
B. Replenishment of the NLG Shock Absorber

_______
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE ARE NO PERSONS OR EQUIPMENT NEAR THE L/G
_______
SHOCK ABSORBER DURING REPLENISHMENT. THERE IS A RISK THAT
PRESSURIZED GASES OR FLUID CAN ESCAPE AND CAUSE INJURY OR
DAMAGE.
(1) Fill the NLG shock absorber with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-
001) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-004) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
(Material No. 02-006), as follows:
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE INCREASE TO MORE THAN

_______
22bar (319psi). THIS WILL PREVENT INTERNAL DAMAGE.
NOTE : Hydraulic fluids 02-001, 02-004 and 02-006 can be mixed in all
____
applicable maintenance tasks and in all quantities.
(a) Make sure that you compress/extend the shock absorber slowly:
- to prevent possible shock when the shock absorber gets to the
limit of its travel
absorber.
(b) If you use the hydraulic fluid source tank as the hydraulic
source (16) to fill the shock absorber, do the steps that follow:
1
_ Before you do the procedure make sure that the hydraulic
fluid-source tank (16) is in position above the charging valve
(6).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 338
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
2
_ Put the trolley jack below the jacking dome of the shock
absorber.
3
_ Open the control valve (13) on the three-way valve (12).
4
_ Use the trolley jack to fully compress the shock absorber.
Dimension H must be 19 mm (0.7480 in.) plus or minus 2 mm
(0.0787 in.).
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
NOTE : Use an applicable RULER - STEEL to measure dimension H.

____
5
_ Close the control valve (13) on the three-way valve (12).
6
_ Turn the wrench (9) clockwise and close the charging valve
(6).
7
_ Release the jack load and let the leg fully extend. Dimension
H must be 449 mm (17.6771 in.) plus or minus 2 mm (0.0787
in.).
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
8
_ Let the shock absorber become stable, continue after a minimum
of fifteen minutes.
NOTE : This will isolate the gas from the fluid.

____
NOTE : The indication of the pressure gage (10) does not apply
____
during this step.
9
10
__ Turn the wrench (9) counterclockwise to open the charging
valve (6).
11
__ Use the trolley jack to fully compress the shock absorber.
12
__ Close the control valve (13) on the three-way valve (12).
13
__ Open the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).
14
__ Release the jack load and let the leg fully extend for
hydraulic fluid to fill the shock absorber. Dimension H must
be 449 mm (17.6771 in.) plus or minus 2 mm (0.0787 in.).
R (Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 339
Nov 01/10

SYR
15
__ Let the hydraulic fluid fill the shock absorber, continue
after a minimum of ten minutes.
16
17
18
Monitor the hydraulic fluid that goes into the drain container
(15) through the translucent bleed hose (14).
NOTE : When the shock absorber is first compressed it is

____
possible that no hydraulic fluid goes into the
container. This can occur if the shock absorber is
empty of fluid, or the fluid level is low.
19
20
21
__ Release the jack load and let the leg fully extend for
hydraulic fluid to fill the shock absorber. Dimension H must
be 449 mm (17.6771 in.) plus or minus 2 mm (0.0787 in.).
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
22
__ Let the hydraulic fluid fill the shock absorber, continue
after a minimum of twenty minutes.
23
24
25
(15) through the translucent bleed hose (14).
26
__ The hydraulic fluid must be released from the shock absorber
during the shock absorber compression.
NOTE : If hydraulic fluid is not released, do steps 19_ thru

____
25_ again.
27
__ The fluid released from the shock absorber through the
translucent bleed hose (14) must not contain gas bubbles or
emulsion.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 340
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
NOTE : If gas bubbles or emulsion are found, do steps 5_ thru
____
25_ again.
28
29
__ Turn the wrench (9) clockwise to close the charging valve (6).
30
__ Disconnect the hydraulic source hose (17) from the three-way
valve (12).
31
__ Disconnect the filling hose (11) from the FILLING ASSEMBLY.
Put the free end of the filling hose (11) in the drain
container (15) to drain the hydraulic fluid.
32
__ Tighten the filling hose (11) on the FILLING ASSEMBLY.
33
__ Remove the translucent bleed hose (14) from the three-way
valve (12).
(c) If you use the hydraulic power-supply inflation bench as the

hydraulic source (16) to fill the shock absorber, do the steps
that follow:
1
_ Put the trolley jack below the jacking dome of the shock
absorber.
2
3
_ Use the trolley jack to fully compress the shock absorber.
(0.0787 in.).
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
4
_ Close the control valve (13) on the three way valve (12).
5
_ Turn the wrench (9) clockwise to close the charging valve (6).
6
_ Release the jack load and let the leg fully extend. Dimension
in.).
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
7
_ Let the shock absorber become stable, continue after a minimum
of fifteen minutes.

____

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 341
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
8
9
_ Turn the wrench (9) counterclockwise to open the charging
valve (6).
10
11
12
13
container to drain the hydraulic fluid.
14
__ Operate the hydraulic power-supply inflation bench (16) and
slowly open the control valve (19) on the three-way valve
(12). Bleed the filling hose (11) with hydraulic fluid.
15
16
__ Connect the filling hose (11) to the FILLING ASSEMBLY.
17
valve (6).
18
19
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TROLLEY JACK CANNOT TOUCH THE
_______
SHOCK ABSORBER DURING SHOCK ABSORBER EXTENSION.
20
__ Release the jack load and lower the trolley jack fully.
21
__ Operate the hydraulic power-supply inflation bench (16) and
slowly fill the shock absorber with fluid until the leg is
fully extended. Dimension H must be 449 mm (17.6771 in.) plus
or minus 2 mm (0.0787 in.).
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
22
__ When the leg is fully extended, continue to inflate the shock
absorber until the pressure is 10 bar (145.0377 psi).
23

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 342
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
24
__ Slowly open the control valve (13) on the three-way valve
(12).
25
__ Use the trolley jack to slowly compress the shock absorber
until the dimension H is 300 mm (11.8110 in.).
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
26
27
28
__ Release the jack load and let the leg fully extend. Dimension
in.).
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
29
__ Let the shock absorber become stable, continue after a minimum
of ten minutes.

____
30
31
valve (6).
32
(15).
33
__ The hydraulic fluid must be released from the shock absorber
during the shock absorber compression.
NOTE : If hydraulic fluid is not released, do steps 18_ to 32_

____
again.
34
__ The fluid released from the shock absorber through the
translucent bleed hose (14) must not contain gas bubbles or
emulsion.
NOTE : If gas bubbles or emulsion are found, do steps 18_ to

____
32_ again.
35
36

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 343
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
37
__ Disconnect the hydraulic source hose (17) from the three-way
valve (12).
38
container (15) to drain the hydraulic fluid.
39
__ Remove the translucent bleed hose (14) from the three-way
valve (12).
(2) Fill the NLG shock absorber with nitrogen gas, as follows:
WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE
_______
GAS CAN GO THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD.
THIS CONDITION CAN KILL YOU.
_______
ABSORBER PRESSURE.
(a) Connect the nitrogen source hose (18) of the nitrogen source to
(c) Slowly open the control valve of the nitrogen source to release
nitrogen pressure and bleed the circuit with dry nitrogen.
(f) Connect the filling hose (11) to the FILLING ASSEMBLY.
(g) Lower the trolley jack to let the shock absorber extend fully.
(0.0787 in.). Make sure that the jack is disengaged from the
shock absorber jacking dome.
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
R (h) Use a THERMOMETER -45 TO 70 DEG.C (-49 TO 158 DEG.F) to measure

R and record the temperature adjacent to the charging valve (6).
R Make sure that the thermometer touches the shock absorber
R outer-cylinder. If possible, measure the temperature at the top
R part of the cylinder (through the vent hole) at the aft part of
R the main fitting.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 344
May 01/11

SYR
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)
(i) Refer to the pressure/temperature table to know the shock

absorber charge pressure with relation to the temperature
measured at step (h).
R (Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-12-32-991-040)
(j) Turn the wrench (9) counterclockwise to open the charging valve
(6).
(k) Open the control of the nitrogen source.
(l) Slowly open the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).
This is to inflate the shock absorber up to the necessary charge
pressure.
(m) Close the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).
(n) Let the pressure become stable, continue after a minimum of

fifteen minutes.
(o) Make sure that the pressure/temperature conditions are the same
as in steps (h) and (i). If not, do steps (l) thru (o) again.
(p) Close the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).
(q) Turn the wrench (9) clockwise to close the charging valve (6).
(r) Close the control valve of the nitrogen source.
(s) Slowly open the control valve (13) on the three-way valve (12),
to release the nitrogen pressure from the filling system.
(t) Remove the filling hose (11) and the FILLING ASSEMBLY from the
charging valve (6).
(u) TORQUE the charging valve (6) to between 0.5 and 0.8 m.daN (44.24
and 70.79 lbf.in).

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
(v) Use SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-004B) to do a leak check

(w) Install the blanking cap (7) on the charging valve (6).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 345
Nov 01/10

SYR
Pressure/Temperature Table - Shock Absorber Fully Extended
R Figure 306/TASK 12-12-32-991-040

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 346
Nov 01/10

SYR
Subtask 12-12-32-942-060
C. Removal of the Equipment
(1) Disassemble the standard charging equipment.
(2) Remove the trolley jack.
items.
Subtask 12-12-32-410-052
D. Close Access
door (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
Subtask 12-12-32-869-053
E. Ground Configuration
(1) If you opened the LGCIU circuit breakers, make sure that the flight
configuration precautions with electrical power were obeyed
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
Subtask 12-12-32-586-051
F. Lower the Aircraft
(1) Lower the aircraft onto its wheels (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-002) or
(Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-12-32-942-061
A. Removal of the Equipment

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 347
Nov 01/10

SYR
Subtask 12-12-32-280-051
R B. Nitrogen Dissolving Compensation
(1) Do a check of the NLG shock absorber charge pressure (Ref. TASK 12-
R 14-32-614-004). The check must be done between four and seven days
R after the first subsequent flight.
NOTE : This check is necessary because the nitrogen will mix with the
____
oil and cause the pressure to decrease.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 348
May 01/11

SYR
TASK 12-12-32-611-002
Replenishment of the Alternate Brake Reservoir (2624GM)
_______
_______
GEAR.

_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : This procedure will let you replenish the alternate brake reservoir.
____
But, if the reservoir is empty, you should do a bleed procedure of
the complete system (Ref. TASK 32-43-00-612-001, Filling and Bleeding
of the Low Pressure Control of the Alternate Braking).
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific standard filling equipment
No specific vinyl tube
No specific 1 CONTAINER - CLEAN, APPLICABLE
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 349
Nov 01/10

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 12-12-32-991-004 Fig. 307
3. __________
Job Set-up
R (Ref. Fig. 307/TASK 12-12-32-991-004)
Subtask 12-12-32-941-052
(2) On panel 400VU, make sure the landing-gear control-lever (6GA) is in

the DOWN position.
(3) On panel 110VU, make sure the parking-brake switch is in the OFF
position.
the brake controls.
(5) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) at the access door 811.
Subtask 12-12-32-010-051
B. Get Access
(1) Open the access door 811.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 350
Nov 01/10

SYR
Alternate-Brake Reservoir Replenishment - Detail and Location
R Figure 307/TASK 12-12-32-991-004

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 351
Nov 01/10

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 307/TASK 12-12-32-991-004)
Subtask 12-12-32-614-075
(1) Remove the blanking cap (4) from the filling valve (3) and disconnect
the drain line (5) from the bleed valve (1).
(2) Install a vinyl tube on to the bleed valve (1).
(3) Put the vinyl tube into a CONTAINER - CLEAN, APPLICABLE full of
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003) that does not have gas in it.
(4) Make sure that the pipes on the standard filling equipment are filled
with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003) which does not have gas
in it. Connect the pipe of the filling equipment to the charging
valve (3).
Subtask 12-12-32-611-050
B. Replenishment of the Alternate Brake Reservoir
NOTE : This procedure will let you replenish the alternate brake
____
reservoir. But, if the reservoir is empty, you should do a bleed
procedure of the complete system (Ref. TASK 32-43-00-612-001,
Filling and Bleeding of the Low Pressure Control of the Alternate
Braking).
(1) Open the bleed valve (1).
(2) Use the handpump to fill the brake reservoir (2) with HYDRAULIC
FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003). Keep the hydraulic fluid flow rate
constant and at a pressure of less than 4 bar (58 psi) as shown on
the pressure gage.
(3) When the hydraulic fluid that comes from the bleed valve (1) does not
have gas in it, close the bleed valve (1).
(4) Open the bleed valve (1) and put the brake reservoir (2) to its
correct level (on the green ring). Close the bleed valve (1).
(5) Remove the vinyl tube from the bleed valve (1) and disconnect the
pipe from the filling valve (3).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 352
Nov 01/10

SYR
(6) Make sure that there is no leakage of fluid from the bleed valve (1).
(7) Install the blanking cap (4) on the filling valve (3).
(8) TORQUE the blanking cap (4) to between 1.1 and 1.25 m.daN (97.34 and
110.61 lbf.in).
(9) Install the drain line (5) on the bleed valve (1).
(10) TORQUE the drain line (5) to 1.5 m.daN (11.06 lbf.ft).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-12-32-410-051
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access door 811.
Subtask 12-12-32-942-053

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 353
Nov 01/10

SYR
TASK 12-12-32-611-004
Check of MLG Shock Absorber Fluid Level
_______
GEAR.
_______

_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 321113-03
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific safety barriers

R No specific 1 CHARGING EQUIPMENT - FLUID, STANDARD
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-12-32-611-008 Hydraulic Replenishment of the MLG Two-Stage Shock

Absorber
12-14-32-614-003 Check of MLG Shock Absorber Charge Pressure
Gears
12-12-32-991-033 Fig. 308
12-12-32-991-030 Fig. 309
12-12-32-991-031 Fig. 310

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 354
May 01/11

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-12-32-941-063
R (1) Put the safety barriers in position.
R (2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
R (3) On the panel 400VU:

- make sure that the landing-gear control-lever 6GA is in the DOWN
position
- put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate
the landing gear.

the landing gear doors.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-12-32-220-051
R A. Check of MLG Shock Absorber Fluid Level - Aircraft on Ground
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE STANDARD CHARGING EQUIPMENT IS SAFE TO USE
_______
ABOVE 140 BAR (2030.5278 PSI). THIS WILL PREVENT INJURY AND
DAMAGE.
_______
WILL MOVE.
_______
ABSORBER. IF YOU ADD THE NITROGEN TOO QUICKLY, THE TEMPERATURE
WILL INCREASE AND HAVE AN EFFECT ON THE SHOCK ABSORBER
PRESSURE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU USE A GAGE WITH THE SPECIFIED PRESSURE
_______
RANGE. THIS IS NECESSARY TO GET AN ACCURATE PRESSURE
MEASUREMENT.
R NOTE : To do this procedure it is necessary to have CHARGING EQUIPMENT -

____
R FLUID, STANDARD and THERMOMETER -45 TO 70 DEG.C (-49 TO 158 DEG.F)

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 355
May 01/11

SYR
R . The charging equipment must be safe to use at over 140 bar
(2030.5278 psi).
(1) Do the nitrogen filling of the MLG two-stage shock absorber (aircraft
on jacks) (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-003).
NOTE : It is recommended that you wait a minimum of 1 hour after you

____
remove the jacks before you do the procedure that follows.
This will let you get a stable temperature and an accurate
value of the shock absorber extension and pressure.
(2) Measure and record the dimension H.

(Ref. Fig. 308/TASK 12-12-32-991-033)
(3) Install the standard charging equipment on the top charging valve
(1):
(Ref. Fig. 309/TASK 12-12-32-991-030, 310/TASK 12-12-32-991-031)
NOTE : If the equipment manufacturers assembly/operating

____
instructions are different to the data given, use the
equipment manufacturerss instructions.
(a) Remove the blanking cap (2) from the top charging valve (1).
(b) Make sure that the control valves (13) and (15) are closed.
(c) Connect the filling hose (11) to the three-way valve (12).
(d) Connect the filling hose (11) to the top charging valve (1).
(e) Install the pressure gage 140 bar (2030.5278 psi) (10) on the
(4) Slowly open the top charging valve (1).
(5) At the top charging valve (1), read and record the pressure shown on
the pressure gage (10).
(6) Close the top charging valve (1).
R (7) Use a THERMOMETER -45 TO 70 DEG.C (-49 TO 158 DEG.F) to measure the
R temperature of the MLG adjacent to the top charging valve (1).
NOTE : It is necessary to know the accurate temperature measurement

____
to follow the procedure.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 356
May 01/11

SYR
MLG Two Stage Shock Absorber - Dimension H
R Figure 308/TASK 12-12-32-991-033

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 357
Nov 01/10

SYR
MLG Two Stage Shock Absorber Charging Valves - Detail and Location
R Figure 309/TASK 12-12-32-991-030

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 358
Nov 01/10

SYR
MLG Two Stage Shock Absorber - Typical Filling System
R Figure 310/TASK 12-12-32-991-031

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 359
Nov 01/10

SYR
(8) Find the dimension H for the pressure at the top-charging valve (1)
for the measured temperature ((Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-003) diagram
1). Compare the H dimension given in ((Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-003)
diagram 1) to the measured dimension H and do one of the steps that
follows:
(a) If the measured H dimension is between +/- 15 mm (0.5905 in.) (of

the dimension given in ((Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-003) diagram 1),
do step (9). This result means that the fluid level is correct.
or
(b) If the measured H dimension is not between +/- 15 mm (0.5905 in.)

but is between+/- 30 mm (1.1811 in.) (of the dimension given in
(Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-003) diagram 1), do step (10).
or
(c) If the measured H dimension is more than +/- 30 mm (1.1811 in.)

(of the dimension given in (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-003) diagram
1), do step (12).
(9) If the measured H dimension is between +/- 15 mm (0.5905 in.) (of the
dimension H given in (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-003) diagram 1), do the
steps that follow:
NOTE : The measured H dimension can be as low as 33 mm (1.2992 in.)

____
at very low ambient temperatures. This is usual for a shock
R absorber in good condition and no maintenance is necessary (if
R the measured H dimension is between +/- 15 mm (0.5905 in.) of
the correct value).
(a) Make sure that the control valve (15) is closed.
(b) Open the control valve (13) to release all pressure from the
filling hose (11).
(c) Close the control valve (13).
(d) Remove the pressure gage (10) from the three-way valve (12).
(e) Disconnect the filling hose (11) from the top charging valve (1)
and the three-way valve (12).
(f) Install the blanking cap (2) on the top charging valve (1).
(g) Do the close-up procedure in Para 5.A.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 360
May 01/11

SYR
(10) If the measured H dimension is not between +/- 15 mm (0.5905 in.) but
is between +/- 30 mm (1.1811 in.) (of the dimension H given in
(Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-003) diagram 1), do one of the steps that
follow:
(a) Do step (11)

or
(b) Do the hydraulic replenishment of the MLG two-stage shock

absorber (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-008).
(11) If the measured H dimension is between +/- 30 mm (1.1811 in.) of the

dimension H given in (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-003) (diagram 1):
- make a note in the aircraft log to do the hydraulic replenishment
of the two-stage shock absorber (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-008) before
50 flight cycles
- do the steps that follow:

____
R absorber in good condition and no maintenance is necessary (if
R the measured H dimension is between +/- 15 mm (0.5905 in.) of
the correct value).
(a) Make sure that the control valve (15) is closed on the three-way
valve (12).
(b) Open the control valve (13) on the three-way valve (12), to
release all pressure from the filling hose (11).
(f) Install the blanking cap (2) on the top charging valve (1).
(g) Do the close-up procedure in Para 5.A.
(12) If the measured H dimension is more than +/- 30 mm (1.1811 in.) of

the dimension H given in ((Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-003) diagram 1):
- do the hydraulic replenishment of the MLG two-stage shock absorber
(Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-008).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 361
May 01/11

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-12-32-942-076
A. Remove the Equipment
R (3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 362
May 01/11

SYR
TASK 12-12-32-611-008
Hydraulic Replenishment of the MLG Two-Stage Shock Absorber
_______
_______
GEAR.

_______

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific axle jack

No specific AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)
R No specific AR WARNING NOTICE(S)
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 363
Nov 01/10

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 02-004
Material No. 19-010 USA AMS 5687
LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 packing 32-11-13 01E-015
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-14-32-200-001 Inspection of the MLG Shock Absorbers Before Flight
R 12-14-32-614-003 Check of MLG Shock Absorber Charge Pressure
Gears
R 12-12-32-991-009 Fig. 311
R 12-12-32-991-008 Fig. 312

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 364
Nov 01/10

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-12-32-941-068
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(2) On panel 400VU:

position
R - put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate
the landing gear.

Subtask 12-12-32-582-055
B. Lift the Aircraft
(1) Lift the aircraft on jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001).
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in position at the applicable
shock absorber.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-12-32-611-059
A. Hydraulic Replenishment of the Main Landing Gear (MLG) Two-Stage Shock

Absorber
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
NOTE : As an alternative procedure to replenish the MLG you can use the
____
vacuum procedure in paragraph 4.B. The vacuum procedure will let
the MLG be replenished without extending and compressing the MLG
again and again.
(1) Remove the blanking cap (2) from the bottom charging valve (1).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 365
Nov 01/10

SYR
MLG Two Stage Shock Absorber - Replenishment Location and Detail
R Figure 311/TASK 12-12-32-991-009

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 366
Nov 01/10

SYR
MLG Two Stage Shock Absorber - Filling System
R Figure 312/TASK 12-12-32-991-008

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 367
Nov 01/10

SYR
(2) Remove the blanking cap (3) from the top charging valve (4).
(3) Release the nitrogen pressure:
(a) Slowly open the bottom charging valve assembly (1).
(b) Slowly open the top charging valve assembly (4).
NOTE : During the steps that follow some oil can come out of the
____
top charging valve (4).
(4) Remove and discard the MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) from the
body of the top charging valve (4).
(5) Remove the top charging valve assembly (4).
(6) Remove and discard the packing (5) from the top charging valve
assembly (4).
(7) Install the standard charging equipment on the two-stage shock

absorber:
(a) Install the filler adaptor (17) in the port of the top charging
valve.
(b) TORQUE the filler adaptor (17) to between 1.13 and 1.58 m.daN
(99.99 and 139.82 lbf.in).
(c) Connect the elbow-fitting (18) to the filler adaptor (17).
(d) Connect the filling hose (16) to the elbow fitting (18).
(e) Install the 28 bar (406.1055 psi) pressure gage (15) on the
(f) Connect the three-way valve (19) to the filling hose (16).
(g) Connect the hydraulic pump (24) and the hydraulic fluid reservoir
(23) to the three-way valve (19) with the supply hose (25).
WARNING : DO NOT GET HYDRAULIC FLUID ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR EYES

_______
OR IN YOUR MOUTH. HYDRAULIC FLUID IS POISONOUS AND CAN
GO THROUGH YOUR SKIN AND INTO YOUR BODY. FLUSH
HYDRAULIC FLUID FROM YOUR EYES, MOUTH OR SKIN WITH
WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOU GET HYDRAULIC FLUID IN
YOUR EYES OR MOUTH.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 368
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
(h) Fill the hydraulic fluid reservoir with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
(Material No. 02-001) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-004)
or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-006).

____
(i) Connect the bleed hose (21) between the three-way valve (19) and
the drain container (22).
(j) Open the control valves (20) and (26).
(k) Bleed the filling system with the hydraulic pump (24).
(8) Put the axle jack in position under the jacking dome (6) of the
applicable landing gear. Make sure that the axle jack is free to move
forward and aft.
(9) Fill the shock absorber with hydraulic fluid:
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE INCREASE TO MORE THAN 22

_______
BAR (319 PSI). IF THE PRESSURE IS MORE THAN THIS VALUE, IT
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SHOCK ABSORBER.

_______
BAR (203 PSI) IF THE CHARGING EQUIPMENT HAS A SIGHT GLASS.
IF THE PRESSURE IS MORE THAN THIS VALUE, IT CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE SIGHT GLASS.
NOTE : 20 l (5.2833 USgal) of hydraulic fluid is necessary to fill

____
each shock absorber.
(a) Make sure that:

- the bottom charging valve (1) is open
- the control valve (20) is open
- the control valve (26) is closed.
(b) Use the axle jack to fully compress the shock absorber. At the
same time, monitor the hydraulic fluid that goes into the drain
container (22).
NOTE : It is possible that no hydraulic fluid will bleed into the

____
drain container (22) when you initially compress the shock
absorber.
(c) Close the control valve (20) and open the control valve (26).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 369
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
(d) Use the hydraulic pump (24) to slowly increase the pressure of
the hydraulic supply to 13.8 bar (200.1520 psi). Let the pressure
become stable.
(e) Keep the pressure of the hydraulic supply at 13.8 bar (200.1520
psi). At the same time, slowly lower the axle jack to let the
shock absorber fully extend.
(f) When the shock absorber is fully extended, let the pressure
become stable at 13.8 bar (200.1520 psi).
(g) Release the hydraulic supply pressure.
(h) Close the control valve (26) and open the control valve (20).
(10) Do the step (9) again until the hydraulic fluid from the bleed hose
(21) contains no air. (There are no bubbles in the fluid).
(11) Use the axle jack to fully compress the shock absorber.
(12) Keep the shock absorber compressed and the hydraulic pressure
released.
(13) Disconnect the hydraulic supply hose (25) from the three-way valve
(19).
(14) Loosen the elbow fitting (18) at the filler adaptor (17) and let the
hydraulic fluid drain into the drain container (22).
(15) Remove the elbow fitting (18) from the filler adaptor (17).
(16) Close the control valve (20) and remove the bleed hose (21) and the
drain container (22).
(17) Remove the filler adaptor (17).
(18) Install a new packing (5) to the top charging valve assembly (4).
(19) Install the charging valve assembly (4) in the top charging valve
port.
(20) TORQUE the body of the top charging valve (4) to between 1.13 and
1.58 m.daN (99.99 and 139.82 lbf.in).
(21) Safety the body of the charging valve (4) with MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-010).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 370
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
(22) Make sure that the bottom charging valve (1) and the top charging
(23) Install the blanking cap (2) on the bottom charging valve (1).
(24) Install the blanking cap (3) on the top charging valve (4).
(25) Lower and remove the axle jack.
on jacks) (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-003).
(27) Make a note in the aircraft log:

- it is recommended that you do a weight on wheels pressure H
dimension check (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-200-001), not less than 24
hours after you lower the aircraft off the jacks.
NOTE : New hydraulic fluid can absorb nitrogen.

____
Shock absorber nitrogen pressure can decrease.
Subtask 12-12-32-611-069
B. Hydraulic Replenishment of the MLG Two-Stage Shock Absorber with the

Vacuum Procedure
_______
NOTE : This procedure will allow the MLG to be replenished without

____
extending and compressing the MLG again and again.
(1) Remove the blanking cap (2) from the bottom charging valve (1).
(2) Remove the blanking cap (3) from the top charging valve (4).
(3) Release the nitrogen pressure:
(a) Slowly open the bottom charging valve assembly (1).
(b) Slowly open the top charging valve assembly (4).
NOTE : During the steps that follow some oil can come out of the
____
top charging valve (4).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 371
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
(4) Remove the gas from the oil as follows:
(a) Put the axle jack in position under the jacking dome (6) of the
applicable landing gear. Make sure that the axle jack is free to
move forward and aft.
(b) Release all the nitrogen from the bottom charging valve assembly
(1).
(c) Close the bottom charging valve assembly (1).
(d) Make sure that:

- the top charging valve assembly (4) is open
- the bottom charging valve assembly (1) is closed.
(e) Use the axle jack to fully compress the shock absorber.
(f) Close the top charging valve assembly (4).
(g) Slowly lower the axle jack to fully extend the shock absorber.
(h) When the shock absorber is fully extended, do not continue the
procedure for a minimum of 30 minutes (to let the shock absorber
become stable).
NOTE : A vacuum will be present in the shock absorber chamber 1

____
for 30 minutes.
(i) Slowly open the top charging valve assembly (4).
NOTE : Nitrogen will be released.

____
(5) Remove and discard the lock wire from the body of the top charging
valve (4).
(6) Remove the top charging valve assembly (4).
(7) Remove and discard the packing (5) from the top charging valve
assembly (4).
(8) Install the standard charging equipment on the two-stage shock

absorber:
(a) Install the filler adaptor (17) in the port of the top charging
valve.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 372
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
(b) TORQUE the filler adaptor (17) to between 1.13 and 1.58 m.daN
(99.99 and 139.82 lbf.in).
(c) Connect the elbow fitting (18) to the filler adaptor (17).
(d) Connect the filling hose (16) to the elbow fitting (18).
(e) Install the 28 bar (406.1055 psi) pressure gage (15) on the
(f) Connect the three-way valve (19) to the filling hose (16).
(g) Connect the hydraulic pump (24) and the hydraulic fluid reservoir
(23) to the three-way valve (19) with the supply hose (25).
WARNING : DO NOT GET HYDRAULIC FLUID ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR EYES

_______
OR IN YOUR MOUTH. HYDRAULIC FLUID IS POISONOUS AND CAN
GO THROUGH YOUR SKIN AND INTO YOUR BODY. FLUSH
HYDRAULIC FLUID FROM YOUR EYES, MOUTH OR SKIN WITH
WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOU GET HYDRAULIC FLUID IN
YOUR EYES OR MOUTH.
(h) Fill the hydraulic fluid reservoir with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS

(Material No. 02-001) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-004)
or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-006).

____
(i) Connect the bleed hose (21) between the three-way valve (19) and
the drain container (22).
(j) Open the control valves (20) and (26).
(k) Bleed the filling system with the hydraulic pump (24).
(9) Fill the shock absorber with hydraulic fluid:

_______
BAR (319 PSI). IF THE PRESSURE IS MORE THAN THIS VALUE, IT
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SHOCK ABSORBER.

_______
BAR (203 PSI) IF THE CHARGING EQUIPMENT HAS A SIGHT GLASS.
IF THE PRESSURE IS MORE THAN THIS VALUE, IT CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE SIGHT GLASS.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 373
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
NOTE : 20 l (5.2833 USgal) of hydraulic fluid is necessary to fill
____
each shock absorber.
(a) Make sure that:

- the bottom charging valve (1) is open
- the control valve (20) is open
- the control valve (26) is closed.
(b) Use the axle jack to fully compress the shock absorber. At the
same time, monitor the hydraulic fluid that goes into the drain
container (22).
NOTE : It is possible that no hydraulic fluid will bleed into the

____
drain container (22) when you initially compress the shock
absorber.
(c) Close the control valve (20) and open the control valve (26).
(d) Use the hydraulic pump (24) to slowly increase the pressure of
the hydraulic supply to 13.8 bar (200.1520 psi). Let the pressure
become stable.
(e) Keep the pressure of the hydraulic supply at 13.8 bar (200.1520
psi). At the same time, slowly lower the axle jack to let the
shock absorber fully extend.
(f) When the shock absorber is fully extended, let the pressure
becomes stable at 13.8 bar (200.1520 psi). When the pressure
becomes stable, do not continue the procedure for a minimum of 5
minutes.
(g) Release the hydraulic supply pressure.
(h) Close the control valve (26) and open the control valve (20).
(10) Use the axle jack to slowly and fully compress the shock absorber.
NOTE : Oil that comes out must not contain bubbles.

____
(11) Keep the shock absorber compressed and the hydraulic pressure
released.
(12) Disconnect the hydraulic supply hose (25) from the three-way valve
(19).
(13) Loosen the elbow-fitting (18) at the filler adaptor (17) and let the
hydraulic fluid drain into the drain container (22).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 374
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
(14) Remove the elbow-fitting (18) from the filler adaptor (17).
(15) Close the control valve (20) and remove the bleed hose (21) and the
drain container (22).
(16) Remove the filler adaptor (17).
(17) Install a new packing (5) to the top charging valve assembly (4).
(18) Install the charging valve assembly (4) in the top charging valve
port.
(19) TORQUE the body of the top charging valve (4) to between 1.13 and
1.58 m.daN (99.99 and 139.82 lbf.in).
(20) Safety the body of the top charging valve (4) with MISCELLANEOUS
(21) Make sure that the bottom charging valve (1) and the top charging
valve are closed (4).
(24) Slowly lower and remove the axle jack.
on jacks) (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-003).
(26) Make a note in the aircraft log:

- It is recommended that you do a weight on wheels pressure H
dimension check (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-200-001), not less than 24
hours after you lower the aircraft off the jacks.

____

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 375
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-12-32-586-053
A. Lower the Aircraft
items.
(3) Lower the aircraft on its wheels (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-002).
Subtask 12-12-32-942-067
B. Remove the Equipment

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 376
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
TASK 12-12-32-611-006
Replenishment of the MLG Torque Link Damper
_______
_______
GEAR.

_______

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific approved AN connector

R
No specific 1 CONTAINER 3 L(3/4 USGAL)
No specific AR GROUND POWER CART-HYDRAULIC
No specific AR HOSE - BLEED
No specific AR SPATULA - NON METALLIC

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 377
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
460006804 1 BLEED ADAPTOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Gears
R 12-12-32-991-014-A Fig. 313

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 378
Nov 01/10

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-12-32-941-067
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(3) On the panel 400VU:

position
the landing gear.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-12-32-611-054
A. Replenishment of the Main Landing Gear (MLG) Torque Link Damper

R (Ref. Fig. 313/TASK 12-12-32-991-014-A)
_______
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU MUST
_______
OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
INSTRUCTIONS.
(1) Remove the sealant from the bleed screw (1) and the bleed plug (2)
with the SPATULA - NON METALLIC.
(2) Remove and discard the lockwire from the cap assembly (6) and the
bleed screw (1).
(3) Clean the items that follow with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003)
made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003):
- the bleed screw (1)
- the bleed plug (2)
- the bleed plug housing (8).
(4) Remove the cap assembly (6) and the bleed screw (1).
(5) Install the BLEED ADAPTOR (460006804) to the bleed plug (2).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 379
Nov 01/10

SYR
Torque Link Damper
R Figure 313/TASK 12-12-32-991-014-A

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 380
Nov 01/10

SYR
(6) Install the HOSE - BLEED on the BLEED ADAPTOR.
(7) Put a CONTAINER 3 L(3/4 USGAL) below the bleed hose.
(8) Open the bleed plug (2).
(9) Install an approved AN connector to the check valve (7).
R (10) Connect a GROUND POWER CART-HYDRAULIC or a hydraulic source (minimum

R supply pressure 50 psi) that contains HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No.
R 02-003), to the approved AN connector.
(11) You must obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-
910-002).
(12) Supply hydraulic fluid, at a pressure of between 2.42 bar (35 psi)
and 2.75 bar (40 psi), to the check valve (7).
(13) Keep the hydraulic pressure until you get an air-free flow of fluid
from the bleed plug (2).
(14) Increase the pressure of the hydraulic fluid to between 2.75 bar (40
psi) and 3.45 bar (50 psi).
(15) Close the bleed plug (2).
(16) Make sure that the reservoir can (4) moves between 1.5 mm (0.05 in.)
and 3.1 mm (0.12 in.) above the FULL level indicator line.
(17) Keep the hydraulic pressure for a time of 3 minutes. During the 3
minutes make sure that:
- no external leakage of fluid occurs
- the reservoir can (4) does not move.
(18) If there is leakage and/or the reservoir-can (4) moves:

- slowly open the bleed plug (2) to release the hydraulic pressure
- do the steps (9) thru (14) again.
(19) Decrease the hydraulic pressure to zero. Disconnect the hydraulic

ground cart or the hydraulic source and the approved AN connector
from the check valve (7).
(20) Measure the quantity of hydraulic fluid that comes out of the check
valve (7) during a time of 15 seconds. There must be no more than 15
drops.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 381
May 01/11

SYR
(21) Open the bleed plug (2) slowly until the reservoir can (4) becomes
level with the FULL line. Close the bleed plug (2).
(22) If the released hydraulic fluid contains air:

- slowly open the bleed plug (2) to release the hydraulic pressure
- do the steps (9) thru (18) again.
(23) Remove the bleed hose and the BLEED ADAPTOR from the bleed plug (2).
(24) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(25) Install the cap assembly (6) on the check valve (7).
(26) Install the bleed screw (1) in the bleed plug (2).
(27) TORQUE the bleed screw (1) to between 0.17 and 0.22 m.daN (15.04 and
19.46 lbf.in).
(28) TORQUE the cap assembly (7) to between 0.57 and 0.67 m.daN (50.44 and
59.29 lbf.in).
(29) Safety the items that follow with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
010):
- the bleed screw (1) to the piston assembly (3)
- the cap assembly (6) to the adjacent bolt (5).
(30) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the items that follow:
- bleed screw (1)
- the bleed plug (2)
- the bleed plug housing (8).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-12-32-942-066
A. Removal of Equipment
items.
R (2) Remove the SAFETY BARRIER(S)S.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 382
Nov 01/10

SYR
TASK 12-12-32-610-001
Check NLG Shock Absorber Fluid Level and Charge Pressure (Two-Point Check -
Aircraft on Jacks to start)
_______
_______
GEAR AND DOORS.

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R NOTE : The Nose landing Gear (NLG) shock absorber charge pressure must be
____
R measured with the aircraft lifted on jacks and on the ground. This
R procedure does the aircraft-on-jacks check first and then the
on-ground check. If necessary, the on-ground check can be done first
followed by the on-jacks check with the procedure (Ref. TASK
R 12-12-32-610-001-01).
____
(Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-003).
____
aircraft operation. This will make sure that the shock absorber
values recorded are accurate.
R NOTE : As an alternative procedure to

____ check the NLG shock absorber fluid
R level and charge pressure, you can do Task 12-12-32-610-002 or Task
R 12-12-32-610-002-01. If you do Task 12-12-32-610-002 or Task
R 12-12-32-610-002-01, it is not necessary for the aircraft to be on
R jacks.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 383
Nov 01/10

SYR
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
R No specific 1 GAGE 0 TO 2000 PSI (0 TO 138 BAR) - PRESSURE
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-12-32-611-005 NLG Shock Absorber Oil Replenishment and Nitrogen
Filling (Aircraft on Jacks)

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 384
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Gears
Gear Doors
12-12-32-991-001 Fig. 301
12-12-32-991-012 Fig. 302
12-12-32-991-034 Fig. 303
12-12-32-991-041 Fig. 304
12-12-32-991-042 Fig. 305
12-12-32-991-040 Fig. 306
12-12-32-991-024 Fig. 314
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-12-32-941-073
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(3) On panel 400VU, make sure that the landing-gear control-lever 6GA is
in the DOWN position.
(4) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on panel 400VU, to tell persons not to

(5) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate

the NLG doors.
Subtask 12-12-32-010-054
B. Get Access
_______
CLEAR.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 385
May 01/11
R
SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 314/TASK 12-12-32-991-024)
Subtask 12-12-32-582-056
A. Lift the Aircraft on Jacks
07-11-00-581-003).
Subtask 12-12-32-614-080
B. Adjust the Charge Pressure of the NLG Shock Absorber (Aircraft on Jacks)
(1) Make sure that the shock absorber is fully extended. Dimension H must
be between 447 mm (17.5984 in.) and 451 mm (17.7559 in.).
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)

____

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001, 302/TASK 12-12-32-991-012)
(a) Connect the nitrogen source hose (18) to the nitrogen source.
(b) Connect the nitrogen source hose (18) to the three-way valve
(12).

____
(d) Remove the blanking cap (1) and the plug (5) from the FILLING
ASSEMBLY.
(e) Connect the filling hose (11) to the end fitting (2) of the
FILLING ASSEMBLY.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 386
May 01/11
R
SYR
NLG Maintenance Plan - Aircraft on Jacks to Start
R Figure 314/TASK 12-12-32-991-024

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 387
Nov 01/10

SYR
(f) Slowly open the control valves (13) and (19) on the three-way
valve (12) and the control valve of the nitrogen source. Blow
nitrogen through the charging equipment to bleed the system with
nitrogen.
(g) Close the control valves (13) and (19) on the three-way valve
(12) and the control valve of the nitrogen source.
_______
R (h) Install the GAGE 0 TO 2000 PSI (0 TO 138 BAR) - PRESSURE (10) on
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)
knurled shoulder (3). This will install the seal (4) on the
charging valve (6).
(4) Do a check of the charging equipment for leaks as follows:
(a) Make sure that the charging valve (6) and the control valve (13)
on the three-way valve (12) are closed.
(b) Slowly open the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).
(c) Slowly open the control valve of the nitrogen source. Add
nitrogen until the pressure shown on the pressure gage is 19 bar
(275.5716 psi).
(e) Let the pressure become stable, continue after a minimum of five
minutes. This will make sure that there are no leaks in the
charging equipment.
(f) Close the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 388
May 01/11

SYR
(5) Do a check of the NLG shock absorber charge pressure as follows:
R (a) Use a THERMOMETER -45 TO 70 DEG.C (-49 TO 158 DEG.F) to measure

R the main fitting.
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)
(b) Use the FILLING ASSEMBLY to open the charging valve (6). Open the
control valve (19) and record the pressure shown on the pressure
gage (10).
(c) Close the control valve (19) and the charging valve (6).
(d) Refer to the table and use the recorded temperature value to
identify the correct charge pressure.
(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-12-32-991-040)
(e) If the recorded pressure value is the same as the correct

pressure plus or minus 0.5 bar (7.2518 psi), go to step (7).
(6) If the pressure is incorrect, inflate the NLG shock absorber as

follows:
_______
ABSORBER PRESSURE.
(a) Open the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).
(b) Use the FILLING ASSEMBLY to open the charging valve (6).
(c) Gradually open the control valve of the nitrogen source to adjust
the charge pressure in the shock absorber. Do this until you get
the correct value as identified in step (5)(d).
(d) Close the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).
(e) Use the FILLING ASSEMBLY to close the charging valve (6).
(f) Let the pressure become stable, continue after fifteen minutes.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 389
May 01/11

SYR
(g) Open the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12) and the
charging valve (6). Make sure that the pressure gage (10) shows
the same pressure as the correct pressure in step (5)(d) plus or
minus 0.5 bar (7.2518 psi).
(h) If necessary, do steps (a) to (g) again to adjust the pressure.
(7) Remove the equipment as follows:
(a) Close the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).
(b) Use the FILLING ASSEMBLY to close the charging valve (6).
(c) Close the control valve of the nitrogen source.
(d) Open the control valve (13) to release the pressure. Remove the
nitrogen source from the three-way valve (12). Close the control
valve (13).
NOTE : Do not remove the charging equipment if you do the

____
aircraft-on-ground measurement after the aircraft-on-jacks
measurement. If you do not remove the charging equipment,
go to Para.4.C.
(e) Remove the pressure gage (10).
(f) Remove the FILLING ASSEMBLY and the standard charging equipment
from the charging valve (6).
(g) TORQUE the charging valve (6) to between 0.5 and 0.8 m.daN (44.24
and 70.79 lbf.in).

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
(h) Use SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-004B) to do a leak check

(i) Install the blanking cap (7) on the charging valve (6).
Subtask 12-12-32-586-054
C. Lower the Aircraft
(Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 390
May 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 12-12-32-614-081
D. Measure the Charge Pressure of the NLG Shock Absorber (Aircraft on

Ground)
NOTE : The aircraft-on-ground measurement must be done less than eight

____
days after the on-jacks measurement.
NOTE : For the tasks completed with the A/C in a weight-on-wheels

____
configuration, the A/C must be stable (no movement of persons in
the A/C).
(1) Install the standard charging equipment on the FILLING ASSEMBLY as

follows:
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-12-32-991-012)
(12).

____
ASSEMBLY.
FILLING ASSEMBLY.
nitrogen.
_______

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 391
May 01/11

SYR
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)
charging valve (6).
R (c) Use a THERMOMETER -45 TO 70 DEG.C (-49 TO 158 DEG.F) to measure

R the main fitting.
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)
(d) Measure and record the shock absorber extension, dimension H.

(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
(e) Use the recorded dimension H and temperature values to identify

the correct pressure for the shock absorber extension.
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-12-32-991-041, 305/TASK 12-12-32-991-042)
(f) Gradually open the control valve of the nitrogen source. Do this
until the pressure gage (10) shows the necessary pressure plus or
minus 0.5 bar (7.2518 psi).
(g) Close the control valve of the nitrogen source.
(h) Do a check of the pressure in the charging equipment. Make sure

that the pressure stays stable for five minutes and there are no
leaks.
(i) Close the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 392
May 01/11

SYR

R the main fitting.
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)
(b) Use the FILLING ASSEMBLY to slowly open the charging valve (6).
(c) Open the control valve (19) and record the pressure shown on the
pressure gage (10).

(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
(e) Use the recorded pressure and temperature values to identify the
correct dimension H for the shock absorber extension. Compare
this value with the dimension H recorded in step (d).
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-12-32-991-041, 305/TASK 12-12-32-991-042)
(f) If the recorded H value is the same as the correct dimension H

plus or minus 10 mm (0.3937 in.), go to step (5).
(g) If the dimension H is incorrect, do the NLG shock absorber oil

replenishment and nitrogen filling procedure (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-
611-005).
(5) Remove the charging equipment as follows:
(c) Open the control valve (13) to release the pressure. Remove the
nitrogen source from the three-way valve (12).
(d) Remove the pressure gage (10).
(e) Remove the FILLING ASSEMBLY and the standard charging equipment

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 393
May 01/11

SYR
(f) TORQUE the charging valve (6) to between 0.5 and 0.8 m.daN (44.24
and 70.79 lbf.in).

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
(g) Use SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-004B) to do a leak check

(h) Install the blanking cap (7) on the charging valve (6).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-12-32-410-054
A. Close Access
door (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-001).
Subtask 12-12-32-942-072
B. Removal of the Equipment

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 394
May 01/11
R
SYR
TASK 12-12-32-610-001- 01
Check NLG Shock Absorber Fluid Level and Charge Pressure (Two-Point Check -
Aircraft on Ground to start)
_______
_______
GEAR AND DOORS.

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : The Nose Landing Gear (NLG) shock absorber charge pressure must be
____
measured with the aircraft on the ground and lifted on jacks. This
procedure does the aircraft-on-ground check first and then the
on-jacks check. If necessary, the on-jacks check can be done first
followed by the on-ground check with the procedure (Ref. TASK
12-12-32-610-001).
____
(Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-003).
____
R NOTE : As an alternative procedure to

____ check the NLG shock absorber fluid
R level and charge pressure, you can do Task 12-12-32-610-002 or Task
R 12-12-32-610-002-01, it is not necessary for the aircraft to be on
R jacks.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 395
Nov 01/10

SYR
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
R No specific 1 GAGE 0 TO 2000 PSI (0 TO 138 BAR) - PRESSURE
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 396
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Gears
Gear Doors
12-12-32-991-001 Fig. 301
12-12-32-991-012 Fig. 302
12-12-32-991-034 Fig. 303
12-12-32-991-041 Fig. 304
12-12-32-991-042 Fig. 305
12-12-32-991-040 Fig. 306
12-12-32-991-025 Fig. 315
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-12-32-941-074
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).


the NLG doors.
Subtask 12-12-32-010-055
B. Get Access
_______
CLEAR.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 397
May 01/11
R
SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 315/TASK 12-12-32-991-025)
Subtask 12-12-32-614-082
A. Adjust the Charge Pressure of the NLG Shock Absorber (Aircraft on Wheels)

____
the A/C).

(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-12-32-991-012)
(12).

____
ASSEMBLY.
FILLING ASSEMBLY.
valve (12) and the control valve on the nitrogen source. Blow
nitrogen.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 398
May 01/11
R
SYR
NLG Maintenance Plan - Aircraft on Ground to start
R Figure 315/TASK 12-12-32-991-025

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page 399
Nov 01/10

SYR
_______
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)
knurled shoulder (3). This will install the seal on the charging
valve (6).
R (c) Use a THERMOMETER -45 TO 70 DEG.C (-49 TO 158 DEG.F) to measure

R the main fitting.
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)

(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)

____

(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-12-32-991-041, 305/TASK 12-12-32-991-042)

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A300
May 01/11

SYR
(f) Gradually open the control valve of the nitrogen source. Do this
until the pressure gage (10) shows the necessary charging
pressure plus or minus 0.5 bar (7.2518 psi).
(h) Do a check of the pressure in the charging equipment. Make sure

leaks.
(i) Close the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).

R the main fitting.
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)
pressure gage (10).

(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
this value with the dimension H you recorded in step (d).
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-12-32-991-041, 305/TASK 12-12-32-991-042)
(f) If the measured H value is the same as the reference value plus
or minus 10 mm (0.3937 in.), go to step (6).
(5) If the shock absorber extension, dimension H is incorrect, inflate

the NLG shock absorber as follows:
_______
ABSORBER PRESSURE.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A301
May 01/11

SYR
(b) Use the FILLING ASSEMBLY to open the charging valve (6).
(c) Gradually open the control valve of the nitrogen source to adjust
the shock absorber extension. Do this until you get the correct
value as identified in step (4)(e).
(e) Use the FILLING ASSEMBLY to close the charging valve (6).
(f) Let the pressure become stable, continue after fifteen minutes.
(g) Repeat steps (a) to (f) until the measured dimension H agrees
with the correct value plus or minus 10 mm (0.3937 in.).
(6) Remove the charging equipment as follows:
(d) Open the control valve (13) to release the pressure. Remove the
nitrogen source from the three-way valve (12). Close the control
valve (13).
NOTE : Do not remove the charging equipment if you do the

____
aircraft-on-jacks measurement after the aircraft-on-ground
measurement. If you do not remove the charging equipment,
go to Para.4.B.
(g) TORQUE the charging valve (6) to between 0.5 and 0.8 m.daN (44.24
and 70.79 lbf.in).
(h) Use SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-004B) to do a leak check

(i) Install the blanking cap (7) on the charging valve (6).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A302
May 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 12-12-32-582-057
B. Lift the Aircraft on Jacks
07-11-00-581-003).
Subtask 12-12-32-614-083
C. Measure the Charge Pressure of the NLG Shock Absorber (Aircraft on Jacks)
NOTE : The aircraft-on-jack measurement must be done less than eight days
____
after the on-ground measurement.
(1) Make sure that the shock absorber is fully extended. Dimension H must
be between 447 mm (17.5984 in.) and 451 mm (17.7559 in.).
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)

follows:
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-12-32-991-012)
(12).

____
ASSEMBLY.
FILLING ASSEMBLY.
nitrogen.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A303
May 01/11
R
SYR
(12) and the control valve on the nitrogen source.
_______
R (h) Install the GAGE 0 TO 2000 PSI (0 TO 138 BAR) - PRESSURE (10) on
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)
charging valve (6).
nitrogen until the pressure shown on the pressure gage is 19 bar
(275.5716 psi).
(e) Let the pressure become stable, continue after a minimum of five
minutes. This will make sure that there are no leaks in the
charging equipment.


EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A304
May 01/11

SYR
R the main fitting.
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)
pressure gage (10).
(d) Use the table to identify the correct pressure value for the
recorded temperature. Compare this value with the pressure
recorded in step (c).
(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-12-32-991-040)
(e) If the recorded pressure value is the same as the correct

pressure plus or minus 0.5 bar (7.2518 psi), go to step (6).
(f) If the pressure is incorrect, do the NLG shock absorber oil

replenishment and nitrogen filling procedure (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-
611-005).
(6) Remove the equipment as follows:
(c) Open the control valve (13) to release the pressure. Remove the
nitrogen source from the three-way valve (12).
(d) Remove the pressure gage (10).
(e) Remove the FILLING ASSEMBLY and the standard charging equipment
(f) TORQUE the charging valve (6) to between 0.5 and 0.8 m.daN (44.24
and 70.79 lbf.in).

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
(g) Use SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-004B) to do a leak check

(h) Install the blanking cap (7) on the charging valve (6).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A305
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 12-12-32-586-055
D. Lower the Aircraft
(Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-12-32-410-055
A. Close Access
door (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-001).
Subtask 12-12-32-942-073

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A306
May 01/11
R
SYR
TASK 12-12-32-610-002
Check of NLG Shock Absorber Charge Pressure and Fluid Level
_______
_______
GEAR AND DOORS.

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : The NLG shock absorber nitrogen pressure and fluid level must be
____
R measured with the aircraft in heavy configuration or in light
R configuration. This procedure does the heavy configuration check
R first and then the light configuration check. If necessary the light
R configuration check can be done first followed by the heavy
R configuration, refer to Task 12-12-32-610-002-01.
R NOTE : To get the necessary Center of Gravity (CG) weight and the
____
R configuration for this task refer to TSM Task 32-31-00-810-876. This
R task will give the H values for each aircraft weight and CG.
____
NOTE : As an alternative procedure to check the NLG shock absorber charge

____
pressure and fluid level, you can do Task 12-12-32-610-001 or Task
12-12-32-610-001-01. If you do Task 12-12-32-610-001 or Task
12-12-32-610-001-01, you must jack the aircraft.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A307
Aug 01/11

SYR
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 2 GAGE 200 BAR (2900 PSI) - PRESSURE
No specific 2 THERMOMETER -45 TO 70 DEG.C (-49 TO 158 DEG.F)
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

32-00-00-081-002 Removal of the Safety Devices from the Landing Gear
Doors
Gears
Gear Doors
12-12-32-991-001 Fig. 301

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A308
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-12-32-991-012 Fig. 302

12-12-32-991-034 Fig. 303
12-12-32-991-041 Fig. 304
12-12-32-991-042 Fig. 305
12-12-32-991-038 Fig. 316
12-12-32-991-026 Fig. 317
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-12-32-941-075
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).


the NLG doors.
Subtask 12-12-32-010-056
B. Get Access
_______
CLEAR.
(2) Install the SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR in the linkage of each forward NLG
door (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).
(3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position below the NLG.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A309
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 316/TASK 12-12-32-991-038)
Subtask 12-12-32-614-084
A. Measure the NLG Shock Absorber Nitrogen Pressure and Fluid Level in Heavy
R Aircraft Configuration

____
the A/C).
(1) Measure and record the shock absorber extension, dimension H.

(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)

____
(2) Use a THERMOMETER -45 TO 70 DEG.C (-49 TO 158 DEG.F) to measure and
record the temperature adjacent to the charging valve (6). Make sure
that the thermometer touches the shock absorber outer-cylinder. If
possible, measure the temperature at the top part of the cylinder
(through the vent hole) at the aft part of the main fitting.
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)
(3) Read the values H1 and H2 in the related diagram for the recorded
temperature and the aircraft. Make sure that the measured dimension H
is between the values H1 and H2.
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034, 317/TASK 12-12-32-991-026)
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE AIRCRAFT WEIGHT AND BALANCE STAY IN THE
_______
SPECIFIED LIMITS WHILE YOU SELECT A CORRECT CONFIGURATION.
(4) If the recorded dimension H is not between the values H1 and H2, the
aircraft is not in a correct configuration. Put the aircraft in a
heavy configuration so that dimension H is between H1 and H2.
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001, 302/TASK 12-12-32-991-012)
(12).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A310
Aug 01/11

SYR
NLG Maintenance Plan - Aircraft in Heavy Configuration to Start
R Figure 316/TASK 12-12-32-991-038

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A311
Nov 01/10

SYR
Limit of the H Dimension
R Figure 317/TASK 12-12-32-991-026

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A312
Nov 01/10

SYR

____
ASSEMBLY.
FILLING ASSEMBLY.
nitrogen.
_______
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)
charging valve (6).
(7) Do a check for leaks in the standard charging equipment as follows:

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A313
May 01/11

SYR
(c) Measure and record the shock absorber extension, dimension H.
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
(d) Use the recorded dimension H and the temperature measured in step
(2) to identify the correct pressure for the shock absorber
extension.
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-12-32-991-041, 305/TASK 12-12-32-991-042)
(e) Gradually open the control valve of the nitrogen source. Do this
until the pressure gage shows the correct pressure plus or minus
0.5 bar (7.2518 psi).
(f) Close the control valve of the nitrogen source.
(g) Do a check of the pressure in the charging equipment. Make sure

leaks.
(h) Close the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).
(8) Turn the wrench (9) counterclockwise to open the charging valve (6).
(9) Slowly open the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).
(10) Record the pressure shown on the pressure gage (10).
(11) Close the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).
(12) Use a THERMOMETER -45 TO 70 DEG.C (-49 TO 158 DEG.F) to measure and
record the temperature adjacent to the charging valve (6). Make sure
that the thermometer touches the shock absorber outer-cylinder. If
possible, measure the temperature at the top part of the cylinder
(through the vent hole) at the aft part of the main fitting.
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)

(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
(14) Use the recorded pressure and temperature values to identify the
correct dimension H for the shock absorber extension. Compare this
value with the dimension H you recorded in step (13).
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-12-32-991-041, 305/TASK 12-12-32-991-042)
R (15) If the correct dimension H is the same as the value recorded in step
R (13) plus or minus 10 mm (0.3937 in.), go to step (17).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A314
Aug 01/11

SYR
(16) If the difference between the recorded dimension H and the correct H
value is higher than 10 mm (0.3937 in.), continue as follows:
_______
ABSORBER PRESSURE.
(b) Inflate the shock absorber until it gets to the correct dimension
H plus or minus 10 mm (0.3937 in.).
(d) Let the shock absorber become stable, continue after fifteen
minutes.
(e) Open the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (12).
(f) Measure and record the pressure shown on the pressure gage (10)
and the shock absorber extension, dimension H.
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
(h) Use the new recorded pressure and temperature values to identify
in the related table the correct dimension H for the shock
absorber extension.
(i) Do steps (a) to (h) again until the recorded dimension H is the
same as the correct H value identified in step (14)(h) plus or
minus 10 mm (0.3937 in.).
(17) When the dimension H is correct, turn the wrench (7) clockwise to
close the charging valve (6).
(18) Close the control valve of the nitrogen source. Open the control
valve (13) on the three-way valve (12) to release the pressure in the
charging system.
NOTE : Do not remove the charging equipment and the filling assembly
____
if you do the light aircraft configuration measurement after
the heavy aircraft configuration measurement. If you do not
remove the charging equipment and the filling assembly go to
Para.4.B.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A315
Nov 01/10

SYR
(19) Remove the nitrogen source hose (18) from the nitrogen source.
(20) Remove the pressure gage (10).
(21) Remove the FILLING ASSEMBLY and the standard charging equipment.
(22) TORQUE the charging valve (6) to between 0.5 and 0.8 m.daN (44.24 and
70.79 lbf.in).

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
(23) Use SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-004B) to do a leak check of

(24) Install the blanking cap (7) on the charging valve (6).
Subtask 12-12-32-614-086
B. Measure the NLG Shock Absorber Nitrogen Pressure and Fluid Level in Light
Aircraft Configuration
NOTE : The light aircraft pressure/stroke measurement must be done less

____
than 8 days after the heavy aircraft pressure/stroke measurement.

(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
R (2) Use a THERMOMETER -45 TO 70 DEG.C (-49 TO 158 DEG.F) to measure and
R record the temperature adjacent to the charging valve (6). Make sure
R that the thermometer touches the shock absorber outer-cylinder. If
R possible, measure the temperature at the top part of the cylinder
R (through the vent hole) at the aft part of the main fitting.
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)
temperature and the aircraft. Make sure that the dimension H is
between the values H3 and H4.
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034, 317/TASK 12-12-32-991-026)
_______

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A316
May 01/11

SYR
aircraft is not in a suitable configuration. Put the aircraft in a
light configuration so that dimension H is between H3 and H4.
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034, 317/TASK 12-12-32-991-026)

follows:
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-12-32-991-012)
(12).

____
ASSEMBLY.
FILLING ASSEMBLY.
nitrogen.
_______
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A317
May 01/11

SYR
(6).
(a) Make sure the charging valve (6) and the control valve (13) on
the three-way valve (12) are closed.

(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
extension.
until pressure gage (10) shows the correct pressure plus or minus
0.5 bar (7.2518 psi).

leaks.
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-12-32-991-012)
(11) Turn the wrench (9) clockwise to close the charging valve (6).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A318
Nov 01/10

SYR
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)

(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-12-32-991-041, 305/TASK 12-12-32-991-042)
(16) If the recorded dimension H is the same as the correct H value

identified in step (15) plus or minus 10 mm (0.3937 in.), go to step
(18).
(17) If the difference between the two values is higher than 10 mm (0.3937
in.), do the NLG shock absorber oil replenishment and nitrogen
filling procedure (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-005).
(18) If the pressure and the extension are correctly related, remove the
pressure gage (10).
70.79 lbf.in).

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.


EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A319
May 01/11

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-12-32-410-056
A. Close Access
door (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-081-002).
Subtask 12-12-32-942-074
B. Removal of the Equipment.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A320
Nov 01/10

SYR
TASK 12-12-32-610-002- 01
Check of NLG Shock Absorber Charge Pressure and Fluid Level
_______
_______
GEAR AND DOORS.

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Refer to the MPD TASK: 322113-01
NOTE : The NLG shock absorber nitrogen pressure and fluid level must be
____
measured with the aircraft in light configuration and heavy
configuration. This procedure does at first the light configuration
check and then the heavy configuration check. If necessary, the heavy
configuration check can be done first followed by the light
configuration check in Task 12-12-32-610-002.
NOTE : To get the necessary weight and Center of Gravity (CG) configuration
____
for this task, refer to TSM Task 32-31-00-810-876. This task will
give the H values for each aircraft weight and CG.
____
R NOTE : As an alternative procedure to check the NLG shock absorber charge

____
R pressure and fluid level, you can do Task 12-12-32-610-001 or Task
R 12-12-32-610-001-01, you must jack the aircraft.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A321
Nov 01/10

SYR
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

32-00-00-081-002 Removal of the Safety Devices from the Landing Gear
Doors
Gears
Gear Doors

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A322
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-12-32-991-001 Fig. 301

12-12-32-991-012 Fig. 302
12-12-32-991-034 Fig. 303
12-12-32-991-041 Fig. 304
12-12-32-991-042 Fig. 305
12-12-32-991-026 Fig. 317
12-12-32-991-039 Fig. 318
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-12-32-941-076
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).


the NLG doors.
Subtask 12-12-32-010-057
B. Get Access
_______
CLEAR.
(2) Install the SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR in the linkage of each forward NLG
door (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A323
May 01/11
R
SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 318/TASK 12-12-32-991-039)
Subtask 12-12-32-614-085
A. Measure the NLG Shock Absorber Nitrogen Pressure and Fluid Level in Light
Aircraft Configuration.

____
the A/C).

(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)

____
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034, 317/TASK 12-12-32-991-026)
_______
aircraft is not in a correct configuration. Put the aircraft in a
light configuration so that dimension H is between H3 and H4.
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034, 317/TASK 12-12-32-991-026)

follows:
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001, 302/TASK 12-12-32-991-012)
(12).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A324
May 01/11

SYR
NLG Maintenance Plan - Aircraft in Light Configuration to Start
R Figure 318/TASK 12-12-32-991-039

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A325
Nov 01/10

SYR

____
than 3 m (9.84 ft.) long. A filling hose length of more
than 3 m (9.84 ft.) will decrease pressure measurement
accuracy.
ASSEMBLY.
FILLING ASSEMBLY.
nitrogen.
_______
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)
(6).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A326
May 01/11

SYR
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
extension.
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-12-32-991-041, 305/TASK 12-12-32-991-042)
0.5 bar (7.2518 psi).

leaks.
(10) Read and record the pressure shown on the pressure gage (10).
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)

(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-12-32-991-041, 305/TASK 12-12-32-991-042)
(15) If the correct dimension H is the same as the value recorded in step
(13) plus or minus 10 mm (0.3937 in.), go to step (17).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A327
May 01/11

SYR
(16) If the difference between the recorded dimension H and the correct H
value is higher than 10 mm (0.3937 in.), proceed as follows:
_______
ABSORBER PRESSURE.
(b) Inflate the shock absorber until it gets to the correct dimension
H plus or minus 10 mm (0.3937 in.).
(d) Let the shock absorber become stable, continue after fifteen
minutes.
(e) Open the control valve (19) on the three-way valve (10).
(f) Measure and record the pressure shown on the pressure gage (10)
and the shock absorber extension, dimension H.
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
(h) Use the new recorded pressure and temperature values to identify
the correct dimension H for the shock absorber extension in the
related table.
(i) Do steps (a) to (h) again until the dimension H is the same as
the correct H value read at step (14)(h) plus or minus 10 mm
(0.3937 in.).
(17) When the dimension H is correct, turn the wrench (9) clockwise to
close the charging valve (6).
(18) Close the control valve of the nitrogen source. Open the control
valve (13) on the three-way valve (12) to release the pressure in the
charging system.
NOTE : Do not remove

____ the charging equipment and the filling assembly
if you do the heavy configuration measurement after the light
configuration measurement. If you do not remove the charging
equipment and the filling assembly, go to Para.4.B.

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A328
Nov 01/10

SYR
(19) Remove the nitrogen source hose (18) from the nitrogen source.
(20) Remove the pressure gage (10).
70.79 lbf.in).

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.

Subtask 12-12-32-614-087
B. Measure the NLG Shock Absorber Nitrogen Pressure and Fluid Level in Heavy
Aircraft Configuration.
NOTE : The heavy aircraft pressure/stroke measurement must be done less

____
than 8 days after the light aircraft pressure/stroke measurement.

(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)
(Ref. Fig. 317/TASK 12-12-32-991-026)
_______

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A329
May 01/11

SYR
aircraft is not in a suitable configuration. Put the aircraft in a
heavy configuration so that dimension H is between H1 and H2.
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034, 317/TASK 12-12-32-991-026)

follows:
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001, 302/TASK 12-12-32-991-012)
(12).

____
ASSEMBLY.
FILLING ASSEMBLY.
nitrogen.
_______
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A330
May 01/11

SYR
(6).

(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
extension.
0.5 bar (7.2518 psi).

leaks.
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-12-32-991-012)
(11) Turn the wrench (9) clockwise to close the charging valve (6).

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A331
Nov 01/10

SYR
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001)

(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-034)
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-12-32-991-041, 305/TASK 12-12-32-991-042)
(16) If the recorded dimension H is the same as the correct H value plus
or minus 10 mm (0.3937 in.), go to step (18).
(17) If the difference between the values is higher than 10 mm (0.3937

in.), do the NLG shock absorber oil replenishment and nitrogen
filling procedure (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-005).
(18) If the pressure and the extension are correctly related, remove the
pressure gage (10).
70.79 lbf.in).

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.


EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A332
May 01/11

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-12-32-410-057
A. Close Access
door (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-081-002).
Subtask 12-12-32-942-075

EFF :

ALL 12-12-32

Page A333
Nov 01/10

SYR
OIL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________
1. _______
General
This section provides instructions related to oil replenishing of the engine
and the accessories such as the IDG, the pneumatic starter etc...

EFF :

ALL 12-13-00

Page 1
May 01/98

SYR
ELECTRICAL POWER - SERVICING
____________________________
TASK 12-13-24-680-010
Draining of the Oil from the IDG
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU WORK ON THE ENGINE COMPONENTS IMMEDIATELY AFTER
_______
THE ENGINE IS SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE COMPONENTS CAN STAY HOT FOR UP TO
ONE HOUR.
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES, INSULATED GLOVES AND OTHER PROTECTIVE CLOTHES.

_______
HOT OIL CAN BURN YOUR EYES AND SKIN.
IF OIL TOUCHES YOUR EYES OR SKIN, GET MEDICAL AID.
CAUTION : DO NOT OPERATE THE IDG:

_______
- IF IT CONTAINS TOO MUCH OIL
- IF IT DOES NOT CONTAIN ENOUGH OIL
IF YOU DO, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE IDG.
CAUTION : DO NOT DO THE SERVICING OF A DISCONNECTED IDG. CONTINUED OPERATION OF

_______
A DEFECTIVE IDG CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
No specific TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP
R No specific 1 CONTAINER 10 L(2 1/2 USGAL)
R No specific 1 FILLING EQUIPMENT - TANK OIL, DH13PM TYP
No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 301
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. V02-119 *

Lockwire (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. 03-002 GB DEF-STAN 91-101
LUBRICATING OIL TURBINE ENGINE SYNT BASE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 packing 24-21-51 81A-020
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-13-24-612-011 IDG Servicing - Filling of the IDG with Oil or

Addition of Oil after a Level Check
12-32-24-281-001 Sampling of the IDG Oil for Analysis
24-21-00-612-044 Servicing of the IDG after Oil Chemical Contamination
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
R
12-13-24-991-152 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-24-861-056
A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 302
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 12-13-24-941-060
(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:
(a) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to start

the engine.
(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.
(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:
(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.
(b) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to

energize the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 12-13-24-010-058
C. Open the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):
(1) FOR 1000EM1

437AL, 438AR
(2) FOR 1000EM2

447AL, 448AR.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-24-991-152)
Subtask 12-13-24-864-057
A. Depressurization of the Integrated Drive Generator (IDG) Case
R WARNING : POINT THE OVERFLOW DRAIN HOSE INTO A CONTAINER WHEN YOU CONNECT
_______
R THE HOSE TO THE OVERFLOW DRAIN HALF-COUPLING. THIS WILL PREVENT
BURNS FROM THE HOT OIL SPRAY. HOT OIL CAN CAUSE BURNS TO EYES
AND SKIN.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE DEVICES OTHER THAN THE APPROVED OVERFLOW DRAIN-HOSE
_______
FITTING. HARD METAL OBJECTS SUCH AS SCREWDRIVERS CAN CAUSE
R DAMAGE TO THE OVERFLOW DRAIN HALF-COUPLING SEAT.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 303
Aug 01/11

SYR
IDG Servicing - IDG Drain and Fill Ports
Figure 301/TASK 12-13-24-991-152

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 304
May 01/11
R
SYR
(1) Put a CONTAINER 10 L(2 1/2 USGAL) below the IDG (2).
R (2) Remove the dust cap (4) from the overflow drain half-coupling (7).
(3) Put the end of the overflow drain hose (6) of the FILLING EQUIPMENT -
TANK OIL, DH13PM TYP in the CONTAINER 10 L(2 1/2 USGAL).
(4) Do this step to depressurize the IDG case:
R (a) Connect the overflow drain hose (6) of the FILLING EQUIPMENT -
R TANK OIL, DH13PM TYP to the overflow drain half-coupling (7).
NOTE : Some oil can come out of the overflow drain hose (6) of
____
the FILLING EQUIPMENT - TANK OIL, DH13PM TYP when you
connect it.
Subtask 12-13-24-680-055-A
B. Draining of the IDG Oil
_______
(1) Cut and remove the lockwire from the case drain plug (5).
NOTE : Approximately 3.965 l (1.0474 USgal) of oil will flow into the
____
container.
(2) Remove the case drain plug (5).
(3) Remove the packing (3) and discard it.
(4) Drain the oil.
(a) If the drained oil has a fuel odor, do the servicing of the IDG
after oil chemical contamination (Ref. TASK 24-21-00-612-044).
(b) If you think that the condition of the drained oil is not
correct, do a sampling of the IDG oil for analysis (Ref. TASK 12-
32-24-281-001).
Subtask 12-13-24-640-052
C. Lubricate the new packing (3) with OILS (Material No. 03-002).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 305
Aug 01/11

SYR
Subtask 12-13-24-420-057
D. Installation of the Case Drain Plug
(1) Install the new O-ring (3) on the case drain plug (5).
(2) Install the case drain plug (5).
(3) TORQUE the case drain plug (5) to between 55 and 75 lbf.in (0.62 and
0.84 m.daN).
(4) Safety the case drain plug (5) with Lockwire (Material No. V02-119)
0.032 in. (0.8127 mm) dia..
Subtask 12-13-24-420-064
E. Installation of the Dust Cap
(1) Disconnect the overflow drain hose (6) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL
R FILLING UP from the overflow drain half-coupling (7).
R (2) Install the dust cap (4) on the overflow drain half-coupling (7).
Subtask 12-13-24-612-064
F. Fill the IDG with oil or add oil to the IDG after a level check
(Ref. TASK 12-13-24-612-011), if you must not remove the IDG.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-24-410-061
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):
(a) FOR 1000EM1

437AL, 438AR
(b) FOR 1000EM2

447AL, 448AR.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 306
Aug 01/11

SYR
Subtask 12-13-24-862-056
R B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 307
May 01/11

SYR
TASK 12-13-24-612-011
IDG Servicing - Filling of the IDG with Oil or Addition of Oil after a Level
Check
_______
ONE HOUR.

_______

_______
CAUTION : USE ONLY NEW CANS OF OIL WHEN YOU FILL THE IDG WITH OIL OR ADD OIL TO
_______
THE IDG.
THE CONTAMINATION IN OIL THAT STAYS IN OPEN CANS CAN CAUSE FAST
DETERIORATION OF THE OIL AND WILL DECREASE THE LIFE OF THE IDG.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE SOLVENTS THAT CONTAIN CHLORINE TO CLEAN THE EQUIPMENT
_______
(PUMP, HOSES, TANK AND FUNNEL) USED TO FILL THE IDG WITH OIL.
CHLORINE CONTAMINATION OF THE OIL CAN CAUSE FAST DETERIORATION OF THE
OIL AND WILL DECREASE THE LIFE OF THE IDG.

_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
You must do this procedure if you:

R - Fill an Integrated Drive Generator (IDG) installed on the aircraft after
R you drained it
R - Fill a replacement IDG installed on the aircraft
R - Add oil when the oil level at the sightglass is not correct
R - Add oil after replacement of the scavenge filter element
R - Add oil after replacement of a component of the IDG oil-cooling system.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 308
May 01/11

SYR
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
No specific TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-21-00-612-047 IDG Oil-Type Change

Power
the External Power
71-00-00-710-043 Normal Engine Automatic Start Procedure
71-00-00-710-045 Test No.1 : Dry Motor Leak Check
R
12-13-24-991-150 Fig. 302

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 309
May 01/11

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-24-861-055

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
Subtask 12-13-24-941-062
R B. Safety Precautions
R
R (a) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to start

the engine.
R (b) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to

energize the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 12-13-24-010-059
(1) FOR 1000EM1

437AL, 438AR
(2) FOR 1000EM2

447AL, 448AR
R

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 310
May 01/11

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-13-24-991-150)
Subtask 12-13-24-864-058
A. Depressurization of the IDG Case
_______
AND SKIN.
_______
(1) Put a CONTAINER 10 L(2 1/2 USGAL) below the IDG (2).
TANK OIL, DH13PM TYP in the CONTAINER 10 L(2 1/2 USGAL).
R (a) Connect the overflow drain hose (3) of the FILLING EQUIPMENT -
R TANK OIL, DH13PM TYP to the overflow drain half-coupling (8).
NOTE : Some oil can come out of the overflow drain hose (3) of
____
the FILLING EQUIPMENT - TANK OIL, DH13PM TYP when you
connect it.
Subtask 12-13-24-612-059
B. Filling of the IDG with Oil
CAUTION : USE ONLY APPROVED TYPES/BRANDS OF LUBRICANTS. DO NOT MIX

_______
TYPES//BRANDS OF LUBRICANTS.
CAUTION : THE OIL OVERFLOW DRAINAGE PROCEDURE CAN TAKE UP TO 20 MINUTES

_______
TO COMPLETE. FAILURE TO OBSERVE THE OVERFLOW TIME REQUIREMENTS
CAN CAUSE HIGH IDG OIL LEVEL CONDITION RESULTING IN ELEVATED
OPERATING TEMPERATURES AND DAMAGE TO THE IDG.
NOTE : In case of OIL type/brand change, refer to (Ref. TASK 24-21-00-

____
612-047).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 311
Aug 01/11

SYR
R IDG - Servicing
R Figure 302/TASK 12-13-24-991-150- 12 (SHEET 1)

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 312
Feb 01/00

SYR
R IDG - Servicing

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 313
Feb 01/00

SYR
NOTE : In rain, fog or wet conditions, be careful to prevent water
____
contamination of the IDG oil during the filling procedure.
(1) Remove the dust cap (6) from the pressure fill half-coupling (7).
(2) Connect the pressure fill hose (5) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING
UP to the pressure fill half-coupling (7).
(3) Fill the IDG with the filtered OILS (Material No. 03-002) at a
maximum of 35 psi (2.4131 bar).
NOTE : The AMM 20-34-00 gives a list of oil brand-names approved for
____
IDG servicing.
(4) Stop the filling procedure when the quantity of oil collected from
the overflow drain hose (3) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP is
0.95 l (0.2509 USgal) minimum.
Subtask 12-13-24-080-058
C. Removal of the Hoses
(1) Disconnect the pressure fill hose (5) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL
FILLING UP from the pressure fill half-coupling (7).
(2) Install the dust cap (6) on the pressure fill half-coupling (7).
(3) When only drops of oil come out of the overflow drain hose (3) of the
TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP , remove the hose (3).
(4) Install the dust cap (4) on the overflow drain half-coupling (8).
Subtask 12-13-24-710-053
D. If you replaced a part of the oil system (filter, external system

component, drain plug), do dry motoring for leak check before inspection
(Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-045).
Subtask 12-13-24-210-054
E. Inspection of the Oil Level
NOTE : Before you do a check of the oil level, we recommend that you do
____
dry motoring for two minutes (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-045).
R Alternatively, you can do the check after an engine run at minimum
R idle (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-043). This is to make sure that you
R get maximum filling of the external oil system.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 314
Aug 01/11

SYR
R NOTE : The IDG oil temperature is shown on the lower ECAM display unit.
____
R When the oil temperature is the same as the ambient air
R temperature, the oil is cold. When the oil temperature is more
R than the ambient air temperature, the oil is hot.
(1) Inspection of the oil level with dry motoring
CAUTION : IF YOU DRY-MOTOR THE ENGINE, MAKE SURE THAT THE OIL LEVEL
_______
IS STABLE BEFORE YOU DO THE INSPECTION. IN AMBIENT AIR
TEMPERATURES OF LESS THAN 20⁰C, THE OIL LEVEL WILL BECOME
STABLE ONLY AFTER 30 MINUTES. THUS THE LEVEL INDICATIONS ON
THE SIGHTGLASS WILL NOT BE CORRECT BEFORE THE END OF THIS
PERIOD. IF YOU ADD OIL WHEN IT IS NOT NECESSARY, THERE IS A
RISK THAT YOU WILL CAUSE FAILURE OF THE IDG.
(a) Let the oil in the IDG become stable.
(b) Look at the oil level sightglass of the IDG:
1
_ If the oil is cold:
- If the oil level is at or near the top of the green band,
oil servicing is not necessary.
- If the oil level is below the green band, do the steps 4.A.
thru 4.D. again.
- If the oil level is above the green band, do the steps 4.A.
and 4.C. again.
2
_ If the oil is hot:
- If the oil level is at or near the top of the yellow band,
- If the oil level is below the yellow band, do the steps 4.A.
thru 4.D. again.
- If the oil level is above the yellow band, do the steps 4.A.
and 4.C. again.
NOTE : After oil level correction, no further dry motoring is

____
necessary.
(2) Inspection of the oil level after an engine run (alternative

procedure)
(a) Let the oil in the IDG become stable for 5 minutes.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 315
Aug 01/11

SYR
(b) Look at the oil level sightglass of the IDG:
1
_ If the oil is cold:
- If the oil level is at or near of the top of the green band,
- If the oil level is below the green band, do the steps 4.A.
thru 4.D. again.
- If the oil level is above the green band, do the steps 4.A.
and 4.C. again.
2
_ If the oil is hot:
- If the oil level is at or near of the top of the yellow
band, oil servicing is not necessary.
- If the oil level is below the yellow band, do the steps 4.A.
thru 4.D. again.
- If the oil level is above the yellow band, do the steps 4.A.
thru 4.C. again.
NOTE : After oil level correction, no further engine run is

____
necessary.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-24-410-057
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):
(a) FOR 1000EM1

437AL, 438AR
(b) FOR 1000EM2

447AL, 448AR
Subtask 12-13-24-862-055
B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 316
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
TASK 12-13-24-612-010
Do Quick Oil Servicing - Filling of the Integrated Drive Generator (IDG) with
Oil for Oil Complement after Level Check
_______
ONE HOUR.

_______

_______
CAUTION : USE ONLY NEW CANS OF OIL WHEN YOU FILL THE IDG WITH OIL OR ADD OIL TO
_______
THE IDG.
THE CONTAMINATION IN OIL THAT STAYS IN OPEN CANS CAN CAUSE FAST
DETERIORATION OF THE OIL AND WILL DECREASE THE LIFE OF THE IDG.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE SOLVENTS THAT CONTAIN CHLORINE TO CLEAN THE EQUIPMENT
_______
(PUMP, HOSES, TANK AND FUNNEL) USED TO FILL THE IDG WITH OIL.
CHLORINE CONTAMINATION OF THE OIL CAN CAUSE FAST DETERIORATION OF THE
OIL AND WILL DECREASE THE LIFE OF THE IDG.

_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure is for quick adjustment of the IDG oil level during transit
only if there is no time to do the normal procedure.
With this oil servicing procedure, it is not necessary to let the oil drain
from the overflow drain hose for approximately 20 minutes.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 317
May 01/11
R
SYR
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
No specific warning notice
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-21-00-612-047 IDG Oil-Type Change

Power
the External Power
R
12-13-24-991-151 Fig. 303
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-24-861-052

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 318
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 12-13-24-941-054
(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.
(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).
Subtask 12-13-24-010-052
(1) FOR 1000EM1

437AL, 438AR
(2) FOR 1000EM2

447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-13-24-991-151)
Subtask 12-13-24-864-052
_______
AND SKIN.
_______
(1) Put a CONTAINER 10 L(2 1/2 USGAL) (3) below the IDG.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 319
Aug 01/11

SYR
R Quick Oil Servicing - IDG

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 320
Feb 01/00

SYR
R Quick Oil Servicing - IDG

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 321
Feb 01/00

SYR
TANK OIL, DH13PM TYP in the container CONTAINER 10 L(2 1/2 USGAL)
(3).
(4) Depressurize the IDG case. To do this, connect the overflow drain
R hose (2) of the FILLING EQUIPMENT - TANK OIL, DH13PM TYP to the
R overflow drain half-coupling (7). Some oil can come out of the
R overflow drain hose (2) when you connect it.
Subtask 12-13-24-612-050
B. Filling of the IDG with Oil
CAUTION : USE ONLY APPROVED TYPES/BRANDS OF LUBRICANTS. DO NOT MIX

_______
TYPES//BRANDS OF LUBRICANTS.
NOTE : In case of OIL type/brand change, refer to (Ref. TASK 24-21-00-

____
612-047).
NOTE : In rain, fog or wet conditions, you must use precautions to

____
prevent water contamination of the IDG oil during filling
procedures.
NOTE : The AMM 20-34-00 gives a list of approved oil brand-names for IDG
____
servicing.
(1) Remove the dust cap (5) from the pressure fill half-coupling (6).
(2) Connect the pressure fill hose (4) of the FILLING EQUIPMENT - TANK
OIL, DH13PM TYP to the pressure fill half-coupling (6).
(3) Slowly pump the filtered OILS (Material No. 03-002) into the IDG to
35 psi (2.4131 bar) maximum.
(4) Stop this operation when the oil level in the sightglass (8) is at
the top of the green band.
NOTE : There is a delay between the oil complement and the oil level
____
change in the sightglass.
NOTE : Look at the oil level sightglass of the IDG:

____
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-13-24-991-151)

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 322
Aug 01/11

SYR
- the oil level must be at or near the line between the yellow
band and the green band,
- if the oil level is above this position, do the normal
procedure of oil replenishing to adjust the oil level.
Subtask 12-13-24-020-057
C. Removal of Hoses
R (1) Remove the pressure fill hose (4) of the FILLING EQUIPMENT - TANK
R OIL, DH13PM TYP from the pressure fill half-coupling (6).
R (2) Install the dust cap (5) on the pressure fill half-coupling (6).
R (3) Remove the overflow drain hose (2) from the overflow drain
R half-coupling (7).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-24-410-052
A. Close Access
items.
R
R (2) Close the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):
(a) FOR 1000EM1

437AL, 438AR
(b) FOR 1000EM2

447AL, 448AR
Subtask 12-13-24-862-052

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-24

Page 323
May 01/11

SYR
FLIGHT CONTROLS - SERVICING
___________________________
TASK 12-13-27-612-001
Oil Replenishment of the THS Actuator (9CE)
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
0U145506 1 CONE - MOUNTING, THS ACTUATOR
0U190363 1 TOOL - FILL, THSA

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 301
Nov 01/10

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

LUBRICATING OIL TURBINE SYNTHETIC BASE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R LOCKWIRE STAINLSS ST L OR NICKEL ALLOY
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 o-ring 27-44-51 02 -100
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-41-00-220-003 Check of the Zero Adjustment of the THS

29-10-00-864-001 Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System
29-23-00-863-001 Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow
Hydraulic System through the PTU with the Electric
Pump
29-23-00-863-002 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System from the Green
Hydraulic System through the PTU with the Ground
Service Cart
12-13-27-991-001 Fig. 301

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 302
Nov 01/09

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-27-991-001)
Subtask 12-13-27-941-052
R (1) Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S)S in position.
Subtask 12-13-27-860-051
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Pressurise the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-
23-00-863-001) and (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-002).
(2) Move the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) fully UP to fully DOWN
more than three times then back to the zero position (Ref. TASK 27-
41-00-220-003).
(3) Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-
00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002).
R (4) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to

pressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems.
the THS.
NOTE : At approximately one hour (after the last movement of the THS
____
actuator) you can do a check of the level of the oil. This
time is necessary for the level of the oil to become stable.
The level of the oil in the THS actuator housing changes with
differences in the housing temperature. At a THS actuator
housing temperature of 20 deg.C (68.00 deg.F) the level of the
oil must be at the maximum mark.
(6) On the tail cone, make sure the THS is opposite the 0 mark.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 303
Nov 01/10

SYR
THS Actuator
Figure 301/TASK 12-13-27-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 304
Nov 01/03
R
SYR
Subtask 12-13-27-865-051
C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY 15CE1 B11
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2 19CE2 B09
105VU FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY 16CE1 A01
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3 19CE3 Q17
Subtask 12-13-27-010-053
D. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT) in position below zone 310.
(2) Open the access door 312AR.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-27-991-001)
Subtask 12-13-27-612-050
R A. Oil Replenishment of the THS Actuator
_______
(1) Remove the cap (4) from the oil fill plug (3).
(2) Install the TOOL - FILL, THSA (0U190363) on the oil fill plug (3).
(3) If necessary (or if the THS actuator gearbox was drained), cut and
discard the lockwire from the plug (1).
(4) Remove the plug (1) and the O-ring (2). Discard the O-ring (2).
R (5) Monitor the oil level indicator (5) and fill the THS actuator gearbox
R with Material No: OILS (Material No. 03-003), until the quantity is
R correct. The correct quantity is when the oil level is at the MAXI
R mark.
R (6) Remove the TOOL - FILL, THSA (0U190363).
R (7) Clean the cap (4) with a clean lint free cloth MISCELLANEOUS

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 305
May 01/09

SYR
(8) Install the cap (4).
(9) If the plug (1) has been removed, do the steps that follow:
(a) Make sure that the plug (1) and the plug interface are clean.
R (b) Apply OILS (Material No. 03-003) to the new o-ring (2).
R (c) Install the new o-ring (2) on the plug (1) with CONE - MOUNTING,
THS ACTUATOR (0U145506).
(d) Install the plug (1) on the THS actuator.
(e) TORQUE the plug (1) to between 1.4 and 1.6 m.daN (10.32 and 11.79
lbf.ft).
(f) Safety the plug (1) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-018).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-27-410-052
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access door 312AR.
Subtask 12-13-27-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
15CE1, 16CE1, 19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3.
Subtask 12-13-27-942-051

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 306
May 01/09

SYR
TASK 12-13-27-612-002
Oil Replenishment of the Flap PCU (6201CM) Gearbox
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
No specific container 1 l (0.2641 USgal)
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
R LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 307
May 01/11

SYR
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 packing 27-84-51 01 -250
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-13-27-991-002 Fig. 302
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-13-27-991-002)
Subtask 12-13-27-941-053

- Make sure that the landing-gear control-lever 6GA is in the DOWN
position.
- Put the warning notice in position to tell persons not to operate
the landing gear or the landing gear doors.
Subtask 12-13-27-010-054
B. Get Access
(1) Open the main gear door (RH) (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
R (2) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is on the
applicable main gear door actuator.

R

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 308
May 01/08

SYR
Flap Power-Control Unit (6201CM)
Figure 302/TASK 12-13-27-991-002

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 309
May 01/08
R
SYR
Subtask 12-13-27-864-050
C. Depressurize the Hydraulic Systems
00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002).
Subtask 12-13-27-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND MONG/SYS1 6CV B07
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND/MONG/SYS2 8CV Q21
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-13-27-991-002)
Subtask 12-13-27-612-051
A. Oil Replenishment of the Flap PCU Gearbox
(1) Put a container below the flap PCU.
(2) Remove the oil-fill plug (1).
(3) Remove and discard the packing (2).
(4) Slowly add OILS (Material No. 03-003) to the flap PCU gearbox while
measuring the quantity of oil being added. Immediately stop adding
oil when the oil starts to come out of the oil-fill hole.
NOTE : Record the quantity of oil added to the PCU gearbox. If:
____
- less than 50 cm3 (3.05 in.3) of oil was added, no
maintenance action is necessary
- between 50 cm3 (3.05 in.3) and 70 cm3 (4.27 in.3) of oil was
added, replace the PCU at (or before) the next scheduled
maintenance check. This must be no more than 600 flight
hours or 750 flight cycles or 100 days.
- more than 70 cm3 (4.27 in.3) of oil was added, replace the
PCU before 20 flight cycles have been completed.
R (5) Clean the oil-fill plug (1) with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
R 19-003).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 310
May 01/11

SYR
(6) Lubricate the new packing (2) with OILS (Material No. 03-003).
(7) Install the new packing (2) on the oil-fill plug (1).
(8) Install the oil-fill plug (1) and TORQUE it to between 2.0 and 2.5
m.daN (14.74 and 18.43 lbf.ft).
(9) Remove the unwanted oil from near the oil-fill plug (1) with a clean
cloth.
(10) Examine the packing (2) for signs of an oil leak.
(11) Remove the container.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-27-410-053
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the main gear door (RH) (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).
Subtask 12-13-27-865-054
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV.
Subtask 12-13-27-942-055

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 311
May 01/10
R
SYR
TASK 12-13-27-612-003
Oil Replenishment of the Slat PCU (6001CM) Gearbox
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)

R

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 312
May 01/11

SYR
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 packing 27-84-51 01 -250
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-13-27-991-003 Fig. 303
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-13-27-991-003)
Subtask 12-13-27-941-054

- Make sure that the landing-gear control-lever 6GA is in the DOWN
position.
- Put the warning notice in position to tell persons not to operate
the landing gear or the landing gear doors.
Subtask 12-13-27-010-055
B. Get Access
(1) Open the main gear door (RH) (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
(2) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is on the
applicable main gear door actuator.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 313
May 01/11
R
SYR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-13-27

Page 314
May 01/11

SYR
Slat Power-Control Unit (6001CM)
Figure 303/TASK 12-13-27-991-003

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 315
May 01/06
R
SYR
Subtask 12-13-27-864-051
C. Depressurize the Hydraulic Systems
00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002).
Subtask 12-13-27-865-055
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND MONG/SYS1 5CV B06
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2 7CV R21
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-13-27-991-003)
Subtask 12-13-27-612-052
R A. Oil Replenishment of the Slat PCU Gearbox
(1) Put a container below the slat PCU gearbox.
(2) Remove the oil-fill plug (1).
(3) Remove and discard the packing (2).
(4) Slowly add OILS (Material No. 03-003) to the slat PCU gearbox while
measuring the quantity of oil being added. Immediately stop adding
oil when the oil starts to come out of the oil-fill hole.
NOTE : Record the quantity of oil added to the PCU gearbox. If:
____
- less than 50 cm3 (3.05 in.3) of oil was added no maintenance
action is necessary
- between 50 cm3 (3.05 in.3) and 70 cm3 (4.27 in.3) was added,
replace the PCU at (or before) the next scheduled
maintenance check. This must be no more than 600 flight
R hours or 750 flight cycles or 100 days.
- more than 70 cm3 (4.27 in.3) of oil was added, replace the
R PCU before 20 flight cycles have been completed.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 316
May 01/10

SYR
R (5) Clean the oil-fill plug (1) with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
R 19-003).
(6) Lubricate the new packing (2) with OILS (Material No. 03-003).
(7) Install the new packing (2) on the oil-fill plug (1).
(8) Install the oil-fill plug (1) and TORQUE it to between 2.0 and 2.5
m.daN (14.74 and 18.43 lbf.ft).
(9) Remove the unwanted oil from near the oil-fill plug (1) with a clean
cloth.
(10) Examine the packing (2) for signs of an oil leak.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-27-410-054
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the main gear door (RH) (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).
Subtask 12-13-27-865-056
breaker(s):
5CV, 7CV.
Subtask 12-13-27-942-056

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 317
May 01/11

SYR
TASK 12-13-27-612-004
Drain and Refill Offset Gearboxes of Rotary Actuators with Semi-fluid
_______
_______
GEAR.
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:
_______
- DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
- DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
- MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY.
INCORRECT INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
R A663160 1 REPLENISHMENT KIT
460005835 1 SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK
98D27803000000 1 LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION
FOR FIN 6205CM, 6255CM
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
FOR FIN 6211CM
FOR FIN 6261CM

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 318
May 01/09

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR FIN 6221CM

FOR FIN 6271CM
FOR FIN 6233CM
FOR FIN 6283CM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

LUBRICANT, SEMIFLUID (Ref. 20-31-00)
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 11-026 GB DEF-STAN 68-148/1
R SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-50-00-866-008 Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

12-13-27-991-004 Fig. 304
FOR FIN 6205CM, 6255CM
FOR FIN 6211CM
57-51-37-000-002 Removal of the Access Panels 573AB(673AB),
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB), 573EB(673EB)
57-51-37-400-002 Installation of the Access Panels 573AB(673AB),
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB) 573EB(673EB)
FOR FIN 6261CM

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 319
Aug 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB), 573EB(673EB)
R 573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB) 573EB(673EB)
FOR FIN 6221CM
57-51-37-000-004 Removal of the Access Panels
575AB/575BB/575CB/575DB/575EB/575FB/575GB/575HB
(675AB/675BB/675CB/675DB/675EB/675FB/675GB/675HB)
57-51-37-400-004 Installation of the Access Panels
575AB/575BB/575CB/575DB/575EB/575FB/575GB/ 575HB
FOR FIN 6271CM
FOR FIN 6233CM
FOR FIN 6283CM

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 320
Nov 01/09

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-13-27-991-004)
Subtask 12-13-27-941-055
R (1) Put a warning notice in position in the cockpit to tell persons not
R to operate the flight controls.
(2) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear doors.
Subtask 12-13-27-860-052
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE
_______
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS
AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1) Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008).
(2) Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION
(98D27803000000) is in position on the slat/flap control lever.
Subtask 12-13-27-865-057
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-13-27-010-056
D. Get Access
(1) FOR 6205CM, 6255CM
(a) Open the applicable Main Landing Gear (MLG) door 734, 744
(Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 321
May 01/08

SYR
Flap Actuators - Tracks 1, 2, 3 and 4

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 322
Nov 01/02
R
SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 323
Nov 01/02
R
SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 324
Nov 01/02
R
SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 325
Nov 01/02
R
SYR
R (b) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is installed.
(c) Put an access platform in position in the applicable MLG bay.
(2) FOR 6211CM
(a) Put an access platform below zone 573.
(b) Remove the access panel 573AB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002).
(3) FOR 6261CM
(b) Remove the access panel 673AB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002).
(4) FOR 6221CM
(b) Remove the access panel 575BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004).
(5) FOR 6271CM
(b) Remove the access panel 675BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004).
(6) FOR 6233CM
(b) Remove the access panel 575FB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004).
(7) FOR 6283CM
(b) Remove the access panel 675FB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 326
May 01/08

SYR
4. Procedure
_________

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
CAUTION : DO NOT GET SEMI-FLUID LUBRICANT ON PLASTIC OR RUBBER MATERIALS.

_______
SEMI-FLUID LUBRICANT CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE. REMOVE
UNWANTED SEMI-FLUID LUBRICANT WITH A LINT FREE CLOTH.
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 12-13-27-612-053
R A. Replenishment of the offset gearboxes of the No.1 flap actuators

(6205CM,6255CM)
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-13-27-991-004)
R (1) Use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
R AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the area around the vent plug
(1), and the drain plug (2).
(2) Remove the vent plug (1), and the drain plug (2).
(3) Use the REPLENISHMENT KIT (A663160) to fill the applicable flap
actuator, as follows:
(a) Install the vent plug adaptor 3/8 UNF (A663159/1) to the vent
plug hole of the applicable flap actuator.
(b) Install the drain plug adaptor 3/8 UNF (A663159/1) to the drain
(c) Assemble the semi-fluid pump (A663130/3) to the semi-fluid

container (A663130/7).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 327
Aug 01/11

SYR
(d) Connect the supply hose from the semi-fluid pump to the drain
plug adaptor.
(e) Assemble the waste lid (A663130/5) to the used fluid container
(A663130/6).
(f) Connect the waste hose from the waste lid to the vent plug
adaptor.
(g) Use the semi-fluid pump to slowly fill the applicable flap
actuator.
(h) Continue to fill the applicable flap actuator until clean COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-025) flows from the waste hose.
(i) Disconnect the supply hose from the drain plug adaptor.
(j) Disconnect the waste hose from the vent plug adaptor.
(k) Connect the waste hose to the drain plug adaptor.
(l) Use the empty oil gun (A663130/4) to pressurize the applicable
flap actuator with air, as follows:
1
_ Connect the oil gun hose to the vent plug adaptor, slowly
pressurize the applicable flap actuator.
2
_ Continue to supply air, until air only is released from the
waste hose. Stop the air supply.
3
_ Remove the oil gun hose and the vent plug adaptor.
4
_ Remove the waste hose and the drain plug adaptor.
5
_ Clean the applicable component interfaces and the adjacent
area with a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist
R with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
6
_ Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component
are clean and in the correct condition.
7
_ Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the
adjacent area.
8
_ Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the vent plug

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 328
Aug 01/11

SYR
9
_ Install the vent plug (1), and the drain plug (2).
10
__ Torque the vent plug (1) to between 0.54 and 0.66 m.daN (47.78
and 58.40 lbf.in).
11
__ Torque the drain plug (2) to between 0.54 and 0.66 m.daN
(47.78 and 58.40 lbf.in).
Subtask 12-13-27-612-057
B. Replenishment of the offset gearboxes of the No.2 flap actuators

(6211CM,6261CM)
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-13-27-991-004)

plug adaptor.
(A663130/6).
adaptor.
actuator.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 329
Aug 01/11

SYR
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
adjacent area.
8
9
10
and 58.40 lbf.in).
11
(47.78 and 58.40 lbf.in).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 330
Aug 01/11

SYR
Subtask 12-13-27-612-058
C. Replenishment of the offset gearboxes of the No.3 flap actuators

(6221CM,6271CM)
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-13-27-991-004)

plug adaptor.
(A663130/6).
adaptor.
actuator.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 331
Aug 01/11

SYR
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
adjacent area.
8
9
10
and 58.40 lbf.in).
11
(31.85 and 38.93 lbf.in).
Subtask 12-13-27-612-059
D. Replenishment of the offset gearboxes of the No.4 flap actuators

(6233CM,6283CM)
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-13-27-991-004)

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 332
Aug 01/11

SYR
R (3) Use the REPLENISHMENT KIT (A663160) to fill the applicable flap

plug adaptor.
(A663130/6).
adaptor.
actuator.
1
2
3
4

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 333
May 01/09

SYR
5
6
7
adjacent area.
8
9
10
and 58.40 lbf.in).
11
(31.85 and 38.93 lbf.in).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-27-410-055
A. Close Access
items.
(2) FOR 6205CM, 6255CM
(a) Close the applicable MLG door 734, 744 (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-
001).
(3) FOR 6211CM
(a) Install the access panel 573AB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002).
(4) FOR 6261CM
(a) Install the access panel 673AB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002).
(5) FOR 6221CM
(a) Install the access panel 575BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 334
Aug 01/11

SYR
(6) FOR 6271CM
(a) Install the access panel 675BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004).
(7) FOR 6233CM
(a) Install the access panel 575FB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004).
(8) FOR 6283CM
(a) Install the access panel 675FB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004).
R (9) Remove the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK from the MLG.
Subtask 12-13-27-865-058
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV.
Subtask 12-13-27-860-053
C. Put the aircraft back to its original configuration
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1) Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION from the
slat/flap control lever.
(2) Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009).
Subtask 12-13-27-942-057
D. Removal of Equipment
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 335
May 01/08

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-13-27

Page 336
May 01/06

SYR
R APU - SERVICING
_______________
TASK 12-13-49-612-001
Check APU Oil Level and Replenish
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49-90-00-600-001 Check Oil Level and Replenish (GTCP 36-300)

49-90-00-600-004 Check Oil Level and Replenish (APS 3200)
R 49-90-00-600-007 Check Oil Level and Replenish (131-9(A))
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-49-860-054
A. Not applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-13-49-612-050
A. Oil Service for

R - GTCP 36-300 APU
(Ref. TASK 49-90-00-600-001)
- APS 3200 APU
(Ref. TASK 49-90-00-600-004)
- 131-9(A) APU
(Ref. TASK 49-90-00-600-007).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-49

Page 301
Config-1 Nov 01/10

SYR
ENGINE OIL - SERVICING
______________________
TASK 12-13-79-610-010
Drain the Engine Oil System
WARNING : DO NOT GET ENGINE OIL ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME. FLUSH THE OIL
_______
FROM YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. THE OIL IS DANGEROUS IF YOU LET IT BE
ABSORBED THROUGH YOUR SKIN AND INTO YOUR BODY.
_______
ONE HOUR.
WARNING : DO NOT REMOVE THE OIL TANK CAP FOR FIVE MINUTES AFTER THE ENGINE
_______
STOPS, TO PERMIT THE PRESSURE IN THE OIL TANK TO DECREASE.
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE ENGINE MOTOR WHEN THE OIL IS DRAINED.
_______
CAUTION : DO NOT LET ENGINE FUEL OR OIL FALL ON THE ENGINE. UNWANTED FUEL OR
_______
OIL MUST BE REMOVED IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN LINT FREE CLOTH. THE
FUEL OR OIL CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE PROTECTION AND TO SOME
PARTS.
CAUTION : DO NOT PUT OIL THAT HAS BEEN DRAINED FROM THE ENGINE BACK IN TO THE
_______
OIL SYSTEM.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific container minimum capacity 10 USgal (40 l)

R No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
R (0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)

EFF :

ALL 12-13-79

Page 301
Nov 01/09

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

lockwire (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-039 USA MIL-L-23699
lubricant (engine oil) (Ref. 70-30-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11 packing 72-60-21 80 -020

17 packing 79-22-44 80 -020
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-13-79-610-012 Prime the Engine Oil System

70-23-11-911-013 General Torque Tightening Techniques
70-23-13-911-010 Procedures for the Installation of Preformed Packings
70-40-11-911-014 Locking Devices General Information
79-22-45-000-011 Removal of the Magnetic Chip Detector Housing
79-22-45-400-011 Installation of the Magnetic Chip Detector Housing
12-13-79-991-150 Fig. 301
12-13-79-991-151 Fig. 302
12-13-79-991-152 Fig. 303
12-13-79-991-153 Fig. 304
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-79-941-060

EFF :

ALL 12-13-79

Page 302
May 01/03
R
SYR
1(2).
Subtask 12-13-79-010-062
B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-13-79-680-057
A. Drain the engine oil system as follows:
(1) Drain the oil tank

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-79-991-150, 302/TASK 12-13-79-991-151)
(a) Put a clean container minimum capacity 10 USgal (40 l) below the
oil tank to catch the drained oil.
(b) Loosen the oil filler cap.
(c) Remove the oil tank drain plug (10) from the front flange of the
gearbox (below the oil pressure pump).
(d) Let the engine oil drain in to the container for a minimum of 10
minutes.
(e) Remove and discard the packing (11).
(f) Remove the container and discard the drained oil.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-79

Page 303
May 01/98

SYR
Oil Tank Filler Cap
Figure 301/TASK 12-13-79-991-150

EFF :

ALL 12-13-79

Page 304
May 01/98

SYR
Oil Tank and Oil Pressure Pump Filter Drains
Figure 302/TASK 12-13-79-991-151

EFF :

ALL 12-13-79

Page 305
May 01/98

SYR
(2) Drain the external gearbox
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-79-991-150, 303/TASK 12-13-79-991-152)
(a) Put a clean container minimum capacity 10 USgal (40 l) below the
external gearbox to catch the drained oil.
(b) Remove the chip detector housing (13) and (15) (Ref. TASK 79-22-
45-000-011) and let the oil drain in to the container.
(c) Remove the container and discard the drained oil.
(3) Drain the oil scavenge filter

(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-13-79-991-153)
(a) Put a clean container minimum capacity 10 USgal (40 l) in

position below the oil scavenge filter (16) to catch the drained
oil.
(b) Remove and discard the lockwire (19) that safeties the plug (18).
(c) Remove the plug (18) and let the oil drain in to the container.
(d) Remove and discard the packing (17).
(e) Remove the container and discard the drained oil.
(4) Drain the oil pressure pump filter

(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-13-79-991-151)
(a) Put a clean container minimum capacity 10 USgal (40 l) in

position below the oil pressure pump filter to catch the drained
oil.
(b) Remove the nut (9) and let the oil drain in to the container.
(c) Remove the container and discard the drained oil.
Subtask 12-13-79-420-053
B. Install the oil pressure pump filter drain nut

(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-13-79-991-151)
(1) Install the nut (9) on to the oil pressure pump (12) filter cover.
(2) TORQUE the nut (9) to between 53 and 71 lbf.in (0.59 and 0.80 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-79

Page 306
May 01/98

SYR
External Gearbox Chip Detectors
Figure 303/TASK 12-13-79-991-152

EFF :

ALL 12-13-79

Page 307
May 01/98

SYR
Oil Scavenge Filter Drain
Figure 304/TASK 12-13-79-991-153

EFF :

ALL 12-13-79

Page 308
May 01/98

SYR
Subtask 12-13-79-420-054
C. Install the oil scavenge filter drain plug

(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-13-79-991-153)
(1) Lubricate a new packing (17) with lubricant (engine oil) (Material
No. V10-039).
(2) Install the packing (17) on to the plug (18) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-
010).
(3) Install the plug (18) in to the oil scavenge filter (16) cover.
(4) TORQUE the plug (18) to between 53 and 71 lbf.in (0.59 and 0.80
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(5) Safety the plug (18) with lockwire (Material No. V02-141) (Ref. TASK
70-40-11-911-014).
Subtask 12-13-79-420-055
D. Install the magnetic chip detector housings (13) and (15) (Ref. TASK 79-
22-45-400-011)
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-13-79-991-152)
Subtask 12-13-79-420-056
E. Install the oil tank drain plug

(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-13-79-991-151)
R (1) Apply lubricant (engine oil) (Material No. V10-039) to a new packing
R (11) and to the threads of the drain plug (10).
(2) Install the new packing (11) to the drain plug (10) (Ref. TASK 70-23-
13-911-010).
(3) Install the drain plug (10) in to the drain adapter on the oil tank
(on the front of the gearbox).
(4) TORQUE the drain plug (10) to between 53 and 71 lbf.in (0.59 and 0.80
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(5) Safety the drain plug (10) with the lockwire (Material No. V02-141)
(Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-79

Page 309
May 01/01

SYR
Subtask 12-13-79-612-058
F. Prime the Engine Oil System (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-012).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-79-410-062
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF :

ALL 12-13-79

Page 310
May 01/98

SYR
TASK 12-13-79-610-011
Check Oil Level and Replenish
_______
_______
ONE HOUR.
_______
CAUTION : IF THE ENGINE WAS STOPPED FOR MORE THAN 1 HOUR, DO THE SPECIFIC
_______
MAINTENANCE ACTION TO MAKE SURE THAT THE OIL LEVEL IS CORRECT. THIS
WILL PREVENT OVER-SERVICING IF OIL IS ADDED.
CAUTION : ADDING TOO MUCH OIL TO THE TANK CAN RESULT IN AMBER CROSS QUANTITY
_______
INDICATION WARNINGS AND SERVICE DISRUPTION.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the instructions necessary to fill the engine oil tank if
the oil level has decreased during normal engine operation.
2. ______________________
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. V10-039 USA MIL-L-23699

lubricant (engine oil) (Ref. 70-30-00)
series engine oil (Ref. 70-30-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-13-79

Page 311
Nov 01/08
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
71-00-00-710-046 Test No.2 : Wet Motor Leak Check
12-13-79-991-150 Fig. 301
12-13-79-991-154 Fig. 305
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-79-869-051
A. Check the engine oil level.
(1) Where conditions permit, the oil tank should be checked and oil
added, if necessary within a period of 5 to 60 minutes after engine
shutdown.
(2) If the engine was stopped for between 1 and 10 hours, perform an idle
run (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-046) of at least 3 minutes duration prior
to servicing to ensure the oil level indicated on the sight glass is
correct.
(3) If the engine was stopped for more than 10 hours, dry crank the
engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-045) followed by a start and idle run
of a least 3 minutes duration before servicing to ensure the oil
level indicated on the sight glass is correct.
(4) Servicing is not required prior to departure if the engine was

serviced on arrival or the oil tank sight glass shows a minimum of 23
quarts or the cockpit indication shows a minimum of 19 quarts and
pre-departure walkaround checks confirm no oil pools/drips from drain
mast.
(5) If extended cranking has been undertaken e.g. following core washing,
maintenance activity, etc, prior to servicing, run the engine at idle
(Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-046) for a minimum of 3 minutes.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-79

Page 312
Nov 01/10

SYR
Subtask 12-13-79-010-063
B. Open the oil tank servicing access panel 437BL(447BL), in the left fan
cowl 437AL(447AL).
FOR 1000EM1
437BL
FOR 1000EM2
447BL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-13-79-010-064
A. Remove the filler cap from the engine oil tank.

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-79-991-150)
(1) Lift the handle (6) to open the cap (1).
(2) Turn the handle to align the lock (3) with the slots (4).
(3) Remove the filler cap (1) from the filler neck (7).
Subtask 12-13-79-612-059
R B. Fill the engine oil tank - Gravity Filling

R (Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-13-79-991-154)
(1) Fill the engine oil tank with series engine oil (Material No. V10-
077).
(2) Make sure that the oil level sight glass shows FULL.
R NOTE : Do not fill the oil tank past the sight glass FULL level.
____
R Filling to tank overfill will result in excess oil, leading to
R amber cross indication warnings and service disruption.
Subtask 12-13-79-410-063
C. Install the oil tank filler cap

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-79-991-150)
(1) Examine the packing (2) on the filler cap (1). Replace the packing if
it is damaged (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).
(2) Apply lubricant (engine oil) (Material No. V10-039) to the packing
(2).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-79

Page 313
May 01/03

SYR
R Illustration of the Sight Glass Markings
Figure 305/TASK 12-13-79-991-154

EFF :

ALL 12-13-79

Page 314
Nov 01/04

SYR
(3) Make sure that the filler cap handle (6) is in the open position.
(4) Align the lock (3) of the cap (1) with the slots (4) in the filler
neck (7).
(5) Install the cap and turn the handle to the closed position.
(6) Lower the handle to lock the cap.
R Subtask 12-13-79-610-060
R D. Fill the Engine Oil Tank - Pressure Filling
R CAUTION : DURING FILLING OF THE OIL TANK, DO NOT EXCEED A FLOW RATE OF 50
_______
R US GAL/HR, OR OVERSERVICING MAY RESULT.
R CAUTION : REMOVAL OF THE HOSE FROM THE OVERFLOW PORT BEFORE FLOW OF OIL
_______
R HAS STOPPED WILL RESULT IN AN OVERSERVICED TANK.
R NOTE : Use of a transparent plastic hose will allow detection of oil at

____
R the overflow port (oil tank full) and give a quicker visual
R indication to stop the filling operation.
R (1) Remove the two protective caps, one on the fill port and one on the
R overflow port.
R (2) Attach a transparent plastic overflow hose to the overflow port.
R (3) Attach the hose coupling from the pressure fill system to the oil
R tank fill port.
R (4) Fill the oil tank with series engine oil (Material No. V10-077),
R using the oil pressure system until oil is visible through the
R transparent plastic overflow hose.
R (5) When oil from the overflow hose stops, disconnect the pressure
R filling system.
R (6) Reinstall the protective caps on the fill and overflow couplings.
R (7) Check for leaks. No leakage is permitted.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-79

Page 315
May 01/03

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-79-410-064
A. Close Access
items.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL LATCHES ARE IN THE DISENGAGED POSITION
_______
BEFORE YOU CLOSE THE ENGINE-OIL-TANK-SERVICING ACCESS
PANEL. IF THE LATCHES ARE NOT CORRECTLY DISENGAGED BEFORE
YOU CLOSE THE ACCESS PANEL, IT IS POSSIBLE TO ENGAGE THE
LATCHES INCORRECTLY. THIS CAN CAUSE THE ACCESS PANEL TO
BREAK OFF AND CAUSE INJURY.
(2) Close the engine oil tank servicing access panel.
(a) FOR 1000EM1

437BL
(b) FOR 1000EM2

447BL
R

EFF :

ALL 12-13-79

Page 316
Nov 01/10

SYR
TASK 12-13-79-610-012
Prime the Engine Oil System
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the instructions necessary to fill a new engine, or an

engine that has had an overhaul, with oil and to prime the oil system. This
task must only be used when detailed in other tasks.
NOTE : It is recommended that you keep to one brand of oil although approved
____
brands may be mixed if necessary to continue operation.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-13-79-610-011 Check Oil Level and Replenish

R
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-79-612-060
A. Fill the oil system (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-011).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-13-79-870-050
A. Motor the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-045)
(1) Dry motor the engine for one minute. Make sure that the oil pressure
is 10 psi or greater after 30 seconds.
Subtask 12-13-79-612-061
B. Fill the oil system (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-011).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-79

Page 317
Nov 01/10

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-79-869-050
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
R

R

EFF :

ALL 12-13-79

Page 318
Nov 01/10

SYR
ENGINE STARTING - SERVICING
___________________________
TASK 12-13-80-600-011
Drain and Replenish Oil System
_______
ONE HOUR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 801300-I3
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific container minimum capacity 1 USgal (4 l)

R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 50.00 lbf.in
R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 sealing ring 80-13-41 80A-220

3 sealing ring 80-13-41 80A-220A
4 sealing ring 80-13-41 80A-230

EFF :

ALL 12-13-80

Page 301
May 01/10

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-13-80-600-010 Replenishment of Starter Oil System

80-13-41-000-010 Removal of the Starter (100KM)
80-13-41-200-010 Inspection of Starter Chip Detector
80-13-41-400-010 Installation of the Starter (100KM)
12-13-80-991-151-A Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-80-941-058
1(2).
Subtask 12-13-80-010-058
(1) FOR 1000EM1

437AL, 438AR.
(2) FOR 1000EM2

447AL, 448AR.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-80

Page 302
May 01/10
R
SYR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-13-80-680-053
A. Drain the Starter

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-80-991-151-A)
(1) Put the container minimum capacity 1 USgal (4 l) into position under
the starter.
(2) Remove and discard the lockwire which safeties the starter drain plug
(1) and the magnetic chip detector (2).
(3) Examine around the starter mounting flange for oil leaks (Ref. TASK
80-13-41-200-010).
(4) Examine the v-band clamp for tightness and make sure it is correctly
installed.
(5) Examine around the drain plug (1) and the magnetic chip detector (2)
for oil leaks (Ref. TASK 80-13-41-200-010).
(6) Remove the magnetic chip detector (2) from the drain plug (1).
(7) Examine the magnetic chip detector for debris (Ref. TASK 80-13-41-
200-010).
(8) Remove the drain plug (1) and drain the oil into the container.
(9) Measure the quantity of drained oil
R (a) If the quantity is not less than 8 oz (236.59 ml) the starter is
R serviceable.
R
R (b) If the quantity is less than 8 oz (236.59 ml) replace the starter
R (Ref. TASK 80-13-41-000-010) and (Ref. TASK 80-13-41-400-010) or
contact Airline Maintenance Centre to generate a carry forward
item to have starter replaced within 50 flight hours.
(10) Remove and discard the sealing ring (4) from the drain plug (1).
(11) Remove and discard the sealing ring (3) from the magnetic chip
detector (2).
(12) Clean the magnetic chip detector (Ref. TASK 80-13-41-200-010).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-80

Page 303
Nov 01/10

SYR
R Starter Drain Plug and magnetic Chip Detector
R Figure 301/TASK 12-13-80-991-151-A

EFF :

ALL 12-13-80

Page 304
May 01/01

SYR
Subtask 12-13-80-420-051
B. Install the Drain Plug to the Starter

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-80-991-151-A)
R (1) Install a new sealing ring (4) onto the drain plug (1) (Ref. TASK 70-
23-13-911-010).
(2) Install the drain plug (1).
(3) TORQUE the drain plug to between 10 and 25 lbf.in (0.11 and 0.28
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
R (4) Install a new sealing ring (3) onto the magnetic chip detector (2)
R (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).
R (5) Install the magnetic chip detector (2) into the drain plug (1).
(6) TORQUE the magnetic chip detector to between 5 and 15 lbf.in (0.05
and 0.16 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(7) Safety the magnetic chip detector (2) and the drain plug (1) with
lockwire (Material No. V02-126) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014).
Subtask 12-13-80-612-056
C. Service the Starter with Oil (Ref. TASK 12-13-80-600-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-80-942-054
A. Discard the Drained Oil
CAUTION : DO NOT PUT OIL THAT HAS BEEN DRAINED FROM THE STARTER BACK IN
_______
TO THE OIL SYSTEM.
(1) Remove the container and discard the drained oil.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-80

Page 305
Nov 01/09

SYR
Subtask 12-13-80-410-058
B. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF :

ALL 12-13-80

Page 306
May 01/01
R
SYR
TASK 12-13-80-600-010
Replenishment of Starter Oil System
_______
CAUTION : DO NOT LET ENGINE FUEL OR OIL FALL ON THE ENGINE. UNWANTED FUEL OR
_______
OIL MUST BE REMOVED IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN LINT FREE CLOTH. THE
FUEL OR OIL CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE PROTECTION AND TO SOME
PARTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R This task supplies the information to service the starter with oil.
R NOTE : It is recommended that you keep to one brand of oil. Although

____
R approved brands may be mixed if necessary to continue operation.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
No specific oil servicing aid eg. syringe or squeezy bottle with
flexible tube
(0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

approved engine oil (Ref. 70-30-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-13-80

Page 307
Aug 01/11

SYR
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 sealing ring 80-13-41 80A-110

8 sealing ring 80-13-41 80A-200
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-13-80-991-153 Fig. 302
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-13-80-941-057
(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine
1(2).
1(2).

EFF :

ALL 12-13-80

Page 308
May 01/08
R
SYR
Subtask 12-13-80-010-057
(1) FOR 1000EM1

437AL, 438AR
(2) FOR 1000EM2

447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-13-80-612-055
A. Service the Starter with Oil

(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-13-80-991-153)
(1) Remove and discard the lockwire which safeties the oil filler plug
(1).
(2) Remove the oil filler plug (1), with the sealing ring (2), from the
oil filling point (6).
R NOTE : On engines that feature SBE80-003, but do not feature

____
R SBE80-007 do not loosen the adapter (3). Hold it with a wrench
R when you remove the oil filler plug (1).
(3) Remove and discard the sealing ring (2).
(4) Remove and discard the lockwire which safeties the oil overflow plug
(9).
R (5) Remove the oil overflow plug (9) with the sealing ring (8) from the
R oil overflow point (10).
(6) Remove and discard the sealing ring (8).
(7) Put the container into position below the starter (7).
CAUTION : FILL PORT AND OVERFLOW PORT MUST BE OPENED DURING OIL
_______
SERVICE. IF NOT, OVERFILLING CAN OCCUR.
CAUTION : TO MAKE SURE THE OIL LEVEL IS CORRECT, WAIT UNTIL OVERFLOW
_______
STOPS FROM THE FILL PORT OR OVERFLOW PORT.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-80

Page 309
Nov 01/10

SYR
R Starter - Oil Servicing
R Figure 302/TASK 12-13-80-991-153

EFF :

ALL 12-13-80

Page 310
Nov 01/01

SYR
(8) Put clean approved engine oil (Material No. V10-077) into the starter
(7) at the filling point (6) using the oil servicing aid eg. syringe
or squeezy bottle with flexible tube until oil flows from the filling
point (6) or oil overflow point (10).
(9) To make sure the oil level is correct, wait until the overflow stops.
(10) Install a new sealing ring (8) on to the oil overflow plug (9).
(Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010)
(11) With the oil at correct level, install the oil overflow plug (9) with
the sealing ring (8) on the overflow point (10).
(12) TORQUE the oil overflow plug (9) to between 30 and 45 lbf.in (0.33
and 0.50 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(13) Safety the oil overflow plug (9) with lockwire (Material No. V02-126)
(Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014).
(14) Install a new sealing ring (2) on to the oil filler plug (1)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).
(15) Make sure the oil is at the correct level then install the oil filler
plug (1), with the sealing ring (2), to the oil filling point (6).
(16) TORQUE the oil filler plug (1) to between 20 and 35 lbf.in (0.22 and
0.39 m.daN). (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013)
(17) Safety the oil filler plug (1) with lockwire (Material No. V02-126).
(Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014)
R (18) Remove all unwanted oil from the outside of the starter (7) with a
R clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) .
CAUTION : DO NOT PUT OIL THAT HAS BEEN DRAINED FROM THE STARTER BACK
_______
IN TO THE OIL SYSTEM.
(19) Remove the container and discard any drained oil.

EFF :

ALL 12-13-80

Page 311
Aug 01/11

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-13-80-410-057
A. Close Access
items.
(a) FOR 1000EM1

437AL, 438AR
(b) FOR 1000EM2

447AL, 448AR

EFF :

ALL 12-13-80

Page 312
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
GAS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________
1. _______
General
R This section gives information about the servicing of the:
R - Hydraulic Power (Refer to 12-14-29 Page 301),
R - Landing Gear (Refer to 12-14-32) Page 301),

EFF :

ALL 12-14-00

Page 1
Nov 01/04

SYR
___________________________
TASK 12-14-29-614-001
Fill the Hydraulic Power Accumulators 1070GM/2070GM/3070GM with Nitrogen
_______
GEAR.
_______
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY
_______
OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
98F29103500000 1 FILL UNIT-NITROGEN
FOR FIN 2070GM
R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 19-014 USA MIL-P-27401 TYPE 1 GRADE A

NITROGEN,(GASEOUS) (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-14-29

Page 301
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
29-10-00-200-008 Check Nitrogen Charge Pressure on Hydraulic Power

Accumulators
12-14-29-991-001 Fig. 301
12-14-29-991-003 Fig. 302
FOR FIN 1070GM
FOR FIN 3070GM
FOR FIN 2070GM
29-10-00-864-003 Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-14-29-010-052
A. Get Access
(1) Open the applicable access door/panel:
R (a) FOR 1070GM

R open the left MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
R (b) FOR 3070GM

R open the access panel 196BB.
R (c) FOR 2070GM

R open the access panel 195BB.
Subtask 12-14-29-860-050
(1) Depressurize the applicable hydraulic system:
R (a) FOR 1070GM

R depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-
001).

EFF :

ALL 12-14-29

Page 302
Nov 01/10

SYR
(b) FOR 3070GM
depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-
002).
(c) FOR 2070GM

depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-
003).
R (2) Put WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize

the applicable hydraulic system:
- on the applicable ground service panel,
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit.
R (3) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE below the MLG bay.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-14-29-991-001, 302/TASK 12-14-29-991-003)
Subtask 12-14-29-614-052
A. Fill the Applicable Accumulator with Nitrogen
(1) Do a check of the nitrogen pressure gage, before you fill the
applicable accumulator:
(a) If the decrease in nitrogen pressure is more than 15 bar

(217.5565 psi) (refer to the subsequent nitrogen pressure table),
do a leak check of the applicable accumulator (Ref. TASK 29-10-
00-200-008).
(b) If the decrease in nitrogen pressure is less than 15 bar

(217.5565 psi), continue as follows:
(2) Remove the blanking cap (1) from the charging valve (2).
(3) Connect the FILL UNIT-NITROGEN (98F29103500000) or a nitrogen bench

capable of maximum pressure 155 bar (2248.0843 psi) to the charging
valve (2).
(4) Loosen the charging valve nut (2).
(5) Open the control valve slowly and fill the hydraulic power
accumulator with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-014) to the correct
pressure for the ambient temperature.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-29

Page 303
May 01/11

SYR
Hydraulic Power Accumulators - Location

EFF :

ALL 12-14-29

Page 304
May 01/98

SYR
Hydraulic Power Accumulators - Location

EFF :

ALL 12-14-29

Page 305
May 01/98

SYR
R Hydraulic Power Accumulator - Pressure Graph
Figure 302/TASK 12-14-29-991-003

EFF :

ALL 12-14-29

Page 306
May 01/04

SYR
NITROGEN PRESSURE
R -----------------------------------------------
R | deg.F | PSI | deg.C | PSI |
R -----------------------------------------------
R | -5 | 1570 | -20 | 1570 |
R | 0 | 1580 | -15 | 1595 |
R | +5 | 1595 | -10 | 1620 |
R | +10 | 1610 | -5 | 1670 |
R | +15 | 1620 | 0 | 1710 |
R | +20 | 1650 | +5 | 1755 |
R | +25 | 1680 | +10 | 1800 |
R | +30 | 1710 | +15 | 1840 |
R | +35 | 1725 | +20 | 1890 |
R | +40 | 1750 | +25 | 1930 |
R | +45 | 1775 | +30 | 1970 |
R | +50 | 1800 | +35 | 2015 |
R | +55 | 1820 | +40 | 2060 |
R | +60 | 1850 | +45 | 2095 |
R | +65 | 1870 | +50 | 2130 |
R | +70 | 1890 | +55 | 2175 |
R | +75 | 1920 | +60 | 2220 |
R | +80 | 1940 | | |
R | +85 | 1970 | | |
R | +90 | 1990 | | |
R | +95 | 2010 | | |
R | +100 | 2040 | | |
R | +105 | 2060 | | |
R | +110 | 2085 | | |
R | +115 | 2105 | | |
R | +120 | 2130 | | |
R | +125 | 2145 | | |
R | +130 | 2170 | | |
R | +135 | 2195 | | |
R | +140 | 2220 | | |
R -----------------------------------------------
R Table I

EFF :

ALL 12-14-29

Page 307
May 01/11

SYR
(6) When the pressure is stable and correct, tighten the charging valve
nut (2).
R (7) TORQUE the charging valve nut (2) to between 0.3 and 0.6 m.daN (26.54
R and 53.09 lbf.in).
R (8) Make sure that the pressure shown on the pressure gage (3) is
correct.
R (9) Stop the supply and remove the nitrogen filling system from the
charging valve (2).
R (10) Install the blanking cap (1) on the charging valve (2).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-14-29-410-052
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the applicable access door/panel:
R (a) FOR 1070GM

R close the left MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).
R (b) FOR 3070GM

R close the access panel 196BB.
R (c) FOR 2070GM

R close the access panel 195BB.
Subtask 12-14-29-860-051
B. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-29

Page 308
Nov 01/10

SYR
________________________
TASK 12-14-32-614-001
Nitrogen Filling of the Tires
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific tire inflation adaptor and pressure gage
No specific 1 CART - INFLATION, TIRE, NITROGEN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-14-32-941-062

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 301
May 01/10
R
SYR
Subtask 12-14-32-941-051
R B. Preparation
WARNING : LET THE BRAKES AND THE WHEELS BECOME COOL BEFORE YOU GO NEAR
_______
THE LANDING GEAR. DO NOT APPLY A LIQUID OR GAS FIRE
EXTINGUISHER DIRECTLY ON A HOT WHEEL OR BRAKE UNIT. THIS COULD
CAUSE AN EXPLOSION.
WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE GAS
_______
CAN GO THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD. THIS
CONDITION CAN KILL YOU.
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU INFLATE THE TIRES.

_______
USE A PRESSURE REGULATOR (OR PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE) BETWEEN THE
PRESSURE SOURCE AND THE TIRE.
MAKE SURE THAT THE PRESSURE REGULATOR IS ADJUSTED TO THE
CORRECT PRESSURE FOR THE TIRE.
IF THE PRESSURE SOURCE DOES NOT HAVE A PRESSURE REGULATOR,
THERE IS A RISK OF INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT.
WARNING : USE ONLY DRY NITROGEN OR OTHER INERT GASES TO INFLATE THE TIRES
_______
ON THE MAIN GEAR WHEELS.
THE OXYGEN IN THE GAS USED TO INFLATE THESE TIRES MUST NOT BE
MORE THAN 5% (VOLUME).
IF THE AIRCRAFT IS FAR FROM ITS BASE AND NO DRY NITROGEN IS
AVAILABLE, YOU CAN USE AIR FOR THE SERVICING OF THE TIRES IF:
- THE OXYGEN IN THE TIRES IS NOT MORE THAN 5% (VOLUME)
OR
- MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL REMOVE THE AIR FROM THE TIRES AND
INFLATE THEM WITH DRY NITROGEN BEFORE 15 HOURS TIME SERVICE.
A CHEMICAL REACTION BETWEEN THE OXYGEN IN THE TIRES AND GASES
FROM THE INNER LINER CAN CAUSE A TIRE EXPLOSION.
(1) Put the CART - INFLATION, TIRE, NITROGEN near the tire to be
inflated.
(2) Remove the tire inflation-valve cap.
(3) Install the tire inflation adaptor and pressure gage on the tire
inflation valve. Connect the tire inflation cart to the tire
inflation adaptor.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 302
Aug 01/11

SYR
(4) If there is a large temperature decrease between the departure and
the destination airports, you must adjust the tire pressure for the
R colder airport before the flight. If the temperature difference is
R equal to or more than 24 deg.C (18 deg.F) lower, do this procedure:
R (a) Increase the given tire pressures 3.7% for each 10 deg.C (18
R deg.F) of temperature difference.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | EXAMPLE: Temperature at departure airport = 20 deg.C (68 deg.F) |
R | Temperature at arrival airport = -10 deg.C (+14 deg.F) |
R | Temperature difference = 30 deg.C (54 deg.F). |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
R | Increase the tire pressure: 30/10 x 3.7% = 11.1%. |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
R | If the loaded tire pressure is 13.0 bar (189 psi), |
R | increase the tire pressure: |
R | 13.0 bar (189 psi) + (13.0 bar (189 psi)x 11.1%)) |
R | = 14.4 bar (209 psi). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
WARNING : USE ONLY NITROGEN FOR TIRE INFLATION. IF THE BRAKES OVERHEAT,
_______
OTHER GASES CAN CAUSE AN EXPLOSION.
NOTE : In the tables that follow the term loaded means with the aircraft
____
weight on the wheels. The term unloaded is when the applicable
wheel is off the ground (jacked).

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 303
Aug 01/11

SYR
Subtask 12-14-32-614-056-A
A. Nitrogen Filling of the NLG Tires
(1) Refer to the table to find the correct NLG tire pressure. If
necessary, inflate the tire(s) with nitrogen (from an approved
source) to the correct pressure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| A/C MAXIMUM | TIRE DIMENSION |INFLATION PRESSURE |INFLATION PRESSURE |
| RAMP WEIGHT | AND TYPE | UNLOADED | LOADED |
| (MRW) | | BARS (PSI) | BARS (PSI) |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 75900 kg | 30 X 8.8 - 15 | 11.8 (171) normal | 12.3 (178) normal |
| (167330 lb) | CONVENTIONAL | 12.4 (180) max | 12.9 (187) max |
|---------------|--------------------|-------------------|-------------------|
| 75900 kg | 30 X 8.8 R15 | 11.8 (171) normal | 12.3 (178) normal |
| (167330 lb) | RADIAL | 12.4 (180) max | 12.9 (187) max |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-14-32-614-057-A
B. Nitrogen Filling of the MLG Tires
(1) Refer to the table to find the correct MLG tire pressure. If
necessary, inflate the tire(s) with nitrogen (from an approved
source) to the correct pressure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| A/C MAXIMUM | TIRE DIMENSION | INFLATION PRESSURE | INFLATION PRESSURE |
| RAMP WEIGHT | AND TYPE | UNLOADED | LOADED |
| (MRW) | | BARS (PSI) | BARS (PSI) |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 75900 kg | 46 X 17 R20 | 13.3 (193) normal | 13.8 (200) normal |
| (167330 lb) | RADIAL | 14.0 (203) max | 14.5 (210) max |
|---------------|------------------|--------------------|--------------------|
| 75900 kg | 49 X 19 R20 | 9.9 (144) normal | 10.3 (149) normal |
| (167330 lb) | RADIAL | 10.4 (151) max | 10.8 (157) max |
|---------------|------------------|--------------------|--------------------|
| 75900 kg | 46 X 16 - 20 | 13.3 (193) normal | 13.8 (200) normal |
|---------------|------------------|--------------------|--------------------|
|---------------|------------------|--------------------|--------------------|

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 304
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| A/C MAXIMUM | TIRE DIMENSION | INFLATION PRESSURE |
| RAMP WEIGHT | AND TYPE |-----------------------------------------|
| (MRW) | | UNLOADED | LOADED |
| | | BARS (PSI) | BARS (PSI) |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-14-32-942-051
(2) Disconnect the tire inflation cart, adaptor and gage.
(3) Install the tire inflation-valve cap. TORQUE the valve cap to between
0.05 and 0.1 m.daN (4.42 and 8.84 lbf.in).
(4) Remove the inflation cart from the area.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 305
Nov 01/10

SYR
TASK 12-14-32-614-002
Nitrogen Filling of the Yellow Hydraulic System, Brake Pressure Accumulator
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific Standard Charging Equipment
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
R (0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
R B. Consumable Materials
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 05-004B USA MIL-L-25567 TYPE I

R OXYGEN LEAK DETECTOR (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-014 USA MIL-P-27401 TYPE 1 GRADE A
R NITROGEN,(GASEOUS) (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 306
Nov 01/10

SYR
R C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-14-32-991-001 Fig. 301

12-14-32-991-002 Fig. 302
12-14-32-991-003-A Fig. 303
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-14-32-941-052
R (1) Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.
R (2) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the panel 198CB to tell persons not to
pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system.
Subtask 12-14-32-860-052
(1) On panel 400VU, make sure that the L/G control-lever is in the DOWN
position.
(2) On panel 110VU, make sure that the GRAVITY GEAR EXT handle is in the
stowed position.
(3) Make sure that pressure in the brake accumulator of the Yellow
hydraulic system is released.
Subtask 12-14-32-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU HYDRAULIC/HYD POWER/Y 3803GX N30
121VU HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/MONG 3700GD Q37
121VU HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/CTL 3701GD Q36
123VU Y HYD/ELEC/PUMP 3802GX AB06
123VU Y HYD/ELEC/ELEC PUMP/NORM 3801GX AB03

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 307
Nov 01/10

SYR
4. Procedure
_________

12-14-32-991-003-A)
R Subtask 12-14-32-420-050
R A. Install the Standard Charging Equipment on the Brake Pressure Accumulator
R WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE GAS
_______
R CAN GO THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD. THIS
R CONDITION CAN KILL YOU.
R (1) Connect the supply hose D to the nitrogen source E and to the three
R way valve C.
R (2) Connect the filling hose A to the three way valve C.
R (3) Remove the blanking plug (3) from the charging valve (1) of the brake
R accumulator assembly.
R (4) Connect the filling hose A to the charging valve (1) of the brake
R NOTE : Make sure that the charging valve (1) is closed.

____
R (5) Slowly open the control valves B and F on the three way valve C and
R open the control valve on the nitrogen source E. Blow nitrogen
R through the standard charging equipment to bleed the system.
R (6) Close the control valve B and then close the control valve F on the
R three way valve C.
Subtask 12-14-32-614-052-A
R B. Nitrogen Filling of the Yellow Hydraulic System, Brake Pressure

R Accumulator
WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE GAS
_______
CAN GO THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD. THIS
CONDITION CAN KILL YOU.
R NOTE : When you fill the Yellow hydraulic system, brake pressure
____
R accumulator, you must use MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-014).
R This will make sure that the oxygen level stays low.
R (1) Loosen the charging valve nut (2).

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 308
Nov 01/10

SYR
Brake Accumulator - Filling System Schematic
Figure 301/TASK 12-14-32-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 309
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Brake Accumulator Assembly - Detail and Location
Figure 302/TASK 12-14-32-991-002

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 310
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Yellow System Brake Accumulator - Pressure Graph
Figure 303/TASK 12-14-32-991-003-A

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 311
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
R (2) Open the control valve (F) slowly and fill the brake pressure
R accumulator to the correct pressure for the ambient temperature. Make
R sure that the fill pressure is as follows:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| deg. C | deg. F | bar | psi |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| -20 | -4 | 61 | 885 |
| -10 | +14 | 63 | 914 |
| 0 | +32 | 65 | 943 |
| +10 | +50 | 68 | 986 |
| +20 | +68 | 70 | 1015 |
| +30 | +86 | 72 | 1044 |
| +40 | +104 | 75 | 1088 |
| +50 | +122 | 77 | 1117 |
| +60 | +140 | 80 | 1160 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(3) When the pressure is stable, check that the pressure is correct for
the ambient temperature.
(4) Make sure that the pressure is not more than or not less than 3.4 bar
(49.3128 psi) from the correct pressure. If necessary, pressurize the
brake accumulator again until the pressure is correct.
R (5) Close the control valve (F) and tighten the charging valve nut (2).
R NOTE : Do not use too much force when you tighten the charging valve
____
R nut (2). Leakage from the charging valve (1) can occur if the
R valve seat is damaged.
R (6) TORQUE the charging valve nut (2) to 0.11 m.daN (9.73 lbf.in).
R Subtask 12-14-32-020-050
R C. Remove the Standard Charging Equipment from the Brake Pressure

R Accumulator
R WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE GAS
_______
R CAN GO THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD. THIS
R CONDITION CAN KILL YOU.
R NOTE : Make sure the control valve on the nitrogen source E is closed.
____
R (1) Slowly open the control valves B and F on the three way valve C to
R remove nitrogen from the standard charging system.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 312
Nov 01/10

SYR
R (2) Close the control valves B and F on the three way valve C.
R (3) Remove the filling hose A from the charging valve (1) of the brake
R (4) Use SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-004B) to do a leak check of

R the charging valve (1) on the brake accumulator assembly.
R (5) Install the blanking cap (3) on the charging valve (1) of the brake
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-14-32-865-051
breaker(s):
3700GD, 3701GD, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX.
Subtask 12-14-32-942-054
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 313
Nov 01/10

SYR
TASK 12-14-32-614-003
R Check of MLG Shock Absorber Charge Pressure
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
KILL YOU.
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE STANDARD CHARGING EQUIPMENT IS SAFE TO USE ABOVE
_______
140 BAR (2030.5278 PSI). THIS WILL PREVENT INJURY AND DAMAGE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : You can complete this procedure with the aircraft on the ground or on
____
jacks. If the aircraft is on jacks, it must be positioned correctly
(Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001).
NOTE : This procedure should be done a minimum of 2 hours after the last
____

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 314
Nov 01/10

SYR
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
No specific 1 pressure gage 140 bar (2030.5278 psi)
No specific 1 pressure gage 17 bar (246.5640 psi)
No specific 2 pressure gages 140 bar (2030.5278 psi)
No specific 2 standard charging equipments
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-12-32-611-004 Check of MLG Shock Absorber Fluid Level
12-12-32-611-008 Hydraulic Replenishment of the MLG Two-Stage Shock
Absorber
32-11-13-000-001 Removal of the MLG Shock Absorber
32-11-13-000-003 Removal of the MLG Shock-Absorber Gland-Seals
32-11-13-400-001 Installation of the MLG Shock Absorber
32-11-13-400-003 Installation of the MLG Shock-Absorber Gland-Seals
32-11-13-860-001 To Close the Spare-Seal Activating-Valve
12-14-32-991-019 Fig. 304

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 315
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-14-32-991-020 Fig. 305

12-14-32-991-004 Fig. 306
12-14-32-991-021 Fig. 307
12-14-32-991-005-A Fig. 308
12-14-32-991-025-A Fig. 309
12-14-32-991-027-B Fig. 310
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-14-32-941-064
gear.
(3) On panel 400VU:

position.
R (4) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate:

- the landing gear controls
- the landing gear doors.
(5) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in position below the applicable
shock absorber.
(6) If the aircraft is on the ground, make sure that the wheel chocks are
in position at the Main Landing Gear (MLG) wheels. Do not put a chock
at the nosewheels.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 316
Nov 01/10

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-14-32-210-054
A. Visual Inspection of the MLG Two-Stage Shock Absorber for Leakage of

Hydraulic Fluid
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-14-32-991-019, 305/TASK 12-14-32-991-020)
(1) Before you do the check and/or charge the nitrogen:

- examine the gland housing/sliding tube of the shock absorber for
damage or leakage of hydraulic fluid.
(2) If there is a leak from the gland housing and the sliding tube
interface or from the gland housing and the main fitting interface:
(a) Examine the sliding tube for damage:
1
_ If there is damage, replace the shock absorber (Ref. TASK 32-
11-13-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 32-11-13-400-001).
2
_ If there is no damage:
- replace the shock absorber gland seals (Ref. TASK 32-11-13-
000-003) and (Ref. TASK 32-11-13-400-003)
or
- replace the shock absorber (Ref. TASK 32-11-13-000-001) and
(Ref. TASK 32-11-13-400-001)
or
- close the spare seal activating-valve (Ref. TASK 32-11-13-
860-001).
Subtask 12-14-32-614-080
B. Check of MLG Shock Absorber Charge Pressure and Fill with Nitrogen
(Aircraft on Ground)
12-14-32-991-005-A, 309/TASK 12-14-32-991-025-A)
_______
WILL MOVE.
R CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE STANDARD CHARGING EQUIPMENT IS SAFE TO USE
_______
ABOVE 140 BAR (2030.5278 PSI). DO NOT USE EQUIPMENT WITH A
SIGHT GLASS. THIS WILL PREVENT INJURY AND DAMAGE.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 317
May 01/11

SYR
Possible Points of Leakage from the Gland Seals
Figure 304/TASK 12-14-32-991-019

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 318
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Details of the Spare-Seal Activating-Valve
Figure 305/TASK 12-14-32-991-020

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 319
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
MLG Two Stage Shock Absorber Charging Valves - Detail and Location
Figure 306/TASK 12-14-32-991-004

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 320
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
MLG Two Stage Shock Absorber - Typical Filling System
Figure 307/TASK 12-14-32-991-021

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 321
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
MLG Two-Stage Shock Absorber - Pressure/Extension Graph (Metric Units)
Figure 308/TASK 12-14-32-991-005-A13 (SHEET 1)

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 322
Nov 01/10
R
SYR

R

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 323
Nov 01/10

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 324
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-14-32

Page 325
Nov 01/10

SYR
MLG Two Stage Shock Absorber - Pressure Extension Graph (Imp. Units)

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 326
Nov 01/10
R
SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 327
Nov 01/10
R
SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 328
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
_______
PRESSURE.
_______
MEASUREMENT.
NOTE : To do this procedure it is necessary to have 2 standard charging

____
equipments and 2 pressure gages 140 bar (2030.5278 psi). The
equipment must be safe to use at over 140 bar (2030.5278 psi).
NOTE : This procedure should be done a minimum of 2 hours after the last
____
R NOTE : When you fill the MLG shock absorber, you must use MISCELLANEOUS
____
R (Material No. 19-014). This will make sure that the oxygen level
R stays low.
(1) Measure and write down dimension H.
(2) Install the first standard charging equipment on the top charging
valve (1):
NOTE : If the equipment manufacturers assembly/operating instructions

____
are different to the data given, use the equipment
manufacturers instructions.
(e) Install the first pressure gage 140 bar (2030.5278 psi) (20) on
(4) At the top charging valve, read and record the pressure shown on the
pressure gage.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 329
Nov 01/10

SYR
R temperature of the MLG adjacent to the top charging valve.
(7) Use diagram 1 to find the dimension H for the pressure at the top
charging valve for the measured temperature.
(8) If the measured dimension H is between +/- 15 mm (0.5905 in.) of the

dimension H shown in diagram 1, do the steps that follow:

____
absorber in good condition and no maintenance action is
necessary (if the measured H dimension is between +/- 15 mm
(0.5905 in.) of the correct value).
(a) Make sure that the control valve (25) is closed.
(b) Open the control valve (23) to release all pressure from the
filling hose (21).
(c) Close the control valve (23).
(f) TORQUE the charging valve (1) to between 0.57 and 0.79 m.daN
(50.44 and 69.91 lbf.in).
(g) Install the blanking cap (2) on the top charging valve (1).
(h) Do the close-up procedure in Para. 5.A.
(9) If the measured dimension H is not between +/- 15 mm (0.5905 in.) of

the dimension H shown in diagram 1, do the steps (10) thru (36).
NOTE : If the measured H dimension is less than 33 mm (1.2992 in.) do

____
the nitrogen filling procedure with the aircraft on jacks (if
the measured H dimension is not between +/- 15 mm (0.5905 in.)
of the correct value). Refer to Para 4.C.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 330
May 01/11

SYR
(10) Install the second standard charging equipment on the bottom charging
valve (3):

____
(a) Remove the blanking cap (4) from the bottom charging valve (3).
(d) Connect the filling hose (21) to the bottom charging valve (3).
(e) Install the second pressure gage 140 bar (2030.5278 psi) (20) on
(14) Slowly open the bottom charging valve (3).
(15) At the bottom charging valve (3), read and record the pressure shown
on the pressure gage (20).
(16) Close the bottom charging valve (3).
(17) The pressure at the bottom charging valve (3) must be 18 bar
(261.0678 psi) more than the pressure at the top charging valve (1).
If not, do the steps that follow:
NOTE : This makes sure that the floating piston is at the top of the
____
second stage cylinder before you do the nitrogen filling.
NOTE : It is possible that a small quantity of hydraulic fluid can be

____
released from the charging valve when nitrogen is discharged.
If the volume of fluid that flows from the bottom charging
valve is more than 0.6 l (0.1585 USgal):
- you must replenish the MLG shock absorber hydraulic oil
(Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-008)
- refer to the MLG Design Authority.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 331
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
(a) Make sure that the control valves (23) and (25) are closed.
(b) Connect the nitrogen supply hose (24) to the three-way valve (22)
which is connected to the bottom charging valve (3).
(c) Open the supply valve on the nitrogen source.
(d) Slowly open the control valve (25) to increase the nitrogen
pressure at the bottom charging valve (3).
(e) Open the bottom charging valve (3).
(f) The pressure at the bottom charging valve (3) must be between 18
bar (261.0678 psi) and 21 bar (304.5791 psi) more than the
pressure at the top charging valve (1).
(g) Close the control valve (25).
(h) After ten minutes (to let the pressure and temperature become
stable), check that the condition at step (f) is the same.
(i) If it is not the same, do the steps (d) thru (h) again.
(j) Close the bottom charging valve (3).
(k) Close the supply valve on the nitrogen source and remove the
nitrogen supply hose (24) from the three-way valve (22).
(l) Slowly open the top charging valve (1).
(m) At the top charging valve (1), read and record the pressure shown
(n) Close the top charging valve (1).
(o) If the difference in pressure at the top charging valve (1) and
the bottom charging valve (3) is less than 11 bar (159.5414 psi),
do the steps (a) thru (n) again.
R temperature of the MLG adjacent to the top charging valve (1).
(19) Use the diagram 2 to find the dimension H for the pressure at the top
charging valve (1) at the measured temperature.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 332
May 01/11

SYR
(20) If the measured dimension H is more than you found in diagram 2, do
these steps:
(a) Open the top charging valve (1).
(b) Slowly open the control valve (23) to release some nitrogen.
(c) Immediately the shock absorber starts to move, close the control
valve (23).
NOTE : The pressure at the top charging valve will decrease

____
because nitrogen was removed without sufficient shock
absorber movement.
(d) After five minutes, measure the temperature and the pressure at
the top charging valve (1).
(e) Use the diagram 2 to find the dimension H needed for the
conditions found in step (d).
(f) Slowly open the control valve (23) to release some nitrogen.
(g) When the dimension H is the same as you found in step (e) (+/-
2.0 mm (0.0787 in.)), close the control valve (23).
(h) Close the top charging valve (1).
(21) If the measured dimension H is less than you found in diagram 2, do

these steps:
(a) Connect the nitrogen supply hose (24) to the three-way valve (22)
which is connected to the top charging valve (1).
(b) Open the supply valve on the nitrogen source.
(c) Open the top charging valve (1).
(d) Slowly open the control valve (25) to add nitrogen.
(e) Immediately the shock absorber starts to move, close the control
valve (25).
NOTE : The pressure at the top charging valve will increase

____
because nitrogen was added without sufficient shock
absorber movement.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 333
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
(f) After five minutes, measure the pressure and the temperature at
the top charging valve (1).
(g) Use the diagram 2 to find the dimension H needed for the
conditions found in step (f).
(h) Slowly open the control valve (25) to increase the nitrogen
pressure.
(i) When the dimension H is the same as you found in step (g) (+/-
2.0 mm (0.0787 in.)), close the control valve (25).
(j) Close the top charging valve (1).
(22) After five minutes, open the top charging valve (1) and the bottom
charging valve (3).
(23) Read and record:

- the pressures at the top charging valve (1) and the bottom charging
valve (3)
- the temperature at the top charging valve (1)
- the dimension H.
(24) Use the pressure and the temperature you measured at the top charging
valve (1) to find the correct dimension H in diagram 2. Make sure
that the dimension H in diagram 2 and the dimension H found in step
(23) are the same +/- 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.).
(25) Check the pressure you measured at the top charging valve (1) and at
the bottom charging valve (3). Make sure that the difference between
these pressures is more than 11 bar (159.5414 psi).
(26) If the conditions at step (24) or step (25) are incorrect, do the
procedure again from step (17).
(27) Close the top charging valve (1) and the bottom charging valve (3).
(28) To get the correct charge pressure at the bottom charging valve, do
the applicable step (29) or (30).
(29) Refer to the diagram 3. If the pressure at the top charging valve (1)
is on or below the graph line (for the measured temperature), do
these steps:
(a) Open the bottom charging valve (3).

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 334
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
(b) Slowly open the control valve (25) (to increase the nitrogen
pressure), or slowly open the control valve (23) (to remove
nitrogen).
(c) Make sure that the pressure at the bottom charging valve (3) is
the same as the pressure shown on the graph line (for the
measured temperature) +/- 1 bar (14.5037 psi).
(d) Close these valves:

- the bottom charging valve (3)
- the control valve (25)
- the control valve (23)
- the supply valve on the nitrogen source.
(e) After five minutes, open the bottom charging valve (3). Make sure
that the pressure at the bottom charging valve (3) is the same as
the pressure shown on the graph line (for the measured
temperature) +/- 1 bar (14.5037 psi).
(30) Refer to the diagram 3. If the pressure at the top charging valve (1)
is above the graph line (for the measured temperature), do these
steps:
(a) Close the supply valve on the nitrogen source.
(b) Open the bottom charging valve (3).
(c) Slowly open the control valve (23) to release some nitrogen.
(d) Immediately the shock absorber starts to move, close the control
valve (23).
NOTE : The pressure at the top charging valve will decrease

____
because nitrogen was removed without sufficient shock
absorber movement.
(e) After five minutes, open the top charging valve (1).
(f) At the top charging valve (1), measure the pressure and the
temperature.
(g) Use the diagram 1 to find the dimension H that you need for the
conditions at step (f).
(h) Slowly open the control valve (23) (to release nitrogen) until
the dimension H is the same as the dimension H found in diagram
1, +/- 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.).

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 335
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
(i) Close the bottom charging valve (3) and the control valve (23).
(j) After five minutes, open the top charging valve (1) and read and
record the pressure.
(k) Close the top charging valve (1).
(l) Open the bottom charging valve (3) and read and record the
pressure.
(m) Close the bottom charging valve (3).
(n) Make sure that the pressures at the top charging valve (1) and
the bottom charging valve (3) are the same +/- 1.5 bar (21.7556
psi). If the pressures are not in this limit, do the procedure
from step (17) again.
(31) Remove the nitrogen supply hose (24) from the three-way valve (22).
(32) Remove the filling hoses (21) from the charging valves (1) and (3).
(33) TORQUE the charging valves (1) and (3) to between 0.57 and 0.79 m.daN
(50.44 and 69.91 lbf.in).

the charging valves (1) and (3).
(37) Remove the pressure gages (20) and the filling hoses (21) from the
three-way valves (22).
(38) Do the Para. 4.B again for the other shock absorber.
NOTE : Frequent nitrogen filling of the MLG shock absorber can be an

____
indication of low oil level. Record all nitrogen servicing
work in the aircraft log. This will let you monitor if the
fluid level check procedure (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-004) is
necessary.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 336
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Subtask 12-14-32-614-081
C. Check of MLG Shock Absorber Charge Pressure and Fill with Nitrogen
(Aircraft on Jacks)
(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-14-32-991-004, 307/TASK 12-14-32-991-021)
R CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE STANDARD CHARGING EQUIPMENT IS SAFE TO USE
_______
ABOVE 140 BAR (2030.5278 PSI). DO NOT USE EQUIPMENT WITH A
SIGHT GLASS. THIS WILL PREVENT INJURY AND DAMAGE.
_______
PRESSURE.
_______
MEASUREMENT.
NOTE : To do this procedure it is necessary to have 2 standard charging

____
equipments, 1 pressure gage 140 bar (2030.5278 psi) and 1 pressure
gage 17 bar (246.5640 psi). The charging equipment must be safe to
use at over 140 bar (2030.5278 psi).
NOTE : When you fill the MLG shock absorber, you must use MISCELLANEOUS
____
(Material No. 19-014). This will make sure that the oxygen level
stays low.
(1) Make sure that the aircraft is positioned correctly on the jacks
(Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001).
(2) Make sure that the shock absorber is fully extended and that the
dimension H is between 496.7 mm (19.5551 in.) and 500.5 mm (19.7047
in.).
(a) If you do this procedure after you have replenished the shock
absorber with hydraulic oil (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-008), you
must:
1
_ Charge the top charging valve (first stage of the cylinder)
with nitrogen to a maximum pressure of 5.0 bar (72.5188 psi).
2
_ Make sure that the shock absorber is fully extended. Refer to
Para. 4.C.(2) and make sure that dimension H is correct.
(b) Release all the pressure from the top charging valve (first stage
of the cylinder).

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 337
May 01/11

SYR
(3) Install the standard charging equipment:

____
(b) Make sure that the control valves (23) and (25) of the three-way
(e) Install the pressure gage 17 bar (246.5640 psi) (20) on the
(f) Remove the blanking cap (4) from the bottom charging valve (3).
(g) Make sure that the control valves (23) and (25) of the three-way
(h) Connect the filling hose (21) to the three-way valve (22).
(i) Connect the filling hose (21) to the bottom charging valve (3).
(j) Install the pressure gage 140 bar (2030.5278 psi) (20) on the
(4) Measure the temperature of the MLG adjacent to the top charging valve
(1).
(5) Slowly open the bottom charging valve (3).
(6) At the bottom charging valve (3), read and record the pressure shown
(7) Close the bottom charging valve (3).

(Ref. Fig. 310/TASK 12-14-32-991-027-B)
(8) Refer to the Table 1 and compare the nitrogen pressure that you read
from the pressure gage (20). If the two pressures are not the same
(+/- 1 bar (14.5037 psi) for the measured temperature, do these
steps:

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 338
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
which is connected to the bottom charging valve (3).
NOTE : To increase the nitrogen pressure, open the control valve

____
(25). To release the nitrogen pressure, open the control
valve (23).
NOTE : It is possible that a small quantity of hydraulic fluid

____
can be released from the charging valve when nitrogen is
discharged. If the volume of fluid that flows from the
bottom charging valve is more than 0.6 l (0.1585 USgal):
(Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-008)
(c) Slowly open the bottom charging valve (3).
(d) Slowly increase or release the nitrogen pressure until the

pressure is correct for the measured temperature.
(e) Close the control valve (23) or (25).
(f) After 15 minutes, measure the pressure at the bottom charging

valve (3) again. Make sure that the pressure is correct.
(g) Close the bottom charging valve (3).
(h) Close the supply valve on the nitrogen source and remove the
nitrogen supply hose (24) from the three-way valve (22).

(Ref. Fig. 310/TASK 12-14-32-991-027-B)
(12) Refer to the Table 2 and compare the nitrogen pressure that you read
from the pressure gage (20). If the two pressures are not the same
(+/- 1 bar (14.5037 psi) for the measured temperature, do these
steps:
which is connected to the top charging valve (1).

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 339
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Charging Pressures - Weight off Wheels
Figure 310/TASK 12-14-32-991-027-B12 (SHEET 1)

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 340
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Charging Pressures - Weight off Wheels
Figure 310/TASK 12-14-32-991-027-B22 (SHEET 2)

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 341
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
NOTE : To increase the nitrogen pressure, open the control valve

____
(25). To release the nitrogen pressure, open the control
valve (23).
NOTE : It is possible that a small quantity of hydraulic fluid

____
can be released from the charging valve when nitrogen is
discharged. If the volume of fluid that flows from the
bottom charging valve is more than 0.6 l (0.1585 USgal):
(Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-008)
(c) Slowly open the top charging valve (1).
(d) Slowly increase or release the nitrogen pressure until the

pressure is correct for the measured temperature.
(e) Close the control valve (23) or (25).
(f) After 15 minutes, measure the pressure at the top charging valve
(1) again. Make sure that the pressure is correct.
(g) Close the top charging valve (1).
(h) Close the supply valve on the nitrogen source.
(13) After one hour, do these steps to make sure the pressures are
correct:
(a) Measure the temperature of the MLG adjacent to the top charging
valve (1).
(b) Slowly open the bottom charging valve (3).
(c) At the bottom charging valve (3), read and record the pressure
shown on the pressure gage (20).
(d) Close the bottom charging valve (3).
(e) Slowly open the top charging valve (1).
(f) At the top charging valve (1), read and record the pressure shown
(g) Close the top charging valve (1).

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 342
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
(h) Make sure that the pressures are correct with the values in
Tables 1 and 2 for the measured temperature.
(14) Remove the filling hoses (21) from the charging valves (1) and (3).
(15) TORQUE the charging valves (1) and (3) to between 0.57 and 0.79 m.daN
(50.44 and 69.91 lbf.in).

the charging valves (1) and (3).
(19) Remove the pressure gages (20) and the filling hoses (21) from the
three-way valves (22).
(20) Do the Para. 4.C. again for the other shock absorber.
NOTE : Frequent nitrogen filling of the MLG shock absorber can be an

____
indication of low oil level. Record all nitrogen servicing
work in the aircraft log. This will let you monitor if the
fluid level check procedure (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-004) is
necessary.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-14-32-942-061

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 343
Nov 01/10

SYR
TASK 12-14-32-200-001
Inspection of the MLG Shock Absorbers Before Flight
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 12-12-32-611-004 Check of MLG Shock Absorber Fluid Level

12-14-32-200-001 Inspection of the MLG Shock Absorbers Before Flight
R 12-14-32-614-003 Check of MLG Shock Absorber Charge Pressure
Gears
12-14-32-991-024 Fig. 311

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 344
Nov 01/10

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-14-32-941-065
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(3) On panel 400VU:

position.
(4) Make sure that the wheel chocks are in position at the Main Landing
Gear (MLG) wheels. Do not put a chock at the nosewheels.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 311/TASK 12-14-32-991-024)
Subtask 12-14-32-220-062
A. Inspection of the MLG Shock Absorbers Before Flight
(1) Measure the dimension H for each MLG shock absorber and do the
applicable step that follows:
(a) If one of or two of the H dimensions is/are less than 33 mm

(1.2992 in.):
1
_ Do the fluid check of the MLG shock absorber (Ref. TASK 12-12-
32-611-004).
or
(b) If the difference between each MLG shock absorber H dimension
is more than 45 mm (1.7716 in.):
1
_ Do the fluid check of the MLG shock absorber before 5 flight
cycles have been completed (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-004).
or

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 345
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
MLG Two-Stage Shock Absorber - Dimension H
Figure 311/TASK 12-14-32-991-024

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 346
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
(c) If the difference between each MLG shock absorber H dimension
is between 30 mm (1.1811 in.) and 45 mm (1.7716 in.):
1
_ Check the charge pressure of the MLG shock absorber (Ref. TASK
12-14-32-614-003) at the next available maintenance check.
or
(d) If the difference between each MLG shock absorber H dimension
is less than 30 mm (1.1811 in.), no maintenance is necessary.
(2) If oil replenishment or gas charging was necessary, make a note in

the aircraft log:
- it is recommended that you do a weight-on wheels pressure H
dimension check (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-200-001) in not less than 24
hours.

____
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-14-32-942-062

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 347
May 01/11

SYR
TASK 12-14-32-614-004
Check NLG Shock Absorber Charge Pressure
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
KILL YOU.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : This task should be completed if the fluid level in the NLG shock
____
absorber is correct (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-610-001) or (Ref. TASK
12-12-32-611-005) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-001).
NOTE : It is recommended that you do this procedure with the aircraft on

____
jacks or with the nose of the aircraft on jacks and the MLG wheels on
the ground. It can be done on the ground if the aircraft cannot be
jacked. If the aircraft is on jacks, it must in the correct position
(Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001) or (Ref. TASK 07-11-581-003).
NOTE : You must do this procedure a minimum of 2 hours after the last
____
aircraft operation. This will let the gas and the oil separate.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 348
May 01/11
R
SYR
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
No specific pressure gage 200 bar (2900.7540 psi)
No specific pressure gage 30 bar (435.1131 psi)
R No specific 2 THERMOMETER-SURFACE CONTACT
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-14-32-991-006 Fig. 312
12-14-32-991-017 Fig. 313
12-14-32-991-030 Fig. 314
12-14-32-991-031 Fig. 315
12-14-32-991-032 Fig. 316
12-14-32-991-033 Fig. 317

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 349
May 01/11

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-14-32-941-057
(2) If the aircraft is on jacks, put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in
position.

- make sure that the landing gear control-lever 6GA is in the DOWN
position
(4) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate:

- the Nose Landing Gear (NLG) and the Main landing Gear (MLG)
controls.
gears and doors.
Subtask 12-14-32-010-051
B. Get Access
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
4. Procedure
_________

12-14-32-991-030, 315/TASK 12-14-32-991-031)
Subtask 12-14-32-614-059
R A. NLG Shock Absorber Nitrogen Filling - Aircraft on Jacks
NOTE : Do not do the check immediately after the aircraft is lifted. The
____
shock absorber charge pressure should not be measured until the
aircraft has been on jacks for 2 hours. This will let the shock
absorber pressure become stable and make sure that the value
recorded is accurate.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 350
May 01/11

SYR
NLG Charging Valve - Detail and Location
Figure 312/TASK 12-14-32-991-006

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 351
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
NLG Shock Absorber - Filling System
R Figure 313/TASK 12-14-32-991-017

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 352
Nov 01/10

SYR
Pressure/Temperature Table - Shock Absorber Fully Extended
R Figure 314/TASK 12-14-32-991-030

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 353
Nov 01/10

SYR
NLG Shock Absorber - Dimension H
R Figure 315/TASK 12-14-32-991-031

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 354
Nov 01/10

SYR
R NOTE : When you fill the NLG shock absorber, you must use MISCELLANEOUS
____
R (Material No. 19-014). This will make sure that the oxygen level
R stays low.
(1) Make sure that the shock absorber is extended fully and the dimension
H is between 447 mm (17.5984 in.) and 451 mm (17.7559 in.).
R (Ref. Fig. 315/TASK 12-14-32-991-031)

____

(a) Connect the nitrogen supply hose (16) to the nitrogen source.
(b) Connect the nitrogen supply hose (16) to the three-way valve
(13).
NOTE : The filling hose (12) length must not be more than 3 m
____
(9.84 ft.).
ASSEMBLY.
FILLING ASSEMBLY.
nitrogen through the charging equipment to bleed the system.
(g) Close the control valve on the nitrogen source.
(h) Close the control valves (14) and (15) on the three-way valve
(13).
_______
PRESSURE RANGE (0 BAR TO 30 BAR AND ACCURATE TO +/- 0.2
BAR). THIS IS NECESSARY TO GET AN ACCURATE PRESSURE
MEASUREMENT.
(i) Install the applicable pressure gage (11) on the three-way valve
(13).

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 355
Nov 01/10

SYR
(Ref. Fig. 312/TASK 12-14-32-991-006)
charging valve (2).
nitrogen until the pressure read on the pressure gage is 19 bar
(275.5716 psi)
(e) After the pressure has been adjusted, wait for a minimum of 5
minutes to make sure that the pressure is stable. This will make
sure that there are no leaks in the charging equipment.
R (a) Use a THERMOMETER-SURFACE CONTACT to measure and record the

R temperature of the NLG shock absorber adjacent to the charging
R valve (2). Make sure that the thermometer surface contact touches
R the shock absorber outer-cylinder.
NOTE : If possible, measure the temperature at the top of the

____
cylinder (through the vent hole) at the aft part of the
main fitting.
(Ref. Fig. 312/TASK 12-14-32-991-006)
(b) Slowly open the charging valve (2) with the FILLING ASSEMBLY.
Read and record the pressure shown on the pressure gage (11).

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 356
May 01/11

SYR
(d) Close the control valve (15) on the three-way valve (13) and the
charging valve (2) with the FILLING ASSEMBLY.
(e) Refer to the table and use the recorded temperature value to
identify the correct charge pressue.
(Ref. Fig. 314/TASK 12-14-32-991-030)
(f) If the recorded pressure value compares to the correct pressure

+/- 0.5 bar (7.2518 psi), no more action is necessary, go to step
(7).
(g) If the pressure is incorrect, do step (6).
(6) Inflate the NLG shock absorber as follows:
_______
ABSORBER PRESSURE.
(a) Slowly open the control valve (15) on the three-way valve (13).
(c) Slowly open the control valve of the nitrogen source. Adjust the
charge pressure in the shock absorber to the correct value as
recorded in step (5)(e).
(e) Close the charging valve (2) with the FILLING ASSEMBLY.
(f) After the pressure has been adjusted, wait for a minimum of 15
minutes to let the pressure become stable.
(g) Slowly open the control valve (15) on the three-way valve (13)
and the charging valve (2) with the FILLING ASSEMBLY. Check that
the pressure read on the pressure gage (11) compares with the
correct pressure +/- 0.5 bar (7.2518 psi) as recorded in step
(5)(e).
(h) If necessary, adjust the pressure to give the correct value.
(7) Remove the standard charging equipment and FILLING ASSEMBLY as

follows:

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 357
May 01/11
R
SYR
(b) Close the charging valve (2) with the FILLING ASSEMBLY.
(d) Slowly open the control valve (14) to release the pressure and
remove the nitrogen source from the three-way valve (13).
(8) TORQUE the charging valve nut (2) to between 0.5 and 0.8 m.daN (44.24
and 70.79 lbf.in).

R NOTE : If the NLG shock absorber has been fully deflated and inflated
____
R again, it is recommended that you:
R - do a check of the NLG shock absorber charging pressure (Ref.
R TASK 12-14-32-614-004) between four and seven days after the
R first subsequent flight. This is because the nitrogen can be
R absorbed into the oil and the charge pressure can change.
Subtask 12-14-32-614-055
R B. NLG Shock Absorber Nitrogen Filling - Aircraft on Wheels
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL NOT TO DEFLATE THE SHOCK ABSORBER MORE THAN

_______
SPECIFIED IN THE PROCEDURE. IF YOU DEFLATE THE SHOCK ABSORBER
TOO MUCH, HYDRAULIC FLUID CAN COME OUT OF THE SHOCK ABSORBER.
NOTE : When the nitrogen filling is done with the aircraft

____
weight-on-wheels, the aircraft must be stable. No persons must
move in the aircraft during the filling task.
NOTE : When you fill the NLG shock absorber, you must use MISCELLANEOUS
____
(Material No. 19-014). This will make sure that the oxygen level
stays low.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 358
May 01/11

SYR
follows:
(a) Connect the nitrogen supply hose (16) to the nitrogen source.
(b) Connect the nitrogen supply hose (16) to the three-way valve
(13).
NOTE : The filling hose (12) length must not be more than 3 m
____
(9.84 ft.).
ASSEMBLY.
FILLING ASSEMBLY.
nitrogen through the charging equipment to bleed the system.
(g) Close the control valve on the nitrogen source.
(h) Close the control valves (14) and (15) on the three-way valve
(13).
_______
PRESSURE RANGE (0 BAR TO 200 BAR AND ACCURATE TO +/-
0.5 BAR). THIS IS NECESSARY TO GET AN ACCURATE PRESSURE
MEASUREMENT.
(i) Install the applicable pressure gage (11) on the three-way valve
(13).
(Ref. Fig. 312/TASK 12-14-32-991-006)

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 359
Nov 01/10

SYR
charging valve (2).
(b) Slowly open control valve (15) on the three-way valve (13).
R (c) Use a THERMOMETER-SURFACE CONTACT to measure and record the


____
main fitting.
(Ref. Fig. 312/TASK 12-14-32-991-006)

(Ref. Fig. 315/TASK 12-14-32-991-031)

(Ref. Fig. 316/TASK 12-14-32-991-032, 317/TASK 12-14-32-991-033)
(f) Slowly open the control valve of the nitrogen source. Add
nitrogen until the pressure read on the pressure gage is the same
as the required charging pressure +/- 0.5 bar (7.2518 psi).
(h) After the pressure has been adjusted, wait for a minimum of 5
minutes to make sure that the pressure is stable. This will make
sure that there are no leaks in the charging equipment.
(i) Close control valve (15) on the three-way valve (13).
R (a) Use a THERMOMETER-SURFACE CONTACT to measure and record the


EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 360
May 01/11

SYR
____
main fitting.
(Ref. Fig. 312/TASK 12-14-32-991-006)
Read and record the pressure shown on the pressure gage (11).

(Ref. Fig. 315/TASK 12-14-32-991-031)
this value with the dimension H you recorded in step (4)(d).
(Ref. Fig. 316/TASK 12-14-32-991-032, 317/TASK 12-14-32-991-033)
(f) If the recorded dimension H value compares to the correct

dimension H +/- 10 mm (0.3937 in.), no more action is necessary,
go to step (6).
(g) If the dimension H is incorrect, do step (5).
(5) Inflate the NLG shock absorber as follows:
_______
ABSORBER PRESSURE.
(a) Slowly open the control valve of the nitrogen source. Inflate the
shock absorber with nitrogen until the dimension H is correct as
(b) Continue to inflate the shock absorber until the shock absorber
extends by 30 mm (1.1811 in.) more.
(c) When the pressure has become stable, record the pressure shown on
(d) Slowly open the control valve (14) on the three-way valve (13).
Deflate the shock absorber until the dimension H is correct as

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 361
May 01/11
R
SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 362
May 01/11

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 363
May 01/11

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 364
May 01/11

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 365
May 01/11

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 366
May 01/11

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 367
May 01/11

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 368
May 01/11

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 369
May 01/11

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 370
May 01/11

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 371
May 01/11

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 372
May 01/11

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 373
May 01/11

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 374
May 01/11

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 375
May 01/11

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 376
May 01/11

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 377
May 01/11

SYR
NOTE : Steps (b) thru (d) are to decrease the effect of the
____
friction in the shock absorber on the measured value of
the dimension H.
(f) Wait for a minimum of 10 minutes to let the pressure become

stable within the shock absorber.
(g) Open the control valve (15) and measure and record the pressure
(h) Check that the dimension H compares with the correct dimension H
+/- 10 mm (0.3937 in.) as recorded in step (4)(e).
(i) If necessary, do steps (a) thru (h) again to adjust dimension H.
(6) Remove the standard charging equipment and FILLING ASSEMBLY as

follows:
(b) Close the charging valve (2) with the FILLING ASSEMBLY.
(d) Slowly open the control valve (14) to release the pressure and
remove the nitrogen source from the three-way valve (13).
(7) TORQUE the charging valve nut (2) to between 0.5 and 0.8 m.daN (44.24
and 70.79 lbf.in).


EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 378
May 01/11
R
SYR
R NOTE : If the NLG shock absorber has been fully deflated and inflated
____
R again, it is recommended that you:
R - do a check of the NLG shock absorber charging pressure (Ref.
R TASK 12-14-32-614-004) between four and seven days after the
R first subsequent flight. This is because the nitrogen can be
R absorbed into the oil and the charge pressure can change.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-14-32-410-051
A. Close Access
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______
items.
Subtask 12-14-32-942-056
(1) Remove the SAFETY BARRIER(S).

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 379
May 01/11

SYR
TASK 12-14-32-200-002
Check NLG Shock Absorber Bottoming
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-12-32-610-001 Check NLG Shock Absorber Fluid Level and Charge

Pressure (Two-Point Check - Aircraft on Jacks to
start)
12-12-32-611-001 Check Shock Absorber Fluid Level
Gears
R 12-14-32-991-031 Fig. 315

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 380
Nov 01/10

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-14-32-941-070
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(3) On panel 400VU:

position
the landing-gear.
(4) Make sure that the wheel chocks are in position at the Main Landing
Gear (MLG) wheels. Do not put a chock at the nose wheels.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-14-32-220-063
A. NLG Shock Absorber Dimension Check
(1) Measure the dimension H for the NLG shock absorber:

R (Ref. Fig. 315/TASK 12-14-32-991-031)
(a) If:
- the dimension H is less than 26 mm (1.0236 in.), when the
ambient temperature is less than 0 DEG.C (32.00 DEG.F)
or
ambient temperature is between 0 DEG.C (32.00 DEG.F) and 30
DEG.C (86.00 DEG.F)
or
ambient temperature is more than 30 DEG.C (86.00 DEG.F), do
step (2).
(b) If the dimension H is above the specified limits, do the close-up

procedure in Para. 5.A.

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 381
Nov 01/10

SYR
(2) Do one of the steps that follows:
(a) Do a check of the NLG shock absorber fluid level and charge
pressure (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-610-001).
or
(b) Do the NLG shock absorber oil replenishment and nitrogen filling
(Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-001) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-005).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-14-32-942-064

EFF :

ALL 12-14-32

Page 382
May 01/11

SYR
WATER - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________
1. _______
General
This section gives the instructions for the servicing of the potable water
tank 3000MM.
2. ___________
Description
To fill the potable water system with electrical power (Ref. TASK
12-15-38-613-001).
To fill the potable water system without electrical power (Ref. TASK
12-15-38-613-002).

EFF :

ALL 12-15-00

Page 1
May 01/98

SYR
POTABLE WATER - SERVICING
_________________________
TASK 12-15-38-613-001
Fill the Potable Water Tank System (Aircraft Electrical Power Available)
WARNING : DO NOT DO WORK ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM AND THE POTABLE WATER
_______
SYSTEM AT THE SAME TIME. THIS WILL PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF THE
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. SUCH CONTAMINATION CAN BE DANGEROUS TO HEALTH.
WARNING : BEFORE YOU DO WORK ON THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM, CLEAN YOUR HANDS WITH
_______
SOAP AND WATER. THIS WILL PREVENT INFECTION. (CONTAMINATION FROM
TOILET WASTE IS DANGEROUS TO HEALTH).
CAUTION : THE WATER PRESSURE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 3.45 BARS (50.0 PSI) A
_______
PRESSURE MORE THAN 3.45 BARS (50.0 PSI) CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE DRAIN VALVES REMAIN OPEN AFTER YOU DRAIN THE
_______
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM IF :
- THE BLEED AIR SYSTEM IS OFF AND
- THE OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE IS BELOW 0 DEG.C (32 DEG.F).
THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.
NOTE : To Fill the potable water system, if electrical power is not available
____
(Ref. TASK 12-15-38-613-002).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 CART - SERVICING, WATER, POTABLE

EFF :

ALL 12-15-38

Page 301
Nov 01/04

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 12-15-38-613-002 Fill the Potable Water Tank System (Aircraft

R Electrical Power not Available)
12-31-38-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Water/Waste
12-33-21-618-001 Pre-conditioning through the LP Ground Connection
Power
the External Power
12-15-38-613-002 Fill the Potable Water Tank System (Aircraft
Electrical Power not Available) (for corrective
action)
12-15-38-991-001 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-15-38-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 12-15-38-865-053
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU WATER SYSTEM-QANT-IND 1MA B01
2001VU WATER SYS-DRAIN 1MP B05
Subtask 12-15-38-618-050
C. Preparation to Fill the Potable Water System
(1) Obey the cold weather maintenance procedure (Ref. TASK 12-31-38-660-
001).
(2) If the temperature in the aircraft is below 4 DEG.C (39.20 DEG.F) do

the pre-conditioning procedure (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-15-38

Page 302
May 01/10

SYR
Subtask 12-15-38-010-050
D. Get Access
(2) Open the access panel 171AL.
(3) Open the POTABLE WATER FILL AND DRAIN port on the service panel.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-15-38-991-001)
Subtask 12-15-38-613-054
A. Add Chlorine to the Potable Water
(1) During the potable water servicing, you can also add chlorine to the
potable water (Ref. SIL 38-040).
(2) You can use an in-line water filter cartridge to filter the potable
water supplied to the A/C (Ref. SIL 38-041).
Subtask 12-15-38-613-050
R B. Fill the Potable Water system
CAUTION : BEFORE YOU DO THE SERVICING OF THE POTABLE-WATER TANK, MAKE

_______
SURE THAT THE QUANTITY INDICATION SYSTEM IS ENERGIZED AND
OPERATES CORRECTLY.
IF IT IS NOT, YOU MUST SET THE CONTROL HANDLE (326MM) TO OPEN
THE OVERFLOW VALVE (8MP). IF THIS VALVE IS NOT OPEN, WATER CAN
FLOW INTO THE PASSENGER COMPARTMENT.
(1) If the indication system does not operate satisfactorily, do the

servicing without electrical power (Ref. TASK 12-15-38-613-002).
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | CAUTION : THE OVERFLOW VALVE OPEN LIGHT 6MP ON THE SERVICE PANEL 2023VU |
R | MUST BE ON WHEN THE OVERFLOW VALVE 8MP IS OPEND. |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R NOTE : If the indication system does not operate and electrical power
____
R is necessary on aircraft, you can open the CB 1MA (water
R system quantity indicator) (Ref. TASK 12-15-38-613-002).

EFF :

ALL 12-15-38

Page 303
May 01/10

SYR
Potable Water Service-Panel 2023VU
Figure 301/TASK 12-15-38-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-15-38

Page 304
May 01/00
R
SYR
(2) Connect the fill hose of the CART - SERVICING, WATER, POTABLE to the
POTABLE WATER FILL AND DRAIN port.
(3) On the service panel:

- Turn the FILL/DRAIN handle to the PULL TO FILL position
- Then pull it out to the mechanical stop.
NOTE : The OVERFLOW VALVE OPEN light 6MP comes on.

____
(4) If the OVERFLOW VALVE OPEN light 6MP does not come on:
- Examine the position of the overflow valve 8MP.
(5) Fill the potable water system
CAUTION : THE WATER PRESSURE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 3.45 BARS (50.0
_______
PSI) A PRESSURE MORE THAN 3.45 BARS (50.0 PSI) CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | CAUTION : THE OVERFLOW VALVE OPEN LIGHT 6MP ON THE SERVICE PANEL 2023VU |
R | MUST BE OFF WHEN THE OVERFLOW VALVE 8MP IS CLOSED. |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(a) Operate the water service vehicle.
R NOTE : If the filling level is to be less than full, push in the

____
R Fill/DRAIN handle and turn it to the NORMAL position. The
R Quantity Indicator shows the filling level.
NOTE : The FILL/DRAIN handle will automatically move back to the

____
NORMAL position when the TANK FULL light comes on.
The OVERFLOW VALVE OPEN light 6MP goes off.
NOTE : If there is too much water in the tank, water will flow
____
from the TANK OVERFLOW port.
1
_ If the OVERFLOW VALVE OPEN light 6MP does not go off:
- Examine the overflow valve 8MP.
NOTE : If the tank is overfilled, water will flow from the

____
TANK OVERFLOW port.
2
_ Stop the water service vehicle.
3
_ Disconnect the hose from the POTABLE WATER FILL AND DRAIN
port.

EFF :

ALL 12-15-38

Page 305
May 01/10

SYR
4
_ Clean and dry the service panel and the adjacent area.
5
_ Visually examine the connections for leaks. Leaks are not
permitted.
6
_ Put the cap on the POTABLE WATER FILL AND DRAIN port.
NOTE : If you do the servicing in cold weather conditions, the

____
POTABLE WATER FILL AND DRAIN port must stay open as
long as possible to drain the residual water from the
fill and drain line.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-15-38-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access panel 171AL.
NOTE : Make sure that the latches are correctly locked and that the
____
door makes a continuous surface with the skin of the aircraft.
Subtask 12-15-38-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-15-38

Page 306
May 01/10
R
SYR
TASK 12-15-38-613-002
Fill the Potable Water Tank System (Aircraft Electrical Power not Available)
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 CART - SERVICING, WATER, POTABLE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-15-38-991-002 Fig. 302
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-15-38-618-051
A. Preparation to Fill the Potable Water System
(1) Obey the cold weather maintenance procedure (Ref. TASK 12-31-38-660-
001).
(2) If the temperature in the aircraft is below 4 DEG.C (39.20 DEG.F) do

the pre-conditioning procedure (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-15-38

Page 307
Nov 01/09
R
SYR
Subtask 12-15-38-010-051
B. Open for Access
(2) Open the access panel 171AL.
(3) Open the POTABLE WATER FILL AND DRAIN port on the service panel
2023VU.
(4) Open the access panel 192NB.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-15-38-991-002)
Subtask 12-15-38-613-055
A. Add Chlorine to the Potable Water
(1) During the potable water servicing, you can also add chlorine to the
potable water (Ref. SIL 38-040).
(2) You can use an in-line water filter cartridge to filter the potable
water supplied to the A/C (Ref. SIL 38-041).
Subtask 12-15-38-613-052
B. Fill the Potable Water System
_______
(1) Connect the fill hose of the CART - SERVICING, WATER, POTABLE to the
POTABLE WATER FILL AND DRAIN port.
R (2) On the service panel 192NB:

- Turn the TANK OVERFLOW handle to the OPEN position.
(3) On the service panel 2023VU:

- Turn the FILL/DRAIN handle to the PULL TO FILL position,
- Then pull it out to the mechanical stop.

EFF :

ALL 12-15-38

Page 308
May 01/10

SYR
Potable water Service-Panel 2023VU
Figure 302/TASK 12-15-38-991-002

EFF :

ALL 12-15-38

Page 309
Nov 01/04
R
SYR
(4) Operate the water service vehicle and fill the potable water tank
until water comes from the TANK OVERFLOW port.
(5) Stop the water service vehicle.
(6) Push in and then turn the FILL AND DRAIN handle to the NORMAL
position.
(7) Disconnect the hose of the water service vehicle from the fill and
drain port.
(8) Turn the TANK OVERFLOW handle to the CLOSE position.
(9) Clean and dry the overflow port and the adjacent area.
(10) Visually examine the connections for leaks. Leaks are not permitted.
(11) Close the fill and drain port on the service panel.
R NOTE : If you do the servicing in cold weather conditions, the FILL

____
R AND DRAIN port must stay open as long as possible to drain the
R residual water from the fill and drain line.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-15-38-410-051
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access panel 171AL.
(3) Close the access panel 192NB.
NOTE : Make sure that the latches are correctly locked and that the
____
door makes a continuous surface with the skin of the aircraft.

EFF :

ALL 12-15-38

Page 310
Nov 01/09

SYR
TOILET SANITARY FLUID - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________
1. _______
General
This section gives the instructions for the servicing of the toilet system.
2. ___________
Description
To drain flush and fill the toilet system (Ref. TASK 12-16-38-613-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-16-00

Page 1
May 01/98

SYR
LAVATORY ARTICLE - SERVICING
____________________________
TASK 12-16-25-613-001
Servicing of the Liquid Soap Dispenser
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific liquid soap

R No specific liquid soap PN 83-182 - Supplier CWF Chemie
R Frankfurt GmbH.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
12-16-25-991-001 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-16-25-861-050
R A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

R
(1) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-16-25

Page 301
May 01/05

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
R CAUTION : DO NOT USE INDUSTRIAL HAND CLEANERS, NATURAL SOAPS AND CLEANING
_______
R AGENTS THAT CONTAIN ABRASIVES, SOLVENTS OR A LARGE PROPORTION OF
R DISINFECTANT.
R THESE MATERIALS CAN CAUSE THE PUMP MECHANISM TO WEAR MORE QUICKLY.
Subtask 12-16-25-613-050
A. Fill the Soap Dispenser

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-16-25-991-001)
(1) Turn the cover (2) counterclockwise to release it from the shank (3)
(refer to Step 1).
(2) Carefully lift and remove the cover (2) together with the spout (1)
and the tube (4) from the shank (3) (refer to Step 2).
(3) Fill the soap dispenser with liquid soap through the shank (3) (refer
to Step 3).
R NOTE : For maximum performance of the soap dispenser, use the liquid
____
R soap PN 83-182 - Supplier CWF Chemie Frankfurt GmbH..
If you use an equivalent liquid soap, it must have a viscosity
of 30mPa/S.
(4) Carefully put the cover (2) together with the spout (1) and the tube
(4) on the shank (3).
(5) Turn the cover (2) clockwise until it is locked in position on the
shank (3).
items.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-16-25-862-050
A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-16-25

Page 302
May 01/05

SYR
R Soap Dispenser
Figure 301/TASK 12-16-25-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-16-25

Page 303
May 01/05

SYR
TOILET SANITARY FLUID - SERVICING
_________________________________
TASK 12-16-38-613-001
Servicing of the Toilet System
WARNING : ALWAYS USE RUBBER GLOVES WHEN YOU DO WORK:

_______
- ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM, OR
- ON PARTS THAT HAVE CONTAMINATION FROM THE WASTE SYSTEM.
WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE WORK PROCEDURE, CLEAN YOUR HANDS WITH SOAP AND
WATER.
THIS WILL PREVENT INFECTION (TOILET WASTE IS DANGEROUS FOR HEALTH).
WARNING : AFTER YOU DO WORK ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM, DO NOT DO SERVICING OF
_______
THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. THIS WILL PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF THE
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. SUCH CONTAMINATION CAN BE DANGEROUS TO HEALTH.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 CART - SERVICING, TOILET
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 14-001A USA AMS 1476

DEODORANT AIRCRAFT TOILET NON FORMALDE- HYDE BASE
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-16-38

Page 301
May 01/08

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
12-16-38-991-001 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-16-38-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 12-16-38-680-051-A
B. You must drain the toilet waste tanks when the outside air temperature is
as shown in the cold weather maintenance - procedure (Ref. TASK 12-31-38-
660-001).
Subtask 12-16-38-010-050
C. Get Access
(2) Put the CART - SERVICING, TOILET in position.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-16-38-680-050
A. Draining of the System

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-16-38-991-001)
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE VACUUM PRESSURE IS NOT MORE THAN 6 PSI (0,4
_______
BAR) MAXIMUM, IF YOU USE A VACUUM OPERATED TOILET SERVICE
VEHICLE. A HIGHER VACUUM PRESSURE CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
VACUUM TOILET SYSTEM.

EFF :

ALL 12-16-38

Page 302
May 01/08
R
SYR
Service Panel - Location
Figure 301/TASK 12-16-38-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-16-38

Page 303
May 01/08
R
SYR
(1) Open the cap of the toilet drain connection and the fill and rinse
connection.
(2) Connect the toilet service-vehicle hose-adapter and the 4-inch

diameter drain hose to the toilet drain connection.
(3) Push the PUSH TO OPEN lever (1).
(4) Move the drain valve control-handle 3341MM from the CLOSE to the OPEN
position.
NOTE : The waste will drain.

____
Subtask 12-16-38-170-050
R B. Flushing of the Toilet System
(1) Connect the flush/fill hose (1-inch diameter) of the toilet service
vehicle to the fill and rinse connection.
(2) Operate the toilet service vehicle.
R (3) Flush the waste tank with a maximum of 57 l (15.0576 USgal) of water
R with a maximum pressure of 3.45 bar (50.0380 psi).
R NOTE : You can see the pressure 3.45 bar on the toilet service panel.
____
NOTE : The time necessary for this flushing will be approximately 90

____
seconds.
NOTE : The drain valve must be in the OPEN position.

____
R (4) Touch the drain hose and make sure that the fluid is fully drained.
R (5) Stop the operation of the toilet service vehicle.
R (6) Push the drain valve control-handle 3341M to the CLOSE position.

EFF :

ALL 12-16-38

Page 304
Nov 01/10

SYR
Subtask 12-16-38-613-051
C. Disinfection of the Waste Holding Tank

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-16-38-991-001)
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
(1) Use the toilet service vehicle and fill the waste tank with 10 l
(2.64 USgal) of disinfectant solution.
NOTE : The disinfection solution is a 0.25% solution of DISINFECTANTS

____
(Material No. 14-001A).
You must obey the instructions of the manufacturer fully for
the correct solution, when other disinfection materials are
used.
R NOTE : This will take approximately 16 seconds.

____
(2) Switch off the toilet service vehicle.
WARNING : AFTER YOU DO WORK ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM, DO NOT DO

_______
SERVICING OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. THIS WILL PREVENT
CONTAMINATION OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. SUCH
CONTAMINATION CAN BE DANGEROUS TO HEALTH.
(3) Disconnect the drain hose and the hose adapter.
(4) Make sure there are no leaks from the waste drain connection, leaks
are not permitted.
(5) Close the drain cap (2).
NOTE : The inner flap (1) will close and lock automatically when you
____
close the drain cap (2).
(6) Disconnect the fill and rinse hose and let the connection drain
completely.
(7) Close the cap of the fill and rinse connection.
(8) Clean and dry the service panel area with a lint free cloth
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

EFF :

ALL 12-16-38

Page 305
Nov 01/09

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-16-38-410-051
A. Close Access
items.
Subtask 12-16-38-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).
Subtask 12-16-38-942-051
C. Removal of the Ground Support Equipment

EFF :

ALL 12-16-38

Page 306
Nov 01/09
R
SYR
RAIN REPELLENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________
1. _______
General
This section provides the procedures related to the Rain Repellent
servicing.

EFF :

ALL 12-17-00

Page 1
May 01/98

SYR
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION - SERVICING
___________________________________
TASK 12-17-30-200-001
Inspection/Check of the Level and Pressure of the Rain Repellent Fluid
NOTE : If there is leakage of FORALKYL 2211, you can smell a pine odor.
____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R
R Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
30-45-00-600-001 Servicing of the Rain Repellent Fluid Can (1DM)
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 30-1037 For A/C 001-002,
12-17-30-991-001 Fig. 301
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 30-1037 For A/C 001-002,
Subtask 12-17-30-010-050
A. Get Access
R (1) In the cockpit open the access door to the rain repellent fluid can.

EFF :

ALL 12-17-30

Page 301
May 01/05

SYR
R **ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 30-1037 For A/C 001-002,
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-17-30-991-001)
Subtask 12-17-30-210-050
A. Inspection/Check of the Level and Pressure of the Rain Repellent Fluid
(1) On the rain repellent fluid gage:
(a) On the pressure indicator, make sure that the pointer points to
the green area (if the pointer points to the yellow area, replace
the can) (Ref. TASK 30-45-00-600-001).
(b) On the quantity indicator, make sure that there is sufficient

rain-repellent fluid (if you see the surface of the fluid,
replace the can) (Ref. TASK 30-45-00-600-001).
R **ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 30-1037 For A/C 001-002,
Subtask 12-17-30-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Close the access door to the rain repellent fluid can.

R

EFF :

ALL 12-17-30

Page 302
Nov 01/01

SYR
Rain-Repellent Fluid Gage
Figure 301/TASK 12-17-30-991-001

R

EFF :

ALL 12-17-30

Page 303
Nov 01/01

SYR
SCHEDULED SERVICING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________
1. _______
General
This section provides instructions related to the servicing operations, for
which a frequency is specified.
The different operations are classified as follows:
- CLEANING (Ref. ATA 12-21),
- LUBRICATION (Ref. ATA 12-22),
- DRAINAGE (Ref. ATA 12-24),
- USE OF MANUAL (MAGNETIC) FUEL QUANTITY INDICATORS (Ref. ATA 12-28).

EFF :

ALL 12-20-00

Page 1
May 01/98

SYR
CLEANING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________
1. _______
General
This section covers the procedures to be applied for the aircraft external
and internal cleaning.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-00

Page 1
May 01/98

SYR
EXTERNAL CLEANING - SERVICING
_____________________________
TASK 12-21-11-615-002
External Cleaning
WARNING : THERE IS A POSSIBLE HEALTH RISK TO PERSONNEL WHO DO MAINTENANCE TASKS

_______
AFTER A BIRD STRIKE. THE SAFETY MEASURES THAT FOLLOW ARE RECOMMENDED:
- USE DISPOSABLE GLOVES.
- USE A DISPOSABLE COVERALL IF THERE IS A RISK OF BODY CONTACT WITH
THE BIRD REMAINS.
- DO NOT USE PRESSURIZED AIR OR WATER TO CLEAN THE PARTS WHICH WERE
IN CONTACT WITH THE BIRD.
- REMOVE THE BIRD REMAINS AND PUT THEM IN A PLASTIC BAG.
- DO NOT TOUCH YOUR FACE, EYES, NOSE, ETC. WITH YOUR GLOVES.
- REMOVE THE GLOVES AND THE DISPOSABLE COVERALL AND PUT THEM IN THE
SAME PLASTIC BAG AS THE REMAINS. SEAL THE BAG.
- DISCARD THE BAG AS YOU DO FOR USUAL GARBAGE.
- CAREFULLY WASH YOUR HANDS WITH SOAP AND WATER.
R WARNING : DO NOT GO ON WET AIRCRAFT. YOU CAN SLIP, WHICH CAN CAUSE YOU INJURY.
_______
R WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK, YOU MUST PUT ON A SAFETY HARNESS AND ATTACH IT
_______
R TO THE ACCESS PLATFORM. WITHOUT A SAFETY HARNESS, YOU CAN FALL. THIS
R CAN KILL YOU OR CAUSE YOU INJURY.
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
_______
R MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS AND THE LOCAL REGULATIONS. MAKE SURE THAT
R THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE
R FUMES. DO NOT USE THESE MATERIALS NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
R HEAT. USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND GLOVES. IF YOU GET ONE OF
R THESE MATERIALS:
R - ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES, FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN
R WATER.
R - IN YOUR MOUTH, GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID.
R IN GENERAL, THESE MATERIALS ARE FLAMMABLE, POISONOUS AND SKIN
R IRRITANTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure for:

R - external cleaning of the aircraft,
R
- cleaning of the landing gears and landing gear bays.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-11

Page 301
Nov 01/10

SYR
R NOTE : This task can contribute to fuel savings.
____
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific 1 AIR SOURCE FILTERED, DRY

R No specific AR BOOT - RUBBER
R No specific AR BRUSH - BRISTLED, SOFT
R No specific AR CHOCK - WHEEL(S)
No specific 1 CLEANING EQUIPMENT HEIGHT 12M (40FT) - MOBILE
R No specific AR FILM - POLYETHYLENE
R No specific AR GLOVES - RUBBER
R No specific AR GOGGLES - PROTECTIVE
R No specific AR OVERALL WITH HOOD - WATERPROOF
R No specific AR SCRAPER - PLASTIC
R No specific 1 SPRAYING EQUIPMENT
R No specific AR TAPE - ADHESIVE
R No specific AR SPONGE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-005 USA MIL-C-16173 GRADE II

CORROSION PREVENTIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-027
RUST INHIBITOR(FOR CORROSION USE 15-004)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R
Material No. 11-001 USA MIL-D-16791 TYPE I
DRY CLEANING SOLVENT (VARSOL/WHITE SPIRIT)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-026 GB DEF-STAN 68-148/1
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-11

Page 302
Nov 01/10

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
09-10-00-584-002 Towing with the Nose Gear from the Front

09-10-00-584-006 Towing with the Towbarless Tractor
10-11-00-555-013 Installation of the Aircraft Protection Equipment
10-11-00-555-014 Removal of the Aircraft Protection Equipment
10-11-00-555-015 Procedure for the Installation of Wheel Chocks on
Aircraft
R 12-31-12-660-002 De-icing of the Aircraft in Power-Off Condition
12-34-24-869-002 Aircraft Grounding for the Maintenance Operations
21-26-00-710-002 Operational Check of Override Function (BLOWER and
EXTRACT)
External Power
32-11-00-100-002 Cleaning of the Main Landing Gear
32-21-00-100-002 Cleaning of the Nose Landing Gear
56-10-00-110-001 Cleaning of the L/R Windshields
56-10-00-110-002 Cleaning of the L/R Fixed Windows
56-10-00-110-003 Cleaning of the L/R Sliding Windows
56-21-13-100-002 Cleaning the Outer Surface of the Outer Window Panes
12-21-11-991-002 Fig. 301
12-21-11-991-003 Fig. 302
12-21-11-991-004 Fig. 303
12-21-11-991-006 Fig. 304
12-21-11-991-005 Fig. 305

EFF :

ALL 12-21-11

Page 303
May 01/11

SYR
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 12-21-11-941-058
R A. External Weather Conditions
R (1) If you can see snow or signs of ice on the aircraft, do the de-icing
R of the aircraft (Ref. TASK 12-31-12-660-002).
R Washing is not permitted at temperatures lower than or equal to 3
R deg.C (37.40 deg.F).
R If possible, do not wash the aircraft in direct sunlight and/or wind
R because the cleaning agent will dry too quickly and leave marks.
R At temperatures above 25 deg.C (77.00 deg.F):
R - First, spray water on the surface to be cleaned, to decrease the
R temperature of the aircraft skin before you apply the cleaning
R agent,
R - Wash small areas at a time so that the cleaning agent does not dry
R before rinsing.
R Subtask 12-21-11-941-059
R B. General
R (1) Quality of water for aircraft cleaning
R (a) We recommend that you use water that has these qualities:
R - pH between 5 and 8.5,
R - Chloride level less than 100 ppm.
R NOTE : Water that has a high level of chloride and/or is

____
R acidic-alkaline can cause corrosion.
R Treated water from city drainage can cause a risk of
R bacteriological contamination.
R Refer to the local regulations.
R (2) The persons that do the cleaning must put on BOOT - RUBBER, GLOVES -
R RUBBER, GOGGLES - PROTECTIVE and OVERALL WITH HOOD - WATERPROOF.
R Subtask 12-21-11-860-057
R C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THE SAFETY DEVICES AND WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
_______
R POSITION BEFORE YOU START THE TASK. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROL
R SURFACES AND THE RELATED CONTROL LEVERS CAN:
R - KILL OR CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS
R - CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT AND/OR EQUIPMENT.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-11

Page 304
Nov 01/10

SYR
(1) Tow the aircraft to the cleaning area (Ref. TASK 09-10-00-584-002) or
(Ref. TASK 09-10-00-584-006).
(2) Put the CHOCK - WHEEL(S) in position (Ref. TASK 10-11-00-555-015).
(3) Electrically ground the aircraft (Ref. TASK 12-34-24-869-002).
(4) Make sure that the safety devices and warning notices are in position
before you start the task.

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(6) Make sure that the slats, flaps, spoilers, ailerons and thrust
reversers are retracted.
(7) On the panel 25VU, push the DITCHING pushbutton switch (the ON legend
comes on).
(8) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(9) Aircraft protection
(a) Precautions related to TAPE - ADHESIVE
R 1
_ Use TAPE - ADHESIVE only in the specified areas.
R 2
_ Use TAPE - ADHESIVE that:
- is water resistant,
- does not leave adhesive marks on the aircraft skin,
- has a color that is different to the color of the area on
the aircraft (easy to see).
(b) Make sure that the engines, the APU and the probes are cool.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-11

Page 305
May 01/11

SYR
(c) Protection equipment
WARNING : DO NOT APPLY ADHESIVE TAPE ON THE PROBES, DUCTS,

_______
SENSORS (STATIC, PITOT, TAT, AOA). USE ONLY THE
SPECIFIED TOOLS FOR THE PROTECTION OF THE AIRCRAFT. THE
SPECIFIED TOOLS:
- GIVE THE CORRECT PROTECTION TO THE AIRCRAFT
EQUIPMENT,
- ARE EASY TO SEE FROM THE GROUND,
- ARE EASY TO REMOVE.
IF YOU USE TAPE, THERE IS A RISK THAT SOME TAPE, OR
ADHESIVE FROM THE TAPE, WILL STAY ON THE PROBES, DUCTS
OR SENSORS. THIS CAN CAUSE INCORRECT INDICATIONS ON THE
RELATED COCKPIT INSTRUMENTS.
1
_ Install the aircraft protection equipment (Ref. TASK 10-11-00-
555-013).
2
_ AOA sensors
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-21-11-991-002)
After the installation of the protective equipment on the 3
AOA sensors:
- put a FILM - POLYETHYLENE (dimensions: 300 mm (11.8110 in.)
x 300 mm (11.8110 in.)) on each AOA area,
R - seal it at the top and on the sides with TAPE - ADHESIVE.
R Do not seal the FILM - POLYETHYLENE at the bottom edge
(water drain).
- Record the locations where you put the adhesive tape.
3
_ Engine air intakes and APU
R You can use TAPE - ADHESIVE to get better sealing on the
engine air intakes and on the APU.
(d) Install protection on all the wheel tires and brake assemblies
R with FILM - POLYETHYLENE.
R You can use TAPE - ADHESIVE to get better sealing.
R (e) Close these openings with FILM - POLYETHYLENE sealed with TAPE -
ADHESIVE:
- Air inlets and outlets,
- Wing NACA intakes 550AB and 650AB,
R - Wing fuel tank overpressure protectors on access panels 550CB
R and 650CB.
Record the locations where you put the adhesive tape.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-11

Page 306
May 01/11

SYR
R AOA Protection
Figure 301/TASK 12-21-11-991-002

EFF :

ALL 12-21-11

Page 307
May 01/11

SYR
R (10) Make sure that all the aircraft openings are closed:
R - sliding windows,
R - passenger/crew doors,
R - landing gear doors,
R - cargo compartment doors,
R - service panels.
R Subtask 12-21-11-941-060
R D. Job Set-up
R (1) Put CLEANING EQUIPMENT HEIGHT 12M (40FT) - MOBILE in position.
R WARNING : CLEANING FLUID IS CLASSIFIED AS A HAZARDOUS MATERIAL WHICH

_______
R MAY CAUSE INJURY OR ILLNESS IF NOT PROPERLY USED.
R THIS PRODUCT SHOULD BE USED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
R MANUFACTURERS SPECIFIC SAFETY AND HEALTH RECOMMENDATIONS.
R PRIOR TO USE OF THIS PRODUCT, CAREFULLY READ THE APPLICABLE
R MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET AND OBEY ALL LISTED SAFETY AND
R HEALTH PRECAUTIONS.
R (2) Prepare the CLEANING EQUIPMENT HEIGHT 12M (40FT) - MOBILE and the
R cleaning solution with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-001).
R Mix the cleaning agent with water as recommended in the material
R manufacturers instructions.
R For the cleaning of very dirty areas, increase the concentration but
R obey the manufacturers instructions.
R The cleaning solution concentration must not be more than the maximum
R concentration specified in the manufacturers instructions.
R (3) Set the temperature of the cleaning solution and the rinsing water to
R not more than 50 deg.C (122.00 deg.F).
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 12-21-11-615-071
R A. General Instructions before Cleaning
R (1) General cleaning process

R Do the cleaning operations in these steps zone by zone:
R - Spray the zone with water.
R NOTE : This decreases the surface temperature of the aircraft and

____
R prevents drying of the cleaning agent on the area before
R rinsing. Also, it is easier to rub a wet surface than a dry
R surface.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-11

Page 308
Nov 01/10

SYR
- Apply the cleaning solution with a sponge or spray equipment and
rub at the same time.
- Let the cleaning solution soak but do not let it dry.
- Rinse the zones with water in the sequence that you applied the
cleaning solution.
Never let the cleaning solution dry on the surface of the aircraft
R before rinsing.
NOTE : If the weather is very hot, clean small areas so that the
____
cleaning solution does not become dry on the external skin.
On painted surfaces, rub the surface with a SPONGE or cleaning BRUSH-

BRISTLED, SOFT.
To make removal of remaining dirt easier, soak the BRUSH - BRISTLED,
SOFT or SPONGE with the cleaning solution before you use it.
Carefully rub the surface with moderate pressure. Clean the
brush/sponge frequently to prevent scratches.
(2) Areas where special precautions are necessary
(a) Windows
Never rub the fuselage windows, cockpit windows or windshield
with a SPONGE. Refer to the procedure given in the paragraph:
Cleaning of the Windows.
(b) Landing gear

Do not use a high-pressure spraying equipment on the landing gear
and landing gear bays.
Refer to the procedure given in the paragraph: Cleaning of the
Landing-Gear Bays and Landing-Gear Components.
(c) Radome, belly fairing, rudder and elevators

Do not use more than the specified maximum pressure.
Refer to paragraph: (3) (d) (2) limits.
(d) Sensors, probes and antennas

Clean and rinse the areas around the sensors, probes and antennas
by hand.
(3) Adjustment and operation of the spraying equipment
(a) Adjust the spray nozzle to get a fan-shaped spray.

A direct annular jet is not permitted.
Make sure that the spray nozzle is not clogged.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-11

Page 309
May 01/11

SYR
(b) Hold the spray gun at approximately 1 m (3.28 ft.) maximum from
the surface and at angle of 45 degrees to the surface (never at
90 degrees).
(c) Move the spray head above the surface at maximum speed of
approximately 100 mm/second but do not stay at one spot for more
than 5 seconds.
(d) High-pressure spraying equipment
R NOTE : SPRAYING EQUIPMENT that can supply a nozzle pressure of

____
R more than 5.5 bar (79.7707 psi) is high-pressure
equipment.
1
_ Do not use high pressure to clean:
- mechanical parts that move: swivel bearings, bearings,
hinges, actuators and related seals, etc.,
- seals: seals of doors, cabin windows, panels, mechanical
items, etc.,
- electrical items such as harnesses, sensors, connectors,
etc...,
- antennas,
- air inlets,
- PR sealant and other sealing products,
- windows,
- landing gear bays,
- all the items with protection (air intake, engine exhaust
nozzles, APU assembly, static ports, pitot probes, AOA
sensors, probes).
2
_ Limits
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-21-11-991-003, 303/TASK 12-21-11-991-
004, 304/TASK 12-21-11-991-006, 305/TASK 12-21-11-991-005)
To prevent damage to the aircraft surface, obey these
operating conditions:
- Maximum impact pressure 1.5 psi (0.1034 bar) on radome,
belly fairing, rudder and elevators.
- Maximum impact pressure 10 psi (0.6894 bar) on all other
surfaces.
Example of SPRAYING EQUIPMENT settings for an impact
pressure of 1.5 psi (0.1034 bar):

EFF :

ALL 12-21-11

Page 310
May 01/11

SYR
R Gun Direction and Spray Shape
R Figure 302/TASK 12-21-11-991-003

EFF :

ALL 12-21-11

Page 311
Nov 01/10

SYR
R Cleaning Methods
Figure 303/TASK 12-21-11-991-004

EFF :

ALL 12-21-11

Page 312
May 01/11

SYR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

12-21-11

Page 313
Nov 01/10

SYR
R Specific Composite Parts

EFF :

ALL 12-21-11

Page 314
Nov 01/10

SYR
R Specific Composite Parts

EFF :

ALL 12-21-11

Page 315
Nov 01/10

SYR
R FWD Section Sensitive Parts (Typical)
Figure 305/TASK 12-21-11-991-005

EFF :

ALL 12-21-11

Page 316
May 01/11

SYR
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | | | Nozzle/Aircraft |
R | Nozzle Pressure | Maximum Flow | minimum distance |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | For 100 bar (1450 psi) pressure | 900 l/h | 1000 mm (40 in.) |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Example of SPRAYING EQUIPMENT settings for an impact pressure

R of 10 psi (0.6894 bar):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | | | Nozzle/Aircraft |
R | Nozzle Pressure | Maximum Flow | minimum distance |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R NOTE : For other settings, Airbus recommends that you get

____
R confirmation of the impact pressure values from the
R equipment manufacturer.
R Subtask 12-21-11-615-072
R B. External Cleaning of Fuselage, Wings, Nacelles, Pylon, Horizontal

R stabilizer and Vertical stabilizer
R CAUTION : DURING THE DE-ICING AND CLEANING PROCEDURES, MAKE SURE THAT THE
_______
R HOT WATER OR HOT WATER/FLUID MIXTURES DO NOT CAUSE THE
R TEMPERATURE OF THE AIRCRAFT SKIN TO INCREASE TO MORE THAN
R +70⁰C.
R DO NOT USE STEAM. IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THESE PRECAUTIONS, YOU CAN
R CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE OR TO PARTS.
R CAUTION : WHEN YOU DO THE EXTERNAL CLEANING, MAKE SURE THAT:

_______
R - THE SUPPLY PRESSURE OF CLEANING SOLUTIONS, WATER AND/OR
R COMPRESSED AIR IS NOT MORE THAN THE SPECIFIED VALUES.
R - THE SPRAY GUN/NOZZLE IS AT THE SPECIFIED DISTANCE AND ANGLE
R FROM THE SURFACE.
R IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THESE PRECAUTIONS, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
R THE SURFACE OR TO PARTS.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-11

Page 317
Nov 01/10

SYR
CAUTION : USE HIGH-PRESSURE SPRAYING EQUIPMENT FOR SPECIFIED AREAS ONLY.
_______
DO NOT USE HIGH-PRESSURE SPRAYING EQUIPMENT TO CLEAN THE AREAS
AROUND SENSORS, PROBES, ANTENNAS, ETC.
YOU MUST CLEAN THESE AREAS BY HAND.
MAKE SURE THAT YOU ADJUST THE HIGH-PRESSURE SPRAYING EQUIPMENT
TO, AND USE IT AT, THE SPECIFIED VALUES.
IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THESE PRECAUTIONS, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
THE SURFACE OR TO PARTS. HIGH-PRESSURE SPRAYING EQUIPMENT CAN
PUSH LIQUIDS INTO BEARINGS, JOINTS, PROBES, BRAKES, ELECTRICAL
CONNECTORS AND OTHER SEALED COMPONENTS.
LIQUIDS THAT GO INTO THESE AREAS CAN FREEZE DURING AIRCRAFT
FLIGHT, REMOVE LUBRICANTS, CAUSE CORROSION AND ELECTRICAL
FAULTS.
(1) Washing
(a) Adjust the cleaning solution and the temperature controls to the
required settings.
(b) Hold the spray gun at the required distance, angle and speed.
(c) You must always point the spray from the front to the rear of the
aircraft.
(d) Airbus recommends that you apply the cleaning solution from the
bottom to the top of the aircraft in the sequence that follows
(this prevents scratches and runs):
- Lower forward fuselage from the leading edge of the wing to the
nose of the aircraft
- Lower aft fuselage from the wings to the leading edge of the
horizontal stabilizer
R - Wing upper surface between the fuselage and the engine pylon
- Upper fuselage from the nose to the horizontal stabilizer
- Lower center fuselage, engine nacelles and wing bottom skin
- Tail cone, rudder, bottom and top skins of the horizontal
stabilizer.
NOTE : In the THS apron area, it is important to point the spray

____
from the front to the rear. If you point the spray in the
other direction (rear to front), cleaning agent can go
into the rear fuselage non-pressurized compartment.
R - Wing top skin between the engine pylon and the wing tips.
(e) Clean the areas around the sensors, probes and antennas by hand.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-11

Page 318
May 01/11

SYR
R (2) Rinsing
R CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU RINSE THE SURFACE SUFFICIENTLY TO REMOVE
_______
R ALL THE CLEANING SOLUTION. CLEANING SOLUTION THAT STAYS ON
R THE AIRCRAFT SURFACE CAN CAUSE CORROSION.
R (a) Let the cleaning solution soak but do not let it dry.
R (b) Rinse the areas around the sensors, probes and antennas by hand.
R (c) Adjust the water pressure and water flow to the required
R settings.
R (d) Hold the water gun at the required distance and angle.
R You must always point the spray from the front to the rear of the
R aircraft.
R (e) Rinse the aircraft from the top to the bottom to remove all the
R cleaning solution.
R Never stop rinsing before the rinsing water becomes perfectly
R clear.
R NOTE : It is not easy to remove dirty rinsing water runs when

____
R they are dry.
R (f) When you rinse the wings and the horizontal stabilizer, always
R complete this step with the bottom skin.
R (g) If there is ice after the rinsing operation, do the de-icing and
R anti-icing of the aircraft (Ref. TASK 12-31-12-660-002).
R Subtask 12-21-11-615-073
R C. Cleaning of the Windows
R (1) Never rub the fuselage windows, cockpit windows or windshield with a
R sponge.
R (2) Clean the windshield (Ref. TASK 56-10-00-110-001).
R (3) Clean the fixed windows (Ref. TASK 56-10-00-110-002).
R (4) Clean the sliding windows (Ref. TASK 56-10-00-110-003).
R (5) Clean the windows (Ref. TASK 56-21-13-100-002).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-11

Page 319
Nov 01/10

SYR
R Subtask 12-21-11-615-074
R D. Cleaning of the Landing Gear Bays and Landing Gear Components
R NOTE : There are many components in the landing gear bays that can easily
____
R become damaged. Thus Airbus recommends that you clean the landing
R gear bays only when you do heavy maintenance checks.
R (1) Opening of the landing gear doors:

R - open the nose landing gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).
R - open the main landing gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001),
R (2) Make sure that the access door openings in the landing gear bays are
R correctly closed.
R (3) Cleaning of the landing gear bays
R CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY CLEANING SOLUTION ON THE CHROME-PLATED

_______
R SURFACES AND ON THE LOCATION OF THE HINGES.
R (a) Make sure that each landing gear wheel/brake has protection.
R (b) Use FILM - POLYETHYLENE and TAPE - ADHESIVE for protection of all
R rubber items, hinges and sliding assemblies.
R - Record the locations where you put the adhesive tape.
R (c) Do not use high-pressure spraying equipment to clean the landing

R gear bays.
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE MATERIAL NO. 11-001. OBEY THE
_______
R MATERIAL MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
R (d) Apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-001) with a SPONGE only on
R the applicable parts of the landing gear bays, and on the
R internal surfaces of the landing gear doors.
R (e) In the zones where access is not easy, apply CLEANING AGENTS
R (Material No. 11-001) with a BRUSH - BRISTLED, SOFT, to remove
R all signs of grease and oil.
R CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU RINSE THE SURFACE SUFFICIENTLY TO

_______
R REMOVE ALL THE CLEANING SOLUTION. CLEANING SOLUTION
R THAT STAYS ON THE AIRCRAFT SURFACE CAN CAUSE CORROSION.
R (f) Manually rinse the applicable parts of the landing gear bays to
R remove all the cleaning solution.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-11

Page 320
Nov 01/10

SYR
R (g) In the zones where access is not easy, use clean dry AIR SOURCE
R FILTERED, DRY that does not contain oil, to remove the remaining
R moisture.
R (4) Cleaning of the landing gear
R (a) Clean the Main Landing Gear (Ref. TASK 32-11-00-100-002).
R (b) Clean the Nose Landing Gear (Ref. TASK 32-21-00-100-002).
R (5) Corrosion Prevention of the Landing Gear Bays
R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THESE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
_______
R MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
R (a) In the landing gears bays, remove SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No.
R 05-005) from all:
R - threads of studs on clamp blocks,
R - washers,
R - nuts.
R (b) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) on the painted

R surfaces of the landing gear bays.
R NOTE : The painted surfaces must be in the correct condition (no

____
R damage, marks, scratches and/or signs of corrosion) before
R you apply the material.
R (c) In the landing gears bays, apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No.
R 05-005) on all:
R - threads of studs on clamp blocks,
R - washers,
R - nuts.
R (6) General Visual Inspection of the Landing gear and Landing gear Bays
R (a) Do a general visual inspection of the MLG (legs and doors) zones
R 730 and 740 and MLG bay zones 147 and 148.
R (b) Do a general visual inspection of the NLG (leg and doors) zone
R 710 and NLG bay zones 123 and 124.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-11

Page 321
Nov 01/10

SYR
Subtask 12-21-11-615-075
E. Final Check and Cleaning touch-up
R (1) All the aircraft surfaces must be clean and without dirty runs.
(2) If there are remaining stains
(a) Apply water on the dirty area.
(b) Make a clean and dry MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) moist
with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) or CLEANING AGENTS
(c) Directly rub the dirty area with the moist cloth.
(d) Let the cleaning agent soak but do not let it dry.
Rinse several times with water.
(e) Wipe the area with a clean and dry MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-003).
(3) If there are asphalt stains

Remove them with a SPONGE made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material
No. 11-026) or CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-002).
(4) If there are other remaining stains (insects, etc...)

Make them soft with water and scrape them with a SCRAPER - PLASTIC
and a SPONGE soaked with water.
Be very careful not to cause scratches on the surface.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-11-860-058
(1) Remove the aircraft protective equipment (Ref. TASK 10-11-00-555-

014).
(2) Refer to the record of application of the adhesive tape to remove all
FILM - POLYETHYLENE and TAPE - ADHESIVE.
(3) Make sure that all materials are recorded as removed.
(4) Remove all signs of adhesive tape with a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-003) soaked in CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-002).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-11

Page 322
May 01/11

SYR
R (5) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
R CAUTION : MONITOR THE TEMPERATURE OF THE AVIONICS COMPARTMENT AND

_______
R MAKE SURE THAT IT DOES NOT INCREASE TO MORE THAN 55 DEG.C
R DURING THE PROCEDURE.
R (6) Aircraft skin valve openings
R (a) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
R (b) On the panel 25VU, release the DITCHING pushbutton switch.
R 1
_ On the DITCHING pushbutton switch, the white ON legend goes
R off.
R 2
_ On the PRESS page of the lower ECAM DU:
R - the skin air-outlet valve (EXTRACT) is open
R - the skin air-inlet (INLET) valve is open
R - the outflow valve is fully open.
R (7) Do an operational check of override function (Ref. TASK 21-26-00-710-

R 002).
R Subtask 12-21-11-410-053
R B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration
R (1) Remove the tag from the Captains side stick or write in the log book
R that the protection covers/devices are not installed.
R (2) Close the nose landing gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-001).
R (3) Close the main landing gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).
R (4) Remove the ground support and the maintenance equipment, the special
R and standard tools and all other items.
R (5) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuit (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

R 002).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-11

Page 323
Nov 01/10

SYR
INTERNAL CLEANING - SERVICING
_____________________________
TASK 12-21-12-100-001
Cleaning of the Cockpit Display-Units
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22-82-12-100-001 Cleaning of the Multipurpose Control Display Unit

(MCDU)
Power
the External Power
31-63-22-100-001 Cleaning of the Display Unit (2WT1, 2WT2, 3WT1, 3WT2,
4WT1, 4WT2)
12-21-12-991-004 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-861-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-12-160-062
R A. Cleaning of the Cockpit Display Units

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-21-12-991-004)
R (1) Clean the instrument panel Display Unit (DU) (Ref. TASK 31-63-22-100-
001).
R (2) Clean the Multipurpose Control Display Unit (MCDU) (Ref. TASK 22-82-
12-100-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 301
Nov 01/08

SYR
Cockpit Display Units
R Figure 301/TASK 12-21-12-991-004

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 302
May 01/06

SYR
items.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-862-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 303
May 01/06
R
SYR
TASK 12-21-12-100-002
Cleaning of the Cockpit Equipment/Furnishings
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, SOFT

R
No specific 1 CAP - PROTECTION
No specific 1 VACUUM CLEANER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific warm clean water

INTERIOR GENERAL PLASTIC CLEANER (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
25-13-00-100-001 Cleaning of Foam Plastic (Polyurethane) Parts
56-10-00-110-001 Cleaning of the L/R Windshields
56-10-00-110-002 Cleaning of the L/R Fixed Windows
56-10-00-110-003 Cleaning of the L/R Sliding Windows

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 304
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
12-21-12-991-007 Fig. 302
12-21-12-991-001 Fig. 303
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-861-055

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-12-160-071
A. Cleaning of the Cockpit Equipment/Furnishings

(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-21-12-991-007)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.
(1) Clean the inner surface of the cockpit windows:

(Ref. TASK 56-10-00-110-001),
(Ref. TASK 56-10-00-110-002)
and
(Ref. TASK 56-10-00-110-003).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 305
Nov 01/10

SYR
Linings and Furnishings - Cockpit
R Figure 302/TASK 12-21-12-991-007

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 306
May 01/06

SYR
(2) Clean the foam plastic (polyurethane) parts (Ref. TASK 25-13-00-100-
001).
(3) Clean the overhead panel, the glareshild, the main instrument panel,
the lateral consoles and the center pedestal:
(a) Put a CAP - PROTECTION on each electrical outlet.
(b) Remove the loose dirt from the surface with a BRUSH - BRISTLED,
FIBER, SOFT and a VACUUM CLEANER.
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-21-12-991-001)
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE

_______
INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE
COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.
(c) Moisten a clean lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material

No. 19-003) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-017) and apply
it to the surface you will clean.
NOTE : To prevent contamination of the cleaning agent, do not put

____
the cloth into the cleaning agent.
(d) Moisten a clean lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material

No. 19-003) with warm clean water and lightly rub the surface you
will clean.
NOTE : Always make the cloth moist, not the part you will clean.
____
(e) Dry the surface with a clean lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(4) Clean the Seats:
(a) Clean the seats as given in the of the seat manufacturer (Ref.
CMM 25-11-XX).
R
R (5) Remove the protection caps from the electrical outlets.
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 307
May 01/11

SYR
Vacuum Cleaner Sockets
R Figure 303/TASK 12-21-12-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 308
May 01/06

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-862-055

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 309
May 01/11
R
SYR
TASK 12-21-12-100-003
Cleaning of the Carpets and Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, MEDIUM

No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, STIFF
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warm water
CARPET AND FABRIC CLEANER (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
12-21-12-991-001 Fig. 303
12-21-12-991-005 Fig. 304

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 310
May 01/11
R
SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-861-056

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA
_______
WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH OR
IN YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND
SKIN IRRITANTS.

_______
MATERIAL/S.
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE
PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.
Subtask 12-21-12-160-072
A. Cleaning of the Carpets

(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-21-12-991-005)
(1) Stain removal:
(a) Soak the area of the stain with warm clean water.
(b) Dry the area of the stain with a lint-free cotton cloth
(c) Carefully apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-018) to the area
of the stain with a BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, MEDIUM.
(d) Dry the area with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS


EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 311
May 01/11
R
SYR
R Component Location/Surface Finish Identification

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 312
May 01/11

SYR
R Component Location/Surface Finish Identification

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 313
May 01/11

SYR
(e) Use a BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, MEDIUM to lift the carpet pile.
(2) Dirt removal:
(a) Clean the area with a VACUUM CLEANER.
(b) Use a BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, MEDIUM to lift the carpet pile.
Subtask 12-21-12-160-080
B. Cleaning of the NTF
(1) Remove the loose dirt from surface with a VACUUM CLEANER.
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-21-12-991-001)
(2) Apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-017) to the surface with a
BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, STIFF.
(3) Clean the surface with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) a

lint-free cotton cloth warm water.
(4) Dry the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-003).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-862-056

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 314
May 01/11
R
SYR
TASK 12-21-12-100-004
Cleaning of the Plastic Surfaces and Mirrors
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 CHAMOIS LEATHER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-010
PLASTIC CLEANER (Ref. 20-31-00)
CABIN WINDOW CLEANER (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 315
May 01/11
R
SYR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-21-12

Page 316
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
12-21-12-991-005 Fig. 304
12-21-12-991-006 Fig. 305
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-861-057

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-12-160-073
R A. Cleaning of the Plastic Surfaces and Mirrors

(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-21-12-991-005, 305/TASK 12-21-12-991-006)
_______
OR IN YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
HEAT.
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

_______
MATERIAL/S.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 317
Nov 01/07

SYR
Linings and Furnishings - Lavatory
Figure 305/TASK 12-21-12-991-006

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 318
Nov 01/07
R
SYR
R CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
R THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
R SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.
NOTE : The water and equipment that you use for these procedures must be
____
clean and contain no particles that could damage the surfaces.
(1) Cleaning of the plastic surfaces.
(a) Put CAP - PROTECTION on the electrical outlets so that they do

not get wet.
FIBER, SOFT.
(c) Apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-017) to the dirty surface
with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003).
(d) Clean the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS

(Material No. 19-003) and warm clean water.
(e) Dry the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS

(f) Remove the protection caps from the electrical outlets.
(2) Cleaning of the transparent plastic surfaces.
(a) Put CAP - PROTECTION on the electrical outlets so that they do

not get wet.
(b) Clean the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS

NOTE : Make sure that there is no abrasive material on the

____
surface.
Abrasive materials can damage the surface.
(c) Apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-017) to the surface with a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(d) Clean the surface with warm clean water and dry it with a CHAMOIS
LEATHER.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 319
Nov 01/08

SYR
(e) If there is a stain:
1
_ Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-010) to the surface
with a cloth.
2
_ Clean the surface with warm clean water and dry it with a
CHAMOIS LEATHER.
(f) Remove the protection caps from the electrical outlets.
(3) Cleaning of the mirrors.
(a) Clean the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS

(b) Apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-019) to the surface with a
(c) Clean the surface with warm clean water and dry it with a CHAMOIS
LEATHER.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-862-057

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 320
Nov 01/07
R
SYR
TASK 12-21-12-100-005
Cleaning of the Seat Covers and the Curtains
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific Pelle Leather Care Products

(Ref. 20-31-00)
CARPET AND FABRIC CLEANER (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
R
12-21-12-991-005 Fig. 304

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 321
Nov 01/08

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-861-058

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-21-12-991-005)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA
_______
WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH OR
IN YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.

_______
MATERIAL/S.
_______
R THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE
R PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.
Subtask 12-21-12-110-050
A. Cleaning of the Seat Covers
R (1) Refer to the seat manufactures instructions.
(2) Remove the loose dirt with a VACUUM CLEANER.
(3) Fabric seat covers stain removal:
(a) Soak the area of the stain with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
018).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 322
Nov 01/08

SYR
R (b) Dry the wet area with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
R (c) Dry clean the area of the stain with a solution of CLEANING
R AGENTS (Material No. 11-018) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
R 11-002) and a
R
R lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
R (4) Tasman aviation-leather seat-covers:
R CAUTION : DO NOT USE SADDLE SOAP OR WAX POLISHES. LDO NOT USE
_______
R CLEANING FLUIDS WHICH ARE NOT SPECIFIED FOR LEATHER. LDO
R NOT USE SPRAY POLISHES THAT CONTAIN SILICONE. LIF YOU DO
R NOT OBEY THESE INSTRUCTIONS, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
R LEATHER SURFACE.
R (a) Obey the manufacturers instructions.
R (b) Clean the leather surfaces of the seat with Pelle Leather Care
R Products and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-003).
R Subtask 12-21-12-110-051
R B. Cleaning of the Curtains
R (1) Remove the loose dirt with a VACUUM CLEANER.
R (2) Stain removal:
R (a) Soak the area of the stain with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
R 018).
R (b) Dry the wet area with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
R (Material No. 19-003).
R (c) Dry clean the area of the stain with a solution of CLEANING
R AGENTS (Material No. 11-018) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
R 11-002) and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
R 19-003).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 323
Nov 01/07

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-862-058

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 324
Nov 01/07
R
SYR
TASK 12-21-12-100-006
Cleaning of the Light Alloy and Steel Components
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 05-025 USA A-A-59318
POLISH METAL ALUMINUM (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-016 USA BOEING BAC 5000 BAC 5504 BAC 5750
CLEANING SOLVENT (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
12-21-12-991-006 Fig. 305

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 325
May 01/08

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-861-059

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-12-160-074
A. Cleaning of Light Alloy and Stainless Steel Components

(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-21-12-991-006)
(1) Put CAP - PROTECTION on the electrical outlets so that they do not
get wet.
(a) Apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-016) to the surface with a
(b) Clean the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS

(c) Dry the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS

(d) Remove the protection caps from the electrical outlets.
Subtask 12-21-12-160-081
B. Intensive Cleaning (Polishing) of Light-Alloy Components
_______
(1) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-025) to the area you will
clean and wipe it with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(2) Polish the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS


EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 326
Nov 01/08

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-862-059

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 327
Nov 01/07
R
SYR
TASK 12-21-12-100-007
Cleaning of the Cargo Compartments
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
No specific 1 BRUSH - NON METALLIC
No specific 1 HOT AIR BLOWER OPERATING 40 DEG C (100 DEG F)
No specific 1 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC
R No specific 1 VACUUM CLEANER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 11-001C USA AMS 1526 OR AMS 1527

R CLEANING AGENT FOR AICRAFT SURFACE AND PARTS
R (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 328
Nov 01/07

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
51-78-00-615-003 Aircraft Cleaning after Leakage from a Fish Shipment
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
12-21-12-991-001 Fig. 303
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-010-054
A. Get Access
R (1) Open the FWD and/or aft cargo-compartment door as required (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-860-001).
Subtask 12-21-12-861-060
B. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 329
Nov 01/08

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-12-160-075
R A. Cleaning of the Cargo Compartment(s)
_______
OR IN YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
HEAT.
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

_______
MATERIAL/S.
(1) Remove loose materials with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC or a BRUSH - NON
R METALLIC and a VACUUM CLEANER.
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-21-12-991-001)
R (2) Clean the area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-001C).
R (3) Additional Special Cleaning after Seafood/Wet Cargo Shipment.
NOTE : This procedure is only applicable if leakage from a shipping

____
container has been reported.
R (a) Make a cleaning solution:

R - Mix 5.0 g (0.17 oz) of CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-001C)
with every 1 l (0.2641 USgal) of water.
(b) Clean the area with the cleaning solution and a lint-free cotton
cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(c) Dry the area with a HOT AIR BLOWER OPERATING 40 DEG C (100 DEG
F).
NOTE : If necessary clean the bilge area (Ref. TASK 51-78-00-615-

____
003).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 330
Nov 01/07

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-862-060

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).
Subtask 12-21-12-410-054
B. Close Access
(2) Close the cargo compartment door(s) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 331
Nov 01/07
R
SYR
TASK 12-21-12-100-008
Cleaning of the Cabin Monitors and Display Screens (if installed)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-36-00-100-001 Cleaning of the Monitor and Display Screens in the

Cabin
Power
the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-861-061

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-12-160-076
A. Cleaning of the Monitors and Display Screens (if installed)
R (1) Clean the cabin monitors and the display screens (Ref. TASK 23-36-00-
100-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-862-061

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 332
Nov 01/08

SYR
TASK 12-21-12-100-009
Cleaning of the Plastic Wash Basin in the Lavatories
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific abrasive general household cleaning agent

No specific soap
No specific soap solution
Material No. 05-008
PLASTIC POLISHING COMPOUND (COARSE GRADE)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-009 USA PP-560 TYPE 1
PLASTIC POLISHING COMPOUND (FINE GRADE)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 333
Nov 01/07
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
12-21-12-991-006 Fig. 305
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-861-063

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-21-12-991-006)
Subtask 12-21-12-160-077
A. General Cleaning
____
(1) Remove the loose dirt from the surface with a BRUSH - BRISTLED,
FIBER, SOFT.
(2) Apply a mild soap solution to the dirty surface with a lint-free
cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
NOTE : If necessary, use more soap for a stronger solution.

____
(3) Rinse the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS

(Material No. 19-003) and the soap solution warm clean water.
(4) Wipe the surface dry with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
NOTE : Make sure that there is no abrasive material on the surface.

____

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 334
Nov 01/07
R
SYR
(5) If necessary, do Para B. steps (1) thru (3).
Subtask 12-21-12-160-078
B. Special Cleaning
_______
NOTE : Removal of the Stain(s) made with:

____
- cigarette burns,
- a felt pen,
- a lipstick,
- hair dye,
- hairspray,
- mascara,
- nail varnish,
- shoe polish.
(1) Apply an abrasive general household cleaning agent to the area of the
stain(s) and wipe it with a moist lint-free cotton cloth
NOTE : Do step (2) again, if necessary.

____
(2) Rinse the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS

(3) Wipe the surface dry with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-003)

____
(4) If necessary, do Para. C. steps (1) thru (3).
Subtask 12-21-12-160-079
C. Intensive Cleaning (Polishing)
_______
NOTE : Removal of the Stain(s) made with:

____
- cigarette burns,

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 335
Nov 01/08

SYR
- a felt pen,
- a lipstick,
- hair dye,
- hairspray,
- mascara,
- nail varnish,
- shoe polish.
(1) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-008) to the area of the
stain(s) and wipe it with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(2) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-009) to the area of the
stain(s) and wipe it with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(3) Polish the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS


____
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-862-063

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 336
Nov 01/07
R
SYR
R TASK 12-21-12-100-010
R Cleaning of the Galleys
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
R A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, SOFT

R No specific 1 CAP - PROTECTION
R No specific 1 VACUUM CLEANER
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific MILD SOAP

R No specific WARM CLEAN WATER
R Material No. 11-002 USA MIL-PRF-680
R DRY CLEANING SOLVENT (VARSOL/WHITE SPIRIT)
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
R INTERIOR GENERAL PLASTIC CLEANER (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 337
Nov 01/07

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-21-12-100-006 Cleaning of the Light Alloy and Steel Components

Power
the External Power
R
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-860-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
R (2) Remove the galley equipment as necessary.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-12-100-050
A. Cleaning of the Galley Compartments, Tables, Doors and Decorative Panels
_______
OR IN YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
HEAT.
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

_______
MATERIAL/S.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 338
Nov 01/08

SYR
_______
____
(1) General Cleaning:
(a) Put a CAP - PROTECTION on each electrical outlet to make sure

that they do not get wet.
FIBER, SOFT and a VACUUM CLEANER.
(c) Mix a solution of MILD SOAP and WARM CLEAN WATER.
(d) Apply the solution to the dirty area or surface with a lint-free
NOTE : If necessary, use more MILD SOAP for a stronger solution.

____
(e) Rinse the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS

(Material No. 19-003) and WARM CLEAN WATER.
(f) Wipe the surface dry with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(2) Special Cleaning:
(a) Apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-017) or CLEANING AGENTS

(Material No. 11-002) to the dirty area or surface with a
(3) Remove the protection cap(s) from the electrical outlets.
Subtask 12-21-12-100-051
B. Cleaning of the Galley Light-Alloy and Steel Components
(1) If installed, clean the light-alloy and steel components as necessary

(Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-006).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 339
Nov 01/08

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-860-052
A. Close Access
R (1) Install the galley equipment you removed before.
(2) De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 340
Nov 01/08

SYR
TASK 12-21-12-670-001
Disinfection of the Aircraft Equipment and Furnishing
WARNING : ONLY PERSONS NECESSARY FOR THIS PROCEDURE ARE PERMITTED IN THE
_______
AIRCRAFT DURING THE TASK.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 GUN - SPRAY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific clean water

Material No. 14-006B USA AMS 1452
DISINFECTANT LIQUID AIRCRAFT GENERAL PURPOSE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 14-006C USA AMS 1453
DISINFECTANT LIQUID GNAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 341
Nov 01/10

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
52-10-00-010-001 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-410-001 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
Hand Pump
Hand Pump
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-861-052

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 12-21-12-865-052
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-002,
122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CTL 1XA S26
**ON A/C ALL
122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR 7MC S28
**ON A/C 003-099,
122VU ELEC/GALY & CAB/CTL 1XA S26

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 342
Nov 01/07
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL
2001VU LAV SHAVER SOCKET 1MT B01
Subtask 12-21-12-010-051
C. Get Access
R (1) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons that the
aircraft will be disinfected.
(2) Open the passenger/crew door 831 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).
(3) Open the FWD and aft cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-
003).
4. Procedure
_________

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
MATERIAL.
WARNING : DO NOT LET DISINFECTANTS GO ONTO FOODSTUFFS. DISINFECTANTS ARE

_______
POISONOUS. DO NOT SPRAY THEM DIRECTLY ONTO CARPETS OR COCKPIT
INSTRUMENT PANELS. DISINFECTANTS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO FURNISHINGS
AND EQUIPMENT.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 343
Nov 01/10

SYR
Subtask 12-21-12-615-050
A. Disinfect the Aircraft Equipment and Furnishings
(1) Cockpit Equipment and Furnishings:
NOTE : Do NOT spray the disinfectant directly on cockpit panels.

____
(a) Carefully apply DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-006B) or

DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-006C) to all surfaces of the
cockpit equipment and furnishings with a lint-free cotton cloth
(b) Clean and dry the cockpit equipment and furnishings with and a
(2) Galleys:
(a) Apply DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-006B) or DISINFECTANTS

(Material No. 14-006C) to the galleys and galley equipment with a
GUN - SPRAY.
(b) Clean and dry the galleys and the galley equipment with clean
water and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-003).
(3) Lavatories:

(Material No. 14-006C) to all toilet seats and the lavatory
equipment with a GUN - SPRAY.
(b) Clean and dry the toilet seats and the lavatory equipment with
clean water and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-003).
(4) Passenger Seating Area:

(Material No. 14-006C) to the cabin seats and the cabin equipment
with a GUN - SPRAY.
(b) Clean and dry the cabin equipment with clean water and a

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 344
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
(5) Cargo Compartments:

(Material No. 14-006C) to the cargo compartments with a GUN -
SPRAY.
(b) Clean and dry the cargo compartments with clean water and a
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-865-053
breaker(s):
1MT, 1XA, 7MC.
Subtask 12-21-12-410-051
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the FWD and aft cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-004).
(3) Close the passenger/crew door 831 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001).
Subtask 12-21-12-862-052
C. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 345
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
TASK 12-21-12-670-002
Disinsectization of the Aircraft Equipment and Furnishing
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 SAFETY BARRIER(S)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 14-004

INSECTICIDE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 14-010
INSECTICIDE A/C CABIN (IN FLIGHT) (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 346
Nov 01/10

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-21-12-100-001 Cleaning of the Cockpit Display-Units

12-21-12-100-002 Cleaning of the Cockpit Equipment/Furnishings
12-21-12-100-004 Cleaning of the Plastic Surfaces and Mirrors
12-21-12-100-006 Cleaning of the Light Alloy and Steel Components
R 12-21-12-100-008 Cleaning of the Cabin Monitors and Display Screens
R (if installed)
Power
the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-861-053

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 347
Nov 01/07

SYR
Subtask 12-21-12-865-054
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-002,
122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CTL 1XA S26
**ON A/C ALL
122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR 7MC S28
**ON A/C 003-099,
122VU ELEC/GALY & CAB/CTL 1XA S26
**ON A/C ALL
2001VU LAV SHAVER SOCKET 1MT B01

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 348
Nov 01/09
R
SYR
Subtask 12-21-12-010-052
C. Get Access
(1) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell your personnel about
the aircraft disinsectization.
(2) Disinsectization is required for these compartment volumes:
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | |Aircraft Model |Aircraft Model|Aircraft Model|Aircraft Model|
R |----------------|---------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|
R | Compartment | A318 | A319 | A320 | A321 |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | Cockpit | 9 m3 | 9 m3 | 9 m3 | 9 m3 |
R | | (318 ft.3) | (318 ft.3) | (318 ft.3) | (318 ft.3) |
R |----------------|---------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|
R | Cabin | 80 m3 | 95 m3 | 110 m3 | 137 m3 |
R | (SEE NOTE) | (3178 ft.3) | (3355 ft.3) | (3885 ft.3) | (4838 ft.3) |
R |----------------|---------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|
R | Forward Cargo | 6.5 m3 | 10.7 m3 | 15.5 m3 | 25.4 m3 |
R | | (230 ft.3) | (378 ft.3) | (547 ft.3) | (897 ft.3) |
R |----------------|---------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|
R | Aft and Bulk | 14.7 m3 | 21.2 m3 | 28 m3 | 32.6 m3 |
R | Cargo | (519 ft.3) | (749 ft.3) | (989 ft.3) | (1151 ft.3) |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : The volumes have been calculated assuming all compartment

____
furnishings are installed.
(3) Open the FWD passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).
NOTE : All other passenger/crew doors must be closed.

____
(4) If necessary remove the cushions and backrests of the cabin seats,
the cockpit seats and the cabin attendants seats.
NOTE : We recommend that you remove all of the cushions and

____
backrests. The insecticide soaks into these materials and
extends the ventilation time after disinsectization.
(5) Open all the stowages, the lavatory doors and the cockpit door.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 349
Aug 01/11

SYR
(6) If the trap-door 231AF is installed:
(a) Open the trap-door.
R (b) Put a SAFETY BARRIER(S) around the open trap-door.
R (c) Put WARNING NOTICE(S) notices in position to tell your personnel

that the trap-door 231AF is open.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION WHEN THE TRAP DOOR (231AF) IS
OPEN.
INJURY CAN OCCUR IF PERSONS FALL THROUGH THE OPENING.
(7) Remove the contents of the compartments of the galleys.
(8) Remove the galley equipment.
(9) Open the forward and aft cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-12-615-051
A. Disinsectization of the Aircraft
_______
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE INSECTICIDES.

_______
OBEY THE MATERIAL MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS AND THE LOCAL
REGULATIONS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES.
DO NOT SMOKE.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND GLOVES.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS:
- ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES, FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF
CLEAN WATER.
- IN YOUR MOUTH, GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID.
IN GENERAL, THESE MATERIALS ARE FLAMMABLE, POISONOUS AND SKIN
IRRITANTS.
WARNING : DO NOT LET INSECTICIDES GO ONTO FOODSTUFFS. INSECTICIDES ARE

_______
POISONOUS. DO NOT APPLY THEM AS A SPRAY DIRECTLY TO CARPETS OR
COCKPIT INSTRUMENT PANELS. INSECTICIDES CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
FURNISHINGS AND EQUIPMENT.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 350
Nov 01/10

SYR
R (1) Disinsect the cockpit and cabin area:
(a) Apply
- DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-004) or equivalent
or
- DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-010) to the:
- Floor area of the cockpit
- Floor of the galleys and the lavatories
- Floor adjacent to the galleys and lavatories
- Cabin area.
(b) Dry all wet surfaces and covers immediately with a lint-free
R
R (2) Disinsect the cargo compartments.
(a) Apply DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-004) or equivalent to the

cargo compartments.
(b) Close the forward and aft cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-860-002).
(3) Keep all the aircraft doors closed for 45 minutes.
R (4) Obey the material manufacturers instructions and the local

R regulations to do the ground air pre-conditioning to remove the
R insecticide from the cabin and the cockpit (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-
001).
R (5) Open all the passenger/crew doors (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).

R
R (6) Clean all the surfaces of the cockpit and the cabin:
- The cockpit display units
(Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-001)
- The cockpit equipment and furnishings
(Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-002)
- The plastic surfaces and mirrors
(Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-004)
- The light alloy and steel components
(Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-006)
- The monitors and display screens in the cabin
(Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-008).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 351
Nov 01/09

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-865-055
breaker(s):
1MT, 1XA, 7MC.
Subtask 12-21-12-410-052
B. Close Access
items.
R
R (2) Close the cockpit door (and the trapdoor 231AF if installed).
R (3) Remove the safety barrier.
R (4) If removed, install the cushions and the backrests of the cabin
seats, the cockpit seats and the cabin attendants seats.
R (5) Install the galley equipment.
R (6) Close all the passenger/crew doors (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001).
Subtask 12-21-12-862-053
C. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 352
Nov 01/09

SYR
TASK 12-21-12-670-004
Fumigation of the Fuselage Pressurized Areas with Carbon-Dioxide (CO2 Gas)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the SIL 12-007
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 DETECTOR-COMBUSTIBLE GAS

FOR FIN 8DG2
No specific 1 HOSE - RUBBER
No specific 1 LOCALLY MANUFACTURED - ADAPTER
FOR FIN 10HL
No specific 1 CHARGING EQUIPMENT - GAS, STANDARD
No specific 1 LOCALLY MANUFACTURED - ADAPTER
No specific 1 SUPPLY LINE - GAS, PRESSURIZED
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 08-074

MASKING TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 14-009
C02 GAS (Ref. 20-31-00)
FOR FIN 8DG2
No specific cable ties
FOR FIN 10HL
Material No. 14-009
C02 GAS (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 353
Nov 01/10

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
08-21-00-200-001 Quick Leveling with a Spirit Level in the FWD Cargo

Compartment
08-21-00-200-001 Quick Leveling Procedure with the ADIRU
08-21-00-200-001 Quick Leveling with a Spirit Level in the Passenger
Compartment
External Power
25-25-11-000-001 Removal of the Filler Panel(s) of the Passenger
Service/Information Unit(s) (PSIU)
25-25-11-400-001 Installation of the Filler Panel(s) of the Passenger
Service/Information Unit(s) (PSIU)
52-30-00-860-006 Open the Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door
52-30-00-860-008 Close the Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door
52-41-00-010-002 Open the Avionics Compartment Doors for Access
52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
56-12-11-010-001 Opening of the Cockpit Sliding Windows
56-12-11-410-001 Closing of the Cockpit Sliding Windows
AMM 30-71-00 P.Block 001 DRAIN MAST ICE PROTECTION
R AMM 53-19-00 P.Block 001 MISCELLANEOUS
SIL 12-007
12-21-12-991-008 Fig. 306
12-21-12-991-002 Fig. 307
FOR FIN 8DG2
12-21-12-991-008 Fig. 306
FOR FIN 10HL
12-21-12-991-002 Fig. 307

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 354
May 01/09

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-941-051
_______
MATERIAL.
(1) Make sure that there is sufficient airflow around the aircraft.
(2) Do this task on the apron.
(3) If you do the task in the hangar:
(a) Open the doors of the hangar.
R (b) Put SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position to keep all persons out of the
work area.
R (c) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell your personnel

about the aircraft fumigation.
(d) If you do the task in a hangar which has under-floor areas, make
sure that they are sealed.
NOTE : This carbon-dioxide gas (CO2 gas) is heavier than air.

____
Subtask 12-21-12-010-056
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platforms in position.
(a) FOR 8DG2

- Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) in position at the sliding
window 8DG2.
(b) FOR 10HL

- Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the outflow
valve 10HL.
(2) In the cockpit:
(a) Open the sliding window 8DG2 (Ref. TASK 56-12-11-010-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 355
Nov 01/10

SYR
(3) In the forward utility area of the cabin:
(a) Remove the filler-panels of the center service channel as

necessary to get access to the area above the ceiling (Ref. TASK
25-25-11-000-001).
Subtask 12-21-12-480-050
C. Installation of the Fumigation Equipment (Ref. SIL 12-007)
(1) FOR 8DG2
(a) Install the sliding window adapter.

(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-21-12-991-008)
1
_ Put the LOCALLY MANUFACTURED - ADAPTER (1) in position in the
cockpit window frame and attach it with the screws and the
wing nuts.
2
_ Put the HOSE - RUBBER, min. dia 150 mm (6.0 in.), (2) through
the opening in the center service channel.
3
_ Put the upper end of the hose (2) in the highest position in
the fuselage and attach it with cable ties.
4
_ Connect the lower end of the hose (2) to the window adapter
(1).
(2) FOR 10HL
(a) Install the air-outflow valve-adapter.

(Ref. Fig. 307/TASK 12-21-12-991-002)
1
_ Put the LOCALLY MANUFACTURED - ADAPTER (1) in position on the
outflow valve 10HL and attach it with the hooks and the wing
nuts.
2
_ Connect the SUPPLY LINE - GAS, PRESSURIZED of the
DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-009) CHARGING EQUIPMENT - GAS,
STANDARD to the adapter (1).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 356
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Adapter Cockpit Sliding Window
Figure 306/TASK 12-21-12-991-008

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 357
Nov 01/07
R
SYR
Adapter Air-Outflow Valve
Figure 307/TASK 12-21-12-991-002

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 358
Nov 01/07

SYR
Subtask 12-21-12-869-050-A
(1) Make sure that the attitude of the aircraft is level or nose-up:
- (Ref. TASK 08-21-00-200-001),
or
- (Ref. TASK 08-21-00-200-001),
or
- (Ref. TASK 08-21-00-200-001).
(2) Close the passenger/crew door(s) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001).
(3) Close the forward and aft cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-
00-860-002).
(4) Make sure that the avionics compartment access doors are closed
(Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).
(5) If a bulk cargo-compartment door is installed, make sure it is closed

(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-008).
(6) Close the outlet of all:

- Fuselage drain valves
Nose forward fuselage (Ref. AMM 53-19-00 P.Block 001),

Forward fuselage (Ref. AMM 53-29-00 P.Block 001)
and
Rear fuselage (Ref. AMM 53-49-00 P.Block 001).
- Waste-water drain masts (Ref. AMM 30-71-00 P.Block 001)
with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-074).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-12-614-050
A. Fumigation of the Aircraft

Ref. SIL 12-007
(1) Preparation
WARNING : DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS .

_______
CARBON DIOXIDE IS POISONOUS AND CAN KILL YOU.
WARNING : USE THE CORRECT BREATHING EQUIPMENT. THE GAS IS POISONOUS.

_______
WARNING : BEFORE YOU START THE FUMIGATION PROCEDURE, MAKE SURE THAT
_______
NO PERSONS ARE IN THE AIRCRAFT.
THE FUMIGATION GAS CAN CAUSE DEATH.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 359
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
WARNING : DO NOT OPEN THE DOORS DURING THE PROCEDURE.
_______
POISONOUS GAS IS IN THE AIRCRAFT.
(a) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position at all doors to tell your

personnel not to open them.
(2) Operate the gas charging equipment to fill the pressurized area of
the fuselage with DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-009)
(carbon-dioxide).
(a) Refer to the following table for the required quantity of CO2
gas.
----------------------------------------------------------------
R | | A/C | A/C | A/C | A/C |
R | | A318 | A319 | A320 | A321 |
----------------------------------------------------------------
| Quantity of | | | | |
| CO2 gas | 550Kg | 600kg | 750kg | 900kg |
| (carbon-dioxide) | | | | |
----------------------------------------------------------------
(3) Stop the gas charging equipment when the DETECTOR-COMBUSTIBLE GAS
shows that CO2 (carbon-dioxide) flows out of the outlet hose (2).
(4) Keep all doors closed for 12 hours.
Subtask 12-21-12-010-061
B. Opening of all Pressure Sealed Doors
WARNING : STOP THE OPENING PROCEDURE IF THE RED WARNING LIGHT FLASHES.
_______
RESIDUAL PRESSURE COULD CAUSE THE DOOR TO OPEN WITH A SUDDEN
FORCE AND INJURE PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE THE AIRCRAFT.

_______
(1) Make sure that there is sufficient airflow around the aircraft.
(2) Open the forward and aft cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-001).
(3) Open all avionics compartment access-doors (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-010-

002).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 360
Aug 01/11

SYR
(4) If a bulk cargo-compartment door is installed, open it (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-860-006).
(5) Open all passenger/crew doors (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).
Subtask 12-21-12-080-050
C. Removal of the Fumigation Equipment

(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-21-12-991-008, 307/TASK 12-21-12-991-002)
(1) Disconnect the gas charging equipment from the air-outflow valve
adapter (1).
(2) Remove the outlet tube (2) and the adapters (1).
(3) Remove the masking tape (Mat. No. 08-074) from the outlet of the:
- Waste-water drain masts (Ref. AMM 30-71-00 P.Block 001)
and
- All fuselage drain valves
Nose forward fuselage (Ref. AMM 53-19-00 P.Block 001),

Forward fuselage (Ref. AMM 53-29-00 P.Block 001)
and
Rear fuselage (Ref. AMM 53-49-00 P.Block 001).
Subtask 12-21-12-861-062
D. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 12-21-12-618-050
E. Removal of the Remaining CO2 (Carbon-Dioxide)

_______

_______
(1) Do the ground air pre-conditioning for a minimum of 30 min to remove

the remaining CO2 from all areas (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001).
(2) Do a check of the CO2 concentration.
R (a) Use a DETECTOR-COMBUSTIBLE GAS and examine the aircraft for

remaining CO2.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 361
May 01/08

SYR
(b) Make sure that there is less than 5% Vol. CO2 concentration 0.2 m
(0.65 ft.) above the cabin floor level.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-410-055
A. Close Access
(3) Install the filler-panels of the center service channel in the

forward cabin utility area (Ref. TASK 25-25-11-400-001).
(4) Close the cockpit sliding window 8DG2 (Ref. TASK 56-12-11-410-001).
(5) Close all pressure sealed doors.
(a) Wait 1 hour before you close all the doors.
(b) Close the forward and aft cargo compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-860-002).
(c) Close the avionics compartment access-doors (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-

410-002).
(d) If a bulk cargo-compartment door is installed, close it

(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-008).
(e) Close the passenger/crew door(s) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001).
(6) If you did the task in a hangar with under floor areas:

_______

_______
(a) Carefully open the sealed areas of the hangar and do a check for
R remaining CO2 concentration with a DETECTOR-COMBUSTIBLE GAS.
(b) Make sure that there is less than 5% Vol. CO2 concentration 0.2 m
(0.65 ft.) above the floor of the under-floor areas of the
hangar.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 362
May 01/08

SYR
Subtask 12-21-12-862-062

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 363
Nov 01/07

SYR
TASK 12-21-12-670-006
Special Precautions to Apply Insecticide Agent in Auxiliary Area Compartments

and Cargo Compartments, during Turn-Around
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 14-010

INSECTICIDE A/C CABIN (IN FLIGHT) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 14-010A
INSECTICIDE,A/C CABIN (IN FLIGHT) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 14-010B USA AMS 1450
INSECTICIDE,AIRCRAFT (Ref. 20-31-00)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-12-941-052
A. Preparation
R (1) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position in the cockpit to tell the flight
crew that:
- the procedure to apply insecticides in compartments that have smoke
detectors is in progress.
- smoke warning(s) caused from the insecticide agent can occur.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 364
Nov 01/10

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-12-670-051
A. Apply the insecticide agent:
- DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-010)

or
- DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-010A)
or
- DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-010B)
to the auxiliary area compartments and the cargo compartments as

necessary.
Subtask 12-21-12-210-051
B. Visual Inspection
(1) If a smoke warning occurs during the procedure:
(a) Do a visual inspection of the related compartment to make sure

that there is no smoke.
(b) If the insecticide agent caused the warning:

- The warning will stop automatically after 3 minutes.
R Subtask 12-21-12-860-053
R C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
R (1) If a smoke warning has occurred in the FWD cargo compartment:

R - In the cockpit on the overhead panel 49VU:
R pull the C/B 2HN
R - AIR COND/FWD CARGO/VENT/CTL & MONG
R (2) If a smoke warning has occurred in the aft cargo compartment:

R - In the cockpit on the overhead panel 49VU:
R pull the C/B 31HN
R - AIR COND/AFT CARGO/VENT/CTL & MONG
R (3) Put the circuit breaker(s) back to its initial position.
R (a) In the cockpit on the overhead panel 49VU:

R - close the C/B(s)
R - AIR COND/FWD CARGO/VENT/CTL & MONG (2HN)
R and/or

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 365
Nov 01/08

SYR
R - AIR COND/AFT CARGO/VENT/CTL & MONG (31HN)
Subtask 12-21-12-710-051
D. Test.
(1) No test is required after this procedure.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-12-942-054
A. Close Access

EFF :

ALL 12-21-12

Page 366
Nov 01/08

SYR
DUST REMOVAL - CLEANING/PAINTING
________________________________
TASK 12-21-13-100-001
R Cleaning of the Avionics Compartment and the Cockpit
NOTE : This task can contribute to fuel savings.

____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To remove the dust contamination from the avionics compartment and from the
cockpit (panels 10VU and 13VU).
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific soft brush

No specific vacuum cleaner
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 701
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
21-26-34-000-001 Removal of the Avionics Equipment Ventilation

Computer (AEVC) (10HQ)
21-26-34-400-001 Installation of the Avionics Equipment Ventilation
Computer (AEVC) (10HQ)
21-31-34-000-001 Removal of the Cabin Pressure Controller (11HL,12HL)
21-31-34-400-001 Installation of the Cabin Pressure Controller
(11HL,12HL)
21-43-34-000-001 Removal of the FWD Cargo Heat Controller (1HC)
21-43-34-000-002 Removal of the AFT Cargo Heat Controller (10HC)
21-43-34-400-001 Installation of the FWD Cargo Heat Controller (1HC)
21-43-34-400-002 Installation of the AFT Cargo Heat Controller (10HC)
21-61-34-000-001 Removal of the Pack Controller (7HH, 27HH)
21-61-34-000-002 Removal of the Air-Conditioning System Controller
(47HH, 57HH)
21-61-34-400-001 Installation of the Pack Controller (7HH, 27HH)
21-61-34-400-002 Installation of the Air-Conditioning System
Controller (47HH, 57HH)
21-63-34-000-001 Removal of the Zone Controller (8HK)
21-63-34-400-001 Installation of the Zone Controller (8HK)
22-66-34-000-002 Removal of the FAC (1CC1,1CC2)
22-66-34-400-002 Installation of the FAC (1CC1,1CC2)
22-81-12-000-001 Removal of the FCU (2CA)
22-81-12-400-001 Installation of the FCU (2CA)
22-83-34-000-001 Removal of the FMGC (1CA1,1CA2)
22-83-34-400-001 Installation of the FMGC (1CA1,1CA2)
23-11-33-000-001 Removal of the HF Transceiver (3RE1, 3RE2)
23-11-33-400-001 Installation of the HF Transceiver (3RE1, 3RE2)
23-12-33-000-001 Removal of the VHF Transceiver (1RC1, 1RC2, 1RC3)
23-12-33-400-001 Installation of the VHF Transceiver (1RC1, 1RC2,
1RC3)
R
23-24-34-400-001 Installation of the ACARS Management Unit (MU) (1RB)
23-32-34-000-001 Removal of the Announcement/Music Tape Reproducer
(10RX)
23-32-34-400-001 Installation of the Announcement/Music Tape
Reproducer (10RX)
23-33-31-000-001 Removal of the Passenger Entertainment System Main
Multiplexer (8MK)
23-33-31-400-001 Installation of the Passenger Entertainment System
Main Multiplexer (8MK)
23-34-34-000-001 Removal of the Digital Interface Unit (DIU) (190MH)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 702
Aug 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-34-34-400-001 Installation of the Digital Interface Unit (DIU)

(190MH)
23-51-34-000-001 Removal of the Audio Management Unit (AMU) (1RN)
23-51-34-400-001 Installation of the Audio Management Unit (AMU) (1RN)
23-73-34-000-001 Removal of the CIDS Director (101RH,102RH)
23-73-34-400-001 Installation of the CIDS Director (101RH,102RH)
24-22-33-000-001 Removal of the EGIU-1(2) (22XU1, 22XU2)
24-22-33-400-002 Installation of the EGIU-1(2) (22XU1, 22XU2)
24-22-34-000-001 Removal of the GCU-1(2) (1XU1, 1XU2)
24-22-34-400-001 Installation of the GCU-1(2) (1XU1, 1XU2)
24-23-34-000-001 Removal of the GCU-APU (1XS)
24-23-34-400-001 Installation of the GCU-APU (1XS)
24-41-34-000-001 Removal of the Ground Power Control Unit (GPCU) (1XG)
24-41-34-000-001 Removal of the Ground Auxiliary Power Control Unit
(GAPCU) (24XG)
24-41-34-400-001 Installation of the Ground Power Control Unit (GPCU)
(1XG)
24-41-34-400-001 Installation of the Ground Auxiliary Power Control
Unit (GAPCU) (24XG)
Power
the External Power
26-17-34-000-001 Removal of the Smoke-Detection Control Unit (SDCU)
(10WQ)
26-17-34-400-001 Installation of the Smoke-Detection Control Unit
(SDCU) (10WQ)
27-51-34-000-001 Removal of the SFCC (21CV,22CV)
27-51-34-400-001 Installation of the SFCC (21CV,22CV)
27-93-34-000-001 Removal of the ELAC (2CE1,2CE2)
27-93-34-400-001 Installation of the ELAC (2CE1,2CE2)
27-94-34-000-001 Removal of the SEC (1CE1,1CE2,1CE3)
27-94-34-400-001 Installation of the SEC (1CE1,1CE2,1CE3)
27-95-34-000-001 Removal of the FCDC (3CE1,3CE2)
27-95-34-400-001 Installation of the FCDC (3CE1,3CE2)
28-42-34-000-001 Removal of the Fuel Quantity-Indicating Computer
(FQIC) (3QT)
28-42-34-400-001 Installation of the Fuel Quantity-Indicating Computer
(FQIC) (3QT)
28-46-34-000-001 Removal of the Fuel-Level Sensing Control-Unit
(FLSCU) (7QJ,9QJ)
28-46-34-400-001 Installation of the Fuel-Level Sensing Control-Unit
(FLSCU) (7QJ,9QJ)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 703
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
31-32-34-000-001 Removal of the CFDIU (1TW)

31-32-34-400-001 Installation of the CFDIU (1TW)
31-33-34-000-001 Removal of the Flight Data Interface Unit (FDIU)
(2TU)
31-33-34-400-001 Installation of the Flight Data Interface Unit (FDIU)
(2TU)
31-33-52-000-001 Removal of the Quick Access Recorder (QAR) (3TU)
31-33-52-400-001 Installation of the Quick Access Recorder (QAR) (3TU)
31-36-34-000-001 Removal of the Data Management Unit (DMU) (1TV)
31-36-34-000-002 Removal of the FDIU/DMU (FDIMU) (10TV)
31-36-34-400-001 Installation of the Data Management Unit (DMU) (1TV)
31-36-34-400-002 Installation of the FDIU/DMU (FDIMU) (10TV)
31-36-52-000-001 Removal of the Digital AIDS Recorder (DAR) (2TV)
31-36-52-400-001 Installation of the Digital AIDS Recorder (DAR) (2TV)
31-53-34-000-001 Removal of the Flight Warning Computer (FWC)
(1WW1,1WW2)
31-53-34-400-001 Installation of the Flight Warning Computer (FWC)
(1WW1,1WW2)
31-55-34-000-001 Removal of the SDAC (1WV1,1WV2)
31-55-34-400-001 Installation of the SDAC (1WV1,1WV2)
31-63-22-000-001 Removal of the Display Unit
(2WT1,2WT2,3WT1,3WT2,4WT1,4WT2)
31-63-22-400-001 Installation of the Display Unit
(2WT1,2WT2,3WT1,3WT2,4WT1,4WT2)
31-63-34-000-001 Removal of the DMC (1WT1,1WT2,1WT3)
31-63-34-400-001 Installation of the DMC (1WT1,1WT2,1WT3)
32-31-71-000-001 Removal of the LGCIU (5GA1, 5GA2)
32-31-71-400-001 Installation of the LGCIU (5GA1, 5GA2)
32-42-34-000-001 Removal of the Braking/Steering Control Unit (BSCU)
(10GG)
32-42-34-400-001 Installation of the Braking/Steering Control Unit
(BSCU) (10GG)
32-49-34-000-001 Removal of the TPIS Detection Unit (2GV)
32-49-34-400-001 Installation of the TPIS Detection Unit (2GV)
34-12-34-000-001 Removal of the ADIRU (1FP1, 1FP2, 1FP3)
34-12-34-400-001 Installation of the ADIRU (1FP1, 1FP2, 1FP3)
34-36-31-000-001 Removal of the ILS Receiver (2RT1,2RT2)
34-36-31-000-001 Removal of the Multi Mode Receiver (40RT1, 40RT2)
34-36-31-000-001 Removal of the ILS Receiver (2RT1,2RT2)
34-36-31-000-001 Removal of the Multi Mode Receiver (40RT1, 40RT2)
34-36-31-400-001 Installation of the ILS Receiver (2RT1,2RT2)
34-36-31-400-001 Installation of the Multi Mode Receiver (40RT1,
40RT2)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 704
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-41-33-000-004 Removal of the Weather Radar Transceiver (1SQ1, 1SQ2)

34-41-33-400-003 Installation of the Weather Radar Transceiver (1SQ1,
1SQ2)
R 34-43-34-400-001 Installation of the TCAS Computer (1SG)
34-48-34-000-001 Removal of the GPWC (1WZ)
34-48-34-400-001 Installation of the GPWC (1WZ)
34-51-33-000-001 Removal of the DME Interrogator (2SD1,2SD2)
34-51-33-400-001 Installation of the DME Interrogator (2SD1,2SD2)
34-52-33-000-001 Removal of the ATC/Mode S Transponder
34-52-33-400-001 Installation of the ATC/Mode S Transponder
34-53-31-000-002 Removal of the ADF Receiver (2RP1, 2RP2)
34-53-31-400-002 Installation of the ADF Receiver (2RP1, 2RP2)
34-55-31-000-001 Removal of the VOR/MKR Receiver (3RS1, 3RS2)
34-55-31-400-001 Installation of the VOR/MKR Receiver (3RS1, 3RS2)
36-11-34-000-001 Removal of the BMC (1HA1, 1HA2)
36-11-34-400-001 Installation of the BMC (1HA1, 1HA2)
73-25-34-000-041 Removal of the Engine Interface Unit (EIU)
(1KS1,1KS2)
73-25-34-400-041 Installation of the Engine Interface Unit (EIU)
(1KS1,1KS2)
77-32-34-000-041 Removal of the Engine Vibration Monitoring Unit
(EVMU) (2EV)
77-32-34-400-041 Installation of the Engine Vibration Monitoring Unit
(EVMU) (2EV)
12-21-13-991-001 Fig. 701
12-21-13-991-002 Fig. 702
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-13-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 12-21-13-941-050
B. Get Access
(1) Put an access platform in position at the access door 824.
(2) Open the access door 824.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 705
Aug 01/11

SYR
Subtask 12-21-13-020-051
C. Removal of the Units in the Cockpit

(Ref. Fig. 701/TASK 12-21-13-991-001)
(1) On the main instrument panel 10VU:

- Remove the display units (2WT1, 2WT2, 3WT1, 3WT2, 4WT1, 4WT2)
(Ref. TASK 31-63-22-000-001).
(2) On the glareshield 13VU:

- Remove the FCU (2CA) (Ref. TASK 22-81-12-000-001).
Subtask 12-21-13-020-052
D. Removal of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 81VU

(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)
(1) Remove the HF transceiver 1 (3RE1) (Ref. TASK 23-11-33-000-001), if

installed.
(2) Remove the ATC/Mode S transponder 1 (1SH1) (Ref. TASK 34-52-33-000-

001).
(3) Remove the DME interrogator 1 (2SD1) (Ref. TASK 34-51-33-000-001).
(4) Remove the VOR/MKR receiver 1 (3RS1) (Ref. TASK 34-55-31-000-001).
(5) Remove the VHF transceivers 3 and 1 (1RC3, 1RC1) (Ref. TASK 23-12-33-
000-001).
(6) Remove the AMU (1RN) (Ref. TASK 23-51-34-000-001).
(7) Remove the ADF receiver 1 (2RP1) (Ref. TASK 34-53-31-000-002).

R
Subtask 12-21-13-020-054
R E. Removal of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 83VU

(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)
(1) Remove the ELAC 1 (2CE1) (Ref. TASK 27-93-34-000-001).
(2) Remove the SEC 1 (1CE1) (Ref. TASK 27-94-34-000-001).
(3) Remove the FCDC 1 (3CE1) (Ref. TASK 27-95-34-000-001).
(4) Remove the FMGC 1 (1CA1) (Ref. TASK 22-83-34-000-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 706
Aug 01/11

SYR
Location of Units in the Cockpit (Panels 10VU and 13VU)
Figure 701/TASK 12-21-13-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 707
Nov 01/09
R
SYR
Location of Shelves and Computers in the Avionics Compartment
Figure 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 708
May 01/11
R
SYR
(5) Remove the FAC 1 (1CC1) (Ref. TASK 22-66-34-000-002).
Subtask 12-21-13-020-055
R F. Removal of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 84VU

(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)
(1) Remove the FAC 2 (1CC2) (Ref. TASK 22-66-34-000-002).
(2) Remove the FMGC 2 (1CA2) (Ref. TASK 22-83-34-000-001).
(3) Remove the FCDC 2 (3CE2) (Ref. TASK 27-95-34-000-001).
(5) Remove the ELAC 2 (2CE2) (Ref. TASK 27-93-34-000-001).
Subtask 12-21-13-020-056
R G. Removal of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 85VU

(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)
(1) Remove the SFCC 1 (21CV) (Ref. TASK 27-51-34-000-001).
(2) Remove the EIU1 (1KS1) (Ref. TASK 73-25-34-000-041).
(3) Remove the DMC 1 and the DMC 3 (1WT1, 1WT3) (Ref. TASK 31-63-34-000-
001).
(4) Remove the FWC 1 (1WW1) (Ref. TASK 31-53-34-000-001).
(5) Remove the SDAC 1 (1WV1) (Ref. TASK 31-55-34-000-001).
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 12-21-13-020-057
R H. Removal of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 86VU

(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)
(3) Remove the DMC 2 (1WT2) (Ref. TASK 31-63-34-000-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 709
Aug 01/11

SYR
(4) Remove the EIU 2 (1KS2) (Ref. TASK 73-25-34-000-041).
(5) Remove the EVMU (2EV) (Ref. TASK 77-32-34-000-041).
**ON A/C 003-099,
Subtask 12-21-13-020-057-A
R H. Removal of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 86VU

(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)
(3) Remove the DMC 2 (1WT2) (Ref. TASK 31-63-34-000-001).
(4) Remove the EIU 2 (1KS2) (Ref. TASK 73-25-34-000-041).
(5) Remove the EVMU (2EV) (Ref. TASK 77-32-34-000-041).
(7) Remove the AEVC (10HQ) (Ref. TASK 21-26-34-000-001).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-21-13-020-058-A
R J. Removal of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 87VU

(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)
(1) Remove the FDIU (2TU) (Ref. TASK 31-33-34-000-001).
(2) Remove the QAR (3TU) (Ref. TASK 31-33-52-000-001), if installed.
(3) Remove the DMU (1TV) (Ref. TASK 31-36-34-000-001), if installed.
(4) Remove the CFDIU (1TW) (Ref. TASK 31-32-34-000-001).
(5) Remove the CIDS Director 1 (101RH) (Ref. TASK 23-73-34-000-001).
(6) Remove the DAR (2TV) (Ref. TASK 31-36-52-000-001), if installed.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 710
Aug 01/11

SYR
(7) Remove the FDIMU (10TV) (Ref. TASK 31-36-34-000-002), if installed.
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 12-21-13-020-059
R K. Removal of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 88VU

(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)
(2) Remove the AEVC (10HQ) (Ref. TASK 21-26-34-000-001).
(3) Remove the GPWC (1WZ) (Ref. TASK 34-48-34-000-001), if installed.
(4) Remove the Announce/Music reproducer (10RX) (Ref. TASK 23-32-34-000-

001), if installed.
(5) Remove the DIU (190MH) (Ref. TASK 23-34-34-000-001), if installed.
(6) Remove the MUX (8MK) (Ref. TASK 23-33-31-000-001), if installed.
**ON A/C 003-099,
Subtask 12-21-13-020-059-A
R K. Removal of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 88VU

(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)
(2) Remove the GPWC (1WZ) (Ref. TASK 34-48-34-000-001), if installed.
(3) Remove the Announce/Music reproducer (10RX) (Ref. TASK 23-32-34-000-

001), if installed.
(4) Remove the DIU (190MH) (Ref. TASK 23-34-34-000-001), if installed.
(5) Remove the MUX (8MK) (Ref. TASK 23-33-31-000-001), if installed.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 711
Aug 01/11

SYR
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-21-13-020-060
R L. Removal of the ADIRU (1FP1, 1FP2, 1FP3)

(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)
(1) Remove the ADIRU 1, the ADIRU 2 and the ADIRU 3 (1FP1, 1FP2, 1FP3)
(Ref. TASK 34-12-34-000-001).
Subtask 12-21-13-020-061
R M. Removal of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 91VU

(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)
(1) Remove the GCU1 and the GCU2 (1XU1, 1XU2) (Ref. TASK 24-22-34-000-
001).
(2) Remove the APU GCU (1XS) (Ref. TASK 24-23-34-000-001), if installed.
Subtask 12-21-13-020-062
R N. Removal of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 92VU

(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)
(1) Remove the FLSCU 1 and the FLSCU 2 (7QJ, 9QJ) (Ref. TASK 28-46-34-
000-001).
(2) Remove the FQIC (3QT) (Ref. TASK 28-42-34-000-001).
(3) Remove the GPCU (1XG) (Ref. TASK 24-41-34-000-001).
(4) Remove the GAPCU (24XG) (Ref. TASK 24-41-34-000-001), if installed.
Subtask 12-21-13-020-063
R P. Removal of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 93VU

(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)
(2) Remove the zone temperature controller (8HK) (Ref. TASK 21-63-34-000-
001), if installed.
(3) Remove the LGCIU 1 (5GA1) (Ref. TASK 32-31-71-000-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 712
Aug 01/11

SYR
Subtask 12-21-13-020-064
R Q. Removal of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 94VU

(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)
(1) Remove the LGCIU 2 (5GA2) (Ref. TASK 32-31-71-000-001).
(2) Remove the SDCU (10WQ) (Ref. TASK 26-17-34-000-001).
(3) Remove the BSCU (10GG) (Ref. TASK 32-42-34-000-001).
(4) Remove the TIPS detection unit (2GV) (Ref. TASK 32-49-34-000-001), if
installed.
Subtask 12-21-13-020-065
R R. Removal of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 95VU

(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)
(1) Remove the ILS Receiver 1 (2RT1) (Ref. TASK 34-36-31-000-001),

(Ref. TASK 34-36-31-000-001) or the Multi Mode Receiver 1 (40RT1)
(Ref. TASK 34-36-31-000-001), (Ref. TASK 34-36-31-000-001).
(2) Remove the EGIU 1 (22XU1) (Ref. TASK 24-22-33-000-001).
(3) Remove the BMC 1 (1HA1) (Ref. TASK 36-11-34-000-001).
(4) Remove the cabin pressure controller 1 (11HL) (Ref. TASK 21-31-34-
000-001).
(5) Remove the pack 1 temperature controller (7HH) (Ref. TASK 21-61-34-
000-001), if installed.
(7) Remove the FWD Cargo Heat Controller (1HC) (Ref. TASK 21-43-34-000-
001).
Subtask 12-21-13-020-066
R S. Removal of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 96VU

(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 713
Aug 01/11

SYR
(3) Remove the cabin pressure controller 2 (12HL) (Ref. TASK 21-31-34-
000-001).
(4) Remove the BMC 2 (1HA2) (Ref. TASK 36-11-34-000-001).
(5) Remove the AFT cargo heat controller (10HC) (Ref. TASK 21-43-34-000-
002), if installed.
(6) Remove the EGIU 2 (22XU2) (Ref. TASK 24-22-33-000-001).
(7) Remove the ILS Receiver 2 (2RT2) (Ref. TASK 34-36-31-000-001),

(Ref. TASK 34-36-31-000-001) or the Multi Mode Receiver 2 (40RT2)
(Ref. TASK 34-36-31-000-001), (Ref. TASK 34-36-31-000-001).
Subtask 12-21-13-020-067
R T. Removal of the Units in the Cockpit on the Shelf 109VU

(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)
(1) Remove the Weather Radar transceivers 1 and 2 (1SQ1, 1SQ2) (Ref. TASK
34-41-33-000-004), if installed.
Subtask 12-21-13-020-068
R U. Removal of the Rack Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)
(1) On the shelves 81VU, 82VU, 83VU, 84VU, 85VU, 86VU, 87VU, 88VU, 109VU,
91VU, 92VU, 93VU, 94VU, 95VU, 96VU:
(a) Remove the rack assy.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-13-160-050
A. Cleaning of the Avionics Compartment and the Cockpit (Panels 10VU and
13VU)
(1) Use a vacuum cleaner and a soft brush or a MISCELLANEOUS (Material

No. 19-003) to clean:
(a) the area where the units and computers were installed

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 714
Aug 01/11

SYR
(b) the area of the rack assy
(c) all the faces of the removed units and computers
(d) the avionics compartment
(e) the ducts
(f) the shelves.
NOTE : Keep the vacuum cleaner out of the avionics compartment to

____
prevent new dust contamination in the avionics
compartment.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-13-420-051
A. Installation of the Units in the Cockpit

(Ref. Fig. 701/TASK 12-21-13-991-001)
NOTE : For computers with loadable software, software loading is not

____
necessary if you install the computer removed for access.
(1) On the main instrument panel 10VU:
(a) Install the display units (2WT1, 2WT2, 3WT1, 3WT2, 4WT1, 4WT2)
(Ref. TASK 31-63-22-400-001).
(b) On the glareshield 13VU:

- Install the FCU (2CA) (Ref. TASK 22-81-12-400-001).
(2) Installation of the rack assy.

(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)
(a) On the shelves 81VU, 82VU, 83VU, 84VU, 85VU, 86VU, 87VU, 88VU,
109VU, 91VU, 92VU, 93VU, 94VU, 95VU, 96VU:
- Install the rack assy.
Subtask 12-21-13-420-052
B. Installation of the Computers in the cockpit in the shelf 81VU

(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)

____

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 715
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
(1) Install the HF transceiver 1 (3RE1) (Ref. TASK 23-11-33-400-001), if
removed.
(2) Install the ATC/Mode S transponder 1 (1SH1) (Ref. TASK 34-52-33-400-

001).
(3) Install the DME interrogator 1 (2SD1) (Ref. TASK 34-51-33-400-001).
(4) Install the VOR/MKR receiver 1 (3RS1) (Ref. TASK 34-55-31-400-001).
(5) Install the VHF transceivers 3 and 1 (1RC3, 1RC1) (Ref. TASK 23-12-
33-400-001).
(6) Install the AMU (1RN) (Ref. TASK 23-51-34-400-001).
(7) Install the ADF receiver 1 (2RP1) (Ref. TASK 34-53-31-400-002).
Subtask 12-21-13-420-053
R C. Installation of the Computers in the Cockpit in the Shelf 82VU

(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)

____
(1) Install the ADF receiver 2 (2RP2) (Ref. TASK 34-53-31-400-002).
(2) Install the VHF transceiver 2 (1RC2) (Ref. TASK 23-12-33-400-001).
(3) Install the VOR/MKR receiver 2 (3RS2) (Ref. TASK 34-55-31-400-001).
(4) Install the DME interrogator 2 (2SD2) (Ref. TASK 34-51-33-400-001).
(5) Install the ATC/Mode S transponder 2 (1SH2) (Ref. TASK 34-52-33-400-

001).
R (6) Install the TCAS computer (1SG) (Ref. TASK 34-43-34-400-001), if

R removed.
R (7) Install the HF transceiver 2 (3RE2) (Ref. TASK 23-11-33-400-001), if

removed.
R (8) Install the ACARS Management Unit (MU) (1RB) (Ref. TASK 23-24-34-400-
001), if removed.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 716
Aug 01/11

SYR
Subtask 12-21-13-420-054
D. Installation of the Computers in the Cockpit in the Shelf 83VU

(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)

____
(1) Install the ELAC 1 (2CE1) (Ref. TASK 27-93-34-400-001).
(2) Install the SEC 1 (1CE1) (Ref. TASK 27-94-34-400-001).
(3) Install the FCDC 1 (3CE1) (Ref. TASK 27-95-34-400-001).
(4) Install the FMGC 1 (1CA1) (Ref. TASK 22-83-34-400-001).
(5) Install the FAC 1 (1CC1) (Ref. TASK 22-66-34-400-002).
Subtask 12-21-13-420-055
E. Installation of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 84VU

(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)

____
(1) Install the FAC 2 (1CC2) (Ref. TASK 22-66-34-400-002).
(2) Install the FMGC 2 (1CA2) (Ref. TASK 22-83-34-400-001).
(3) Install the FCDC 2 (3CE2) (Ref. TASK 27-95-34-400-001).
(5) Install the ELAC 2 (2CE2) (Ref. TASK 27-93-34-400-001).
Subtask 12-21-13-420-056
F. Installation of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 85VU

(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)

____
necessary if you Install the computer removed for access.
(1) Install the SFCC 1 (21CV) (Ref. TASK 27-51-34-400-001).
(2) Install the EIU1 (1KS1) (Ref. TASK 73-25-34-400-041).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 717
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-21-13

Page 718
Aug 01/11

SYR
(3) Install the DMC 1 and the DMC 3 (1WT1, 1WT3) (Ref. TASK 31-63-34-400-
001).
(4) Install the FWC 1 (1WW1) (Ref. TASK 31-53-34-400-001).
(5) Install the SDAC 1 (1WV1) (Ref. TASK 31-55-34-400-001).
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 12-21-13-420-057
G. Installation of the Computers in the Cockpit in the shelf 86VU

R (Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)

____
(3) Install the DMC 2 (1WT2) (Ref. TASK 31-63-34-400-001).
(4) Install the EIU 2 (1KS2) (Ref. TASK 73-25-34-400-041).
(5) Install the EVMU (2EV) (Ref. TASK 77-32-34-400-041).
**ON A/C 003-099,
Subtask 12-21-13-420-057-A
G. Installation of the Computers in the Cockpit in the shelf 86VU

R (Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)

____
(3) Install the DMC 2 (1WT2) (Ref. TASK 31-63-34-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 719
May 01/11

SYR
(4) Install the EIU 2 (1KS2) (Ref. TASK 73-25-34-400-041).
(5) Install the EVMU (2EV) (Ref. TASK 77-32-34-400-041).
(7) Install the AEVC (10HQ) (Ref. TASK 21-26-34-400-001).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-21-13-420-058-A
H. Installation of the Computers in the Cockpit in the shelf 87VU

R (Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)

____
(1) Install the FDIU (2TU) (Ref. TASK 31-33-34-400-001).
(2) Install the QAR (3TU) (Ref. TASK 31-33-52-400-001), if removed.
(3) Install the DMU (1TV) (Ref. TASK 31-36-34-400-001), if removed.
(4) Install the CFDIU (1TW) (Ref. TASK 31-32-34-400-001).
(5) Install the CIDS Director 1 (101RH) (Ref. TASK 23-73-34-400-001).
(6) Install the DAR (2TV) (Ref. TASK 31-36-52-400-001), if removed.
(7) Install the FDIMU (10TV) (Ref. TASK 31-36-34-400-002), if removed.
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 12-21-13-420-059
J. Installation of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 88VU

R (Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)

____
(2) Install the AEVC (10HQ) (Ref. TASK 21-26-34-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 720
May 01/11

SYR
(3) Install the GPWC (1WZ) (Ref. TASK 34-48-34-400-001), if removed.
(4) Install the Announce/Music reproducer (10RX) (Ref. TASK 23-32-34-400-

001), if removed.
(5) Install the DIU (190MH) (Ref. TASK 23-34-34-400-001), if removed.
(6) Install the MUX (8MK) (Ref. TASK 23-33-31-400-001), if removed.
**ON A/C 003-099,
Subtask 12-21-13-420-059-A
J. Installation of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 88VU

R (Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)

____
(2) Install the GPWC (1WZ) (Ref. TASK 34-48-34-400-001), if removed.
(3) Install the Announce/Music reproducer (10RX) (Ref. TASK 23-32-34-400-

001), if removed.
(4) Install the DIU (190MH) (Ref. TASK 23-34-34-400-001), if removed.
(5) Install the MUX (8MK) (Ref. TASK 23-33-31-400-001), if removed.
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-21-13-420-060
K. Installation of the ADIRU (1FP1, 1FP2, 1FP3)

R (Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)

____
(1) Install the ADIRU 1, the ADIRU 2 and the ADIRU 3 (1FP1, 1FP2, 1FP3)
(Ref. TASK 34-12-34-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 721
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 12-21-13-420-061
L. Installation of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 91VU

R (Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)

____
(1) Install the GCU1 and the GCU2 (1XU1, 1XU2) (Ref. TASK 24-22-34-400-
001).
(2) Install the APU GCU (1XS) (Ref. TASK 24-23-34-400-001), if removed.
Subtask 12-21-13-420-062
M. Installation of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 92VU

R (Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)

____
(1) Install the FLSCU 1 and the FLSCU 2 (7QJ, 9QJ) (Ref. TASK 28-46-34-
400-001).
(2) Install the FQIC (3QT) (Ref. TASK 28-42-34-400-001).
(3) Install the GPCU (1XG) (Ref. TASK 24-41-34-400-001), if removed.
(4) Install the GAPCU (24XG) (Ref. TASK 24-41-34-400-001), if removed.
Subtask 12-21-13-420-063
N. Installation of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 93VU

R (Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)

____
(2) Install the zone temperature controller (8HK) (Ref. TASK 21-63-34-
400-001), if removed.
(3) Install the LGCIU 1 (5GA1) (Ref. TASK 32-31-71-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 722
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 12-21-13-420-064
P. Installation of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 94VU

R (Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)

____
(1) Install the LGCIU 2 (5GA2) (Ref. TASK 32-31-71-400-001).
(2) Install the SDCU (10WQ) (Ref. TASK 26-17-34-400-001).
(3) Install the BSCU (10GG) (Ref. TASK 32-42-34-400-001).
(4) Install the TIPS detection unit (2GV) (Ref. TASK 32-49-34-400-001),
if removed.
Subtask 12-21-13-420-065
Q. Installation of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 95VU

R (Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)

____
(1) Install the ILS Receiver 1 (2RT1) (Ref. TASK 34-36-31-400-001) or the
Multi Mode Receiver 1 (40RT1) (Ref. TASK 34-36-31-400-001).
R (2) Install the EGIU 1 (22XU1) (Ref. TASK 24-22-33-400-002).
(3) Install the BMC 1 (1HA1) (Ref. TASK 36-11-34-400-001).
(4) Install the cabin pressure controller 1 (11HL) (Ref. TASK 21-31-34-
400-001).
(5) Install the pack 1 temperature controller (47HH) (Ref. TASK 21-61-34-
(7) Install the FWD cargo heat controller (1HC) (Ref. TASK 21-43-34-400-
001).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 723
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 12-21-13-420-066
R. Installation of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 96VU

R (Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)

____
(3) Install the cabin pressure controller 2 (12HL) (Ref. TASK 21-31-34-
400-001).
(4) Install the BMC 2 (1HA2) (Ref. TASK 36-11-34-400-001).
(5) Install the AFT cargo heat controller (10HC) (Ref. TASK 21-43-34-400-
002), if removed.
R (6) Install the EGIU 2 (22XU2) (Ref. TASK 24-22-33-400-002).
(7) Install the ILS Receiver 2 (2RT2) (Ref. TASK 34-36-31-400-001) or the
Multi Mode Receiver 2 (40RT2) (Ref. TASK 34-36-31-400-001).
Subtask 12-21-13-420-067
S. Installation of the Computers in the Cockpit on the Shelf 109VU

R (Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)

____
(1) Install the Weather Radar transceivers 1 and 2 (1SQ1, 1SQ2)

(Ref. TASK 34-41-33-400-003).
Subtask 12-21-13-942-050
T. Close Access

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 724
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 12-21-13-862-050
U. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 725
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
TASK 12-21-13-100-002
Cleaning of the Grids of the 70VU, 103VU, 106VU and 107VU
NOTE : This task can contribute to fuel savings.

____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific soft brush

No specific vacuum cleaner
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-21-13-991-003 Fig. 703
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-21-13-010-051
A. Get Access
(1) Put an access platform in position at the access doors 812 and 822.
(2) Open the access doors 812 and 822.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 726
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-21-13-140-050
A. Cleaning of the Grids of the Annunciator-Light Test Unit 70VU

(Ref. Fig. 703/TASK 12-21-13-991-003)
NOTE : In the avionics compartment, use a vacuum cleaner and a soft brush
____
to clean the equipments.
Keep the vacuum cleaner out of the avionics compartment to prevent
dust contamination.
(1) Clean the grid on the left side of the 70VU.
(2) Clean the grid on the right side of the 70VU.
(3) Clean the grid at the bottom of the 70VU.
Subtask 12-21-13-140-051
B. Cleaning of the Grids of the Relay Box 103VU

(Ref. Fig. 703/TASK 12-21-13-991-003)
____
dust contamination.
(1) Clean the left and right external grids of the relay box 103VU.
(2) Open the door of the relay box 103VU.
(3) Clean the left and right internal grids.
(4) Close the door of the relay box 103VU.
Subtask 12-21-13-140-052
C. Cleaning of the Grid of the AC/DC Emergency Power-Center 106VU

(Ref. Fig. 703/TASK 12-21-13-991-003)
____
dust contamination.
(1) Clean the front face of the 106VU.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 727
Nov 01/10

SYR
Location of Units in Avionics Compartment
Figure 703/TASK 12-21-13-991-003

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 728
Nov 01/10

SYR
Subtask 12-21-13-140-053
D. Cleaning of the Grid of the Contactor Box 107VU

(Ref. Fig. 703/TASK 12-21-13-991-003)
____
dust contamination.
(1) Clean the front face of the contactor box 107VU.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-21-13-410-051
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access doors 812 and 822.

EFF :

ALL 12-21-13

Page 729
Nov 01/10

SYR
LUBRICATION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________
1. _______
General
R The lubrication instructions define:
R - the specification of the lubricant to be used
R - the points to be lubricated
R - the special precautions to be observed.
A. Equipment and Materials

R Depending on the type of lubrication, you can use:
- a grease gun
- an oil can
- a brush
- a clean lint-free cloth
- an aerosol spray.
R B. Lubricant Grease Specifications
R (1) The references of lubricants and greases are given in the list of
R materials required for aircraft servicing and maintenance (Ref. ATA
R 20-31).
R (2) Airbus recommendations related to the mixing of greases
R (a) Do not mix greases that have different specifications.
R NOTE : Refer to SIL12-008 for more information on mixing of

____
R greases.
R (b) After selection of a grease specification, always use a grease

R that has the same specification.
R (c) If it was necessary to mix greases that have different

R specifications (specially greases with clay thickeners and
R greases with lithium thickeners), decrease the MPD service
R intervals by half for approximately 3 or 4 services.
R NOTE : This will give a better purge in the related mechanism.

____
R (d) For a satisfactory purge in the mechanism, continue to put the

R new grease into the grease fitting while the old grease comes
R out. Stop when you see only the new grease come out.
R

EFF :

ALL 12-22-00

Page 1
May 01/10

SYR
C. General Requirements
(1) Use only clean lubricants and tools for lubrication operations.
R (2) Before you start a lubrication operation, carefully clean the grease
R nipples lubricating-holes.
R You must do the lubrication immediately.
R Make sure that the grease nipples have balls and springs.
R (3) Make sure that the old grease comes out of the pressure relief valves
R and on each side of the spherical bearings (unless there is an
R indication of the quantity of grease to be used).
R (4) After lubrication, remove all unwanted grease. Wipe the grease nipple
R with a clean, lint-free cloth.
R Make sure that the balls and springs are in position.
R (5) Clean the wheel bearings before lubrication.

R Lubricate and install the bearings immediately.
D. Lubrication Symbols
(Ref. Fig. 001)
R The symbols used show the recommended lubrication method.
R Below each symbol, an index shows:
R - first term: the location of the lubrication point
R - second term : the lubricant to be used.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-00

Page 2
May 01/10

SYR
Lubrication Symbols
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 12-22-00

Page 3
May 01/10

SYR
FLIGHT CONTROLS - SERVICING
___________________________
TASK 12-22-27-640-003
Lubrication of Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer Actuator Ball Screw Nut
_______
_______
GEAR.
CAUTION : WHEN YOU DO A MAINTENANCE TASK THAT USES COMMON GREASE, USE ONLY
_______
GREASES OF THE SAME SPECIFICATION (IT IS PERMITTED TO USE DIFFERENT
BRANDS IF THEIR SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE SAME). DO NOT MIX GREASES THAT
HAVE CLAY THICKENERS WITH GREASES THAT HAVE LITHIUM THICKENERS. THIS
MIXTURE CAN CHANGE THE LUBRICATION PROPERTIES OF THE GREASE. IF YOU
USE GREASES OF DIFFERENT TYPES (SPECIALLY THOSE WITH CLAY THICKENERS
AND LITHIUM THICKENERS), DECREASE THE SERVICE INTERVALS OF THE
AIRCRAFT (BY HALF, FOR EXAMPLE) SPECIFIED IN THE MAINTENANCE PLANNING
DOCUMENT. DO THIS FOR APPROXIMATELY THREE OR FOUR SERVICES (REFER TO
YOUR IN-SERVICE DATA TO FIND THE NUMBER OF SERVICES BEST ADAPTED TO
YOUR AIRCRAFT).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL)
No specific 1 GUN - GREASE
No specific 1 PIN - NON METALLIC

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 301
Nov 01/10

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R GENERAL PURPOSE LITHIUM GREASE (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
27-44-51-000-001 Removal of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS)
Actuator (9CE)
27-44-51-400-001 Installation of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer
(THS) Actuator (9CE)
29-23-00-863-001 Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow
Hydraulic System through the PTU with the Electric
Pump
29-23-00-864-001 Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems
after Operation of the PTU
Electric Pump
SIL 12-008 (for corrective action)
12-22-27-991-003 Fig. 301

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 302
May 01/11

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-22-27-991-003)
Subtask 12-22-27-941-053
R (2) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to start
the Auxiliary Power Unit (APU).
the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS).
Subtask 12-22-27-865-054
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-22-27-010-053
C. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE below the access door
312AR.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 303
Nov 01/10

SYR
R Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) Actuator.
Figure 301/TASK 12-22-27-991-003

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 304
May 01/11

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-22-27-991-003)
Subtask 12-22-27-640-052
A. Lubricate the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) Actuator Ball Screw

Nut
R WARNING : WHEN YOU DO A MAINTENANCE TASK THAT USES A GREASE GUN, OBEY THE
_______
R MANUFACTURERS SAFETY AND HEALTH RECOMMENDATIONS.
R GREASE GUNS USE HIGH PRESSURE IN OPERATION. THIS CAN CAUSE
R INJURIES TO PERSONNEL OR DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
CAUTION : DO NOT MIX LITHIUM-COMPLEX THICKENED GREASE WITH CLAY-

_______
THICKENED GREASE. IF YOU MIX THESE GREASES, YOU CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE BALL NUT OF THE THS ACTUATOR.
NOTE : When you do a maintenance task that uses common grease, refer to
____
the SIL (Ref. SIL 12-008).
R (1) Clean the greaser and the THS actuator ball-screw nut with a clean
(2) Use a PIN - NON METALLIC and make sure that the vent hole of the
ball-screw nut is clear.
R (3) Use a GUN - GREASE and apply the new COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
R 004) or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-037) through the greaser of
R the ball-screw nut. Apply the grease until it comes out through the
R vent hole.
NOTE : It is normal that some grease also comes out through the
____
top/bottom nut seals.
(4) Put a CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) in position below the vent hole.
R (5) Use a GUN - GREASE and apply more new COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
R 004) or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-037) through the greaser of
R the ball-screw nut. Continue to apply grease until approximately 50
R cm3 (3.05 in.3) of the grease comes out through the vent hole.
NOTE : Grease can come out from the ball-screw nut vent hole or the
____
top/bottom nut seals. If grease leaks from a different
position, you must replace the THS Actuator (Ref. TASK 27-44-
51-000-001) (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 305
May 01/11

SYR
(6) Remove the GUN - GREASE and make sure that the ball in the greaser
closes correctly after lubrication.
(7) Clean the unwanted grease from the greaser and the ball-screw nut
R with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(8) Make sure the travel range of the THS actuator ball-screw nut is
clear.
Subtask 12-22-27-865-066
breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R 49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2 19CE2 B09
R 121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3 19CE3 Q17
Subtask 12-22-27-865-067
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY 15CE2 R20
Subtask 12-22-27-860-053
D. Cycle the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS)

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) On the FLT CTL panel 23VU:

- make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton
switches are pushed in. On these pushbutton switches, the OFF and
FAULT legends are off.
(3) On the FLT CTL panel 24VU:

- make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton
switches are pushed in. On these pushbutton switches, the OFF and
FAULT legends are off.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 306
May 01/11

SYR
(4) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
(5) On the center pedestal, on the Electronic Centralized Aircraft

Monitoring (ECAM) control panel, push (in) the F/CTL pushbutton
switch. On the lower ECAM display unit, the F/CTL page comes into
view.
(6) Pressurize the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-
23-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001).
(7) On the center pedestal, use the pitch-trim control wheel to operate
the THS through one full cycle as follows:
- slowly move the THS to the 13.5 degree UP stop
- slowly move the THS to the 4 degree DN stop
- slowly move the THS back to the 0 position.
00-864-001) and (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001).
(9) Do the Electronic Instrument System (EIS) stop procedure (Ref. TASK
31-60-00-860-002).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(11) Make sure the warning notice(s) are in position.
Subtask 12-22-27-865-068
E. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-22-27-640-058
F. Lubricate the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) Actuator Ball Screw

Nut
(1) Lubricate the THS actuator ball-screw nut again as given in Paragraph
4A.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 307
May 01/11
R
SYR
5. Close-up
________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-22-27-991-003)
Subtask 12-22-27-410-053
A. Close Access
items.
Subtask 12-22-27-865-055
breaker(s):
R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2 19CE2 B09
Subtask 12-22-27-942-053

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 308
May 01/11

SYR
TASK 12-22-27-640-004
Lubricate all Carriage Rollers on all Flap Tracks
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
_______
YOUR AIRCRAFT).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 309
Nov 01/09
R
SYR
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 04-024
SYNTHETIC GREASE FOR FLAP & SLAT MECHANISM
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-004,
12-22-27-991-001 Fig. 302

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 310
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 005-099,
12-22-27-991-006 Fig. 303
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 001-004,
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-22-27-991-001)
**ON A/C 005-099,
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-22-27-991-006)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-22-27-941-054
Subtask 12-22-27-866-052
(2) On panel 114VU, make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT.
POSITION is installed on the flap/slat control lever.
R (3) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the slat/flap control lever (panel 114VU)
to tell persons not to operate the flap system.
(4) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) in position under the applicable
flap track.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 311
Nov 01/10

SYR
R Flap Track Carriage Rollers - Lubrication Points
Figure 302/TASK 12-22-27-991-001

EFF :

001-004, 12-22-27

Page 312
May 01/11

SYR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-22-27

Page 313
Nov 01/07

SYR
R Flap Track Carriage Rollers and Drive Lever Arm - Lubrication Points

EFF :

005-099, 12-22-27

Page 314
May 01/11

SYR
R Flap Track Carriage Rollers and Drive Lever Arm - Lubrication Points

EFF :

005-099, 12-22-27

Page 315
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 12-22-27-865-056
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-004,
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-22-27-991-001)
**ON A/C 005-099,
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-22-27-991-006)
**ON A/C 001-004,
Subtask 12-22-27-640-053
A. Lubricate the Flap Track Carriage-Rollers
_______

_______
EDGE:
____
R (1) Clean the greasers with a clean lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 316
May 01/11

SYR
R (2) Use a GUN - GREASE filled with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-024) or
R COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON GREASE (Material No.
R 04-037) to lubricate the flap track carriage-rollers. Lubricate all
greasers until new grease comes out of the applicable roller.
(3) Remove the unwanted grease from the greasers and the flap track
R carriage-rollers with a clean lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(4) Make sure that the greaser ball has seated correctly after
lubrication.
**ON A/C 005-099,
Subtask 12-22-27-640-053-A
A. Lubricate the Flap Track Carriage-Rollers and No.1 Track Lever Arm
_______

_______
EDGE:
NOTE : When you do a maintenance task that uses grease, refer to the SIL
____
(Ref. SIL 12-008).
NOTE : Make sure that the greaser ball of each greaser has sealed
____
correctly after lubrication.
R (1) Clean the greasers of the flap track carriage-rollers with a clean
R 04-037) to lubricate the flap track carriage-rollers. Lubricate all
greasers until new grease comes out of the applicable roller.
R (3) Remove the unwanted grease from around the greasers with a clean

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 317
May 01/11

SYR
R (4) Clean the greasers of the No.1 track lever arm with a clean lint-free
R cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
R 04-037) to lubricate the No.1 track lever arm. Lubricate all greasers
R until new grease comes out of the lever arm pivot.
(6) Remove the unwanted grease from around the greasers of the No.1 track
R lever arm with a clean lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-003).
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 001-004,
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-22-27-991-001)
**ON A/C 005-099,
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-22-27-991-006)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-22-27-865-057
breaker(s):
R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND MONG/SYS1 6CV B07
R 121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND/MONG/SYS2 8CV Q21

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 318
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 12-22-27-866-053
items.
Subtask 12-22-27-942-054

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 319
May 01/11
R
SYR
TASK 12-22-27-640-005
Lubrication of Spoiler No.1 to 5 Servo Control Bearings
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
_______
YOUR AIRCRAFT).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 320
May 01/11
R
SYR
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 04-024
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-22-27-991-007 Fig. 304

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 321
May 01/11

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-27-941-055
Subtask 12-22-27-866-054
POSITION is installed on the flap/slat control lever.
(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the flap/slat control lever (panel 114VU)
to tell persons not to operate the flap system.
spoiler.
Subtask 12-22-27-865-058
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY 21CE1 B08
105VU FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY 22CE B01
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY 21CE3 Q19
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY 21CE2 Q18

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 322
May 01/11
R
SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-22-27-991-007)
Subtask 12-22-27-640-054
A. Lubrication of Spoiler No.1 to 5 Servo Control Bearings
R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

_______
R MATERIAL/S.
R USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
____
R (1) Clean the greasers with a clean lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
R (2) Lubricate the spoiler servo-control bearings with COMMON GREASE

R (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-024) or
R COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-037) through the greasers until new
R grease comes out.
(3) Remove the unwanted grease from the greasers and the spoiler
R servo-control bearings with a clean lint-free cotton cloth
R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
lubrication.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-27-865-059
breaker(s):
R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY 21CE1 B08
R 49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND MONG/SYS1 6CV B07
R 105VU FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY 22CE B01
R 121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND/MONG/SYS2 8CV Q21
R 121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY 21CE3 Q19
R 121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY 21CE2 Q18

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 323
May 01/11

SYR
R Spoiler Servo Control Bearing - Lubrication Point
Figure 304/TASK 12-22-27-991-007

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 324
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 12-22-27-866-055
items.
Subtask 12-22-27-942-055

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 325
May 01/11
R
SYR
TASK 12-22-27-640-006
Lubrication of all Slat Track Rollers, Pinion Bearings, Pinions and Rack Teeth
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
YOUR AIRCRAFT).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 326
May 01/11
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 04-024
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-80-00-866-004 Extending the Slats on the Ground

27-80-00-866-005 Retracting the Slats on the Ground
57-41-37-000-004 Removal of the Pressure-Relief Panels 521AB(621AB),
521CB(621CB), 521EB(621EB), 522AB(622AB),
522CB(622CB)
57-41-37-000-006 Removal of the Access Panels 522FB(622FB),
522HB(622HB), 522JB(622JB), 522KB (622KB),
522LB(622LB), 522NB(622NB), 522QB(622QB),
522SB(622SB), 522UB(622UB)
57-41-37-400-002 Installation of the Pressure-Relief Panels
521AB(621AB), 521CB(621CB), 521EB(621EB),
522AB(622AB), 522CB(622CB)
57-41-37-400-006 Installation of the Access Panels 522FB(622FB),
522HB(622HB), 522JB(622JB), 522 KB(622KB),
522LB(622LB), 522NB(622NB), 522QB(622QB),
522SB(622SB), 522UB(622UB)
12-22-27-991-002 Fig. 305

R

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 327
May 01/11

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-22-27-991-002)
Subtask 12-22-27-941-056
Subtask 12-22-27-866-056
(1) Fully extend the slats (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-004).
POSITION (98D27803000000) is installed on the flap/slat control
lever.
(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the flap/slat control lever to tell

persons not to operate the slats.
slat track.
Subtask 12-22-27-865-060
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND MONG/SYS1 5CV B06
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2 7CV R21
Subtask 12-22-27-010-054
D. Get Access
(1) Remove the applicable access panels, (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-004) and
(Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-006):
- for the left wing remove 521AB, 521CB, 521EB, 522AB, 522CB, 522FB,
522KB, 522LB, 522NB, 522QB, 522SB, 522UB
- for the right wing remove 621AB, 621CB, 621EB, 622AB, 622CB, 622FB,
622KB, 622LB, 622NB, 622QB, 622SB, 622UB.

R

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 328
May 01/11

SYR
R Slats - Lubrication Points
Figure 305/TASK 12-22-27-991-002

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 329
May 01/11

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-22-27-991-002)
Subtask 12-22-27-640-055
A. Lubricate the Slat Track Pinion Bearings, the Slat Track Rollers, the
Pinions and the Rack Teeth

_______
R MATERIAL/S.
R USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
____
R (1) Lubricate the pinion bearings with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
R 024) or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON GREASE
R (Material No. 04-037) as follows:
R (a) Clean the greasers with a clean lint-free cotton cloth

CAUTION : IF YOU USE POWER-OPERATED LUBRICATION EQUIPMENT, DO NOT

_______
USE AN AIR SUPPLY PRESSURE OF MORE THAN 3 BARS (43.5
PSI).
THE AIR PRESSURE CAUSES THE GREASE TO COME OUT OF THE
EQUIPMENT WITH MORE FORCE THAN IF YOU USE
MANUALLY-OPERATED EQUIPMENT. THUS IF THE AIR PRESSURE
IS TOO HIGH, THE GREASE WILL POSSIBLY CAUSE DAMAGE TO
THE PINION BEARING SEALS.
(b) If you use power-operated lubrication equipment:
1
_ Lubricate through the pinion bearing greasers at a maximum
pressure of 3 bar (43.5 psi).
2
_ Lubricate through the greasers until new grease comes out.
(c) If you use manually-operated lubrication equipment:
1
_ Lubricate through the pinion bearing greasers.
2
_ Lubricate through the greasers until new grease comes out.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 330
May 01/11

SYR
R (2) Lubricate the slat track rollers with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
R 024) or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON GREASE
R (Material No. 04-037) as follows:
R (a) Clean the greasers with a clean lint-free cotton cloth

(b) Lubricate the slat track rollers through the greasers until new
grease comes out.
(3) Remove the unwanted grease from the greasers and the slat track
R rollers and pinion bearings with a clean lint-free cotton cloth
lubrication.
(5) Lubricate the pinions and rack teeth as follows:
R (a) Lightly apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-024) or COMMON

R GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
R 037) , with a BRUSH - BRISTLED, to the pinions and to the rack
R teeth as far as possible.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-27-410-054
A. Close Access
(1) Install the applicable access panels, (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-400-002)

and (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-400-006):
- for the left wing install 521AB, 521CB, 521EB, 522AB, 522CB, 522FB,
522KB, 522LB, 522NB, 522QB, 522SB, 522UB
- for the right wing install 621AB, 621CB, 621EB, 622AB, 622CB,
622FB, 622KB, 622LB, 622NB, 622QB, 622SB, 622UB.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 331
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 12-22-27-865-061
breaker(s):
R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND MONG/SYS1 5CV B06
R 121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2 7CV R21
Subtask 12-22-27-866-057
C. Aircraft Configuration
items.
(2) Retract the slats fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005).
Subtask 12-22-27-942-056

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 332
May 01/11

SYR
TASK 12-22-27-640-007
Lubrication of the THS Mechanical Control Chains
_______
_______
GEAR.
R CAUTION : WHEN YOU DO A MAINTENANCE TASK THAT USES COMMON GREASE, USE ONLY
_______
R GREASES OF THE SAME SPECIFICATION (IT IS PERMITTED TO USE DIFFERENT
R BRANDS IF THEIR SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE SAME). DO NOT MIX GREASES THAT
R HAVE CLAY THICKENERS WITH GREASES THAT HAVE LITHIUM THICKENERS. THIS
R MIXTURE CAN CHANGE THE LUBRICATION PROPERTIES OF THE GREASE. IF YOU
R USE GREASES OF DIFFERENT TYPES (SPECIALLY THOSE WITH CLAY THICKENERS
R AND LITHIUM THICKENERS), DECREASE THE SERVICE INTERVALS OF THE
R AIRCRAFT (BY HALF, FOR EXAMPLE) SPECIFIED IN THE MAINTENANCE PLANNING
R DOCUMENT. DO THIS FOR APPROXIMATELY THREE OR FOUR SERVICES (REFER TO
R YOUR IN-SERVICE DATA TO FIND THE NUMBER OF SERVICES BEST ADAPTED TO
R YOUR AIRCRAFT).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
No specific fine brush
R No specific AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
R No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED
98D27403500000 1 PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 333
May 01/07

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R SIL 12-008 (for corrective action)

12-22-27-991-004 Fig. 306
12-22-27-991-005 Fig. 307
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-27-010-055
A. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at zone
121.
(a) Open the access door 811.
R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at zone
312.
(a) Open the access door 312AR.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 334
May 01/07

SYR
Subtask 12-22-27-860-050
(1) On the center pedestal, make sure that the pitch-trim control-wheels
are set to zero.
(2) Install the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000) to lock the
pitch control wheels.
Subtask 12-22-27-865-062
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY 15CE1 B11
105VU FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY 16CE1 A01
Subtask 12-22-27-020-050
D. Removal of the Protective Covers

(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-22-27-991-004)
(1) Remove the screws (4) and the washers (3).
(2) Release the fasteners (1) and remove the protective covers (2) and
(5).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 307/TASK 12-22-27-991-005)
Subtask 12-22-27-640-056
R A. Lubrication of the THS Mechanical Control Chains
R NOTE : When you do a maintenance task that uses common grease, refer to
____
R the SIL (Ref. SIL 12-008).
(1) Clean the forward chains (6) and (7) and the aft chain (8) with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-002) and a fine brush.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 335
May 01/07

SYR
Removal/Installation of the Protective Covers
Figure 306/TASK 12-22-27-991-004

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 336
May 01/07
R
SYR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-22-27

Page 337
May 01/07

SYR
Control Chains

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 338
May 01/07
R
SYR
Control Chains

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 339
May 01/07
R
SYR
R (2) Use a BRUSH - BRISTLED to apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004)
R to the forward chains (6) and (7) and the aft chain (8).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-27-420-050
A. Installation of the Protective Covers

(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-22-27-991-004)
(1) Install the protective covers (2) and (5).
(2) Tighten the fasteners (1).
(3) Install the washers (3) and the screws (4).
Subtask 12-22-27-865-063
breaker(s):
15CE1, 16CE1, 19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3.
Subtask 12-22-27-942-057
C. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.
(1) On the center pedestal, remove the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING.
Subtask 12-22-27-410-055
D. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access doors 811, 312AR.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 340
May 01/07

SYR
TASK 12-22-27-640-008
Remove Flap Rotary Actuators For Regreasing
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 341
Nov 01/10

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-54-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Flap System
27-54-49-000-008 Removal of the Flap Track 1 to 4 Actuators
6205CM(6255CM)/6211CM(6261CM)/
6221CM(6271CM)/6233CM(6283CM)
27-54-49-400-005 Installation of the Flap Track 1 to 4 Actuators
6205CM(6255CM)/6211CM(6261CM)/
6221CM(6271CM)/6233CM(6283CM)
27-60-00-866-002 Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance
Gears
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB), 573EB(673EB)
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB) 573EB(673EB)
CMMV 275323
CMMV 275324
CMMV 275325
CMMV 275326
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-27-941-057
R (2) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S)S in position to tell persons not to operate
the flaps.


EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 342
Nov 01/10

SYR
(4) Make sure that the the ground safety locks are installed on the
landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
Subtask 12-22-27-860-051
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
(2) Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION is on
the flap/slat control lever in the cockpit.
(3) Extend the No. 1 to No. 5 spoilers (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002).
(4) Make sure that a COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER is on the piston rod of each
servo-control.
Subtask 12-22-27-865-064
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-22-27-010-056
D. Get Access
(1) Open the applicable Main Landing Gear (MLG) door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-
010-001).
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the
applicable access panels.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 343
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
(3) Remove the applicable access panels:
(a) For the LH wing, remove the following:

- 193AB, 193BB
- 573AB, 573BB, 573CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002)
- 575AB, 575BB, 575CB, 575DB, 575EB, 575FB, 575GB (Ref. TASK 57-
51-37-000-004).
(b) For the RH wing, remove the following:

- 194AB, 194BB
- 673AB, 673BB, 673CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002)
51-37-000-004).
Subtask 12-22-27-020-051
E. Removal of the Flap Rotary Actuators
(1) Remove the flap rotary actuators (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-000-008):
- actuator number 1, 6205CM(6255CM)

- actuator number 4, 6233CM(6283CM).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-27-640-057
A. Regreasing of the Flap Rotary Actuators
(1) Refer to the applicable CMM and lubricate the rotary actuators:
- for actuator 6205CM(6255CM) (Ref. CMMV 275323)

- for actuator 6233CM(6283CM) (Ref. CMMV 275326).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 344
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-27-420-051
R A. Installation of the Flap Rotary Actuators
(1) Install the flap rotary actuators (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-400-005):

- actuator number 4, 6233CM(6283CM).
R NOTE : Do a check of the Flap Track Drive System after installation

____
Subtask 12-22-27-710-051
B. Operational Test of the Flap System
(1) Do an operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-

001).
Subtask 12-22-27-410-056
C. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the applicable access panels:
(a) For the LH wing, install the following:

- 193AB, 193BB
- 573AB, 573BB, 573CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002)
51-37-400-004).
(b) For the RH wing, install the following:

- 194AB, 194BB
- 673AB, 673BB, 673CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002)
51-37-400-004).
(3) Close the applicable MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 345
Nov 01/10

SYR
Subtask 12-22-27-942-058

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 346
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
TASK 12-22-27-640-009
Lubrication of the THS Rear Cable (Area of Tension Regulator)
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
YOUR AIRCRAFT).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 347
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-24-11-100-001 Cleaning and Protection of the Cables

20-24-12-200-001 Check of the Control Cables
SIL 12-008
12-22-27-991-008 Fig. 308
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-27-941-061
(2) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to start
the Auxiliary Power Unit (APU).
(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS).
Subtask 12-22-27-865-074
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 348
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 12-22-27-010-057
C. Get Access
zone 312.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-27-020-052
A. Removal of the Protective Covers

(Ref. Fig. 308/TASK 12-22-27-991-008)
(1) Remove the screws (4) and the washers (3).
(2) Release the fasteners (1) and remove the protective covers (2) and
(5).
Subtask 12-22-27-640-061
B. Lubrication of the THS Rear Cable (Area of Tension Regulator)
(1) Make sure that the cables (6) and (7) are not damaged (Ref. TASK 20-
24-12-200-001).
(2) Clean the control cables (6) and (7) in this area, with a
(3) Make sure that there is no corrosion on the cables (6) and (7)
(Ref. TASK 20-24-11-100-001).
(4) Lubricate the control cables (6) and (7) with COMMON GREASE (Material
No. 04-004).
NOTE : Refer to the SIL (Ref. SIL 12-008) about the mixing of lithium
____
and clay based greases.
Subtask 12-22-27-420-052
C. Installation of the Protective Covers
(1) Install the protective covers (2) and (5).
(2) Tighten the fasteners (1).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 349
May 01/11

SYR
Removal/Installation of the Protective Covers.
Figure 308/TASK 12-22-27-991-008

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 350
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
(3) Install the washers (3) and the screws (4).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-27-410-057
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-27

Page 351
Nov 01/10

SYR
___________________________
TASK 12-22-29-600-001
Lubrication of the Ram Air Turbine (RAT) Door Hinges
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MINERAL OIL (LOW TEMP) (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 15-004 AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 1
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
29-22-00-869-001 Extension of the Ram Air Turbine (RAT) on the Ground
29-22-00-869-002 Retraction of the Ram Air Turbine (RAT) on the Ground
12-22-29-991-001 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-29-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Extend the Ram Air Turbine (RAT) (Ref. TASK 29-22-00-869-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-29

Page 301
May 01/09

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-22-29-991-001)
Subtask 12-22-29-600-050
A. Lubrication of the RAT Door Hinges
(1) Lubricate the RAT door hinges with the OILS (Material No. 03-001) or
the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-004).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-29-010-051
A. Close Access
items.
Subtask 12-22-29-860-051
(1) Retract the RAT (Ref. TASK 29-22-00-869-002).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-29

Page 302
Nov 01/08

SYR
Lubrication of the Ram Air Turbine (RAT) Door Hinges
Figure 301/TASK 12-22-29-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-22-29

Page 303
Nov 01/08

SYR
________________________
TASK 12-22-32-640-001
R Lubrication of Main Landing Gear and Doors
_______
_______
GEAR.

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
YOUR AIRCRAFT).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 301
Nov 01/10

SYR
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 LUBRICATING EQUIPMENT
460005835 1 SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
SYNTHE.HYDROCARBON GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 302
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Gears
12-22-32-991-001-A Fig. 301
12-22-32-991-002 Fig. 302
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-32-941-050
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).

- make sure that the landing-gear control-lever (6GA) is in the DOWN
position
- put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate
the landing gear.

Subtask 12-22-32-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position adjacent
to the applicable Main Landing Gear (MLG).
(2) Open the applicable MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
(3) Make sure that a SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is installed on the
applicable MLG door actuating cylinder.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 303
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 12-22-32-640-055
C. Preparation of the Equipment
(1) Make sure that the LUBRICATING EQUIPMENT is in the correct condition
before you fill it.
(2) Operate the lubricating equipment to make sure that the lines and
adaptor are full of new lubricant.
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CONSUMABLE MATERIAL(S). YOU

_______
MUST OBEY THE OPERATORS AND MANUFACTURERS HEALTH AND
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS.
(3) Clean the greasers with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003)
and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-22-32-991-001-A, 302/TASK 12-22-32-991-002)
Subtask 12-22-32-640-051-A
R A. Lubrication of Main Landing Gear and Doors
CAUTION : DO NOT OPERATE POWER-OPERATED LUBRICATION EQUIPMENT AT MORE

_______
THAN 207 bars (3000 psi). HIGH LUBRICATION PRESSURE CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.
CAUTION : FOR LUBRICATION OF THE GLAND HOUSING ON THE MLG BOTTOM-BEARING

_______
USE ONLY HAND-OPERATED LUBRICATION EQUIPMENT. POWER-OPERATED
LUBRICATION EQUIPMENT CAN CAUSE EXTRUSION OF THE MLG
BOTTOM-BEARING SCRAPER-SEAL.
CAUTION : FOR LUBRICATION OF THE BEARING HOUSINGS ON THE MLG DOOR

_______
ACTUATOR, USE ONLY HAND-OPERATED LUBRICATION EQUIPMENT.
POWER-OPERATED LUBRICATION EQUIPMENT CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
MLG DOOR ACTUATOR SCRAPER-SEAL.
NOTE : Use the Figures together with the tables that follow, to find the
____
greasers.
R NOTE : In the steps that follow, make sure that the materials COMMON
____
R GREASE (Material No. 04-004), COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022)
R or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-037) are not mixed together. Do
R not use them at the same time (Ref. SIL 12-008).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 304
May 01/11

SYR
(1) Lubricate the greasers of the MLG as follows:
R (a) Lubricate all of the greasers in the MLG Table with COMMON GREASE
R (Material No. 04-004), COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) or
R COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-037). Do this until new grease
comes out.
R (b) Lubricate the greasers Items 2 thru 4 in the MLG DOOR AND UPLOCKS
R Table with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004), COMMON GREASE
R (Material No. 04-022) or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-037). Do
R this until new grease comes out.
R (c) Lubricate the greasers Items 1 and 5 in the MLG DOOR AND UPLOCKS
R Table with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004), COMMON GREASE
R (Material No. 04-022) or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-037) as
R follows:
- use the hand-operated lubrication equipment to lubricate the
uplock with a maximum of two full strokes.
R (d) MLG Table:

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 305
May 01/11

SYR
R MLG - Lubrication Points

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 306
Nov 01/09

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 307
Nov 01/09

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 308
Nov 01/09

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 309
Nov 01/09

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 310
Nov 01/09

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 311
Nov 01/09

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 312
Nov 01/09

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 313
Nov 01/09

SYR
R MLG Door and Uplocks - Lubrication Points
Figure 302/TASK 12-22-32-991-002

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 314
Nov 01/10

SYR
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| No.| Component/Location |Total| Position of Greasers |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 | Retraction | 6 | 1 on the piston rod |
| | Actuating Cylinder | | 2 on the piston rod attachment |
| | | | pin |
| | | | 3 on the structure attachment pin |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 2 | Upper Leg | 9 | 1 on the forward pintle housing |
| | | | 1 on the aft pintle housing |
| | | | 3 on the aft pintle pin |
| | | | 4 on the aircraft structure at the |
| | | | forward pintle bearing (it is |
| | | | permitted to lubricate only 2 |
| | | | greasers when the MLG is |
| | | | installed) |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 3 | Gland Housing | 3 | 3 on the bottom bearing |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 4 | Torque Link | 8 | 3 on the top torque link |
| | | | 2 on the top torque link |
| | | | attachment pin |
| | | | 3 on the bottom torque link |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 5 | Lower Leg Lugs | 2 | 1 on each lug |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 6 | Leg Side-Stay | 2 | 2 on the leg attachment bracket |
| | Attachment | | |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 7 | Side-Stay | 15 | 5 at the top cardan joint |
| | | | 7 at the middle joint |
| | | | 3 at the bottom cardan joint |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 8 | Lockstay | 13 | 2 at the side-stay attachment |
| | | | 3 at the middle joint |
| | | | 1 on the lockstay attachment lug |
| | | | of the upper leg |
| | | | 3 on the lockstay cardan joint |
| | | | 2 on the top of the lockstay |
| | | | 2 at the actuator attachment |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 9 | Lockstay Actuating | 2 | 1 at each end of the actuating |
| | Cylinder | | cylinder |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 10 | Side-Stay Bracket, | 4 | 2 at each bush |
| | at A/C structure | | |
----------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 315
May 01/11
R
SYR
R (e) MLG DOOR AND UPLOCKS Table:

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 316
May 01/11

SYR
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 | MLG Door Uplock | 4 | 2 on each side |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 2 | MLG Door | 1 | 1 on the aft hinge |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 3 | MLG Door | 1 | 1 on the roller |
| | Uplock-Roller | | |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 4 | MLG Door Actuating | 2 | 1 at each end of the actuating |
| | Cylinder | | cylinder |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 5 | MLG Uplock | 4 | 2 on each side |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) Remove the unwanted grease:

_______
(a) Clean the greasers with a clean lint-free cloth MISCELLANEOUS

(Material No. 19-003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
(b) Make sure that the greaser ball has seated correctly.
(3) Do an inspection of the chrome surfaces of the actuator piston rods.
NOTE : Grease must not be applied to the chrome surfaces of the

____
actuator piston rods.
R (4) If grease is found, clean the chrome surfaces with a clean lint-free
R cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
R AGENTS (Material No. 11-002).
R (5) Apply a thin layer of HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-001) with a
R clean lint-free cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) on the
R chrome surfaces of the actuator piston rods.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 317
May 01/11

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-32-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
Subtask 12-22-32-942-050

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 318
Nov 01/10

SYR
TASK 12-22-32-640-002
R Lubrication of Nose Landing Gear and Doors
_______
_______
GEAR.

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
YOUR AIRCRAFT).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 319
Nov 01/10

SYR
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lubrication equipment

No specific AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
SYNTHE.HYDROCARBON GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Gears
Gear Doors
12-22-32-991-003 Fig. 303
12-22-32-991-004 Fig. 304

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 320
May 01/11

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-22-32-991-003, 304/TASK 12-22-32-991-004)
Subtask 12-22-32-941-051
R (1) Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).

- make sure that the landing-gear control-lever (6GA) is in the DOWN
position
the landing gear.

Subtask 12-22-32-010-051
B. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position adjacent to the Nose
Landing Gear (NLG).
(3) Make sure that a SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR is installed in each NLG door
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).
Subtask 12-22-32-640-056
(1) Make sure the lubrication equipment is in the correct condition

before you fill it.
(2) Operate the lubrication equipment to make sure the lines and adaptor
are full of new lubricant.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 321
Nov 01/10

SYR
R NLG - Lubrication Points

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 322
May 01/10

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 323
May 01/10

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 324
May 01/10

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 325
May 01/10

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 326
May 01/10

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 327
May 01/10

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 328
May 01/10

SYR

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 329
May 01/10

SYR
R NLG Door and Uplocks - Lubrication Points
Figure 304/TASK 12-22-32-991-004

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 330
May 01/10

SYR
(3) Clean the greasers:

_______
(a) Clean the greasers with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-22-32-991-003, 304/TASK 12-22-32-991-004)
Subtask 12-22-32-640-053
R A. Lubrication of Nose Landing Gear and Doors
CAUTION : DO NOT OPERATE POWER-OPERATED LUBRICATION EQUIPMENT AT MORE

_______
THAN 207 bars (3000 psi). HIGH LUBRICATION PRESSURE CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.
NOTE : Use the Figures together with the tables that follow to find the
____
greasers.
R NOTE : In the steps that follow, make sure that the materials COMMON
____
R GREASE (Material No. 04-004), COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022)
R or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-037) are not mixed together. Do
R not use them at the same time (Ref. SIL 12-008).
(1) Lubricate the NLG Door and Uplock:
(a) Lubricate the greasers Items 1 and 2 in the NLG DOOR AND UPLOCKS
R Table, with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004), COMMON GREASE
R (Material No. 04-022) or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-037) as
R follows:
- use hand-operated lubrication equipment to lubricate each
greaser with a maximum of two full strokes.
R (b) Lubricate the greasers of all the other items given in the Table
R with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004), COMMON GREASE (Material
R No. 04-022) or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-037). Do this until
R new grease comes out.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 331
May 01/11

SYR
(2) Lubricate the NLG:
R (a) Lubricate the greasers Items 1, 5 and 7 in the NLG Table with
R COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004), COMMON GREASE (Material No.
R 04-022) or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-037) as follows:
- use the hand-operated lubrication equipment to lubricate each
greaser with a maximum of three full strokes.
R (b) Lubricate the greasers of all the other items given in the Table
R with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004), COMMON GREASE (Material
R No. 04-022) or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-037). Do this until
R new grease comes out.
R (c) NLG Table:

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 332
May 01/11

SYR
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 | Upper Drag-Strut | 4 | 2 on the drag-strut |
| | | | (one on each side) |
| | | | 1 on each attachment pin |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 2 | Self-Aligning | 2 | 2 on the aircraft structure |
| | Bearings | | (one on each side) |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 3 | Lockstay Middle | 2 | 1 on the attachment pin |
| | Axis | | 1 on the lockstay lower arm |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 4 | Retraction Actuator| 4 | 1 at one end of the actuator |
| | | | 3 on the retraction actuator pin |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 5 | Leg Upper | 6 | 1 on each attachment pin |
| | Attachments | | 2 on the adjacent aircraft |
| | | | structure for the swivel |
| | | | bearings (one on each side) |
| | | | 2 on the NLG leg (one on each |
| | | | side) |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 6 | Lockstay to the | 4 | 2 on the NLG leg |
| | NLG Leg Attachment| | 2 on the lockstay upper arm |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 7 | Nosewheel Steering | 1 | 1 on the actuator |
| | Actuator | | |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 8 | Drag-Strut to the | 3 | 2 on the NLG leg |
| | Leg Attachment | | 1 on the bottom arm of the drag- |
| | | | strut |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 9 | Drag-Strut to the | 10 | 2 on the drag-strut bottom arm |
| | Lockstay Attachment| | 1 on the bottom arm pin |
| | | | 2 on the drag-strut |
| | | | 2 on the ball joint |
| | | | 1 on the strut link-pin |
| | | | 1 on the uplock roller pin |
| | | | 1 on the lockstay lower arm |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 10 | Torque Links | 12 | 4 on the top torque link |
| | | | 2 on the turning tube (near the |
| | | | upper torque link connector) |
| | | | 2 on the middle hinge pin |
| | | | 4 on the bottom torque link |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 333
May 01/11
R
SYR
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 11 | Downlock Release | 2 | 1 on one end of the actuator |
| | Actuator | | 1 on the attachment pin on the |
| | | | NLG leg |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 12 | NLG Leg to the | 2 | 2 on the NLG leg (one on each |
| | Rotating Rod | | side) |
| | Attachment | | |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 13 | NLG Leg Barrel | 2 | 2 on the NLG leg |
| | Lower Bearing | | |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
R (d) NLG DOOR AND UPLOCKS Table:

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 334
May 01/11

SYR
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 | NLG Door Uplock | 4 | 3 on the aft side |
| | | | 1 on the forward side |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 2 | NLG Gear Uplock | 3 | 2 on one side |
| | | | 1 on the other side |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 3 | Rotating Rod | 8 | 2 on the lower attachment pins |
| | Assembly | | 6 on the rotating rods |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 4 | NLG Door Actuating | 2 | 1 on support bracket attachment pin|
| | Cylinder | | 1 on bellcrank lever attachment pin|
----------------------------------------------------------------------
(3) Remove the unwanted grease:

_______
(a) Clean the greasers with a clean lint-free cloth MISCELLANEOUS

(Material No. 19-003) and the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
026).
(b) Make sure that the greaser ball has seated correctly.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-32-410-051
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 335
May 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 12-22-32-942-052

EFF :

ALL 12-22-32

Page 336
Nov 01/10

SYR
DOORS - SERVICING
_________________
TASK 12-22-52-640-002
Lubrication of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA WHEN
_______
YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH OR IN
YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 301
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-005 AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 2
CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-31-13-000-001 Removal of the Lining and the Insulation
52-31-13-400-001 Installation of the Lining and the Insulation
52-32-13-000-001 Removal of the Lining and Insulation
52-32-13-400-001 Installation of the Lining and Insulation
12-22-52-991-002 Fig. 301
12-22-52-991-003 Fig. 302
12-22-52-991-032 Fig. 303
12-22-52-991-030 Fig. 304
12-22-52-991-031 Fig. 305
12-22-52-991-033 Fig. 306
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-52-010-051
A. Get Access
(1) Open the FWD and/or aft cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo
door) and safety it with the actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-
00-860-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 302
May 01/11
R
SYR
R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position below the
R opened cargo door.
(3) Remove the access panels 825AR or 826AR from the applicable cargo
door.
(4) Remove the door lining to get access to the drift pins of the
applicable cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-31-13-000-001) or (Ref. TASK 52-
32-13-000-001).
Subtask 12-22-52-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
122VU DOORS/CARGO 1MJ T12
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-52-640-051
A. Lubrication of the Cargo Door

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-22-52-991-002, 302/TASK 12-22-52-991-003)
(1) Lubricate the piano hinges with OILS (Material No. 03-001).
(2) Lubricate the switch mechanism as follows:
(a) Lubricate the bearings of the target lever with OILS (Material
No. 03-001).
(b) Lubricate the bearings of the link assy with OILS (Material No.
03-001).
(3) Lubricate the vent door mechanism as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-22-52-991-032)
CAUTION : DO NOT LUBRICATE THE PTFE-BEARINGS OF THE BELLCRANKS. AN

_______
ACCIDENTAL LUBRICATION CAN CAUSE THE PTFE-BEARINGS TO
BECOME UNSERVICABLE.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 303
May 01/11

SYR
R Lubrication of the Switch Mechanism and the Piano Hinges at the FWD
R Cargo-Compartment Door
R Figure 301/TASK 12-22-52-991-002

EFF :

ALL

12-22-52 Page 304
May 01/08

SYR
R Lubrication of the Switch Mechanism and the Piano Hinges of the AFT
R Cargo-Compartment Door
R Figure 302/TASK 12-22-52-991-003

EFF :

ALL

12-22-52 Page 305
May 01/08

SYR
Lubrication of the Vent Door Mechanism
Figure 303/TASK 12-22-52-991-032

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 306
May 01/11
R
SYR
(a) Lubricate the top and bottom vent door hinges with OILS (Material
No. 03-001).
(b) Lubricate the bellcrank shafts with OILS (Material No. 03-001).
(4) Lubricate the bearings of the locking shaft with OILS (Material No.
03-001).
(5) Lubricate the latching mechanism as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-22-52-991-030)
(6) Lubricate the bearings of the latching shaft with OILS (Material No.
03-001).
(a) Lubricate the latching hooks with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
004).
(b) Lubricate the bellcrank of each latching unit with COMMON GREASE
(c) Lubricate the bearings of the bellcrank links with OILS (Material
No. 03-001).
(7) Lubricate the interlock mechanism as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-22-52-991-031)
(a) Lubricate the bearings of the interlock lever and the roller
lever with OILS (Material No. 03-001).
(b) Lubricate the bearings of the interlock link with OILS (Material
No. 03-001).
(c) Lubricate the mating surface of the spring sleeve with OILS
(8) Lubricate the drift pin mechanism as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-22-52-991-033)
CAUTION : DO NOT LUBRICATE THE PTFE-BEARINGS OF THE BELLCRANKS. AN

_______
ACCIDENTAL LUBRICATION CAN CAUSE THE PTFE-BEARINGS TO
BECOME UNSERVICABLE.
(a) Lubricate the drift pins with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
004).
(b) Lubricate bearing of the bellcrank lever with OILS (Material No.
03-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 307
May 01/11
R
SYR
R Lubrication of the Latching Unit
R Figure 304/TASK 12-22-52-991-030

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 308
May 01/08

SYR
R Lubrication of the Interlock Mechanism
Figure 305/TASK 12-22-52-991-031

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 309
Nov 01/08

SYR
Lubrication of the Drift Pin Mechanism
Figure 306/TASK 12-22-52-991-033

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 310
May 01/11
R
SYR
(c) Lubricate bearing of the bellcrank shafts with OILS (Material No.
03-001).
(9) Remove unwanted lubricant with a lint-free cloth, MISCELLANEOUS

(10) Apply the storage preservation as follows:
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
(a) Apply STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-005) to the locking

shaft and latching shaft.

_______
(b) Apply STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-005) to the inner

face of the access panels and to the lower section of the door
structure.
(c) Make sure that do you not apply the STORAGE PRESERVATION
(Material No. 15-005) to the ball bearings of the door mechanism.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-52-865-050
breaker(s):
1MJ, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX
Subtask 12-22-52-410-051
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the removed door linings on the applicable cargo door
(Ref. TASK 52-31-13-400-001) or (Ref. TASK 52-32-13-400-001).
(3) Remove the actuator safety locks and close the applicable cargo door
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 311
May 01/11
R
SYR
(4) Install the access panels 825AR or 826AR on the applicable cargo
door.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 312
May 01/11
R
SYR
TASK 12-22-52-640-005
Lubrication of the Door-Warning Proximity-Switch Actuating-Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-23-45-000-002 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Right FWD

Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-000-003 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Left AFT
Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-000-004 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Right AFT
Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-000-005 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Left FWD
Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-400-005 Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Right
AFT Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-400-006 Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Left
FWD Passenger/Crew Door

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 313
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-23-45-400-007 Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Right

FWD Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-400-008 Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Left
AFT Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-001 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-002 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
12-22-52-991-007 Fig. 307
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-52-010-054-A
A. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the control handle of the emergency-escape slide at
the applicable passenger/crew door is safetied in the disarmed
position (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
(2) Open the applicable passenger/crew door as required (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-010-001).
R (3) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position
R below the opened passenger/crew door.
(4) Remove the door frame linings 221VW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-005)
222VW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-002) 261UW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-003)
or 262UW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-004) as required.
(5) Remove the insulation blankets from the applicable door frame as
required.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 314
May 01/11

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-52-640-054
A. Lubrication of the Proximity Switch Actuating-Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 307/TASK 12-22-52-991-007)
(1) Apply OILS (Material No. 03-001) to the pivot points of the actuation
lever (1).
(2) Apply OILS (Material No. 03-001) to the pivot point of the target
lever (2).
R (3) Remove the unwanted oil with a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-52-410-054-A
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the removed insulation blankets on the applicable

passenger/crew doors.
(3) Install the applicable door frame linings 221VW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-
400-006) 222VW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-007) 261UW (Ref. TASK 25-23-
45-400-008) or 262UW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-005).
(4) Do the special precautions on the passenger/crew door after

maintenance (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-002).
(5) Close the applicable passenger/crew doors (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-

001).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 315
May 01/11

SYR
Actuating Mechanism of Proximity Switches
R Figure 307/TASK 12-22-52-991-007

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 316
May 01/08

SYR
TASK 12-22-52-640-006
Lubrication of the External Control Handles of the FWD and AFT Passenger/Crew
Doors
_______
YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 04-017 USA A-A-59173
SILICONE GREASE (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 317
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
Door
12-22-52-991-008 Fig. 308
12-22-52-991-006 Fig. 309
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-52-010-056
A. Get Access
(1) Open the applicable passenger/crew door as required (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-010-001).
(2) Make sure that the control handle of the emergency-escape slide at
the applicable passenger/crew door is safetied in the disarmed
position (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
R (3) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE is in

position below the opened passenger/crew door.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-52-640-055
A. Lubrication of the External Control Handle and the Telescopic Arm
(1) Lubricate the external control handle as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 308/TASK 12-22-52-991-008)

_______
(a) Make sure that the external control handle of the applicable
passenger/crew door is in the horizontal position.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 318
May 01/11

SYR
Lubrication of the External Control Handles-FWD and AFT Passenger/Crew Doors
R Figure 308/TASK 12-22-52-991-008

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 319
May 01/08

SYR
(b) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-017) to the control
mechanism of the external control handle. the applicable external
control handle.
(c) Remove the unwanted grease with a lint-free cotton cloth,

(2) Lubricate the telescopic arm of the door damper and emergency
operation cylinder as follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 309/TASK 12-22-52-991-006)

_______
(a) Clean the lubrication fitting (1) with a lint-free cotton cloth,
(b) Operate the GUN - GREASE until the new grease COMMON GREASE
(Material No. 04-004) comes out to lubricate the telescopic arm.
(c) Remove the unwanted grease with a lint-free cotton cloth,

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-52-410-055
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Do the special precautions on the passenger/crew door after

maintenance (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-002).
(3) Close the applicable passenger/crew doors (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-

001).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 320
May 01/08

SYR
Lubrication of the Telescopic Arm
R Figure 309/TASK 12-22-52-991-006

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 321
May 01/08

SYR
TASK 12-22-52-640-007
Lubrication of the BULK-Cargo Compartment-Door Handle and Hinge Arms Bearings
_______
YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 322
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-22-52-991-015 Fig. 310
12-22-52-991-037 Fig. 311
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-52-010-057
A. Get Access
(1) Get access to external door handle as follows:
R (a) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below
the closed BULK cargo-compartment door (refered to as Bulk door).
(b) Push the button of the external door handle so that it moves from
its recess.
NOTE : Do not move the external door handle in the UNLOCK

____
position at this time.
(2) Open the AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001) to

get access to the hinge arms of the closed Bulk door.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-52-640-056
A. Lubrication Procedure

_______
MATERIAL/S.
(1) Lubricate the external door handle as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 310/TASK 12-22-52-991-015)
(a) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the shaft of the
external door handle.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 323
May 01/11

SYR
External Door Handle of Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door
Figure 310/TASK 12-22-52-991-015

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 324
Nov 01/09
R
SYR
R (b) Remove the unwanted grease with a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
R 003).
(2) Lubricate the hinge arm bearings as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 311/TASK 12-22-52-991-037)
(a) Apply OILS (Material No. 03-001) on the top bearing of the hinge
arms.
(b) Apply OILS (Material No. 03-001) on the center bearing of the
hinge arms.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-52-410-056
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Push the external door handle into its recess so that it is flush
with the door contour.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 325
May 01/11

SYR
R Lubrication of the Hinge Arms Bearings
R Figure 311/TASK 12-22-52-991-037

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 326
Nov 01/09

SYR
TASK 12-22-52-640-008
Lubrication of the Avionics Compartment-Door Handles
_______
YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-011 USA SAE-AMS-G-4343

SILICONE GREASE PNEUMATIC SYST AND SEALS
(Ref. 20-31-00)
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-22-52-991-010 Fig. 312

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 327
May 01/11

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-52-010-064
A. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position below the closed FWD,
lateral left, lateral right or aft avionics compartment door as
required.
(2) Push the button of the external door handle at the applicable
avionics compartment door so that it moves from its recess.
NOTE : Do not move the external door handle in the UNLOCK position at
____
this time.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-52-640-057
A. Lubrication of the External Door Handle

(Ref. Fig. 312/TASK 12-22-52-991-010)
(1) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011) to the shaft of the
external door handle at the FWD avionics compartment door.
external door handle at the lateral left avionics compartment door.
external door handle at the lateral right avionics compartment door.
external door handle at the aft avionics compartment door.

_______
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
R (5) Remove any unwanted lubricant with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material

R No. 19-003).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 328
May 01/11

SYR
External Door Handle of Avionics Compartment Doors
R Figure 312/TASK 12-22-52-991-010

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 329
Nov 01/09

SYR
(6) Apply STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-004) to the inner surface
and the adjacent area of the applicable external door handle.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-52-410-057
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Push the external door handle into its recess so that it is flush
with the door contour.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 330
Nov 01/09
R
SYR
TASK 12-22-52-640-009
Lubrication of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Door Handle
_______
YOUR EYES :
MINUTES.
SKIN IRRITANTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 331
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-31-13-000-001 Removal of the Lining and the Insulation
52-32-13-000-001 Removal of the Lining and Insulation
12-22-52-991-014 Fig. 313
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-52-010-065
A. Get Access
(Ref. Fig. 313/TASK 12-22-52-991-014)
(1) Open the FWD and/or aft cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo
door) and safety it with the actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-
00-860-001).
R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position below the
opened cargo door.
(3) Remove the door lining and insulation from the applicable cargo door
to get access to inner skin (Ref. TASK 52-31-13-000-001) or
(Ref. TASK 52-32-13-000-001).
(4) Remove the screws and access cover from the inner skin of the cargo
door.
Subtask 12-22-52-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
122VU DOORS/CARGO 1MJ T12

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 332
May 01/11

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-52-640-058
A. Lubrication of the Door Handle

(Ref. Fig. 313/TASK 12-22-52-991-014)
(1) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or to the grease nipple of
the door handle shaft.
(2) Apply OILS (Material No. 03-001) to the pivot points of the door
handle flap.
(3) Apply OILS (Material No. 03-001) to the handle flap spring.
(4) Apply OILS (Material No. 03-001) to the bearings of the serrated
shaft.
(5) Apply OILS (Material No. 03-001) to the spring bolt.
(6) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-017) to the mating surface of
the Malteser-cross latch and the Malteser-cross lock.
the handle catch hook.
the roller lever.
R (9) Remove the unwanted grease or oil with a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
R 19-003).

_______
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-52-865-053
breaker(s):
1MJ, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 333
May 01/11

SYR
Lubrication of the FWD and AFT Cargo Compartment-Door Handle

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 334
Nov 01/09

SYR
Lubrication of the FWD and AFT Cargo Compartment-Door Handle

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 335
Nov 01/09

SYR
Subtask 12-22-52-410-058
B. Close Access
R (Ref. Fig. 313/TASK 12-22-52-991-014)
(1) Put the access cover on the inner skin of the cargo door and attach
it with the screws.
(2) Install the door lining and insulation on the cargo door (Ref. TASK
52-31-13-000-001) or (Ref. TASK 52-32-13-000-001).
(3) Remove the actuator safety locks and close the cargo door (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-860-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 336
Nov 01/09

SYR
TASK 12-22-52-640-014
Lubrication of Safety Pin Guide Fitting and Door Arming/Disarming Mechanism
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 GUN - GREASE
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-23-46-000-001 Removal of the Door Linings at the FWD Passenger/Crew

Doors
25-23-46-000-002 Removal of the Door Linings at the AFT Passenger/Crew
Doors
25-23-46-400-001 Installation of the Door Linings at the FWD
25-23-46-400-002 Installation of the Door Linings at the AFT

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 337
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
Door
12-22-52-991-022 Fig. 314
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-52-010-066
A. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position to the
applicable passenger/crew door (referred to as door).
(2) Open the applicable door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).
(3) Do the special precautions on the applicable door before maintenance

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
(4) Remove the door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-000-002) and (Ref. TASK
25-23-46-000-001) and the door insulation as required.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 314/TASK 12-22-52-991-022)
Subtask 12-22-52-640-063
A. Lubrication Procedure
CAUTION : DO NOT USE A HIGH-PRESSURE GREASE-GUN. HIGH-PRESSURE

_______
LUBRICATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE COMPONENTS.
R (1) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) with a GUN - GREASE to the
grease fitting of the subsequent components:
- the safety-pin guide fitting (1)
- the spring rod of the slide control handle (2)
- the telescopic rod of the slide arming mechanism (3)
- the hook of the interlock mechanism (4)
- the spring rod of the escape-slide control mechanism (5)

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 338
May 01/11

SYR
Lubrication of the Safety Guide Fitting and Door Arming/Disarming Mechanism
R Figure 314/TASK 12-22-52-991-022

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 339
Nov 01/09

SYR
(2) Make sure that the bushes of the safety-pin guide fitting (1) are in
their correct position after the lubrication procedure.
(3) Lubricate the flexible control (6) as follows:
(a) Loosen the lower seal nut (7) by three turns minimum.
(b) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the upper grease
fitting of the flexible control (6).
NOTE : Use of a high pressure grease gun is not permitted.

____
R Operate the GUN - GREASE until the grease comes in view at
the holes of the lower seal nut (7).
(c) TORQUE the lower seal nut (7) to between 0.35 and 0.45 m.daN
(30.97 and 39.82 lbf.in).
(d) Loosen the upper seal nut (8) by three turns minimum.
(e) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the upper grease
fitting of the flexible control (6).
R NOTE : Operate the GUN - GREASE until the grease comes in view at
____
the holes of the upper seal nut (8).
(f) TORQUE the upper seal nut (8) to between 0.35 and 0.45 m.daN
(30.97 and 39.82 lbf.in).
R (4) Remove the unwanted grease with a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
R 003).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-52-410-063
A. Close Access
(1) Install the removed door insulation and door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-
46-400-001) and (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-400-002).
(2) Do the safety precautions on the applicable door after maintenance

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-002).
(3) Close the applicable door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 340
May 01/11

SYR
TASK 12-22-52-640-016
Lubrication of the Hinge-Arm Support-Fitting Bearings
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 06-014

DRY FILM LUBRICANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-016 USA BOEING BAC 5000 BAC 5504 BAC 5750
CLEANING SOLVENT (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Door
Door
12-22-52-991-028 Fig. 315

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 341
May 01/11

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-52-010-068
A. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position to the

applicable passenger/crew door (referred to as door).
(2) Open the applicable door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).
(3) Do the special precautions on the applicable door before maintenance

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).
Subtask 12-22-52-160-050
B. Cleaning Procedure
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
DO NOT SMOKE.
R (1) Clean the bearing area of the opened door with a MISCELLANEOUS
R (Material No. 19-003) and the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-016).
(2) Dry the cleaned bearing area.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-52-640-065
A. Lubrication of the Bearings

(Ref. Fig. 315/TASK 12-22-52-991-028)
(1) Apply LUBRICANTS (Material No. 06-014) on all sliding parts of the
bearings.
(2) Release the door stay mechanism and move the applicable door in the
close and open direction serveral times.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 342
May 01/11

SYR
Lubrication of the Hinge-Arm Support-Fitting Bearings
R Figure 315/TASK 12-22-52-991-028

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 343
Nov 01/09

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-52-410-065
A. Close Access
(1) Do the safety precautions on the applicable door after maintenance

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-002).
(2) Close the applicable door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-22-52

Page 344
Nov 01/09

SYR
FUSELAGE - SERVICING
____________________
TASK 12-22-53-640-001
Lubrication of Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer Bearings and Attachment Fittings

R with Grease Mat. No. 04-004
_______
GEAR.
_______
_______
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 12-22-53

Page 301
Nov 01/08

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-22-53-991-001 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-53-860-050
(1) Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-
10-00-864-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003) and install the warning notices to prevent pressurization.
(2) Make sure that the pitch-trim control wheel is at zero.
(3) Make sure that the elevator controls are at zero.
Subtask 12-22-53-941-050
B. Get Access
(1) Put an access platform in position at the zone 310.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-53

Page 302
May 01/03

SYR
Subtask 12-22-53-010-050
C. Open Access
(1) Put the warning notices in position in the cockpit to prevent the
operation of the flight controls.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-53-640-050
R A. Lubricate the attach and hinge fittings with COMMON GREASE (Material No.
04-004).
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-22-53-991-001)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-53-410-050
A. Close the access door 314AR.
Subtask 12-22-53-942-050
B. Close Access

EFF :

ALL 12-22-53

Page 303
Nov 01/08

SYR
Lubrication Points of the Hinge and Attach Fittings of the Horizontal
Stabilizer
Figure 301/TASK 12-22-53-991-001

EFF :

ALL

12-22-53 Page 304
May 01/98

SYR
R TASK 12-22-53-640-002
R Lubrication of Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer Bearings and Attachment Fittings

R with Grease Mat. No. 04-037
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
R GEAR.
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
R CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY
_______
R OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
R NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
R WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
R START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
R - THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
R - THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
R - THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
R - COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Refer to the MPD TASK: 274000-07
R 2. ______________________
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific warning notices

R No specific access platform 3.60 m (11 ft. 10 in.)
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 12-22-53

Page 305
Nov 01/08

SYR
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 29-10-00-864-001 Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

R 29-10-00-864-002 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
R 29-10-00-864-003 Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System
R 12-22-53-991-002 Fig. 302
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 12-22-53-860-051
R A. Aircraft Configuration
R (1) Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-
R 10-00-864-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
R 864-003) and install the warning notices to prevent pressurization.
R (2) Make sure that the pitch-trim control wheel is at zero.
R (3) Make sure that the elevator controls are at zero.
R Subtask 12-22-53-941-052
R B. Get Access
R (1) Put an access platform in position at the zone 310.
R Subtask 12-22-53-010-051
R C. Open Access
R (1) Put the warning notices in position in the cockpit to prevent the
R operation of the flight controls.
R (2) Open the access door 314AR.
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 12-22-53-640-051
R A. Lubricate the attach and hinge fittings with COMMON GREASE (Material No.
R 04-037).
R (Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-22-53-991-002)

EFF :

ALL 12-22-53

Page 306
Nov 01/08

SYR
R Lubrication of the Attach and Hinge fittings of the Horizontal Stabilizer
R Figure 302/TASK 12-22-53-991-002

EFF :

ALL 12-22-53

Page 307
Nov 01/08

SYR
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 12-22-53-410-051
R A. Close the access door 314AR.
R Subtask 12-22-53-942-051
R B. Close Access
R standard tools and all other items.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-53

Page 308
Nov 01/08

SYR
STABILIZERS - SERVICING
_______________________
TASK 12-22-55-640-001
Lubrication of Rudder Hinge Bearing No. 6 with Grease Mat. No. 04-004
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 10M (33 FT) - ADJUSTABLE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-22-55

Page 301
Nov 01/10

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-22-55-991-001 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-55-010-051
A. Get Access
(1) Depressurize the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).
operate the flight controls.
(3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 10M (33 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.
(4) Open and safety the access panels 325DL or 325DR.
Subtask 12-22-55-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 B04
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC 14CC1 B03
121VU AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND 15CC M20
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC 5CC2 M19
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC 14CC2 M18

EFF :

ALL 12-22-55

Page 302
Nov 01/10

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-55-640-050
R A. Lubrication of the Rudder Hinge Bearing No. 6.

_______
R MATERIAL/S.
R USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND RUBBER GLOVES.
R WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.

_______
R IF YOU DO:
R - RUB IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
R - WASH THE SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.
R (Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-22-55-991-001)
R (1) Clean the grease nipple with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
R (Material No. 19-003)
R (2) Lubricate the bearing with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004)
R through the grease nipple with a GUN - GREASE.
R (3) Remove the unwanted grease with a lint-free cotton cloth

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-55-410-051
R A. Close Access
items.
R (2) Close the access panels 325DL or 325DR.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-55

Page 303
Nov 01/08

SYR
Rudder Hinge Bearing No. 6
Figure 301/TASK 12-22-55-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-22-55

Page 304
May 01/98

SYR
Subtask 12-22-55-865-051
breaker(s):
19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3, 15CC, 5CC1, 5CC2, 14CC1, 14CC2

EFF :

ALL 12-22-55

Page 305
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
TASK 12-22-55-640-002
Lubrication of Rudder Hinge Bearing No. 6 with Grease MAT. No. 04-037
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

GENERAL PURPOSE LITHIUM GREASE (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-22-55

Page 306
Nov 01/10

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-22-55-991-002 Fig. 302
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-55-010-052
A. Get Access
(1) Depressurize the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).
operate the flight controls.
(3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 10M (33 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.
(4) Open and safety the access panels 325DL or 325DR.
Subtask 12-22-55-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 B04
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC 14CC1 B03
121VU AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND 15CC M20
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC 5CC2 M19
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC 14CC2 M18

EFF :

ALL 12-22-55

Page 307
Nov 01/10

SYR
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 12-22-55-640-051
R A. Lubrication of the Rudder Hinge Bearing No. 6.

_______
R MATERIAL/S.
R USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND RUBBER GLOVES.
R WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.

_______
R IF YOU DO:
R - RUB IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
R - WASH THE SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.
R (Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-22-55-991-002)
R (1) Clean the grease nipple with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
R (2) Lubricate the bearing with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-037)
R through the grease nipple with a GUN - GREASE.
R (3) Remove the unwanted grease with a lint-free cotton cloth

R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 12-22-55-410-052
R A. Close Access
R items.
R (2) Close the access panels 325DL or 325DR.
R Subtask 12-22-55-865-053
R B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):
R 19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3, 15CC, 5CC1, 5CC2, 14CC1, 14CC2

EFF :

ALL 12-22-55

Page 308
Nov 01/08

SYR
R Rudder Hinge Bearing No. 6
R Figure 302/TASK 12-22-55-991-002

EFF :

ALL 12-22-55

Page 309
Nov 01/08

SYR
WINDOWS - SERVICING
___________________
TASK 12-22-56-600-001
Lubrication of the Cockpit Sliding Window Tracks

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R No specific AR BRUSH - NYLON
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-012 USA VV-P-236

PURE MINERALVASELINE OR PETRO- LATUM (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-22-56

Page 301
Aug 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-22-56-991-001 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-22-56-941-050
A. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position opposite the forward

passenger/crew door.
(2) Open the right or the left sliding window.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-22-56-615-050
A. Cleaning of the Cockpit Sliding Window Tracks

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-22-56-991-001)
R (1) Clean the cockpit sliding window tracks with a BRUSH - NYLON soaked
in CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003).
(2) Make dry with a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
NOTE : Make sure that the area to lubricate is clean.

____
Subtask 12-22-56-640-050
B. Lubrication of the Cockpit Sliding Window Tracks
(1) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-012) to the cockpit sliding
window tracks. Move the sliding window back and forth if necessary.
(2) Remove all the unwanted material from the tracks.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-56

Page 302
Aug 01/11

SYR
R Lubrication of Sliding Windows Mechanism Tracks
Figure 301/TASK 12-22-56-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-22-56

Page 303
May 01/02

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-22-56-942-050
A. Close Access
R (1) Close the right or the left sliding window.
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-22-56

Page 304
May 01/10

SYR
DRAINAGE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________
1. General
_______
A. The drainage points and their locations are specified in 12-00-00 page 1.

EFF :

ALL 12-24-00

Page 1
May 01/98

SYR
AIR DATA SYSTEM - SERVICING
___________________________
TASK 12-24-34-600-001
Bleeding of the Standby Air Data System
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Remove water from the Standby Air Data System.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R No specific 1 TBD
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-24-34-991-001 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-24-34-860-051
A. Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position in the zone

120, opposite the access door 811.
Subtask 12-24-34-010-050
B. Open the access door 811.

EFF :

ALL 12-24-34

Page 301
Aug 01/11

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-24-34-991-001)
Subtask 12-24-34-680-050
R (1) Put the TBD in position under the water drain (1).
(2) Release the protection plug (2) from the water drain (1).
(3) Turn the protection plug (2) 180 degrees and put it into the drain
valve.
(4) Push the drain valve until the water in the standby static pressure
lines is removed.
(5) Install the protection plug (2) on the water drain (1) and lock it.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-24-34-860-050
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
items.
(3) Remove all the grounding connectors, the maintenance equipment, the
special tools and the standard tools, the ground power units, the
filling equipment and the other items of equipment.
Subtask 12-24-34-410-050
B. Close Access

EFF :

ALL 12-24-34

Page 302
Aug 01/11

SYR
Standby Air Data System Water Drain
Figure 301/TASK 12-24-34-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-24-34

Page 303
May 01/98

SYR
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
____________________________________________
TASK 12-24-38-680-001
Draining of the Potable Water System (with Electrical Power)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 HOSE - DRAIN
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
12-24-38-991-004-A Fig. 201

EFF :

ALL 12-24-38

Page 201
Nov 01/04

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-24-38-680-050
A. Draining of the Potable water System
_______
(1) You must drain the water system when the outside air temperature is
as shown in the cold weather maintenance - procedure (Ref. TASK 12-
31-38-660-001).
Subtask 12-24-38-861-051
B. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 12-24-38-865-052
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU WATER SYSTEM-QANT-IND 1MA B01
2001VU WATER SYS-DRAIN 1MP B05
Subtask 12-24-38-941-052
R D. Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position below the 133AL, 192NB and
R 171AL.
Subtask 12-24-38-860-050
(1) Make sure that the potable water shutoff-valve in each lavatory is
open.
(2) Make sure that the potable water shutoff-valve in each wet galley is
open.

EFF :

ALL 12-24-38

Page 202
May 01/11

SYR
(3) Make sure that the potable water-mixing timer control-knob in each
lavatory is set to the center position (between the RED and BLUE
band).
(4) Make sure that the potable water shutoff-valve in each galley is
open.
Subtask 12-24-38-010-054
F. Open for Access
(1) Open the access panels 133AL, 192NB, 171AL.
(2) Remove the cap from the fill and drain port on the service panel
2023VU.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-24-38-680-051
R A. Drain the Potable Water System

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-24-38-991-004-A)
(1) Connect the HOSE - DRAIN to:

R - The fill and drain port on the potable water service-panel 2023VU
R - The drain port on the mid drain and overflow panel
R - The drain port on the forward drain panel.
(2) On the potable water service-panel 2023VU:
(a) Turn the fill and drain control handle 3254MM to the PULL TO
DRAIN position. Then pull it out to the mechanical stop.
NOTE : These
____ lights come on:
R - The drain valve control light 2MP
R - The drain valve control light 12MP
- The overflow valve control light 6MP.
NOTE : Water will drain from:

____
R - The fill and drain port on the potable water
R service-panel 2023VU

EFF :

ALL 12-24-38

Page 203
Nov 01/10

SYR
Potable Water Service-Panel
Figure 201/TASK 12-24-38-991-004-A

EFF :

ALL 12-24-38

Page 204
Nov 01/06
R
SYR
R (3) Operate the water faucet(s), the coffee makers and the water heater
R in the galley(s), if installed, to drain them.
R NOTE : To drain the water from the galley(s) it is necessary to

____
R repeat step (3) several times.
R After the potable water system has been drained:
R - It can take at least 15 minutes to drain the water from the
R galley(s).
R The position of the aircraft effects the time it takes to
R drain the water from the galley(s).
R (4) Step (3) must be repeated again if the aircraft has been moved.
R (5) When the system is drained, remove the drain hose from:
R - The fill and drain port at the service panel 2023VU
R (6) Return the fill and drain control handle 3254MM to the NORMAL
position.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-24-38-410-052
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Clean and dry the panels with a lint free cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(3) Install the cap on the fill and drain port of the service panel.
NOTE : If the draining is done in cold weather the caps and access
____
panels should be left open (Ref. TASK 12-31-38-660-001).
(4) Close the access panels 133AL, 192NB, 171AL.
Subtask 12-24-38-862-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-24-38

Page 205
Nov 01/10

SYR
Subtask 12-24-38-942-055
C. Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and

EFF :

ALL 12-24-38

Page 206
Nov 01/06
R
SYR
TASK 12-24-38-680-002
Draining of the Potable Water System (without Electrical Power)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-24-38-991-004-A Fig. 201
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-24-38-680-052
A. Draining of the Potable Water System
_______

EFF :

ALL 12-24-38

Page 207
May 01/11

SYR
(1) You must drain the water system when the outside air temperature is
as shown in the cold-weather maintenance-procedure (Ref. TASK 12-31-
38-660-001).
Subtask 12-24-38-941-053
R B. Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position below the 133AL, 192NB and
R 171AL.
Subtask 12-24-38-860-051
(1) Make sure that the potable water shutoff valve in each lavatory is
open.
(2) Make sure that the potable water-mixing timer control-knob in each
lavatory is set to the center position (between the RED and BLUE
band).
(3) Make sure that the potable water shutoff valve in each galley is
open.
Subtask 12-24-38-010-055
D. Open for Access
(1) Open the access panels 133AL, 192NB, 171AL.
(2) Remove the cap from the fill and drain port on the service panel
2023VU.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-24-38-680-053
A. Drain the Potable Water System

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-24-38-991-004-A)
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE DRAIN VALVES ARE IN THE CLOSED POSITION IF
_______
THE BLEED AIR SYSTEM IS ON.
YOU MUST DO THIS LESS THAN 10 MIN AFTER THE FLOW OF WATER FROM
THE DRAIN PORTS OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM STOPS.

EFF :

ALL 12-24-38

Page 208
May 01/11

SYR
(1) Connect the drain hoses to:
R - the fill and drain port on the service panel
R - the drain port on the mid drain and overflow panel
R - the drain port on the forward drain panel.
(2) On the potable water service-panel 2023VU:
(a) Turn the fill and drain control handle 3254MM to the PULL TO
DRAIN position. Then pull it out to the mechanical stop.
R (3) On the mid drain panel:
(a) Turn the overflow control handle to the OPEN position.

R
R (b) Turn the drain control handle to the OPEN position.
R (4) On the forward drain panel:
(a) Turn the drain control handle on the drain panel to the OPEN
position.
NOTE : Water
____ will drain from:
R - the fill and drain port on the service panel 2023VU
R - the drain port on the mid drain panel
R - the drain port on the forward drain panel.
R (5) When the system is drained:

R - push in and turn the fill and drain control handle 3254MM to the
R NORMAL position.
R - turn the drain control handle on the mid drain panel to the CLOSED
R position.
R - turn the overflow control handle on the mid drain panel to the
R CLOSED position.
R - turn the drain control handle on the forward drain panel to the
R CLOSED position.
R (6) Disconnect the drain hose(s) from the drain port(s).
R (7) Clean and dry the panels with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
R (8) Install the cap on the fill and drain port of the service panel.

EFF :

ALL 12-24-38

Page 209
Nov 01/10

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-24-38-410-053
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access panels 133AL, 192NB, 171AL.
(4) Remove all the ground support equipment, the maintenance equipment,
the standard and special tools and all other items.

EFF :

ALL 12-24-38

Page 210
Nov 01/10

SYR
USE OF MANUAL (MAGNETIC) FUEL QUANTITY INDICATORS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
R Manual Magnetic Indicators (MMIs) can be used to find the quantity of fuel
R in the tanks when the aircraft is on the ground. Electrical power is not
required to operate the MMIs.
Before the MMIs are used it is necessary to find the aircraft attitude
value.
To find the quantity of fuel in the tanks it is necessary to use conversion

tables and this data:
- the MMI readings
- the aircraft attitude value
- the specific gravity of the fuel.
R The MMIs each contain a Magnetic Level Indicator (MLI) and its related
R Magnetic Level Indicator Housing (MLIH), these are fully described in (Ref.
R 28-43-00) and for their use (Ref.12-11-28).

EFF :

ALL 12-28-00

Page 1
Nov 01/09

SYR
UNSCHEDULED SERVICING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________
1. _______
General
This section provides instructions related to the servicing operations for
which no frequency is specified.
It is divided as follows:
- AIRCRAFT PROTECTION (Ref. ATA 12-31),
- SAMPLING FOR ANALYSIS (Ref. ATA 12-32),
- PRE-CONDITIONING (Ref. ATA 12-33),
- SYSTEM LINE FLUSHING (Ref. ATA 12-36).

EFF :

ALL 12-30-00

Page 1
May 01/98

SYR
AIRCRAFT PROTECTION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________
1. _______
General
Safe operation of aircraft in cold weather conditions raises specific
problems. Aircraft downtime and delays in flight schedules caused by cold
weather problems can be minimized by a program of preventive cold weather
servicing.
Procedures for cold weather servicing during cold weather must be developed
by the operator. This servicing must meet their specific requirements based
on :
- their cold weather experience
- the available equipment and materials
- the climatic conditions existing at their bases
This topic contains information to assist the operator in defining
developing, and implementing cold weather preventive maintenance procedures
that will minimize aircraft downtime and improve the safe operating level of
the aircraft in adverse climatic conditions .
These procedures are:
- 12-31-11,P. Block 201 ANTI-ICING PROTECTION
- 12-31-12,P. Block 201 ICE AND SNOW REMOVAL.
- 12-31-21,P. Block 201 AIR CONDITIONING.
- 12-31-24,P. Block 201 ELECTRICAL POWER.
- 12-31-25,P. Block 201 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS.
- 12-31-27,P. Block 201 FLIGHT CONTROLS.
- 12-31-28,P. Block 201 FUEL.
- 12-31-31,P. Block 201 INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS AND NAVIGATION.
- 12-31-32,P. Block 201 LANDING GEAR.
- 12-31-35,P. Block 201 OXYGEN SYSTEM
- 12-31-38,P. Block 201 WATER/WASTE.
- 12-31-49,P. Block 201 AUXILIARY POWER UNIT.
- 12-31-51,P. Block 201 STRUCTURE.
- 12-31-52,P. Block 201 DOORS.
- 12-31-71,P. Block 201 POWER PLANT.
Cold Soak Definition
The aircraft is in cold soak configuration when :
- it is parked in cold weather (Outside Air Temperature (OAT) lower than 0
deg.C (32.00 deg.F)) and
- there is no supply of power to the aircraft (no air conditioning).
R

EFF :

ALL 12-31-00

Page 1
May 01/10

SYR
AIRCRAFT PROTECTION - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
___________________________________________
TASK 12-31-00-600-001
Cold Weather Maintenance Procedures
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To give data to help the operator with preventive maintenance procedures to

keep aircraft downtime to a minimum.
NOTE : All the data related to the fluids must come from the manufacturers
____
recommendations for application and holdover times (supplied with the
fluid). The Ice Protection Procedures and all the data related to
anti/de-icing fluids are shown in the Association of European
Airlines (AEA) recommendations available on the website www.aea.be:
- Recommendations for De-Icing/Anti-Icing of Aircraft on the Ground
- Training Recommendations and Background Information for
De-Icing/Anti-Icing of Aircraft on the Ground.
These procedures agree with and are related to SAE ARP 4737 (Ice
Protection Procedures) and are Airbus preferred for De-Icing and
Anti-Icing requirements.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DE-ICING FLUID AEA/ISO TYPE I ISO 11075
(Ref. 20-31-00)
ANTI/DE-ICING FLUID AEA/ISO TYPE II ISO 11078
(Ref. 20-31-00)
ANTI ICE/DE ICINGFLUID TYPE IV (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 10-005 USA SAE AMS1428
ANTI-/DE-ICINGFLUID SAE TYPE III (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-31-00

Page 201
May 01/10

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-31-11-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Anti-Icing Protection

R 12-31-12-660-002 De-icing of the Aircraft in a Power-Off Condition
R 12-31-12-660-003 De-icing with the Aircraft in Power-On Condition
12-31-12-660-006 De-icing of the Aircraft by InfraRed Facilities
R 12-31-12-660-007 De-icing of the Aircraft after Landing with Snow on
R the Runways
R 12-31-12-660-008 Forward Fuselage Ice Accretion De-icing
12-31-21-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Air Conditioning
12-31-24-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Electrical Power
12-31-25-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Equipment/Furnishings
12-31-27-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Flight Controls
12-31-28-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Fuel
12-31-31-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Indicating/Recording
systems and Navigation
12-31-32-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Landing Gear
12-31-35-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Oxygen System
12-31-49-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Auxiliary Power Unit
12-31-51-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Structure
12-31-52-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Doors
12-31-71-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Power Plant
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-00-941-050
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-00-860-050
A. General
(1) Safe operation of the aircraft

- Safe operation of the aircraft in cold weather conditions decreases
downtime and delays in flight schedules.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-00

Page 202
Nov 01/10

SYR
(2) Cold soak definition
(a) The aircraft is in cold soak configuration when:

- It is parked in cold weather, Outside Air Temperature (OAT)
lower than 0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F) and
- There is no electrical and no air conditioning power supply.
(3) Procedures for cold weather servicing
(a) The operators must prepare their own procedures for cold weather
servicing.
This servicing must be adapted to their special conditions:
- their cold weather experience,
- the available equipment and material,
- the climatic conditions at their bases.
Subtask 12-31-00-860-051
B. Cold Weather Procedures
(1) Aircraft cold weather procedures

- To do the anti-icing procedure: (Ref. TASK 12-31-11-660-001)
R - To do the de-icing of the aircraft in power-off condition:
R (Ref. TASK 12-31-12-660-002)
R
R - To do the de-icing of the Aircraft in power-on condition:
R (Ref. TASK 12-31-12-660-003)
R - To do the de-icing of the aircraft after landing with snow on the
R runways: (Ref. TASK 12-31-12-660-007)
R
- To do the de-icing of the aircraft by infrared facilities:
(Ref. TASK 12-31-12-660-006)
R - To do the forward fuselage ice accretion De-icing: (Ref. TASK 12-
R 31-12-660-008).
(2) System cold weather procedures

- Air conditioning: (Ref. TASK 12-31-21-660-001)
- Electrical power: (Ref. TASK 12-31-24-660-001)
- Equipment/furnishings: (Ref. TASK 12-31-25-660-001)
- Flight controls: (Ref. TASK 12-31-27-660-001)
- Fuel: (Ref. TASK 12-31-28-660-001)
- Indicating/recording systems and navigation: (Ref. TASK 12-31-31-
660-001)
- Landing gear: (Ref. TASK 12-31-32-660-001)
- Oxygen system: (Ref. TASK 12-31-35-660-001)
- Water/waste: (Ref. TASK 12-31-38-660-001)
- Auxiliary Power Unit: (Ref. TASK 12-31-49-660-001)
- Structure: (Ref. TASK 12-31-51-660-001)
- Doors: (Ref. TASK 12-31-52-660-001)
- Power plant: (Ref. TASK 12-31-71-660-001)

EFF :

ALL 12-31-00

Page 203
Nov 01/10

SYR
Subtask 12-31-00-860-052
C. De-icing and Anti-icing Guidelines
R CAUTION : DO NOT MAKE THE ANTI-ICING/DE-ICING FLUID IN TANKS HOT TOO MANY
_______
R TIMES OR FOR LONG PERIODS. IF YOU DO, THE QUANTITY OF WATER IN
R THE FLUID WILL DECREASE AND THERE WILL BE A POSSIBLE
R DEGRADATION OF THE FLUID PERFORMANCE.
(1) De-Icing and Anti-Icing Glossary
(a) De-icing is a procedure to remove frost, ice, snow and slush from
the aircraft surfaces.
(b) De-icing fluids are usually applied heated. Typical de-icing

fluids are:
- Heated water,
- Newtonian fluids (ISO or SAE or AEA Type I ANTI-ICING AND DE-
ICING MATERIALS (Material No. 10-001)),
- Mixtures of water and Type I fluid ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING
MATERIALS (Material No. 10-001),
- Non-Newtonian fluids (ISO or SAE or AEA Type II ANTI-ICING AND
DE-ICING MATERIALS (Material No. 10-003) or Type IV ANTI-ICING
AND DE-ICING MATERIALS (Material No. 10-004)),
- Mixtures of water and Type II ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS
(Material No. 10-003) or Type III ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING
MATERIALS (Material No. 10-005) or Type IV ANTI-ICING AND DE-
ICING MATERIALS (Material No. 10-004) fluids.
(2) Follow the fluid manufacturers guidelines to increase the

temperature of de-icing and anti-icing fluids.
De-icing and anti-icing fluids are not heated in tanks too many times
or for long periods because:
- The quantity of water in the fluids will decrease and
- There will be a possible degradation of the fluid performance.
.For Type I fluids ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS (Material No.
10-001), water loss can cause unwanted aerodynamic effects.
.For Type II ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS (Material No. 10-
003) and Type IV ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS (Material No.
10-004) fluids, thermal exposure and/or water loss can decrease
fluid viscosity which causes shorter holdover times.
One or more of the conditions that follow can decrease fluid
performance:
- Not much fluid used
- Trucks that do not operate with heating system on for long periods
of time
- High temperatures in fluid tanks,
- High temperatures in water tanks which directly touch the fluid
tanks (no insulation between tanks).

EFF :

ALL 12-31-00

Page 204
Nov 01/10

SYR
(3) Anti-icing is a procedure wich gives protection from the formation of
frost or ice and snow accumulations on the treated surfaces of the
aircraft for a limited period of time (the holdover time).
(4) Anti-icing fluids are usually applied cold directly onto a clean
aircraft surface.
Typical anti-icing fluids are:
- Newtonian fluids (ISO or SAE or AEA type I ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING
MATERIALS (Material No. 10-001)),
- Mixtures of water and Type I fluid ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING
MATERIALS (Material No. 10-001),
- Non-Newtonian fluids (ISO or SAE or AEA Type II ANTI-ICING AND DE-
ICING MATERIALS (Material No. 10-003) or Type III ANTI-ICING AND
DE-ICING MATERIALS (Material No. 10-005) or Type IV ANTI-ICING AND
DE-ICING MATERIALS (Material No. 10-004)).
- Mixtures of water and Type II ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS
(Material No. 10-003) or Type III ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS
(Material No. 10-005) or Type IV ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS
(Material No. 10-004) fluids.
(5) Non-Newtonian fluids (Type II or Type III or Type IV) have a

viscosity that decreases when the air flow over the fluid increases.
(6) Newtonian fluids (Type I) have a low viscosity that only changes with
temperature.
(7) Holdover time is the estimated time during which anti-icing fluids
will prevent the formation of frost or ice and snow accumulations on
the treated surfaces of the aircraft. The holdover time starts at the
beginning of the anti-icing treatment.
(8) De-icing/anti-icing is a combination of the de-icing and the

anti-icing procedures and it is possible to do these procedures in
one or two steps.
(9) One-step de-icing/anti-icing uses an anti-icing fluid, usually

heated. The fluid removes the ice from the aircraft and then stays on
the aircraft and gives limited anti-ice protection.
(10) Two-step de-icing/anti-icing has two fully separate steps :

First, do the de-icing of the aircraft (remove frost, ice, slush and
snow accumulations).
Then, immediately do an anti-icing procedure.
NOTE : Two step de-icing/anti-icing is the Airbus and EASA-preferred

____
method because one-step de-icing, with Type II, III or IV,
only causes build up of residues in the aircraft.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-00

Page 205
May 01/10

SYR
After long periods of de-icing/anti-icing, it is recommended
to do a check of areas and cavities that are not in the
aerodynamic airflows (such as balance bays and wing and
stabilizer rear spars) for thickened fluid residues.
Subtask 12-31-00-860-053
D. General Information on Effects of Icing
(1) Aircraft performance certification is based on the performance of the

aircraft with an uncontaminated or clean structure.
(2) Ice, snow and frost or combinations of these will change the airflow,
and have an effect on lift and drag. They also increase the aircraft
weight.
(3) The aircraft, and especially its surfaces that give lift and
stability, must be aerodynamically clean. If they are not, safe
operation is not possible.
(4) If the fuel temperature is lower than freezing point and the aircraft
is in precipitation, clear ice can form on the wings (wing tank
area), even if the outside temperature is as high as 15 deg.C (59.00
deg.F).
(5) An aircraft that is ready for flight must not have ice, snow, slush
or frost on its critical flight surfaces (Wings, vertical and
horizontal stabilizers and rudder).
Thin hoarfrost is permitted on the upper surface of the fuselage.
NOTE : Thin hoarfrost is usually a white crystalline deposit which

____
usually develops equally on external surfaces on cold nights
without clouds. It is sufficiently thin that you can see
surface features (lines or markings) below it.
NOTE : A frost layer of less than 3 mm (0.1181 in.) on the wing lower
____
surface (in the area of fuel tanks) is permitted without
effect on take-off performance if it is caused by cold fuel
(low fuel temperature, OAT higher than freezing point and high
humidity).
This is not applicable to THS.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-00

Page 206
May 01/10

SYR
(6) A contamination check of the aircraft must include all parts of the
aircraft. You must do this visual inspection from a position which
gives a clear view of all surfaces. Because you cannot always see
collected clear ice easily, we recommend that you do an inspection of
the critical surfaces (wings, vertical and horizontal stabilizers and
rudder) with your hands.
(7) Weather conditions determine when de-icing/anti-icing of the aircraft

is necessary.
(8) During checks on the ground, electrical or mechanical ice-detectors

must not replace physical checks.
(9) If the aircraft arrives at the gate with the flaps/slats in a

position other than fully retracted, you must do an inspection of
these flaps/slats, and de-ice them before retraction if necesary.
Subtask 12-31-00-860-054
E. De-icing and/or Anti-icing Equipment and Materials
(1) Type I Fluids

Type I fluids ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS (Material No. 10-001)
are usually used for aircraft de-icing and have only a limited effect
when used for anti-icing.
Type I fluids have a minimum of 80 % by volume of either:
- Monoethylene-glycol
- Diethylene-glycol
- Monopropylene-glycol
- or a mixture of these glycols.
The other 20% are:inhibitors to restrict corrosion and increase the
flash-point
- Inhibitors, to inhibit corrosion and increase the flash-point.
- water and wetting agents.
These fluids have a low viscosity which only changes with
temperature.
The freezing point of a water/glycol mixture will change with the
quantity of water contained in the fluid. The lowest freezing point
of concentrated Type I fluid will be approximately -10 deg.C
(+14.00 deg.F). A 60/40 Type I fluid-to-water mixture ( freezing
point below -50 deg.C (-58.00 deg.F)) will give protection for
lowest temperatures. But because of its lower viscosity, it will
flow off the wing more easily. Therefore, a 50/50 Type I
fluid-to-water mixture is usually used.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-00

Page 207
May 01/10

SYR
(2) Type II ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS (Material No. 10-003), or
Type III ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS (Material No. 10-005), or
Type IV ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS (Material No. 10-004)
fluids have a minimum of 50% by volume of either:
- Monoethylene-glycol
- Diethylene-glycol
- Monopropylene-glycol
- or a mixture of these glycols.
The other 50% is:
- Inhibitors,to prevent corrosion and increase the flash-point
- Water and wetting agents,to help the fluid form a uniform film over
the aircraft surfaces
- Thickening agents, to help the fluid to adhere to the aircraft
surfaces for longer periods.
The holdover time is longer for Type II or Type III or Type IV
fluids than for Type I fluids.
(3) Holdover times

Holdover times are the estimated times that the applied anti-icing
fluid will prevent the formation of frost, ice and the accumulation
of snow on the treated surfaces of an aircraft.
When you do a one-step de-icing/anti-icing procedure (not recommended
by Airbus), the holdover time starts when you apply the fluid.
When you apply the first step of a two-step de-icing/anti-icing
procedure, the holdover time starts when you apply the fluid.
The holdover times given are for general information only. Conditions
can make the protection times shorter:
- severe weather
- strong winds and jet blasts
- the age and condition of the fluid
- the method used to apply the fluid.
(4) Equipment
(a) Mobile equipment

Truck-mounted de-icing/anti-icing equipment must usually be
compatible for the application of Type I, Type II, Type III and
Type IV fluids.
De-icing and anti-icing fluids can show degradation (for example
viscosity decreased) because of too much mechanical shearing.
Therefore, you must only use compatible pumps and spraying
nozzles recommended by fluid manufacturers.
To be compatible with AEA guidelines, centrifugal pumps can be
used with Type I fluids.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-00

Page 208
May 01/10

SYR
(b) Static facilities
Purpose-built de-icing/anti-icing facilities, available at some
airports, consist of spray nozzles installed on a gantry. The
gantry moves at a given speed above the aircraft or the aircraft
moves below the gantry. The rate of fluid application can be
computer-controlled to give regular and fast fluid application.
(c) Protective clothing

When you use de-icing/anti-icing fluids, you must use the usual
precautions related to chemicals. You must put on protective
clothing, protective glasses and apply an approved cream on the
exposed skin.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-00

Page 209
May 01/10

SYR
ANTI-ICING PROTECTION - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_____________________________________________
TASK 12-31-11-660-001
Cold Weather Maintenance - Anti-Icing Protection
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS. OBEY THE
_______
MATERIAL MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS AND THE LOCAL REGULATIONS. MAKE
SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA. DO NOT
BREATHE THE FUMES. USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND GLOVES. IF
YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS:
- ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES, FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN
WATER.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE JET EXHAUST TO REMOVE SNOW OR ICE FROM THE AIRFRAME. THE
_______
HIGH PRESSURE AND HIGH TEMPERATURE OF JET EXHAUST CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
THE AIRCRAFT.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE HIGH-PRESSURE JETS OR VAPOR TO DO THE ANTI-ICING/ DE-ICING

_______
PROCEDURE. THIS TYPE OF EQUIPMENT CAN PUT FLUID IN PARTS, AND CAN
CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT, SPECIALLY TO:
- ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SUCH AS HARNESSES, PROXIMITY SENSORS AND
CONNECTORS (WITH SHORT CIRCUITS OR INCORRECT INDICATIONS AS A RESULT)
- EQUIPMENT SUCH AS GEAR BOX SEALS, STEADY BEARINGS, ROTARY ACTUATORS
AND UNIVERSAL JOINTS.
HIGH PRESSURE JETS CAN PUSH LIQUIDS INTO BEARINGS, JOINTS, BRAKES,
ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS AND OTHER SEALED COMPONENTS. LIQUIDS THAT GET
INTO THESE AREAS CAN CAUSE CORROSION, FREEZE DURING AIRCRAFT FLIGHT,
REMOVE NECESSARY LUBRICANTS OR START INCORRECT ELECTRICAL FUNCTIONS.
CAUTION : THE ANTI-ICING/DE-ICING MATERIAL HOLDOVER-TIME CAN DECREASE TO LESS

_______
THAN THE SHORTEST TIME SHOWN IN THE AEA GUIDELINES IF ONE (OR MORE)
OF THESE CONDITIONS OCCURS:
- TEMPERATURE DECREASE
- HEAVY PRECIPITATION
- HEAVY MOISTURE
- HIGH WIND SPEEDS
- JET BLASTS
- AN AIRCRAFT SKIN TEMPERATURE OF LESS THAN THE OAT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
The procedures prevent the formation of ice in some zones (wings, vertical
and horizontal stabilizers, rudder) and make the removal of snow from the
aircraft easier.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-11

Page 201
May 01/11
R
SYR
NOTE : All the data related to the fluids must be taken from the
____
manufacturers recommendations for application and holdover times
(supplied with the fluid).
R The ice protection procedures and all the data related to
R anti/de-icing fluids are given in the Association of European
R - Recommendations for De-Icing/Anti-Icing of aircraft on the Ground
R NOTE : The operators must use the procedures applicable to their specified
____
R operating procedures and requirements.
NOTE : The data given in this procedure are guidelines only.

____
The user can use these guidelines and his experience and knowledge of
the local weather conditions to help him make the decision.
It is the responsibility of the user to make the decision about the
R applicable protection procedures.
R NOTE : The time of protection will be shorter in very bad weather

____
R conditions.
R High wind speeds and jet blast can cause damage to the protective
R film. If these conditions occurs, the time of protection will be much
R shorter.
R The time of protection can also be much shorter if the wind
R temperature is lower than the Outside Air Temperature (OAT).
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 DE- ANTI-ICING EQUIPMENT - 12M (39 FT) SPRAYING

HEIGHT
No specific AR FILM - POLYETHYLENE

EFF :

ALL 12-31-11

Page 202
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Aircraft
12-31-00-600-001 Cold Weather Maintenance Procedures
R 12-31-12-660-002 De-icing of the Aircraft in Power-Off Condition
External Power
Gears
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-11-660-058
R A. Anti-Icing General Information
(1) If the aircraft comes to the gate with the flaps/slats in a position
other than fully retracted:
- You must do an inspection of these flaps/slats.
- You must remove the ice before retraction, if necessary.
(2) Application limits:

Do not apply a new layer of anti-icing fluid directly on a layer
applied before.
If you must apply new anti-icing protection before the subsequent
flight, you must:
- First, do the de-icing of the aircraft with a hot fluid solution of
Type 1 fluid (Ref. TASK 12-31-12-660-002).
- Then, apply the anti-icing protection on the clean aircraft.
(3) Refer to (Ref. TASK 12-31-00-600-001) for:

- Definition,
- Cold weather procedures,
- De-icing and Anti-icing Guidelines,
- Useable Materials,
- General Information on Effects of Icing,
- De-icing and/or Anti-icing Equipment and Materials.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-11

Page 203
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 12-31-11-860-053
R (1) Park the aircraft on a flat surface. Make sure that the wheels of the
R nose landing gear are on the aircraft axis and that the aircraft
R points into the wind.
(2) Install the safety devices on the landing gears (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-
481-001).
(3) Put the wheel chocks in position (Ref. TASK 10-11-00-555-015).
(4) Ground the aircraft (Ref. TASK 12-34-24-869-002).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(6) Make sure that the flaps, the slats, the spoilers, the speed brakes
and the thrust reversers are retracted.
(7) Make sure that the Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) and the engine
bleed-air systems are stopped.
R (8) On the CABIN PRESS section of panel 25VU:
CAUTION : BEFORE YOU PUSH THE DITCHING PUSHBUTTON SWITCH, MAKE SURE
_______
THAT THERE IS NO SUPPLY OF AIR TO THE AIRCRAFT THROUGH THE
LOW PRESSURE CONNECTION. IF THERE IS A SUPPLY OF AIR, YOU
CAN CAUSE UNWANTED PRESSURIZATION OF THE AIRCRAFT.
R (a) Make sure that the MODE SEL pushbutton switch is in AUTO
R position.
R - The FAULT and MAN legends of the MODE SEL pushbutton switch are
R off.
R
R (b) Lift the guard and push the DITCHING pushbutton switch (the ON
R legend comes on).
NOTE : The upper Electronic Centralized Aircraft Monitoring

____
(ECAM) Display Unit (DU) can show the VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT
message. Ignore this message, but make sure that you do a
reset (open and close) of the Avionics Equipment
Ventilation Computer (AEVC) circuit breakers at the end of
the procedure.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-11

Page 204
May 01/11

SYR
1
_ Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to
operate this pushbutton switch.
(9) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons to remove snow from their
shoes and clothes before they go into the aircraft. This is very
important in the cargo compartments. If there is ice or snow on the
latches, this can cause defective operation of the cargo loading
system.

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(11) To prevent contamination of the aircraft interior, make sure that all
the doors and the sliding windows are closed.
(12) Install the protection equipment (Ref. TASK 10-11-00-555-013).
(13) Install a FILM - POLYETHYLENE or equivalent on each landing gear

wheel/brake.
Subtask 12-31-11-941-055
C. Preparation of Equipment
CAUTION : BEFORE YOU APPLY ANTI-ICING/DE-ICING FLUIDS, MAKE SURE THAT THE
_______
SUPPLY PRESSURE IS NOT MORE THAN THE SPECIFIED VALUES.
CAUTION : DO NOT MAKE THE ANTI-ICING/DE-ICING FLUID IN TANKS HOT TOO MANY
_______
TIMES OR FOR LONG PERIODS. IF YOU DO, THE QUANTITY OF WATER IN
THE FLUID WILL DECREASE AND THERE WILL BE A POSSIBLE
DEGRADATION OF THE FLUID PERFORMANCE.
(1) Put the DE- ANTI-ICING EQUIPMENT - 12M (39 FT) SPRAYING HEIGHT in
position. Make sure that the safety zone of the aircraft is clear so
that the DE- ANTI-ICING EQUIPMENT - 12M (39 FT) SPRAYING HEIGHT moves
easily.
R NOTE : For the use on the ramp, the DE- ANTI-ICING EQUIPMENT - 12M
____
R (39 FT) SPRAYING HEIGHT has a storage tank for the
R anti/de-icing fluid. Do not mix other fluids with the
anti/de-icing fluid. Use the fluid at the recommended
concentration for the temperature to get a correct protection.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-11

Page 205
May 01/11

SYR
(2) On the DE- ANTI-ICING EQUIPMENT - 12M (39 FT) SPRAYING HEIGHT:
(a) Set the supply pressure to less than 10 psi (0.6894 bar) impact
pressure.
- For fairings, the impact pressure must not be more than 1.5 psi
(0.1034 bar).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-11-660-059
A. Aircraft Anti-Icing
(1) Apply the anti-icing fluid to all the external surfaces of the
aircraft with the DE- ANTI-ICING EQUIPMENT - 12M (39 FT) SPRAYING
HEIGHT
You must always point the spray from the front to the rear of the
aircraft.
Do no apply fluid directly on:
R - the APU air intake and exhaust,
R - the engine cowls, air intakes and exhausts
R - the outflow valve air-outlet
R - the outlet and inlet of the avionic compartment ventilation system
R - the outlets and inlets of the air conditioning system
R - the landing gear doors
R - the brake systems and wheels of the landing gears
R - the battery venturi
R - the pitot probes
R - the static probes
R - the Angle-of-Attack (AOA) sensors
R - the temperature sensor
R - the ice detectors (If installed)
R - the cabin windows and window seals.
(2) Do not put too much anti-icing fluid in the areas of the rudder,
R elevator and aileron servocontrols.
(3) In the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) area, be specially

careful to point the spray from the front to the rear.
R NOTE : If you point the spray in the other direction (rear to front),
____
R anti-icing fluid can go into the THS or into the rear fuselage
R non-pressurized compartment.
(4) To prevent the flow of fluid on the cockpit windows, remove the
remaining fluid from the forward areas. You can clean the surface
with clear water and a soft cloth.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-11

Page 206
May 01/11

SYR
(5) If you find fluid on the cockpit or cabin windows, clean the windows
with clear water and a soft cloth.
- Do not use the wipers to clean fluid from the windshield.
- Be careful to remove all fluid from the windshield, specially in
the wiper area.
R (6) APU inlet inspection

R Make sure that there is no remaining anti-icing solution on APU
R inlet.
R Clean APU inlet, if necessary.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-31-11-942-053

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
R (2) On the CABIN PRESS section of panel 25VU
R (a) Remove the WARNING NOTICE(S).
(b) Release the DITCHING pushbutton switch (the ON legend goes off).
Subtask 12-31-11-865-050
B. If the VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT message is shown on the upper ECAM DU, reset
these AEVC C/Bs:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AIR COND/AVNCS VENT/CTL 6HQ D06
122VU AIR COND/AVNCS/VENT/MONG 3HQ Y17
Subtask 12-31-11-942-054
C. Put the Aircraft back to its initial configuration

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(2) Remove the protections and clean the covers with water to remove all
signs of anti-icing fluid.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-11

Page 207
May 01/11

SYR
standard tools, materials used for protection and all other items.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-11

Page 208
May 01/11
R
SYR
ICE AND SNOW REMOVAL - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
____________________________________________
TASK 12-31-12-660-002
R De-icing of the Aircraft in Power-Off Condition
_______
WATER.
CAUTION : DO NOT TRY TO OPERATE ANY OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES IF THERE IS
_______
ICE ON THEM. IF YOU DO, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SYSTEM.
SMALL SURFACE MOVEMENT IS PERMITTED AT HYDRAULIC POWER-UP OF
AIRCRAFT.
_______
THE AIRCRAFT.

_______

_______
- HEAVY MOISTURE
- HIGH WIND SPEEDS
- JET BLASTS

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 201
May 01/11

SYR
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R This procedure gives guidelines for the removal of ice and snow on the
R aircraft.
R This applies to an aircraft parked in an applicable de-icing area with
R engines or APU stopped, or no GPU, or no air conditioning cart connected.
____
R (supplied with the fluid). The ice protection procedures and all the
R data related to anti/de-icing fluids are given in the Association of
European Airlines (AEA) recommendations available on the website
www.aea.be:
NOTE : The operators must use the procedures applicable to their specified
____
operating procedures and requirements.

____

____
R conditions.
R shorter.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 202
May 01/11

SYR
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 BROOM
No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED, SOFT
HEIGHT
No specific AR FILM - POLYETHYLENE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Aircraft
External Power
Gears

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 203
May 01/11
R
SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-12-860-052
R (1) Park the aircraft on a flat surface. Make sure that the wheels of the
R nose landing gear are on the aircraft axis and that the aircraft
R points into the wind.
(2) Make sure that the APU and aircraft engines are stopped.
(3) Install the safety devices on the landing gears (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-
481-001).
(5) Ground the aircraft (Ref. TASK 12-34-24-869-002).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
R If they are not retracted:
R (a) Do an inspection of the slats, flaps, spoilers, ailerons and

R thrust reversers for contamination (snow, frost, ice or slush).
(b) If you find contamination, remove it before retraction.
R (8) On panel 22VU:
(a) Release the EXTRACT pushbutton switch (the OVRD legend comes on).
R
R CAUTION : BEFORE YOU PUSH THE DITCHING PUSHBUTTON SWITCH, MAKE SURE
_______
R THAT THERE IS NO SUPPLY OF AIR TO THE AIRCRAFT THROUGH THE
R LOW PRESSURE CONNECTION. IF THERE IS A SUPPLY OF AIR, YOU
R CAN CAUSE UNWANTED PRESSURIZATION OF THE AIRCRAFT.
R position.
R off.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 204
May 01/11

SYR
R
R legend comes on).

____
the procedure.
1
system.

002).
(12) Make sure that the landing gear doors, passenger/crew doors, cargo
compartment doors, emergency exits, service doors and sliding windows
are closed.
NOTE : If necessary, use a BRUSH - BRISTLED, SOFT to remove the

____
contamination (snow, frost, ice or slush) from the adjacent
area before you close the doors and the windows.
(13) Install the aircraft protection equipment (Ref. TASK 10-11-00-555-

013).
(14) Install a FILM - POLYETHYLENE or equivalent on each landing gear

wheel/brake.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 205
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 12-31-12-860-058
B. Preparation of Equipment
_______
_______
easily.
____
pressure.
(0.1034 bar).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-12-660-067
A. De-icing
(1) Manual snow removal
(a) Use a BRUSH - BRISTLED, SOFT to remove the snow from:

- the engine air intakes and exhausts,
- the APU exhaust,
- the landing gears,
- the landing gear braking-systems,
R - the outflow valve air-outlet,
R - the outlet and inlet of the avionics compartment ventilation
R system,
- the outlets and inlets of the air conditioning system,

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 206
May 01/11

SYR
- the pitot probes,
- the static probes,
R - the Angle-of-Attack (AOA) sensors,
- the temperature sensor,
- the ice detectors (If installed).
(b) If the layer of snow is too thick, use a BROOM to remove most of
the snow. Use a BROOM with soft bristles to prevent damage to the
aircraft skin.
R (2) De-icing fluid application
CAUTION : DURING THE DE-ICING AND CLEANING PROCEDURES, MAKE SURE THAT
_______
THE HOT WATER OR HOT WATER/FLUID MIXTURES DO NOT CAUSE THE
TEMPERATURE OF THE AIRCRAFT SKIN TO INCREASE TO MORE THAN
+70⁰C.
DO NOT USE STEAM. IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THESE PRECAUTIONS, YOU
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE OR TO PARTS.
CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY THE DE-ICING OR ANTI-ICING FLUID DIRECTLY FROM

_______
THE REAR TO THE FRONT OF THE STRUCTURE OF THE AIRCRAFT
(WINGS, HORIZONTAL STABILIZER AND ELEVATOR).
(a) Make sure that there are covers on landing gears.
(b) Apply the fluid on the aircraft skin with the spray gun of the
equipment.
- The nozzle must be at a distance of between 0.5 m (1.64 ft.)
and 3 m (9.84 ft.) from the aircraft skin.
R NOTE : At a distance of more than 3 m (9.84 ft.) the effect of

____
R the de-icing fluid will not be satisfactory.
- You must apply the fluid directly from the front to the rear.
(c) Do not apply fluid directly on:

- the APU air intake and exhaust,
- the engine cowls, air intakes and exhausts,
R - the outlet and inlet of the avionics-compartment ventilation
R system,
R - the outlets and inlets of the air conditioning system,
- the landing gear doors,
- the brake systems and wheels of the landing gears,
- the battery venturi,
- the pitot probes,

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 207
May 01/11

SYR
- the Angle of Attack (AOA) sensors,
- the ice detectors (If installed),
- the cabin windows and window seals.
(d) Do not use too much de-icing fluid on the rudder, elevator and
aileron servocontrol areas. Use sufficient fluid to remove the
contamination (snow, frost, ice or slush).
NOTE : In the THS apron area, de-icing fluid can go into the rear
____
R fuselage non-pressurized compartment if you point the
R spray from the rear to the front.
Subtask 12-31-12-210-059
B. Inspection after De-icing
(1) Make sure that there is no ice, frost, slush or snow on:
- the fuselage,
- the wings,
- the fuel tank vents,
- the flap and slat tracks,
- the control surfaces,
- the tail cone,
- the vertical stabilizer,
- the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS),
- the engine intakes and exhausts,
- the pitot probes,
- the AOA sensors,
R system,
R - the inlets and outlets of the air conditioning system,
- the outflow valve,
- the landing gears and landing gear doors.
NOTE : A thin layer of frost (less than 3 mm (0.1181 in.)) is

____
permitted on the wing lower surfaces in cold soaked areas.
This is not applicable to the THS.
R (2) Make sure that there is no remaining de-icing fluid on:

- the pitot probes,
- the static probes.
R - the APU inlet (clean the APU inlet if necessary).

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 208
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 12-31-12-640-052
C. Lubrication
(1) If the control handle of the cargo compartment doors stays blocked,
lubricate the handle and the latch with OILS (Material No. 03-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-31-12-860-053

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
R (2) On the CABIN PRESS section of panel 25VU:
R (a) Remove the WARNING NOTICE(S).
R (b) Release the DITCHING pushbutton switch (the ON legend goes off).
(c) Visually make sure that the outflow valve 10HL is in the open
position.
Subtask 12-31-12-865-053
B. If the VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT message is shown on the upper ECAM DU, reset
these AEVC C/Bs:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Subtask 12-31-12-942-061
R C. If you schedule an APU or engine start immediately after the de-icing

R operation:
R - Operate the APU or the engine(s) for a few minutes,
R - Wait 3 or 4 minutes before you open the engine or APU bleed valve(s).
R NOTE : Refer to SIL 49-032 for more information.

____

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 209
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 12-31-12-942-057
R D. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(2) Remove the protections and clean the covers with water to remove all
signs of de-icing fluid.
standard tools, materials used for protection and all other items.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 210
May 01/11

SYR
TASK 12-31-12-660-003
R De-icing of the Aircraft in Power-On Condition
WARNING : WEAR A SAFETY HARNESS WHEN YOU DE-ICE THE FORWARD FUSELAGE WITH THE
_______
ENGINES AT IDLE. THE SUCTION AND EXHAUST OF THE ENGINES CAN BE
DANGEROUS.
_______
WATER.
_______
AIRCRAFT.
_______
THE AIRCRAFT.

_______

_______
- HEAVY MOISTURE
- HIGH WIND SPEEDS
- JET BLASTS

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 211
May 01/11

SYR
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R This procedure gives guidelines for the removal of ice and snow on the
R aircraft.
R This applies to an aircraft parked in an applicable de-icing area with
R engines or APU in operation, or GPU or air conditioning cart connected.
R NOTE : All the data related to the fluids must be taken from the
____
R manufacturers recommendations for application and holdover times
www.aea.be:
- Recommendations for De-Icing/Anti-Icing of aircraft on the Ground
____
R operating procedures and requirements.

____
NOTE : The time of protection will be shorter in very bad weather

____
conditions.
High wind speeds and jet blast can cause damage to the protective
film. If these conditions occurs, the time of protection will be much
shorter.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 BROOM
No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED, SOFT
HEIGHT

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 212
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-12-860-054
R (1) Make sure that the throttle control levers are in the IDLE position.
R If they are not retracted:
R (a) Do an inspection of the slats, flaps, spoilers, ailerons and

R thrust reversers for contamination (snow, frost, ice or slush).
(b) If you find contamination, remove it before retraction.
(a) Make sure that the PARK BRK control handle is set to ON.
R (a) Release the EXTRACT pushbutton switch (the OVRD legend comes on).
R (a) Release the APU BLEED pushbutton switch (the ON legend goes off).
R (b) Release the ENG 1 BLEED and ENG 2 BLEED pushbutton switches (the
R OFF legends come on).
R

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 213
May 01/11

SYR
R CAUTION : BEFORE YOU PUSH THE DITCHING PUSHBUTTON SWITCH, MAKE SURE
_______
R THAT THERE IS NO SUPPLY OF AIR TO THE AIRCRAFT THROUGH THE
R LOW PRESSURE CONNECTION. IF THERE IS A SUPPLY OF AIR, YOU
R CAN CAUSE UNWANTED PRESSURIZATION OF THE AIRCRAFT.
R position.
R off.
R
R legend comes on).

____
the procedure.
1
system.
(8) Make sure that the landing gear doors, passenger/crew doors, cargo
compartment doors, emergency exits, service doors and sliding windows
are closed.
NOTE : If necessary, use a BRUSH - BRISTLED, SOFT to remove the

____
contamination (snow, frost, ice or slush) from the adjacent
area before you close the doors and the windows.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 214
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 12-31-12-660-070
B. Preparation of Equipment
_______
_______
easily.
____
pressure.
(0.1034 bar).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-12-660-068
A. De-icing
(1) If the layer of snow is too thick, use a BROOM to remove most of the
snow.
Use a BROOM with soft bristles to prevent damage to the aircraft
skin.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 215
May 01/11

SYR
R (2) De-icing fluid application
CAUTION : DURING THE DE-ICING AND CLEANING PROCEDURES, MAKE SURE THAT
_______
THE HOT WATER OR HOT WATER/FLUID MIXTURES DO NOT CAUSE THE
+70⁰C.
DO NOT USE STEAM. IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THESE PRECAUTIONS, YOU
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE OR TO PARTS.
CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY THE DE-ICING OR ANTI-ICING FLUID DIRECTLY FROM

_______
THE REAR TO THE FRONT OF THE STRUCTURE OF THE AIRCRAFT
(WINGS, HORIZONTAL STABILIZER AND ELEVATOR).
(a) Apply the fluid on the aircraft skin with the spray gun of the
equipment.
- The nozzle must be at a distance of between 0.5 m (1.64 ft.)
and 3 m (9.84 ft.) from aircraft skin.
R NOTE : At a distance of more than 3 m (9.84 ft.), the effect of

____
R the de-icing fluid will not be satisfactory.
- You must apply the fluid directly from the front to the rear.
(b) Do not apply fluid directly on:

- the engine cowls, air intakes and exhausts,
R system,
R - the outlets and inlets of the air conditioning system,
- the landing gear doors,
- the brake systems and wheels of the landing gears,
- the battery venturi,
- the pitot probes,
R - the Angle-of-Attack (AOA) sensors,
- the cabin windows and window seals.
(c) Do not use too much de-icing fluid on the rudder, elevator and
aileron servocontrol areas. Use sufficient fluid to remove the
contamination (snow, frost, ice or slush).
NOTE : In the THS apron area, de-icing fluid can go into the rear
____
R fuselage non-pressurized compartment if you point the from
R the rear to the front.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 216
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 12-31-12-210-060
B. Inspection after De-Icing
- the fuselage,
- the wings,
- the fuel tank vents,
- the control surfaces,
- the tail cone,
- the vertical stabilizer,
- the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS),
- the engine intakes and exhausts,
- the pitot probes,
- the static probes
- the AOA sensors,
R - the outlet and inlet of the avionics-compartment ventilation
R system,
- the air conditioning inlets and outlets,
- the outflow valve,
- the landing gears and landing gear doors.
NOTE : A thin layer of frost (less than 3 mm (0.1181 in.)) is

____
permitted on the wing lower surfaces in cold soaked areas.
This is not applicable to the THS.
R (2) Make sure that there is no remaining de-icing fluid on:

- the pitot probes,
R - the static probes,
R - the APU inlet (clean the APU inlet if necessary).
Subtask 12-31-12-640-053
C. Lubrication
(1) If the control handle of the cargo compartment doors stays blocked,
lubricate the handle and the latch with OILS (Material No. 03-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 217
May 01/11

SYR
5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 12-31-12-942-062
R A. If the engine(s) and/or APU were in operation during the de-icing fluid
R application:
R - Operate the APU and/or the engine(s) that was in operation for a few
R minutes,
R - Wait 3 or 4 minutes before you open the engine and/or APU bleed
R valve(s).
R NOTE : Refer to SIL 49-032 for more information.

____
Subtask 12-31-12-860-056
R (1) On panel 25VU
R (a) Release the DITCHING pushbutton switch (the ON legend goes off).
(b) Visually make sure that the outflow valve 10HL is in the open
position.
R (2) On panel 30VU
R (a) Push the ENG 1 BLEED and ENG 2 BLEED pushbutton switches (the OFF
R legends go off).
R (b) Push the APU BLEED pushbutton switch (the ON legend comes on).
R (3) On panel 22VU, push the EXTRACT pushbutton switch (the OVRD legend
R goes OFF).
Subtask 12-31-12-865-054
R C. If the VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT message is shown on the upper ECAM DU, reset
these AEVC C/Bs:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 218
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 12-31-12-942-058
R D. Remove all the fixtures, tools, test and support equipment used during
this procedure.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 219
May 01/11

SYR
TASK 12-31-12-660-006
De-icing of the Aircraft by InfraRed Facilities
_______
AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To provide de-icing procedure of the aircraft by infrared facilities.

To prepare the aircraft in icing weather conditions before flight.
2. ______________________
Not Applicable
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-12-660-063
A. General Facility Specification

The facilities used are identified and proven InfraTek Radiant infrared
de-icing facilities or in accordance with the same Design and
Certification processes.
FAA AC No. 150/5300-14 gives specification and guidance for aircraft
de-icing facility. Always use the latest issue. If the AC is superseded
by inclusion into an FAA document or manual, use the latest issue of the
document.
4. Procedure
_________
CAUTION : DURING THE INFRARED DE-ICING PROCEDURE, MAKE SURE THAT THE
_______
TEMPERATURE OF THE AIRCRAFT SKIN DOES NOT INCREASE TO MORE THAN
+70 DEG.C (158.0 DEG.F).
Subtask 12-31-12-660-064
A. Procedures for the Use of the Facility

The procedures are given by the InfraRed De-Icing Facility (IRDF). They
must be in accordance with the latest issue of the FAA regulations and
SAE Standard Practice documents (See SAE ARP4737. Always use the latest
issue).

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 220
May 01/11
R
SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-31-12-942-055
A. Aircraft De-icing Confirmation

At the end of the infrared de-icing procedure, the airline inspector and
the flight crew must make sure that the aircraft de-icing is completed.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 221
May 01/11
R
SYR
TASK 12-31-12-660-008
Forward Fuselage Ice Accretion De-icing
WARNING : WEAR A SAFETY HARNESS WHEN YOU DE-ICE THE FORWARD FUSELAGE WITH THE
_______
ENGINES AT IDLE. THE SUCTION AND EXHAUST OF THE ENGINES CAN BE
DANGEROUS.
_______
WATER.
_______
THE AIRCRAFT.

_______

_______
- HEAVY MOISTURE
- HIGH WIND SPEEDS
- JET BLASTS

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 222
May 01/11
R
SYR
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To remove ice or frost or snow from the radome and forward fuselage area in
front of the pitot and static probes immediately before departure of the
aircraft (crew on board, doors closed, engines at idle, aircraft ready to
taxi to take- off).
It is not applicable for other areas of the aircraft.
NOTE : On ground, during specific meteorological conditions (extremely low

____
temperature and snow falling), melted snow from windscreen can freeze
again on the sides and lower part of the forward fuselage.
The ice or snow accretion can cause incorrect indications on the
related cockpit instruments.
NOTE : All the data related to the fluids should be taken from the
____
(supplied with the fluid).
The Ice Protection Procedures and all the data related to
anti/de-icing fluids are described in the Association of European
- Recommendations for De-Icing/Anti-Icing of Aircraft on the Ground

____
applicable methods of application.
NOTE : The time of protection against new snow/ice accretion will be shorter
____
in very bad weather conditions. Thus it is important to do this
procedure as near as possible to departure of the aircraft.
If high wind or jet blast occurs, the time of protection will be much
shorter.
The time of protection can also be much shorter if the wind
temperature is lower than the Outside Air Temperature (OAT).
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 SPRAYING EQUIPMENT

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 223
May 01/11
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-12-860-057
(1) Make sure that:

- The engines are at idle
- The pilots show their hands off the throttles and controls.
Subtask 12-31-12-941-061
B. De-Icing Equipment Configuration
_______
_______
(1) Prepare the SPRAYING EQUIPMENT and the de-icing solution with ANTI-
ICING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS (Material No. 10-001).
- Minimum dilution: 50%.
(2) Set the de-icing solution temperature at 90 deg.C (194.00 deg.F)

maximum.
NOTE : The temperature of the de-icing solution must be as high as

____
possible (but not more than the maximum temperature) to make
the removal of the ice faster.
(3) Set the pressure of the SPRAYING EQUIPMENT at low pressure, to less
than 1.5 psi (0.1034 bar) impact pressure.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 224
May 01/11
R
SYR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-12-660-069
A. Radome and Forward Fuselage De-icing
CAUTION : FOR THIS SPECIAL PROCEDURE, MAKE SURE THAT YOU POINT THE
_______
SPRAYING EQUIPMENT NOZZLE FROM THE REAR TO THE FRONT OF THE
AIRCRAFT.
IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS PRECAUTION, THERE IS A RISK THAT THE
DE-ICING FLUID WILL GO INTO THE PITOT PROBES.
CAUTION : DURING THE DE-ICING AND CLEANING PROCEDURES, MAKE SURE THAT THE
_______
HOT WATER OR HOT WATER/FLUID MIXTURES DO NOT CAUSE THE
+70⁰C.
DO NOT USE STEAM. IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THESE PRECAUTIONS, YOU CAN
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE OR TO PARTS.
(1) De-icing solution application

Apply the de-icing solution on all ice or snow accretion.
Point the de-icing equipment nozzle from the rear to the front at a
distance between 0.5 m (1.64 ft.) and 3 m (9.84 ft.) from the
aircraft skin and forward of the pitot probes and static probes.
NOTE : This is a special procedure to make sure that the fluid does
____
no go into the pitot and static probes.
Do not apply de-icing fluid on:

- static probes,
R - pitot probes,
- inlet and outlet of the avionics compartment ventilation.
Subtask 12-31-12-210-061
B. Inspection after De-Icing
- the radome and forward fuselage, specially in front of the pitot
and static probes,
- the ice detectors (if installed),
- the AOA sensors,
- the pitot probes,
- the inlet and outlet of the avionics compartment ventilation.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 225
May 01/11

SYR
(2) Make sure that there is no remaining de-icing solution on:
- the ice detectors (if installed),
- the AOA sensors,
- the pitot probes,
- the temperature sensor.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-31-12-942-059
A. Remove all the tools and equipment used during this procedure.
Subtask 12-31-12-942-060
B. Tell the pilots that the de-icing procedure is complete (no ice, slush,
or snow on the radome and forward fuselage in front of the pitot and
static probes) and move away from the aircraft.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 226
May 01/11
R
SYR
TASK 12-31-12-660-007
R De-icing of the Aircraft after Landing with Snow on the Runway
_______
WATER.
_______
AIRCRAFT.
_______
THE AIRCRAFT.

_______

_______
- HEAVY MOISTURE
- HIGH WIND SPEEDS
- JET BLASTS

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 227
May 01/11

SYR
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R This procedure gives guidelines for the removal of snow and ice from some
R areas of the aircraft.
____
www.aea.be:
R De-Icing/Anti-Icing of Aircraft on the Ground.
____
operating procedures and requirements.

____

____
R conditions.
R shorter.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Aircraft
Gears

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 228
May 01/11

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-12-941-060
(2) Install the safety devices on the landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-
481-001).
(3) Make sure that the engines are stopped.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-12-660-066
A. Remove all signs of snow and ice from:

- the wing leading edges,
- the flap and slat mechanisms,
- the rear spar area of the wing (above and in front of the flaps),
- the landing gears (wheels and brake system),
- the engine air intakes and the fan duct,
- the engine fan blades (this includes the rear side of the engine fan
blades).
Subtask 12-31-12-210-058
B. If you think that snow will fall, put the aircraft in this configuration
R (1) Install the aircraft protection equipment (Ref. TASK 10-11-00-555-

013).
(2) Make sure that you close all:

- access doors and panels,
- landing gear doors,
R - passenger/crew doors and exits,
- cargo compartment doors,
- sliding windows.
(3) Make sure that the flaps, slats, spoilers, speedbrakes and thrust
reverser doors are retracted.
(4) Make sure that the trimmable horizontal stabilizer is in the neutral
position.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 229
May 01/11

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-31-12-942-056

EFF :

ALL 12-31-12

Page 230
May 01/11

SYR
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - AIR CONDITIONING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
___________________________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-21-660-001
Cold Weather Maintenance - Air Conditioning
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practices for the air
conditioning.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-31-31-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Indicating/Recording

systems and Navigation
12-31-49-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Auxiliary Power Unit
12-33-21-618-001 Pre-conditioning through the HP Ground Connection
12-33-21-618-001 Pre-conditioning with the APU
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-21-660-050
A. General
(1) To know if pre-conditioning is necessary, refer to tables 1 and 2 in

the cold weather practices for the water/waste system (Ref. TASK 12-
31-38-660-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-31-21

Page 201
May 01/99
R
SYR
R (2) Avionics Bay Temperature
R CAUTION : DO NOT ENERGIZE THE AIRCRAFT ELECTRICAL NETWORK IF:

_______
R - THE TEMPERATURE IN THE AVIONICS COMPARTMENT IS EQUAL TO
R OR LESS THAN -40⁰C (-40.00⁰F), AND
R - THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR THE COMPUTERS IN THE AVIONICS
R COMPARTMENT ARE CLOSED.
R BEFORE YOU ENERGIZE THE ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS IN THESE
R TEMPERATURES, YOU MUST OPEN THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS. IF THE
R CIRCUIT BREAKERS STAY CLOSED, PERMANENT DAMAGE CAN OCCUR TO
R THE COMPUTERS.
R NOTE : The temperature factor for operation of those computers

____
R located in the aircraft avionics bay is the avionics bay
temperature.
R
R You must measure the temperature in the avionics bay with a
R suitable temperature measuring device.
R
R (3) If the temperature in the aircraft avionics bay is between -40 deg.C
R (-40.00 deg.F) and -15 deg.C (+5.00 deg.F):
R
R - do not energize the aircraft electrical circuits before the related
R computer systems circuit breakers are open.
R
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-21-660-051
A. Pre-conditioning Recommendations
R (1) If the avionics bay temperature is equal to or less than -40 deg.C (-
R 40.00 deg.F) you must do the pre-conditioning through the LP ground
connector (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001).
(2) If the avionics bay temperature is between -15 deg.C (+5.00 deg.F)
and -40 deg.C (-40.00 deg.F) you must do the pre-conditioning
through:
R
R - the LP ground connector (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001) or,
R
R - the HP ground connector (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001).
NOTE : When you do the pre-conditioning through the HP ground

____
connector:

EFF :

ALL 12-31-21

Page 202
May 01/99

SYR
- it is possible to operate the avionics bay computers in this
temperature range but incorrect operation of the computers
can occur (Ref. TASK 12-31-31-660-001).
- this may cause the pre-conditioning to stop.
- this can be because of the temperature conditions and not
necessarily through a technical malfunction.
(3) If the avionics bay temperature is above -15 deg.C (+5.00 deg.F)you
must do the pre-conditioning:
(a) Through the LP ground connector (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001),
(b) Through the HP ground connector (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001) or
(c) With the APU (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001) and (Ref. TASK 12-31-
49-660-001).
5. Close-up
________

EFF :

ALL 12-31-21

Page 203
May 01/99
R
SYR
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - ELECTRICAL POWER - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
___________________________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-24-660-001
Cold Weather Maintenance - Electrical Power
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedures gives the cold weather maintenance practices for the
batteries when the aircraft is in a cold soak configuration.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 12-31-24-991-001 Fig. 201
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-24-941-050
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-24-660-050
A. General.
In very low temperatures, the chemical reaction of the electrolyte is
slower and the performance of the batteries decreases :
- the quantity of high current the batteries can supply decreases,
- the time necessary to charge the batteries increases.
This procedure gives you instructions that keep the batteries
serviceable.
NOTE : The values specified in this procedure are only applicable if the
____
aircraft doors stay closed during the cold soak.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-24

Page 201
May 01/05

SYR
Subtask 12-31-24-660-051
B. Battery Cold Weather Maintenance Practices.
(1) The batteries can stay on the aircraft during the cold soak if :
- the OAT stays higher than -15 deg.C (+5.00 deg.F),
R
R (2) Refer to the graph to know the battery cool-down time. You must
R remove the batteries before their internal temperature reaches -15
R DEG.C (+5.00 DEG.F).
R (Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-31-24-991-001)
NOTE : We recommend that you use a ground power unit to start the APU
____
if the OAT was lower than -15 deg.C (+5.00 deg.F) during the
cold soak.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-24

Page 202
May 01/05

SYR
R Batteries Cooling Down Curve
R Figure 201/TASK 12-31-24-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-31-24

Page 203
May 01/05

SYR
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
________________________________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-25-660-001
Cold Weather Maintenance - Equipment/Furnishings
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-027B

X (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-52-22-000-001 Removal of the Ball Mats and Ball Strips
25-52-22-400-001 Installation of the Ball Mats and Ball Strips

EFF :

ALL 12-31-25

Page 201
May 01/98

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-25-010-050
R A. Get Access
(1) Open the Cargo Compartment Doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Get Access to the Cabin (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-25-660-050
A. Do the Cold Weather Maintenance
(1) Cargo Compartments - Door Sill Latches
(a) Remove the ball strips adjacent to the door sill latches
(Ref. TASK 25-52-22-000-001).
(b) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.
NOTE : Make sure that the door sill latches are clean and clear.
____
(c) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027B) to the latch

mechanisms.
(d) Install the ball strips (Ref. TASK 25-52-22-400-001).
(2) Cabin Escape Facilities
(a) Girt Bar.
1
_ If the aircraft is parked and not heated:
- Make sure that all snow and/or slush is removed from the
door exit area, before you close the doors of the aircraft.
2
_ Clean dirt from the floor fittings. Do a check every 350
flight hours, or more frequently as necessary.
NOTE : Do not apply grease to the cleaned area.

____

EFF :

ALL 12-31-25

Page 202
May 01/08

SYR
(b) Escape Slides
1
_ Low pressure (NO GO) indication:
NOTE : If the aircraft is exposed to temperature changes (from

____
cold to warm), the pressure gages of the escape slides
can give NO GO indication for a short time because the
green temperature compensator cursor in the gage reacts
to temperature changes faster than the gas expansion in
the bottle.
NO GO indications may occur for short periods under the
following circumstances :
- if the cabin door is open in cold condition when the
aircraft is being prepared or while passengers are
embarking.
- when the aircraft is heated for flight preparation
after the aircraft has been parked unheated and
allowed to cool.
After closing of the doors and when the aircraft
temperature becomes stable, the NO GO indication is
no longer present.
(3) Galley Equipment
(a) You must drain all the galley equipment which contains water,
such as coffee makers and water boilers (Ref. TASK 12-31-38-660-
001).
NOTE : You must operate the taps several times to make sure that
____
the supply lines are empty.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-25

Page 203
May 01/98

SYR
(b) Pre-conditioning
WARNING : DO NOT OPEN OR GO NEAR PRESSURE-SEALED DOORS WHEN THE

_______
AIRCRAFT IS PRESSURIZED.
A PRESSURE-SEALED DOOR THAT OPENS WHEN THE AIRCRAFT IS
PRESSURIZED.
- WILL CAUSE EXPLOSIVE DECOMPRESSION.
- CAN KILL OR CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT/EQUIPMENT.
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FWD AVIONICS ACCESS DOOR 811 IS OPEN
_______
WITH A WARNING PLACARD ATTACHED TO IT.
THE WARNING NOTICE MUST TELL PERSONS NOT TO CLOSE THE
DOOR. THIS PREVENTS ACCIDENTAL PRESSURIZATION OF THE
AIRCRAFT.
NOTE : If it not possible to drain all the galley equipment it is

____
recommended to apply heating (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001)
as follows:
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| OUTSIDE AIR |EXTERNAL HEAT | APU | SUPERVISOR | DRAINING OF |
| TEMPERATURE | SOURCE | | | WATER SYSTEM |
R ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 0 deg.C | 1 HOUR | | | |
| (32 deg.F) | | | | |
| to | EVERY | NO | NO | NO |
| -5 deg.C | | | | |
| (23 deg.F) | 4 HOURS | | | |
|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|
| -5 deg.C | 2 HOURS | | | |
| (23 deg.F) | | | | |
| to | EVERY | NO | NO | NO |
| -10 deg.C | | | | |
| (14 deg.F) | 4 HOURS | | | |
|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|
| -10 deg.C | | | | |
| (14 deg.F) | | | | |
| to | CONTINUOUS | NO | NO | NO |
| -15 deg.C | | | | |
| (-5 deg.F) | | | | |
|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|
| BELOW | | AS | | |
| -15 deg.C | CONTINUOUS | REQUIRED | YES | YES |
| (-5 deg.F) | | | | |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 12-31-25

Page 204
Nov 01/10

SYR
Subtask 12-31-25-620-050
R B. First Aid Kit (7600MM)
(1) Remove the first aid kits from the aircraft if the cabin temperature
R is below -10 deg.C (+14.00 deg.F).
NOTE : To avoid damage to the kit equipment keep the kits in a place
____
with a temperature between min. 1 deg.C (33.80 deg.F) and 40
deg.C (104.00 deg.F) max.
(2) Put a warning notice in position to tell personnel that the first aid
kits are removed.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-31-25-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Close the cargo compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
(2) Close the passenger/crew door(s) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-31-25

Page 205
May 01/00

SYR
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - FLIGHT CONTROLS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
__________________________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-27-660-001
Cold Weather Maintenance - Flight Controls
_______
R CAUTION : BEFORE YOU START THE ENGINE OR YOU PRESSURIZE THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS,
_______
R MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS NO ICE OR SNOW ON THE FLIGHT CONTROLS AREA
R (ELEVATOR, RUDDER AND AILERON).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practices for the flight
controls.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
ANTI/DE-ICING FLUID AEA/ISO TYPE II ISO 11078
(Ref. 20-31-00)
ANTI ICE/DE ICINGFLUID TYPE IV (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 10-005 USA SAE AMS1428
R ANTI-/DE-ICINGFLUID SAE TYPE III (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-31-27

Page 201
May 01/07

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-22-27-640-004 Lubrication of all Flap Track Carriage Rollers

12-22-27-640-006 Lubrication of all Slat Track Rollers, Pinion
Bearings, Pinions and Rack Teeth
12-31-11-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Anti-Icing Protection
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-27-941-050
A. Not applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-27-660-050
R A. Check of the Flight Controls

R
R (1) Remove any ice from :

- the wing leading edge
- the slats
- the flaps
- the spoilers
- the ailerons
R (2) You must retract the wing flaps and slats during periods of snowfall
and icing conditions. If it is necessary to operate these controls,
make sure that they are clear of accumulation before retraction.
R (3) If an aircraft arrives with the slats and flaps in a positon other
than fully retracted during a period of ice or snow conditons, those
slats and flaps which are extended must be inspected for ice and snow
accumulation before retracting.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-27

Page 202
May 01/07

SYR
R (4) All control surfaces must have no ice, snow or frost. After the
deicing operation, do a check of the associated hinges, tracks,
actuators and servo controls for trapped moisture that can freeze.
R Apply anti-icing fluid for protection ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING
R MATERIALS (Material No. 10-001), ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS
R (Material No. 10-003), ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS (Material
R No. 10-005) or ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS (Material No. 10-
R 004) (Ref. TASK 12-31-11-660-001)
R (5) Do a check of the leading edge area of the spoilers, the flaps for
ice, snow and frost.
R (6) Final checks after aircraft deicing on flap/slat areas : the

applicable areas must have no snow and ice as well as water
accumulation. During snowfall, freezing rain and drifting snow it is
possible that snow and melting ice go into slots, drainage openings,
hinges and operating linkage and freeze again. You must do the check
of these areas with special attention when an aircraft has been
parked outside for a long period above mentioned conditions.
Subtask 12-31-27-660-051
B. Lubrication of the Flaps and Slats
(1) Do the applicable flap/slat lubrication tasks (Ref. TASK 12-22-27-

640-004) (Ref. TASK 12-22-27-640-006)
(2) The winter preparation program should include the flap and slat
lubrication.
NOTE : In climates where the atmosphere is both particularly cold and

____
humid (mist/fog) use your experience to reduce the lubrication
task intervals during winter operations.
NOTE : In extreme climates and low ambient temperatures it may be

____
difficult to lubricate the flap and slat systems correctly. If
hangar space is not available then it is recommended to do the
lubrication tasks at a station where the approppriate
facilities are available or where the ambient temperature is
above 0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F).
NOTE : Increases in grease stiffness may occur if water present

____
within a lubricant forms discrete lumps of ice, the associated
increases in system friction may then result in torque limiter
operation.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-27

Page 203
May 01/07

SYR
(3) When you do the lubrication tasks take care to ensure that all the
old grease is removed in order to reduce the risk of an increase in
grease stiffness.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-27

Page 204
May 01/07

SYR
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - FUEL - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_______________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-28-660-001
Cold Weather Maintenance - Fuel

_______
_______
- SMOKE
PROCEDURES.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific hot air blower

No specific surface contact thermometer
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-32-28-281-001 Drain Water Content


EFF :

ALL 12-31-28

Page 201
Nov 01/10

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-28-869-050
A. General Information
This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practices for the fuel
system when:
- an aircraft is operated or stored in conditions with ground
temperatures of between 0 deg.C (32 deg.F) and -54 deg.C (-67 deg.F)
or
- the fuel temperature in the tanks is less than -5 deg.C (23 deg.F).
The fuel storage and handling conditions can have an important effect on
the amount of water in solution with the fuel. In unsatisfactory
conditions, each 3785 liters (1000 USgal) of fuel can contain up to 0.76
l (0.2 USgal) of water. Water can get into the tanks in different ways:
- the fuel supplied to the aircraft contains water
- the air in the tank contains moisture (water)
- during descent large quantities of moist air can enter the tank
- fuel which is open to dampness or wet atmospheric conditions will
contain larger quantities of water than fuel stored in sealed
containers.
In cold conditions, much of this water can come out of solution and fall
to the bottom of the tank. It then collects at the lowest parts of the
tank and can form ice. The formation of ice (and the presence of water)
in the fuel tanks can have an effect on the accuracy and/or performance
of the quantity indication system. It can also cause engine or corrosion
related problems.
Approved anti-ice additive can be added, in the correct proportions, to

the fuel which is supplied to the aircraft. This can prevent water in the
fuel from freezing and let it be drained from a tank with a fuel
temperature below 0 deg.C (32 deg.F). The ice in the fuel tank can be
melted through these procedures:
- ambient air heat in a hangar
- a refuel with warm fuel
- warm air heat from a blower, until the temperature of the whole of the
bottom skin is 1 deg.C (34 deg.F). This procedure is usually done in a
hangar, but can be used outside if a hangar is not available
- a combination of these methods.
NOTE : Ice can form on the inside of the fuel tank close to the water
____
drain valve. When you drain fuel from the tank for a water
analysis check, fuel flows over the ice and collects water. This

EFF :

ALL 12-31-28

Page 202
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
can cause incorrect analysis results. The procedure that follows
should remove most of the water/ice from the fuel tank.
You must do the water drain procedure regularly to make sure that
all the water is drained from the tank low points.
Subtask 12-31-28-941-050

_______
(1) You must obey the fuel safety procedures (Ref. TASK 28-00-00-910-001)
when you do work on the fuel system.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-28-660-050
A. Water Draining of the Tanks
(1) If a water drain does not open with the usual pressure, find the
cause. The valve could be frozen because of the low temperature.
(2) Water draining of the tanks (aircraft in a hangar):
(a) If possible, refuel the aircraft with warm fuel.
(b) Use a surface contact thermometer to measure the temperature of

the bottom skin of the tank to be drained.
(c) If necessary, use an approved hot air blower to warm the bottom
skin of the tank to be drained. Make sure the temperature of the
bottom skin does not increase to more than 50 deg.C (122.00
deg.F).
NOTE : The temperature of all the bottom skin should be 1 deg.C

____
(33.80 deg.F) or more measured one minute after the
removal of the hot air blower.
(d) Drain accumulated water (Ref. TASK 12-32-28-281-001) 30 minutes

after the aircraft has been refuelled (and before the bottom skin
temperature decreases below 0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F)).
NOTE : When you do the water drain procedure, it can be necessary

____
to drain large quantities of fuel to get a satisfactory
HYDROKIT test result (Ref. TASK 12-32-28-281-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-31-28

Page 203
Nov 01/10

SYR
(3) Water draining of the tanks (aircraft outside):
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE TEMPERATURE OF THE AIR FROM THE HOT AIR
_______
BLOWER IS NOT MORE THAN 50 DEG.C (122 DEG.F).
IF THE TEMPERATURE IS MORE THAN 50 DEG.C (122 DEG.F) YOU
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.
(a) If possible, refuel the aircraft with warm fuel.
(b) Use a surface contact thermometer to measure the temperature of

the bottom skin of the tank to be drained.
NOTE : To do the procedure the temperature near to the drain

____
valves should be 1 deg.C (33.80 deg.F) or more. It is
possible that not all of the ice will be melted, thus the
drain procedure will not be fully successful.
(c) Use an approved hot air blower to warm the bottom skin of the
tank to be drained. Make sure the temperature of the bottom skin
does not increase to more than 50 deg.C (122.00 deg.F).
NOTE : The temperature of the bottom skin near to the drain valve
____
should be 1 deg.C (33.80 deg.F) or more measured one
minute after the removal of the hot air blower.
(d) Drain the accumulated water (Ref. TASK 12-32-28-281-001) 30

minutes after the aircraft has been refuelled (and before the
bottom skin temperature near to the drain valves decreases below
0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F)).
NOTE : When you do the water drain procedure, it can be necessary

____
to drain large quantities of fuel to get a satisfactory
HYDROKIT test result (Ref. TASK 12-32-28-281-001).
Subtask 12-31-28-660-051
B. Anti-Icing Additives
(1) If you think that fuel temperatures will be less than 0 deg.C (32.00
deg.F) (and if it is not possible to warm the aircraft in a hangar)
it is necessary to put anti-icing additives in the fuel. This makes
sure that the water in the fuel does not freeze.
When you add anti-icing additives to the fuel, the concentration must
not be more than 0.15 % by volume.
You must also make sure that the additive is fully mixed with the
fuel.
NOTE : Refer to the engine manufacturer data for approved fuel

____
additives.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-28

Page 204
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-31-28-942-050
(1) Remove the safety barriers

EFF :

ALL 12-31-28

Page 205
May 01/98

SYR
______________________________________________________________________
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS AND NAVIGATION
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_____________________
TASK 12-31-31-660-001
Cold Weather Maintenance - Indicating/Recording systems and Navigation
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practices for the
indicating/recording and navigation systems.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-31-21-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Air Conditioning
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-31-941-050
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-31-660-050
A. General.
(1) When the Outside Air Temperature (OAT) is very low, cold (temperature
lower than -15 deg.C (+5.00 deg.F)) in the avionics compartment can
cause incorrect operation of the computers.
NOTE : This is only due to the cold weather conditions and not to a
____
technical malfunction.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-31

Page 201
May 01/98

SYR
Subtask 12-31-31-660-051
B. Recommendations.
(1) Make sure that the computers are at a temperature equal to or higher
than -15 deg.C (+5.00 deg.F) for correct operation.
NOTE : If you energize the computers at very low temperatures the

____
following can occur. If the temperature is :
- equal to or lower than -40 deg.C (-40.00 deg.F), you can
cause permanent damage to the computers.
- between -40 deg.C (-40.00 deg.F) and -15 deg.C (+5.00
deg.F), the computers can operate but normal operation can
stop momentarily.
- equal to or higher than -15 deg.C (+5.00 deg.F), the
computers operate normally.
(a) Preconditioning
It is recommended to use the pre-conditioning procedure to
increase the temperature in the avionics compartment (Ref. TASK
12-31-21-660-001).
(b) Energization of the computers

If the temperature is higher than -40 deg.C (-40.00 deg.F), you
can energize the computers to increase the temperature to -15
deg.C (+5.00 deg.F). The time necessary to increase the
temperature will change with the OAT, the humidity and the time
since the avionics compartment ventilation stopped.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-31

Page 202
May 01/98

SYR
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - LANDING GEAR - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_______________________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-32-660-001
Cold Weather Maintenance - Landing Gear
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practices for the landing
gear.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-14-32-614-001 Nitrogen Filling of the Tires
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-32-941-050

EFF :

ALL 12-31-32

Page 201
Nov 01/10

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-32-660-050
A. General
(1) When the ambient temperature decreases, the pressure in the tires
also decreases.
A 3 deg.C (5.4 deg.F) change in temperature causes a 1% change in
tire pressure.
NOTE : The tires wear faster if the pressure in the tires is low.
____
(2) It is recommended that all ice and/or snow is removed from the
landing gear before flight. Ice and/or snow contamination could cause
a possible malfunction and/or damage the landing gear components on
retraction.
Subtask 12-31-32-660-051
B. Recommendations
(1) Check the tire pressure

If the aircraft is parked in cold weather conditions (cold soak) for
more than one hour, do a check of the tire pressure.
If necessary, correct the pressure with nitrogen (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-
614-001).
NOTE : Do not use air to correct the tire pressure. If the ambient
____
temperature is below 0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F), moisture in the
air can change to ice in the valve and cause a permanent leak.
(2) Remove ice and/or snow from the landing gear
NOTE : De-ice the landing gear no more than 1 hour before flight.
____
Use a HOT AIR BLOWER OPERATING 40 DEG C (100 DEG F) to blow air at a
maximum temperature of 40 deg.C (104.00 deg.F) at the landing gear
assembly. Start at the top and work down the landing gear until all
signs of ice and/or snow is removed. Make sure that no ice or snow
stays on the components that follow:
- the dynamic joints
- the lock springs
- the sliding tube of the shock absorber
- the piston rod of the retraction actuator
- the piston rod of the lockstay actuator
- the proximity sensors and targets

EFF :

ALL 12-31-32

Page 202
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
- the brakes and brake hoses.
(3) Towing
Be careful during aircraft towing operations in cold weather
conditions. Do not make small-radius turns which can cause too much
load on the sidewalls of the tires.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-31-32-942-050
R (1) Remove the SAFETY BARRIER(S)S.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-32

Page 203
Nov 01/10

SYR
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - OXYGEN - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_________________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-35-660-001
Cold Weather Maintenance - Oxygen System
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practises for the oxygen
system.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 05-004 USA MIL-PRF-25567 TYPE I

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

35-11-41-000-001 Removal of the Crew Oxygen-Storage Cylinder (5750HM)
35-11-41-400-001 Installation of the Crew Oxygen-Storage Cylinder
(5750HM)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-35-941-050
A. Not Applicable

EFF :

ALL 12-31-35

Page 201
May 01/06

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-35-660-050
A. Installation of Oxygen Cylinder(s). (Ref. TASK 35-11-41-000-001)

(Ref. TASK 35-11-41-400-001)
NOTE : When you replace oxygen cylinder(s), you must mandatorily obey the
____
Removal/Installation procedure for oxygen cylinder(s).
(1) If you replace the oxygen cylinder(s) of the crew oxygen system when
the ambient temperature is -20 deg.C (-4.00 deg.F) or less :
- make sure that the temperature in the oxygen cylinder compartment
is more than -20 deg.C (-4.00 deg.F). If this temperature is -20
deg.C (-4.00 deg.F) or less, the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No.
05-004) used to do the leak test will freeze.
(2) It is recommended to replace the cylinder after a flight but before

the compartment temperature is -20 deg.C (-4.00 deg.F). Or you can do
this task while you pre-condition the aircraft on the ground.
(Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001)

EFF :

ALL 12-31-35

Page 202
May 01/98

SYR
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - WATER/ WASTE - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_______________________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-38-660-001
Cold Weather Maintenance - Water/Waste
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE WATER TANK IS DEPRESSURIZED.

_______
_______
CAUTION : BEFORE YOU SUPPLY AIR FROM AN EXTERNAL SOURCE OR THE APU, MAKE
_______
CERTAIN THAT :
-AT LEAST ONE COCKPIT WINDOW OR CABIN DOOR IS OPEN AND THAT IT
REMAINS OPEN DURING SERVICING.
-IF THE AIRCRAFT IS PARKED OUTSIDE AND IS NOT PROTECTED FROM THE RAIN
ONE MAINTENANCE DOOR OR AVIONICS COMPARTMENT ACCESS DOOR IS OPEN AND
THAT IT REMAINS OPEN DURING SERVICING.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To prevent damage to the water/waste system by ice when the aircraft is not
supplied with power or other sources of hot air.
NOTE : Although an aircraft is resistant to very low ambient temperatures,

____
the cabin air conditioning (and WIPU system) keep the pipes (and
water systems sufficiently warm to prevent them) from freezing.
However, when the aircraft is not energized or stays on the ground at
R sub-zero temperatures, you must do additional procedures to prevent
R damage to the systems by ice.
NOTE : If the service panels or caps are frozen closed, you must not use
____
force to open or release them. You must apply hot air.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-38

Page 201
May 01/04

SYR
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-15-38-613-001 Fill the Potable Water Tank System (Aircraft

Electrical Power Available)
12-16-38-613-001 Servicing of the Toilet System
12-24-38-680-001 Draining of the Potable Water System (with Electrical
Power)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-38-941-050
A. There is no special job set-up for this task.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-38-660-050
A. Pre-Flight (First Flight of the Day)
(1) After draining due to low ambient temperatures you must obey the
steps that follow.
(2) Make sure that all drain valves are closed.
(3) Potable Water System
(a) Fill the potable water system with warm water of 30 deg.C (86.00
deg.F) not earlier than 30 minutes before the engine start
(Ref. TASK 12-15-38-613-001).
(b) Pressurize the potable water system and examine the fill/drain
valve for leaks.
(c) Remove excessive quantity of water from around the service panel
before you close it.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-38

Page 202
Nov 01/06
R
SYR
(4) Waste system
(a) Pre-charge the waste tanks not earlier than 30 minutes before the
engine start (Ref. TASK 12-16-38-613-001).
- Remove excessive liquid from around the waste service panel
before you close it.
Subtask 12-31-38-660-051
B. Post Flight (Last Flight of the Day but not Transit Stops) (Ref. TASK 12-
16-38-613-001) (Ref. TASK 12-24-38-680-001)
(1) General
(a) You must do the servicing of the potable water and waste water
tanks as soon as possible after a flight.
(b) Read tables 1, 2 and 3 (draining of the water/waste system) to

find if it is necessary to drain or not (depending on the ambient
temperature and the cold soak period).
(c) After draining of the system and parking of the aircraft at

temperatures below 0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F):
- Let the drain valves and the service panels stay open to let
remaining fluid to flow out.
- Do not install the caps on the drain and the fill/drain
nipples.
NOTE : If you install the caps, the remaining fluid can freeze
____
immediately behind the drain and the fill/drain caps and
will cause:
- Damage to the piping system
- The system to become unserviceable
- Delay at the next servicing.
R Potable water system
Table 1

EFF :

ALL 12-31-38

Page 203
May 01/07

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|OUTSIDE AIR | AIR | CABIN |EXPOSURE |POTABLE |PURGE OF |
|TEMPERATURE |CONDITIONING|TEMPERATURE|TIME TO | WATER | SYSTEM |
|IN DEG.C | |IN DEG.C |WEATHER | SYSTEM |REQUIRED |
|(DEG.F) | |(DEG.F) |CONDITIONS |DRAINING | |
| | | |IN HOURS:MIN |REQUIRED | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Between ON Above 10 No Time Limit NO NO

0 and -15 (50)
(32 and 5)
Below -15 ON Above 10 1:15 YES NO

(5) (50)
Between OFF 1:30 YES NO

0 and -7
(32 and
19.4)
Between OFF 0:30 YES YES

-7 and -15
(19.4 and 5)
R Below -15 OFF None YES YES

(5)
(2) Potable water system
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE TEMPERATURE OF THE AIR SUPPLIED BY THE
_______
AIRCRAFT BLEEDAIR SYSTEM IS NOT HIGHER THAN 50 DEG.C (122
DEG.F).
IF THE AIR IS HOTTER THAN 50 DEG.C (122 DEG.F). IT CAN
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.
(a) In case of aircraft parking under very low temperature conditions

you must drain and purge the potable water system. Pressurize and
ventilate the system to remove residual water. Do the procedure
given below:
- drain the potable water system
- close all the lavatory and galley manual shutoff valves
- pressurize the potable water system after closing all potable
water drain and fill valves
- open one manual shutoff valve
- make sure that air but no water comes out of the faucet
connected to the open manual shutoff valve

EFF :

ALL 12-31-38

Page 204
May 01/08

SYR
- close the faucet outlet with flat of hand, flush the toilet as
often as necessary until you are sure that air but no water
comes out of the toilet rinse valve (this part of procedure is
applicable for vacuum toilets only)
Do the whole procedure above for all lavatories and galleys
with potable water supplied equipment as there are water
heater, coffee maker and water faucets
- open all drain valves of the potable water system
- operate the water faucets in the galleys several times to bleed
them
NOTE : you must repeat the procedure as often as necessary to

____
make sure that the residual water has drained fully.
The duration of the residual water drainage after the end of the
water flow from the potable water system can take at least 15
minutes. This depends on the attitude of the aircraft.
If the aircraft has been moved, the drain valves should be open
again to make sure that all the residual water is drained.
- depressurize the potable water system
R (b) If the potable water has frozen or if it is impractical to drain

R the potable water system, you must heat the aircraft with an
R external or internal source as given in Table 3.
Subtask 12-31-38-660-053
C. Waste System Drain

Table 2
---------------------------------------------------------------
|OUTSIDE AIR | AIR | CABIN |EXPOSURE |WASTE |
|TEMPERATURE |CONDITIONING|TEMPERATURE|TIME TO |SYSTEM |
|IN DEG.C | |IN DEG.C |WEATHER |DRAINING |
|(DEG.F) | |(DEG.F) |CONDITIONS |REQUIRED |
| | | |IN HOURS:MIN | |
---------------------------------------------------------------
Between ON Above 10 No Time Limit NO

0 and -15 (50)
(32 and 5)
Below -15 ON Above 10 1:15 YES

(5) (50)
Between OFF 1:30 YES

0 and -7

EFF :

ALL 12-31-38

Page 205
Aug 01/11

SYR
---------------------------------------------------------------
|OUTSIDE AIR | AIR | CABIN |EXPOSURE |WASTE |
|TEMPERATURE |CONDITIONING|TEMPERATURE|TIME TO |SYSTEM |
|IN DEG.C | |IN DEG.C |WEATHER |DRAINING |
|(DEG.F) | |(DEG.F) |CONDITIONS |REQUIRED |
| | | |IN HOURS:MIN | |
---------------------------------------------------------------
(38 and 19)
Between OFF 0:30 YES

-7 and -15
(19.4 and 5)
R Below -15 OFF None YES

(5)
Subtask 12-31-38-660-054
D. Cold Weather Maintenance under supervision

Table 3
-------------------------------------------------------------------
|OUTSIDE AIR |EXTERNAL HEAT| APU | SUPERVISOR | DRAINING OF |
|TEMPERATURE | SOURCE | | | WATER SYSTEM |
|IN DEG.C | | | | |
|(DEG.F) | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------
0 to -5 1 Hour NO NO NO
(32 to 23) Every
4 Hours
-5 to -10 2 Hours NO NO NO
(23 to 14) Every
4 Hours
-10 to -15 Continuous NO NO NO

(14 to 5)
Below -15 Continuous As YES YES

(5) Required

EFF :

ALL 12-31-38

Page 206
May 01/08

SYR
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - AIRBORNE AUXILIARY POWER - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
___________________________________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-49-660-001
Cold Weather Maintenance - Auxiliary Power Unit
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) when the aircraft is in a cold soak condition.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-31-24-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Electrical Power

12-33-21-618-001 Pre-conditioning through the HP Ground Connection
12-33-21-618-001 Pre-conditioning with the APU
R 49-00-00-860-003 APU Start by External Power (GTCP 36-300)
R 49-00-00-860-004 APU Shutdown by External Power (GTCP 36-300)
R 49-00-00-860-005 APU Start by External Power (APS 3200)
R 49-00-00-860-006 APU Shutdown by External Power (APS 3200)
49-00-00-860-008 APU Start by External Power (131-9(A))
49-00-00-860-009 APU Shutdown by External Power (131-9(A))
R 49-61-34-000-001 Removal of the Electronic Control Box (ECB) (59KD)
R (GTCP 36-300)
R 49-61-34-000-002 Removal of the Electronic Control Box (ECB) (59KD)
R (APS 3200)
49-61-34-000-003 Removal of the Electronic Control Box (ECB)
(131-9(A))
R 49-61-34-400-001 Installation of the Electronic Control Box (ECB)
R (59KD) (GTCP 36-300)

EFF :

ALL 12-31-49

Page 201
Nov 01/04

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49-61-34-400-002 Installation of the Electronic Control Box (ECB)

(59KD) (APS 3200)
49-61-34-400-003 Installation of the Electronic Control Box (ECB)
(131-9(A))
R 49-90-00-600-002 Oil Change (Drain Procedure) (GTCP 36-300)
R 49-90-00-600-005 Oil Change (Drain Procedure) (APS 3200)
R 49-90-00-600-008 Oil Change (Drain Procedure) (131-9(A))
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-49-860-050
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-49-660-055
A. Electronic Control Box 59KD (ECB 59KD)
(1) If the Outside Air Temperature (OAT) is/will be lower than -40 deg.C
(-40.00 deg.F) and the aircraft is not pre-conditioned (heated)
alternatively:
R - through the Low Pressure (LP) ground connection (Ref. TASK 12-33-
21-618-001),
R - the High Pressure (HP) ground connection (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-
R 001), or
- with the APU (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001).
R (a) Remove the Electronic Control Box (ECB) 59KD from the aircraft
- If a GTCP 36-300 APU is installed
(Ref. TASK 49-61-34-000-001)
- If an APS 3200 APU is installed
(Ref. TASK 49-61-34-000-002)
- If a 131-9(A) APU is installed
(Ref. TASK 49-61-34-000-003)
(b) Keep the ECB 59KD in a dry storage at a temperature of between 15

deg.C (59.00 deg.F) and 35 deg.C (95.00 deg.F).

EFF :

ALL 12-31-49

Page 202
May 01/10

SYR
Subtask 12-31-49-660-056
B. Auxiliary Power Unit (APU)
R CAUTION : USE ONLY APPROVED TYPES/BRANDS OF LUBRICANTS.

_______
NOTE : It is recommended to use type 1 OILS (Material No. 03-003) for APU
____
operation in cold weather conditions.
(1) Oil type.
(a) If necessary, do an oil change to type 1 OILS (Material No. 03-

003)
(Ref. TASK 49-90-00-600-002).
(Ref. TASK 49-90-00-600-005).
(Ref. TASK 49-90-00-600-008).
(2) If no external power is available (Ref. TASK 12-31-24-660-001).
(a) It is recommended to start the APU every three hours and operate
it for one hour if the Outside Air Temperature (OAT) is lower
than -30 deg.C (-22.00 deg.F).
NOTE : These values are only applicable if all the access doors
____
are closed.

(Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-003) (Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-004)
(Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-005) (Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-006)
(Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-008) (Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-009)
Subtask 12-31-49-660-054
C. APU Starting after a Cold Soak Condition
(1) ECB 59KD.
NOTE : Do not operate the ECB 59KD for more than 30 minutes at -40
____
deg.C (-40.00 deg.F) or lower.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-49

Page 203
May 01/10

SYR
R (a) If the ECB was on the aircraft during the cold soak, make sure
R that the temperature of the ECB is higher than -40 deg.C (-40.00
R deg.F).
R If the temperature of the ECB is lower than -40 deg.C (-40.00
R deg.F), use a pre-conditioning procedure to increase the
R temperature of the ECB to a minimum of -40 deg.C (-40.00 deg.F)
R (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001) or (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001).
R (b) If the ECB was removed from the aircraft and kept at a
R temperature of between 15 deg.C (59.00 deg.F) and 35 deg.C (95.00
R deg.F), install the ECB
R - If a GTCP 36-300 APU is installed
R (Ref. TASK 49-61-34-400-001)
R - If an APS 3200 APU is installed
R (Ref. TASK 49-61-34-400-002)
R - If a 131-9(A) APU is installed
R (Ref. TASK 49-61-34-400-003)
R (2) Electrical Power.
R (a) For the cold weather maintenance - electrical power (Ref. TASK
R 12-31-24-660-001).
R (3) Start and operate the APU

R - If a GTCP 36-300 APU is installed
R (Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-003)
R - If an APS 3200 APU is installed
R (Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-005)
R - If a 131-9(A) APU is installed
R (Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-008)
Subtask 12-31-49-660-053
D. Turn-Around Time
For turn-around in cold weather conditions, when it is not pratical to
remove equipment, it is recommended to keep the APU in operation. In this
configuration :
- the temperature in the cabin will not decrease,
- no specific cold weather maintenance practices are necessary for the
APU system.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-49

Page 204
Nov 01/04

SYR
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - STRUCTURE - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
____________________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-51-660-001
Cold Weather Maintenance - Structure
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
structure.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
53-00-00-210-001 Remove and Inspect Piston-Type Drain Valves in Lower

Fuselage Shell
53-42-14-000-001 Removal of the AFT Cargo-Compartment Floor-Panels
Zone 150
53-42-14-400-001 Installation of the AFT Cargo-Compartment
Floor-Panels Zone 150
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-51-010-050
A. There is no special job set-up for this task.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-51-660-050
A. General
(1) At the start of each winter, make sure that the drain valves in the
lower fuselage are clean and operate correctly. (Ref. TASK 53-00-00-
210-001)

EFF :

ALL 12-31-51

Page 201
May 01/98

SYR
(2) Ice can collect in the lower fuselage areas especially when the
aircraft flies from warm, humid climates to cold climates. In some
conditions, the ice can collect during more than one flight.
NOTE : Water/ice in the lower fuselage can cause failure of the radio
____
altimeter.
(3) When you do a check for ice in the lower fuselage, look for ice in
the aft area before you look in the forward area. Ice usually
collects more easily in the aft area than in the forward area. Water
evaporation is faster in the forward area because of the warnm air
from the avionics compartment.
Subtask 12-31-51-660-051
B. Check for Ice
(1) Remove a floor panel from the forward end of the aft cargo
compartment. (Ref. TASK 53-42-14-000-001)
(2) Look for ice in the lower fuselage.
(3) If you find ice below the aft cargo compartment, look for ice below
the forward cargo compartment.
(4) Install the floor panel (Ref. TASK 53-42-14-400-001).
(5) Frequency of check

You must adapt the frequency of the check to the climatic conditions
in whichthe aircraft operates. In the worst condition one check per
week should be sufficient initially.
Subtask 12-31-51-660-052
C. Removal of Ice
(1) Warm hangar

The recommended procedure is to put the aircraft in a warm hangar
with cargo bay doors open. This will cause all the ice in the
aircraft to melt and the water will flow out through the drain
valves.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-51

Page 202
May 01/98

SYR
(2) Hot air blower
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE TEMPERATURE OF THE AIR FROM THE HOT AIR
_______
BLOWER IS NOT MORE THAN 50 DEG.C (122 DEG.F).
IF THE TEMPERATURE IS MORE THAN 50 DEG.C (122 DEG.F) YOU
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.
You can use a hot air blower if the aircraft is parked in an open
area.
(3) Frequency of ice removal

You must adapt the frequency of ice removal to the climatic
conditions in which the aircraft operates. In the worst conditions,
one overnight stop a week is usually sufficient for ice removal.
(4) The procedure used to remove ice from the lower fuselage must be
monitored to make sure that all water drains are working and that the
all the ice is removed.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-51

Page 203
May 01/98

SYR
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - DOORS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
________________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-52-660-001
Cold Weather Maintenance - Doors
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practices for the doors.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. 04-011 USA SAE-AMS-G-4343

SILICONE GREASE PNEUMATIC SYST AND SEALS
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 04-012 USA VV-P-236
PURE MINERALVASELINE OR PETRO- LATUM (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-001 USA SAE-AS8660
INSULATING AND SEALING GREASE SILICONE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533
1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-005A AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 2
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-31-52

Page 201
May 01/09

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-22-52-640-002 Lubrication of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment

Doors
12-22-52-640-006 Lubrication of the External Control Handles of the
FWD and AFT Passenger/Crew Doors
12-22-52-640-007 Lubrication of the BULK-Cargo Compartment-Door Handle
and Hinge Arms Bearings
12-22-52-640-009 Lubrication of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Door
Handle
52-21-11-000-001 Removal of the Emergency Exit Hatch
52-21-11-400-001 Installation of the Emergency Exit Hatch
R
52-30-00-860-006 Open the Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door
52-30-00-860-008 Close the Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-52-010-050-A
A. Get Access
(1) Do not open the applicable passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-
010-001) until immediately before you start the winter preparation
procedure in cold weather area.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-52

Page 202
May 01/11

SYR
(2) Do not remove the applicable emergency exit hatch (Ref. TASK 52-21-
11-000-001) until immediately before you start the winter preparation
procedure in cold weather areas.
(3) Do not open the forward or aft cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-860-001) until immediately before you start the winter
preparation procedure in cold weather areas.
(4) Do not open the bulk cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-
006) until immediately before you start the winter preparation
procedure in cold weather areas.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-52-640-050
A. Winter Preparation on the Passenger Crew Doors and Emergency Exit Hatches
R WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
R MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
R OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
R PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
R DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
R DO NOT SMOKE.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
R GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
R MATERIAL.
R THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
R (1) Do the winter preparation on the passenger/crew door as follows:

R
(a) Make sure that the inflation holes of the door seal are clear and
have no obstruction.
(b) Clean the components of the passenger/crew door that follow with
the lint-free cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003),and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004):
- The upper and lower door guide fittings
- The roller fittings
- The guide rollers.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-52

Page 203
May 01/11

SYR
(c) Apply the silicone grease, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-017),
to the upper and lower door guide fittings , the roller fittings
and guide rollers.
(d) Clean the door seal and its mating surface on the fuselage with
lint-free cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003), and
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
R (e) Apply the silicone grease, SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
R 001) or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011), to the door seal and
R its mating surface on the fuselage.
(f) Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION

(Material No. 15-005A), to these areas of the passenger/crew
door:
- The inner surface and the structure of the handle housing
R - The external control handle.
(g) Do not apply temporary protective compound to the mechanism of

the external control handle and the related outer handle grip.
(h) Make sure that the mechanism of the external control handle is
sufficently lubricated (Ref. TASK 12-22-52-640-006).
(i) Make sure that the girt bar fittings in the entry area are clear
and have no obstruction.
(2) Close the related passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001)

immediately after you completed the winter preparation.
R (3) Do the winter preparation on the emergency exit hatch (referred to as

R hatch) as follows:
R
(a) Clean the components of the hatch that follow with the lint-free
cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003), and CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-004):
- The lower hook brackets
- The lateral guide fittings.
(b) Apply the silicone grease, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-017),
to the lower hook brackets and the lateral guide fittings.
(c) Clean the upper and lower pivot fittings of the hatch frame with
the lint-free cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003),
and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).

EFF :

ALL 12-31-52

Page 204
May 01/11

SYR
(d) Apply the silicone grease, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-017),
to the upper and lower pivot fittings.
(e) Clean the hatch seal and its mating surface on the fuselage with
lint-free cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003), and
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).
R (f) Apply the silicone grease, SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
R 001) or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011), to the hatch seal
R and its mating surface on the fuselage.
(g) Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION

(Material No. 15-005A), to the inner surface and the structure of
the hatch around the hatch control handle.
(4) Install the related emergency exit hatch (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001)
Subtask 12-31-52-640-051
R B. Winter Preparation of the FWD, AFT and BULK Cargo-Compartment Doors

_______
R DO NOT SMOKE.
R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
R MATERIAL.
(1) Do the winter preparation on the FWD or AFT cargo-compartment doors

(referred to as the doors) as follows:
R
(a) Remove the access panels 825AR or 826AR from the cargo doors.
(b) Make sure that the inflation holes of the door seal are clear and

EFF :

ALL 12-31-52

Page 205
May 01/11

SYR
(c) Clean the components of the doors that follow with lint-free
cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003), and the
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004):
- The pressure seals and their mating surfaces on the fuselage
- The vent door seals and their mating surfaces around the door
cut-out
- The external door handle mechanism
- The door hinges and the guide fittings of the fuselage
- The internal mechanism of the vent door, the locking mechanism
and the latching mechanism.
R (d) Apply the silicone grease, SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
R 001) or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011), to the mating
R surface of the seals around the vent door and fuselage.
(e) Apply the silicone grease, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011),
or the pure mineral vaseline, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
012), to the vent door seal and the cargo door seal.
(f) Make sure that the related cargo door is sufficiently lubricated
(Ref. TASK 12-22-52-640-002) and (Ref. TASK 12-22-52-640-009).
(g) Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION

(Material No. 15-005) or STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-
006), to the door mechanism.
(h) Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION

(Material No. 15-005A), as a spray to the lower internal bays of
the cargo doors.
R (i) Do not apply temporary corrosion-preventive compound to the

R electrical components, the bearings and other moveable parts.
(2) Close the FWD or AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-
002) immediately after you completed the winter preparation.
(3) Install the access panels 825AR or 826AR on the cargo doors.
(4) Do the winter preparation on the Bulk cargo-compartment door as

follows:
R
(a) Make sure that the inflation holes of the door seal are clear and

EFF :

ALL 12-31-52

Page 206
May 01/11

SYR
(b) Clean the components of the Bulk cargo-compartment door that
follow with lint-free cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-003), and the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004):
- The pressure seals and their mating surfaces on the fuselage
- The door handle mechanism
- The door suspension and the stop assemblies
- The door handle mechanism, locking mechanism and the balance
mechanism.
R (c) Apply the silicone grease, SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
R 001) or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011), to the mating
R surface of the Bulk door seal.
(d) Apply the silicone grease, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011),
or the pure mineral vaseline, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
012), to the Bulk door seal.
(e) Make sure that the door handle mechanism is sufficiently

lubricated (Ref. TASK 12-22-52-640-007).
(f) Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION

(Material No. 15-005A), as a spray, to these Bulk door areas:
- The handle recess of the outer skin
- The inner surface of the outer handle.
R (g) Do not apply temporary protective compound to the handle shaft.

R
(5) Close the Bulk cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-008)

Subtask 12-31-52-660-051
C. Winter Preparation (Before Flight)
(1) On the Passenger/Crew Doors and Emergency Exit Hatches
(a) Remove all the snow and slush from the areas that follow before
you close a passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001) or
install an emergency exit hatch (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001):
- the door/hatch seal
- the seal contact area on the fuselage.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-52

Page 207
May 01/11

SYR
(2) On the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
CAUTION : DO NOT USE SOLVENTS THAT CONTAIN CHLORINE TO CLEAN THE

_______
EQUIPMENT (PUMP, HOSES, TANK AND FUNNEL) USED TO FILL THE
IDG WITH OIL.
CHLORINE CONTAMINATION OF THE OIL CAN CAUSE FAST
DETERIORATION OF THE OIL AND WILL DECREASE THE LIFE OF THE
IDG.
(a) Remove as much snow and/or water as possible from the cargo
pallets before you install them in the aircraft.
NOTE : Large quantities of melting snow and water can cause the
____
cargo-compartment doors to freeze in their closed
positions.
(b) Do not open the FWD or AFT cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-860-001) until immediately before you install the cargo
pallets/containers.
(c) Close the FWD or AFT cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-002) immediately after the installation of the cargo
pallets/containers is complete.
(d) If the aircraft is parked in a hangar, open the FWD or AFT

cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001) to their
vertical positions.
NOTE : This procedure will help to remove the moisture from the
____
inner surfaces of the doors sill area.
(e) Use a HOT AIR BLOWER OPERATING 40 DEG C (100 DEG F) to remove the
ice from the doors or panels that are frozen in their closed
positions. Do not use hard or sharp tools to remove the ice.
(3) On the BULK Cargo-Compartment Door
CAUTION : DO NOT USE SOLVENTS THAT CONTAIN CHLORINE TO CLEAN THE

_______
EQUIPMENT (PUMP, HOSES, TANK AND FUNNEL) USED TO FILL THE
IDG WITH OIL.
CHLORINE CONTAMINATION OF THE OIL CAN CAUSE FAST
DETERIORATION OF THE OIL AND WILL DECREASE THE LIFE OF THE
IDG.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-52

Page 208
May 01/11
R
SYR
(a) Remove as much snow and/or water as possible from the bulk cargo
before you install it in the aircraft.
NOTE : Large quantities of melting snow and water can cause the
____
cargo-compartment doors to freeze in their closed
positions.
(b) Do not open the Bulk cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-006) until immediately before you install the bulk cargo.
(c) Close the Bulk cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-

008) immediately after the installation of the bulk cargo is
complete.
(d) If the aircraft is parked in a hangar, open the Bulk

cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-006).
NOTE : This procedure will help to remove the moisture from the
____
inner surfaces of the doors sill area.
(e) Use a HOT AIR BLOWER OPERATING 40 DEG C (100 DEG F) to remove the
ice from the door area that are frozen in their closed positions.
Do not use hard or sharp tools to remove the ice.
(4) On the Service Panels/Doors
(a) Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION

(Material No. 15-005A) as a spray, to the hinges and latch
mechanisms of the fuselage service panels and doors.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-52

Page 209
May 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 12-31-52-660-052
D. Winter Preparation (After Flight)
(1) On the Passenger/Crew Doors and Emergency Exit Hatches
(a) For aircraft not parked in a hangar:
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER

_______
SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
DO NOT SMOKE.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN
IRRITANT.

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
1
_ Remove the snow and/or slush from the areas that follow before
you close the passenger/crew doors (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-
001) or the emergency exit hatches (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-
001):
- the door/hatch seals
- the door/hatch contact areas on the fuselage.
2
_ Use a lint-free cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003), and the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) to clean
the pressure seals of the passenger/crew doors and the
emergency exit hatches.
3
_ Apply the silicone grease, SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
001), to the seals of the passenger/crew doors and the
emergency exit hatches.
4
_ Make sure that the infation holes of the door seal are clean
and have no obstructions.
5
_ Make sure that the drain holes of the passenger/crew doors are
clear and not blocked.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-52

Page 210
May 01/11
R
SYR
(b) For aircraft parked in a hangar:
R 1
_ Open the passenger/crew doors (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001) and
R the emergency exit hatches (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-001).
NOTE : This procedure will help to remove the moisture from

____
the inner surfaces of the doors.
(2) On the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors (After Flight)
(a) Remove the snow and/or slush from the areas that follow before
you close the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-860-002):
- the door seals
- the door contact areas on the fuselage.
(b) If the aircraft flies from an airport where the ambient

temperature is more than 0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F) to an airport
where the ambient temperature is less than 0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F),
you must:

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
1
_ Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION
(Material No. 15-005A), as a spray to the subsequent areas of
the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors:
- the door mechanism
- the inner surfaces of the lower areas of the cargo doors.
NOTE : This procedure will keep the effects of freezing

____
condensation to a minimum at cold airports.
(3) On the Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door (After Flight)
(a) Remove the snow and/or slush from the areas that follow before
you close the Bulk cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-008):
- the door seals
- the door contact areas on the fuselage.
(b) If the aircraft flies from an airport where the ambient

temperature is more than 0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F) to an airport
where the ambient temperature is less than 0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F),
you must:

EFF :

ALL 12-31-52

Page 211
May 01/11

SYR
_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
1
_ Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION
(Material No. 15-005A), as a spray to the subsequent areas of
the Bulk cargo-compartment doors:
- the door handle mechanism
- the inner surfaces of the lower areas of the Bulk door.
NOTE : This procedure will keep the effects of freezing

____
condensation to a minimum at cold airports.
(4) Maintenance at the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors:
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
DO NOT SMOKE.

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
NOTE : The frequency of the procedure that follow can be increased as

____
necessary for the operating environment.
(a) Make sure that the inflation holes of the door seals are clear
and not blocked.
(b) Use a lint-free cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-

003), and the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) to clean
these components of the applicable cargo-compartment doors:
- the door seals and their contact areas on the fuselage
- the vent door seals
- the external door handle mechanism
- the door hinges and the guide fittings of the fuselage.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-52

Page 212
May 01/11
R
SYR
R 001), to contact area of the seals around the vent door and the
R fuselage.
R (d) Apply the silicone grease, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011),
R or the pure mineral vaseline, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
R 012), to the vent door seal and the cargo door seal.
R (e) Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION

R (Material No. 15-005) or STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-
R 006), to the door mechanism.
R (f) Lubricate the door hinges and the guide fittings. Apply the
R temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No.
R 15-005A), to the latch assemblies and the latch spools.
R (5) Maintenance at the Bulk Cargo-Compartment Doors:

_______
R DO NOT SMOKE.
R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE

_______
R SPECIAL MATERIAL.
R NOTE : The frequency of the procedure that follow can be increased as

____
R necessary for the operating environment.
R (a) Make sure that the inflation holes of the door seal is clear and
R not blocked.
R (b) Use a lint-free cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-

R 003), and the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) to clean
R these components of the Bulk door:
R - the door seals and their contact areas on the fuselage
R - the external door handle mechanism
R - the door suspension and the stop assemblies.
R 001), to contact area of the Bulk door seal.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-52

Page 213
May 01/07

SYR
R (d) Apply the silicone grease, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011),
R or the pure mineral vaseline, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
R 012), to the Bulk door seal.
R (e) Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION

R (Material No. 15-005) or STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-
R 006), to the door handle mechanism.
R

EFF :

ALL 12-31-52

Page 214
May 01/07

SYR
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - POWER PLANT - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
______________________________________________________________
TASK 12-31-71-660-001
Cold Weather Maintenance - Power Plant
CAUTION : BEFORE YOU START THE ENGINE OR YOU PRESSURIZE THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS,
_______
MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS NO ICE OR SNOW ON THE FLIGHT CONTROLS AREA
(ELEVATOR, RUDDER AND AILERON).
CAUTION : INSTALL ENGINE INLET AND EXHAUST PLUG COVERS WHEN AIRCRAFT IS STORED
_______
UNDER HEAVY SNOWSTORM CONDITIONS SINCE CONSEQUENTIAL ENGINE INTERNAL
DAMAGES MAY OCCUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practices for the engines.
2. ______________________
R A. Consumable Materials
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. CP2499 *

R Kilfrost ABC3 (Ref. 70-30-00)
R B. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 71-00-00-790-002 Fuel or Hydraulic or Oil Leakage Limits
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-31-71-941-050
A. Not applicable

EFF :

ALL 12-31-71

Page 201
May 01/10

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-31-71-660-050
A. Ice can form in the engine intakes and freeze the fan, therefore you must
do a careful examination of the engine intake and fan before engine start
up.
Attention should be paid to the forward and rear sides of the fan blades
in order to determine whether clear ice is present.
Use hot air blower to remove all traces of ice and residual water before
engine start up.
Subtask 12-31-71-660-051
B. Freezing Points
(1) The oil temperature is also a limitation. For the approved oils and
the oil limitation temperatures, you must refer to the engine
manufacturers data.
R Subtask 12-31-71-660-052
R C. Preparation for engine start
R WARNING : DEICING/ANTI-ICING FLUID IS DANGEROUS. USE RUBBER GLOVES AND

_______
R EYE PROTECTION. KEEP THE FLUID AWAY FROM HEAT AND AN OPEN
R FLAME. PROVIDE ADEQUATE VENTILATION.
R CAUTION : USE ONLY GLYCOL ALCOHOL AS A DEICING/ANTI-ICING MIXTURE.

_______
R METHANOL CAN CAUSE CORROSION TO ENGINE PARTS MADE OF TITANIUM.
R (1) If it is necessary, de-ice or anti-ice the fan blades with Kilfrost

R ABC3 (Material No. CP2499).
R (a) Prepare the deicing/anti-icing fluid with the table given below :
R
R CONCENTRATION OF HEATED WATER/DEICER FLUID (VOL %)
R

EFF :

ALL 12-31-71

Page 202
May 01/10

SYR
R
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| OAT deg C (Deg F) | DEICING | ANTI-ICING |
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | WATER HEATED TO 60 DEG C | |
| -3 (27) and above | (140 deg F) MINIMUM OR HEATED | 50/50 WATER/DEICER |
| | MIX OF DEICER WITH WATER | |
|----------------------|--------------------------------|--------------------|
| | | |
| -4 to -7 (19 to 26) | 50/50 HEATED WATER/DEICER | 50/50 WATER/DEICER |
| | | |
|----------------------|--------------------------------|--------------------|
| | | |
| -8 to -14 (7 to 18) | 50/50 HEATED WATER/DEICER | 25/75 WATER/DEICER |
| | | |
|----------------------|--------------------------------|--------------------|
| | | |
| -15 to -17 (1 to 6) | 50/50 HEATED WATER/DEICER | 100% DEICER |
| | | |
|----------------------|--------------------------------|--------------------|
| | | |
| -18 to -25 (-13 to 0)| 75/25 HEATED WATER/DEICER | 100% DEICER |
| | | |
|----------------------|-----------------------------------------------------|
| | SAE TYPE II FLUIDS CAN BE USED AS |
| | DEICING/ANTI-ICING AGENTS, IF A 7 DEG C (13 DEG F) |
| | BUFFER IS MAINTAINED BETWEEN THE FREEZING POINT OF |
| -26 (-14) and below | THE CONCENTRATED FLUID AND OAT. |
| | IN ALL CONDITIONS THIS TEMPERATURE MUST NOT BE |
| | LOWER THAN THE LOWEST OPERATIONAL TEMPERATURE AS |
| | DEFINED BY THE AERODYNAMIC ACCEPTANCE TEST OF THE |
| | MANUFACTURER. |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : Hot water above 60 deg C (140 deg F) is more efficient.

____
(b) Apply the deicing/anti-icing mixture using a soaked clean cloth

on the frozen fan blades.
(2) Look at the general condition of the fan spinner and fan blades, core
exhaust nozzle, LPT and external surfaces of the cowls.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-71

Page 203
Aug 01/11

SYR
(3) Make a check of the drain ports for fuel, oil and hydraulic leaks
(Ref. TASK 71-00-00-790-002). Also make sure that fuel drained from
the engine does not cause a fire.
NOTE : In case of
____ extreme cold weather condition (OAT < -20 deg.C),
fuel leaks from the drain may occur and should not be
considered as abnormal. Therefore, check for fuel leaks at the
drain mast shall be performed with the engine fully stabilized
at idle.

EFF :

ALL 12-31-71

Page 204
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
SAMPLING FOR ANALYSIS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________
1. _______
General
This section defines the different fluid samplings which may be carried out
for an analysis.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-00

Page 1
May 01/98

SYR
INTEGRATED DRIVE GENERATOR OIL - SERVICING
__________________________________________
TASK 12-32-24-281-001
Sampling of the IDG Oil for Analysis
_______
ONE HOUR.

_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To find the cause of the oil contamination (skydrol, fuel, water, chlorine,
oil degradation, and other causes).
NOTE : The best location and time to get an oil sample is at the case drain
____
after operation of the engine, when the IDG oil is at the operating
temperature (80 deg.C (176 deg.F)).
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific container 5.7 l (1.5 USgal)

No specific transparent bottle 1 l (0.26 USgal)
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)

EFF :

ALL 12-32-24

Page 301
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-13-24-612-011 IDG Servicing - Filling of the IDG with Oil or

Addition of Oil after a Level Check
Power
the External Power
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
R Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
R 78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
R Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
12-32-24-991-001 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-32-24-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-32-24

Page 302
Nov 01/09

SYR
Subtask 12-32-24-941-050
(a) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.
(b) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to energize

the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 12-32-24-010-050
C. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):
(1) FOR 1000EM1

437AL, 438AR
(2) FOR 1000EM2

447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 12-32-24-481-050
D. Deactivate the thrust reverser system (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-32-24-991-001)
Subtask 12-32-24-864-050
_______
AND SKIN.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-24

Page 303
Aug 01/11

SYR
R IDG Oil Sampling for Analysis
Figure 301/TASK 12-32-24-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-32-24

Page 304
Feb 01/00

SYR
_______
(1) Put a container 5.7 l (1.5 USgal) below the IDG.
(3) Put the end of the drain hose of the FILLING EQUIPMENT - TANK OIL,
DH13PM TYP in the container 5.7 l (1.5 USgal).
R (a) Connect the overflow drain hose of the FILLING EQUIPMENT - TANK
R OIL, DH13PM TYP to the overflow drain half-coupling (6).
NOTE : Some oil can come out of the overflow drain hose of the
____
FILLING EQUIPMENT - TANK OIL, DH13PM TYP when you connect
it.
Subtask 12-32-24-281-050
B. Oil Sampling
_______
NOTE : Make sure that the oil is not too hot.

____
(1) Cut and remove the lockwire from the case drain plug (2).
(2) Loosen the case drain plug (2).
(3) Put a transparent bottle 1 l (0.26 USgal) below the case drain port
(1).
NOTE : The transparent bottle (4) must be cleaned and sterilized.

____
(4) Slowly remove the case drain plug (2) until oil flows out of the case
drain port (1).
(5) Fill the transparent bottle (4) with approximately 20 ml (0.053

USgal) of oil.
(6) Seal the case drain port (1).

EFF :

ALL 12-32-24

Page 305
Aug 01/11

SYR
(7) Remove the O-ring (3) from the case drain plug (2) and discard it.
Subtask 12-32-24-640-050
C. Lubricate the new O-ring (3) with OILS (Material No. 03-002).
Subtask 12-32-24-420-050
D. Installation of the Case Drain Plug
(1) Install the new O-ring (3) on the case drain plug (2).
(2) Install the case drain plug (2) in the case drain port (1).
(3) TORQUE the case drain plug (2) to between 55 and 75 lbf.in (0.62 and
0.84 m.daN).
(4) Safety the case drain plug with the MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
010).
Subtask 12-32-24-281-051
E. Oil Sample Bottle
(1) Send the oil sample bottle to laboratory immediately with these data:
(a) Oil sampling date.
(b) Type and brand of oil used.
(c) Operating time since last oil sampling.
(d) IDG total operating time.
(e) Identification of the IDG (Serial Number).
NOTE : If you do not do the analysis immediately, seal the

____
bottle.
Subtask 12-32-24-080-050
F. Remove the Overflow Drain Hose
R (1) Disconnect the overflow drain hose of the FILLING EQUIPMENT - TANK
R OIL, DH13PM TYP from the overflow drain half-coupling (6).

EFF :

ALL 12-32-24

Page 306
Aug 01/11

SYR
Subtask 12-32-24-612-050
G. Fill the IDG with oil or add oil to the IDG after a level check
(Ref. TASK 12-13-24-612-011).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-32-24-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
R (2) Activate the thrust reverser system (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 12-32-24-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-32-24

Page 307
May 01/08

SYR
FUEL - SERVICING
________________
TASK 12-32-28-281-001
Drain Water Content
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : This task can be done together with TASK 12-32-28-281-003.

____
NOTE : If possible, do the water drain procedure before a refuel.

____
Alternatively, you must wait for one hour after a refuel has been
completed before you do the water drain procedure.
R NOTE : For the gravity procedure AIRBUS recommends that there must be more
____
R than 10% content of fuel in each tank. If you have less than 10%
R content of fuel, then the indirect water drain valves will have a
R decreased flow. It is recommended that you use the suction procedure
R when you have less than 10% content of fuel.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 301
Nov 01/06

SYR
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific suction pump
R
No specific 1 CONTAINER-CLEAN, STERILIZED, TRANSPARENT GLASS
97A28002117002 1 TOOL-PURGING
98A28101000000 1 ADAPTING PIPE - WATER DRAINING FROM FUEL
98A28104000000 1 PURGER - WATER DRAIN
98A28104000002 1 TOOL - PURGING
98D28104000000 1 PIPE ADAPTING-WATER DRAINING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Gears
SIL 28-079
12-32-28-991-001 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-32-28-991-001)
Subtask 12-32-28-941-054-A

_______

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 302
Aug 01/11

SYR
R Fuel Sampling For Analysis
Figure 301/TASK 12-32-28-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 303
Nov 01/02

SYR
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).

position
- put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear.
(5) Put warning notices in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear doors.
(6) If the fuel temperature is less than -5 DEG.C (+23.00 DEG.F) and/or
the water drain valves are frozen, to keep the flight turnaround
times, either:
- do the cold weather maintenance procedure to warm the drain valve
(Ref. TASK 12-31-28-660-001).
or
- remove the fuel samples 30 minutes after the refuel procedure.
NOTE : Removal of the fuel samples after 30 minutes will not remove
____
the water content as satisfactorily as samples removed one
hour after the refuel procedure.
NOTE : Do not apply unusually high force to open the water drain
____
valve.
Subtask 12-32-28-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) For access to the center tank water drain valves, open the applicable
access panels:
- for water drain valve 94QM, open access panel 195BB
- for water drain valve 95QM, open access panel 196BB.
Subtask 12-32-28-480-050
(1) To get access to the high water drain valves from the ground, attach
the:
- ADAPTING PIPE - WATER DRAINING FROM FUEL (98A28101000000)
or the
- PIPE ADAPTING-WATER DRAINING (98D28104000000)

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 304
Nov 01/06
R
SYR
to the bottle and funnel of the PURGER - WATER DRAIN
(98A28104000000).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-32-28-991-001)
Subtask 12-32-28-281-050-A
R A. Fuel Sampling for Water Contamination
(1) Gravity Procedure
NOTE : Make sure that the fuel tanks are filled to a minimum of 10%
____
of capacity. This is necessary to cover the water drain valve
outlet, so that the water drain valves can operate
satisfactorily. Refer to SIL for data (Ref. SIL 28-079).
(a) For the wing-tank water drain valves:
1
_ Push the center of the applicable water drain valve with the
PURGER - WATER DRAIN (98A28104000000). Drain approximately 1.0
l (0.2641 USgal) of fuel from the water drain valve.
NOTE : A rubber shield prevents fuel leakage.

____
2
_ Remove the PURGER - WATER DRAIN from the water drain valve.
3
_ Examine the water drain valve for leakage. If the valve does
leak, use the PURGER - WATER DRAIN to push (in) and release
(out) the center of the valve three or four times. No leaks
are permitted.
(b) For the center-tank water drain valves:
1
_ Push the center of the applicable water drain valve with the
TOOL - PURGING (98A28104000002). Drain approximately 1.0 l
(0.2641 USgal) of fuel from the water drain valve.

____
2
_ Remove the TOOL - PURGING from the water drain valve.
3
_ Examine the water drain valve for leakage. If the valve does
leak, use the PURGER - WATER DRAIN to push (in) and release
(out) the center of the valve three or four times. No leaks
are permitted.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 305
May 01/10

SYR
NOTE : This step is very important at the center tank water
____
drain valves 94QM and 95QM, where access is not easy.
(c) Put the fuel sample into a CONTAINER-CLEAN, STERILIZED,

TRANSPARENT GLASS. If you do not do the analysis immediately,
seal the container.
(d) Do the sample removal procedure at all of the water drain valves.
(2) Suction Procedure
(a) On the TOOL-PURGING (97A28002117002), disconnect the funnel from

the bottle.
(b) Attach one end of the hose to the funnel. Attach the other end of
the hose to the suction pump.
NOTE : The illustration shows a typical suction pump with an air

____
drill power source. The suction pump used must be a type
approved for use on a fuel system. The applicable safety
precautions must be taken.
(c) Put the outlet of the suction pump into the container and start
the suction pump.
(d) Push the center of the applicable water drain valve with the
funnel. Drain approximately 1.0 l (0.2641 USgal) of fuel (as a
sample) from the drain valve
(e) Remove the funnel from the drain valve.
(f) Examine the drain valve for leaks.
(g) Do this procedure at all of the water drain valves.
(h) Connect the funnel to the TOOL-PURGING.

R

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 306
Aug 01/11

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-32-28-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the applicable access panels:

- for water drain valve 94QM, close access panel 195BB
- for water drain valve 95QM, close access panel 196BB.
Subtask 12-32-28-942-050
items.
NOTE : To discard the water samples, refer to the local regulations.

____

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 307
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-32-28

Page 308
Aug 01/11

SYR
TASK 12-32-28-281-003
Sample Fuel for Microbiological Contamination Analysis
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : Refer to Service Information Letter (SIL 28-079) for more data on
____
microbiological contamination in fuel tanks
NOTE : This task can be done together with Task 12-32-28-281-001.

____
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific AR CONTAINER-CLEAN, STERILIZED, TRANSPARENT GLASS
No specific AR CONTAINER-FUEL RESISTANT, TRANSPARENT PLASTIC
No specific 1 MICROBMONITOR2 TEST KIT ECHA MIC. UK(CAGE CODE OHZY6)
No specific 1 FUELSTAT RESINAE TESTKIT CONIDIA BIO.(CAGECODE KE385)
No specific 1 FUEL CONTAMINATION TEST KIT - BIOCIDE
98A28101000000 1 ADAPTING PIPE - WATER DRAINING FROM FUEL
98A28104000000 1 PURGER - WATER DRAIN
98A28104000002 1 TOOL - PURGING
98D28104000000 1 PIPE ADAPTING-WATER DRAINING

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 309
Nov 01/10

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

28-11-00-600-003 Removal of Microbiological Particles
28-11-00-600-008 Biocidal Shock Treatment for Moderate Contamination -
With Fuel Mixed with Biobor Biocide
With Fuel Mixed with Kathon Biocide
Using Biobor Biocide With a Metered Injection Rig
Using Kathon Biocide With a Metered Injection Rig
28-11-00-600-009 Biocidal Shock Treatment for Heavy Contamination -
With Fuel Mixed with Biobor Biocide
With Fuel Mixed with Kathon Biocide
Using Biobor Biocide With a Metered Injection Rig
Using Kathon Biocide With a Metered Injection Rig
Gears
12-32-28-991-001 Fig. 301
12-32-28-991-005 Fig. 302
12-32-28-991-006 Fig. 303
3. __________
Job Set-up
R (Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-32-28-991-001, 302/TASK 12-32-28-991-005, 303/TASK

12-32-28-991-006)
Subtask 12-32-28-941-055-A

_______
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 310
May 01/11

SYR
Maintenance Plan Flowchart - Microbiological Contamination
Figure 302/TASK 12-32-28-991-005

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 311
May 01/11
R
SYR
Microbiological Contamination Test Kits - Comparison Table

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 312
May 01/11
R
SYR
Microbiological Contamination Test Kits - Comparison Table

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 313
May 01/11
R
SYR
position
- put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear.
(4) Put WARNING NOTICE(S)S in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear doors.
(6) If the fuel temperature is less than -5 DEG.C (+23.00 DEG.F) and/or
the water drain valves are frozen, either:
- do the cold weather maintenance procedure to warm the drain valve
(Ref. TASK 12-31-28-660-001)
or
- remove the fuel samples 30 minutes after the refuel procedure.
Subtask 12-32-28-010-054
B. Get Access
(1) For access to the center tank water drain valves, open the applicable
access panels:
- for water drain valve 94QM, open 195BB
- for water drain valve 95QM, open 196BB.
Subtask 12-32-28-480-051
(1) If it is necessary to get access to the high water drain-valves from

the ground, attach the:
- ADAPTING PIPE - WATER DRAINING FROM FUEL (98A28101000000)
or the
- PIPE ADAPTING-WATER DRAINING (98D28104000000)
to the bottle and funnel of the PURGER - WATER DRAIN
(98A28104000000).

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 314
May 01/11
R
SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-32-28-991-001)
Subtask 12-32-28-281-055-A
R A. Sample Fuel for Microbiological Contamination Analysis
NOTE : If you use a test kit, refer to the kit manufacturers instructions
____
on fuel sampling and storage. Carefully follow the manufacturers
instructions to make sure that the test results are accurate.
NOTE : Before you collect the samples, read the manufacturers

____
instructions in the test kit. Make sure you use a sample container
that is specified and that is clean and dry before use. An
incorrect, dirty sample container can give an unwanted effect to
the results.
R (1) When you do this procedure, you can make one of these decisons:
R (a) Decision A:
R - Use one of the procedures at paragraph 4.C. thru para 4.E. Each
R of these give the applicable procedure to use for the
R applicable test kit you have available.
R (b) Decision B:
R - Send the samples for an IP385 test at an approved laboratory.
R Use the test results to do the procedure at para 4.F.
R (c) Decision C:
R - Use an applicable test kit and also send samples for an IP385
R test.
R NOTE : Airbus recommends the Decision C above. This makes sure

____
R that your kit results agree with the IP385 Test. The IP385
R test is considered to be the benchmark.
R (2) For the wing-tank water drain valves:
(a) Push the center of the applicable water drain valve with the
PURGER - WATER DRAIN (98A28104000000) and drain approximately 1.0
l (0.2641 USgal) of fuel from the water drain valve.

____
R NOTE : If you do Decision C, you must get two seperate samples at

____
R each drain. After a kit test, the used samples are

R

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 315
May 01/11

SYR
R considered to have contamination and thus cannot be sent
R for the IP385 Test.
(b) Remove the PURGER - WATER DRAIN from the drain valve.
R (3) For the center-tank water drain valves:
(a) Push the center of the applicable water drain valve with the TOOL
- PURGING (98A28104000002) and drain approximately 1.0 l (0.2641
USgal) of fuel from the water drain valve.

____
(b) Remove the TOOL - PURGING from the drain valve.
R (4) Examine the applicable water drain valve for leakage. Leaks are not
permitted.
NOTE : This step is very important at the center tank water drain
____
valves 94QM and 95QM, where access is not easy.
R (5) Put the fuel sample for the microbiological test into a:
- CONTAINER-CLEAN, STERILIZED, TRANSPARENT GLASS or CONTAINER-FUEL
RESISTANT, TRANSPARENT PLASTIC and seal the container.
R - Make sure you can see a layer of water and a layer of fuel in each
R sample.
NOTE : Do not put additives into the sample to show the water
____
contents.
R (6) Do the sample removal procedure at all of the water drain-valves.
R (7) Identify each sample with a label that shows:

- the aircraft number
- the time and date of the sample
- the fuel tank drain valve the sample came from
- all the additives you know about.
R (8) Keep the sealed sample containers in a cool protected area.
NOTE : After the test samples are collected, microbiological

____
R contamination in the sample can multiply or can die. It is
R recommended that the samples are tested in less than 6 hours
R and no later than 24 hours. AIRBUS recommends that the samples
R are tested in less than 6 hours.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 316
May 01/11

SYR
NOTE : Make a selection of one of
____ the microbiological test kits for
the complete procedure. Do not compare results between
microbiological test kits. They use different methods to give
results. If you need help, refer to the manufacturer of the
kit.
Subtask 12-32-28-281-060
R B. Sample Analysis - MICROBMONITOR2 Test Kit Procedure
NOTE : This procedure is for use with the MICROBMONITOR2 test kit only.
____
Use only one sample analysis procedure and test kit to complete
the task. It is not necessary to do a sample analysis with all 3
test kits.
R
R (1) Use the MICROBMONITOR2 TEST KIT ECHA MIC. UK(CAGE CODE OHZY6) (and
R the manufacturers instructions) to make an analysis of each sample.
R
(2) Do a check of the results:
NOTE : If you only do one test it can give an incorrect indication of

____
the condition of the fuel tanks. If a test shows
contamination, (moderate or heavy) do the test again (in not
more than 10 days) before you remove the aircraft from
service. Use the same test kit/laboratory for the second test.
(a) Negligible contamination:
1
_ The contamination is negligible if:
- the WATER sample contents has 1000 CFU (Colony Forming
Units) per ml or less
- the FUEL sample contents has 4000 CFU per liter or less.
2
_ Continue to monitor the fuel tanks at the scheduled inspection
interval. No microbiological treatment is necessary.
(b) Moderate contamination:
1
_ The contamination is moderate if:
- the WATER sample contents has between 1000 and 10000 CFU per
ml
- the FUEL sample contents has between 4000 and 20000 CFU per
liter.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 317
May 01/11

SYR
2
_ Use the same method and do the sample test again in not more
than 10 days after the first test.
3
_ If the contamination has not changed from moderate:
- do the BIOBOR biocidal shock treatment (moderate
contamination procedure) to all fuel tanks (Ref. TASK 28-11-
00-600-008) or (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-008)
or
- do the KATHON biocidal shock treatment (moderate
00-600-008) or (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-008).
(c) Heavy contamination
1
_ The contamination is heavy if:
- the WATER sample contents has more than 10000 CFU per ml
- the FUEL sample contents has more than 20000 CFU per liter.
2
3
_ If the contamination has not changed from heavy:
- do the BIOBOR biocidal shock treatment (heavy contamination
procedure) to all fuel tanks (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-009) or
(Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-009)
or
- do the KATHON biocidal shock treatment (heavy contamination
(Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-009).
NOTE : When you do the heavy contamination procedure, you will

____
need to enter all the fuel tanks to remove the
contamination (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-003).
Subtask 12-32-28-281-061
R C. Sample Analysis - FUELSTAT RESINAE Test Kit Procedure
NOTE : This procedure is for use with the FUELSTAT RESINAE test kit only.
____
test kits.
NOTE : The FUELSTAT RESINAE test kit shows the most frequent type of
____
contamination you can find in fuel tanks (Hormoconis Resinae).
Other types of contamination will not be shown.
R

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 318
May 01/11

SYR
R (1) Use the FUELSTAT RESINAE TESTKIT CONIDIA BIO.(CAGECODE KE385) (and
R the manufacturers instructions) to make an analysis of each sample.
R

____
1
_ The contamination is negligible if the indication lines (on
the test kit) show a negative result.
2
1
_ The contamination is moderate if the indication lines (on the
test kit) show a low positive result.
2
3
00-600-008) or (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-008)
or
00-600-008) or (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-008).
1
_ The contamination is heavy if the indication lines (on the
test kit) show a high positive result.
2

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 319
May 01/11

SYR
3
(Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-009)
or
(Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-009).

____
Subtask 12-32-28-281-062
R D. Sample Analysis - HY-LITE Jet A1 Test Kit Procedure
NOTE : This procedure is for use with the HY-LITE Jet A1 test kit only.
____
test kits.
NOTE : The manufacturer recommends that you only use a fuel-resistant

____
transparent plastic container for the test. A glass container
could have an unwanted effect on the test result.
R
R (1) Use the FUEL CONTAMINATION TEST KIT - BIOCIDE (and the manufacturers
R instructions) to make an analysis of each sample.
R

____
1
_ The contamination is negligible if the sample contents has
1000 RLU/litre (Relative Light Units) or less.
2

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 320
May 01/11

SYR
1
_ The contamination is moderate if the sample contents has
between 1000 and 5000 RLU/litre.
2
3
00-600-008) or (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-008)
or
00-600-008) or (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-008).
1
_ The contamination is heavy if the sample contents has more
than 5000 RLU/litre.
2
3
(Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-009)
or
(Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-009).

____
R Subtask 12-32-28-281-063
R E. Sample Analysis - With Results from Laboratory IP385 Test.
R (1) Do a check of the results:
R NOTE : If you only do one test it can give an incorrect indication of

____
R the condition of the fuel tanks. If a test shows
R contamination, (moderate or heavy) do the test again (in not

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 321
May 01/11

SYR
R more than 10 days) before you remove the aircraft from
R service. Use the same test kit/laboratory for the second test.
R (a) Negligible contamination:
R 1
_ The contamination is negligible if:
R - the WATER sample contents has 1000 CFU (Colony Forming
R Units) per ml or less
R - the FUEL sample contents has 4000 CFU per liter or less.
R 2
R interval. No microbiological treatment is necessary.
R (b) Moderate contamination:
R 1
_ The contamination is moderate if:
R - the WATER sample contents has between 1000 and 10000 CFU per
R ml
R - the FUEL sample contents has between 4000 and 20000 CFU per
R liter.
R 2
R than 10 days after the first test.
R 3
R - do the BIOBOR biocidal shock treatment (moderate
R contamination procedure) to all fuel tanks (Ref. TASK 28-11-
R 00-600-008) or (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-008)
R or
R - do the KATHON biocidal shock treatment (moderate
R contamination procedure) to all fuel tanks (Ref. TASK 28-11-
R 00-600-008) or (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-008).
R (c) Heavy contamination
R 1
_ The contamination is heavy if:
R - the WATER sample contents has more than 10000 CFU per ml
R - the FUEL sample contents has more than 20000 CFU per liter.
R 2
R than 10 days after the first test.
R 3
R - do the BIOBOR biocidal shock treatment (heavy contamination
R procedure) to all fuel tanks (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-009) or
R (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-009)
R or

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 322
May 01/11

SYR
R - do the KATHON biocidal shock treatment (heavy contamination
R procedure) to all fuel tanks (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-009) or
R (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-009).
R NOTE : When you do the heavy contamination procedure, you will

____
R need to enter all the fuel tanks to remove the
R contamination (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-003).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-32-28-410-054
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the applicable access panels:

- for water drain valve 94QM, close 195BB
- for water drain valve 95QM, close 196BB.
Subtask 12-32-28-942-054
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 323
May 01/11

SYR
Fuel Sampling For Analysis - Suction Procedure
Figure 304/TASK 12-32-28-991-007

EFF :

ALL 12-32-28

Page 324
Nov 01/07

SYR
HYDRAULIC FLUID - SERVICING
___________________________
TASK 12-32-29-281-001
Hydraulic Fluid Sample of Green, Blue and Yellow Systems for Analysis
_______
GEAR.
_______
_______

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 BOTTLE - SAMPLE

No specific 1 CONTAINER - CLEAN, APPLICABLE
R

EFF :

ALL 12-32-29

Page 301
Aug 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-12-29-611-001 Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hand Pump

12-36-29-600-001 Change of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Green Hydraulic
System - with Ground Cart Available
12-36-29-600-002 Change of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Yellow Hydraulic
12-36-29-600-003 Change of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Blue Hydraulic
12-36-29-600-004 Reclamation of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Green
Hydraulic System
12-36-29-600-005 Reclamation of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Yellow
Hydraulic System
12-36-29-600-006 Reclamation of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Blue
Hydraulic System
12-36-29-615-001 Clean the Fluid in the Green Hydraulic System
12-36-29-615-002 Clean the Fluid in the Yellow Hydraulic System
12-36-29-615-003 Clean the Fluid in the Blue Hydraulic System
R 20-11-11-911-001 WIRELOCKING
20-23-21-911-001 Removal/Installation of the Bobbins from their
Housings and Installation of O-rings, Square Seals,
and Back-up Rings on the Bobbins
27-24-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Rudder Hydraulic Actuation
27-51-00-710-003 Operational Test of the Wing Tip Brake and the
Pressure Off Brake with the Ground Power Cart
27-81-00-710-002 Operational Test of the Wing-Tip Brake and the
Pressure-Off Brake with the Ground Power Cart
27-96-00-710-007 Operational Test of the Damping Measurement (Aileron)
27-96-00-710-008 Operational Test of the Damping Measurement
(Elevator)
29-00-00-280-001 Check of the Internal Leakage of the Green Hydraulic
System

EFF :

ALL 12-32-29

Page 302
Aug 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
29-00-00-280-002 Check of the Internal Leakage of the Blue Hydraulic

System
29-00-00-280-003 Check of the Internal Leakage of the Yellow Hydraulic
System
29-10-00-863-001 Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System
29-10-00-863-003 Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground
Power Supply
29-11-14-400-001 Installation of the HP Manifold of the Green
Hydraulic System
29-11-44-610-001 Servicing of the LP-Filter (1002GM)
29-11-45-610-001 Servicing of the HP-Filter 1048GM
29-12-14-400-001 Installation of the HP Manifold of the Blue Hydraulic
System
29-13-14-400-001 Installation of the HP Manifold of the Yellow
Hydraulic System
29-13-45-610-001 Servicing of the HP-Filter (3048GM)
29-22-00-720-004 Operational Check of RAT Manual Deployment and
Functional Check of RAT using Ground Test Unit,
followed by Check of Filter Indicator
12-32-29-991-001 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-32-29-941-050
(2) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to move:
R - The flight controls
R - The lever of the landing gear selector.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-29

Page 303
Aug 01/11

SYR
Subtask 12-32-29-863-050
B. Pressurize the applicable hydraulic system:

R - For the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001).
R - For the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002).
R - For the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).
Subtask 12-32-29-010-050
C. Open the applicable access panel/door:

R - For the Green hydraulic system, open the left MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-
12-00-010-001).
R - For the Yellow hydraulic system, open the access panel 196BB.
R - For the Blue hydraulic system, open the access panel 195BB.
Subtask 12-32-29-866-050
D. If you operated the hydraulic systems more than one hour ago:
- Operate the flight controls for 5 minutes but not over the full travel.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-32-29-991-001)
Subtask 12-32-29-170-050
A. Flush the Sampling Valve
_______
(1) Remove and discard the lockwire from the applicable sampling valve:
- For the Green hydraulic system, the sampling valve 1187GM
- For the Yellow hydraulic system, the sampling valve 3187GM
- For the Blue hydraulic system, the sampling valve 2187GM.
(2) Remove the cap from the sampling valve.
(3) Put the CONTAINER - CLEAN, APPLICABLE below the sampling valve.
(4) Put the notch in the head of the cap below the head of the needle
valve.
(5) Move the cap to pull the needle valve down and drain 0.2 l (0.0528
USgal) into the applicable container.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-29

Page 304
Aug 01/11

SYR
(6) Remove the cap from the needle valve.
(7) Discard the hydraulic fluid (refer to the local regulations).
Subtask 12-32-29-281-050
B. Remove a Sample from the Sampling Valve
(1) Flush the sampling valve before you take each sample.
R (2) Put the clean glass BOTTLE - SAMPLE or the plastic (non PVC) BOTTLE -
R SAMPLE below the sampling valve. Do not use a container/bottle made
R from polyvinyl chloride (PVC). This material will effect the results
R from the hydraulic fluid sample.
(3) Put the notch in the head of the cap below the head of the needle
valve.
(4) Move the cap to pull the needle valve down and drain 0.2 l (0.0528
USgal) into the sample bottle.
(5) Remove the cap from the needle valve.
(6) Seal the sample bottle.
(7) Put a tag on the sample bottle with:

- The aircraft registration
- The system identification
- The date and the time.
(8) Send the sample bottle to the analysis laboratory.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-29

Page 305
May 01/11

SYR
Sampling Valves - Location and Operation

EFF :

ALL 12-32-29

Page 306
Nov 01/03
R
SYR
Sampling Valves - Location and Operation

EFF :

ALL 12-32-29

Page 307
Nov 01/03
R
SYR
Subtask 12-32-29-281-052
C. Contamination Analysis by Particle Count

R
R (1) The maximum particle contamination must agree with or be better than
R NSA307110 class 9.
R (a) NUMBER OF PARTICLES:
R --------------------------------------------
R | Particle size | Class 9 |
R --------------------------------------------
R | 5 to 15 micron | 128000 |
R | 15 to 25 micron | 22800 |
R | 25 to 50 micron | 4050 |
R | 50 to 100 micron | 720 |
R | > 100 micron | 128 |
R --------------------------------------------
R (2) If the contamination rate in the fluid sample is more than the values
given in the table above (class 9):
(a) Stop the hydraulic tests.
(b) Clean the hydraulic fluid (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-001),

(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-002) and (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-003):
- Or do the reclaiming procedure with the hydraulic ground power
cart (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-004), (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-005)
and (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-006)
R - Or change the hydraulic fluid (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-001),
R (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-002) and (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-003).
Subtask 12-32-29-281-053
R D. Chemical Analysis
Chemical analysis must be to NSA307110 Limit Characteristics of fluid in
operation. The values below are the permitted limits for in-service
fluid:
- Acid number: 1.5mg KOH/g maximum
- Density at 23 +/- 3 deg.C: 970 to 1066 kg/m3 (60.56 to 66.55 lb/ft3)
- Water content: 0.50% recommended, 0.80% maximum.
NOTE : The maximum water content is 0.80%. But to increase the hydraulic
____
R fluid life, Airbus recommends to keep this value at less than
R 0.50%.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-29

Page 308
May 01/11

SYR
R - Viscosity at 38 deg.C: 6.0 to 12.5 CST
- Chlorine content: 200 ppm maximum
- Electrical conductivity: 0.30 microSiemens.cm-1 minimum.
(1) If the water or chlorine content of the fluid sample is equal to or

more than the values given above:
R - Clean the hydraulic fluid with the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER (HSPA181-
380J) (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-001), (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-002)
and (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-003)
or
- Change the hydraulic fluid (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-001), (Ref. TASK
12-36-29-600-002) and (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-003).
(2) If the acidity, density, viscosity or conductivity of the fluid

sample is not in the permitted limits given above:
- Change the hydraulic fluid (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-001), (Ref. TASK
12-36-29-600-002) and (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-003).
(3) Additional Temporary Authorizations:
(a) The table that follows gives you the approval for aircraft
dispatch if the result of the fluid chemical analysis is not in
the correct limits.
--------------------------------------------------------------
| Hydraulic Fluid | New Values | Allowed Time |
| Parameters | | Frames |
--------------------------------------------------------------
| Acid number | 1.5 to 2.5mg KOH/g | 7 calendar days |
|-----------------|------------------------|-----------------|
| Density | not applicable | less than |
| | | 600FH or 750FC |
| | | which come first|
|-----------------|------------------------|-----------------|
| Water content | 0.8 to 1.0% | less than |
| | | 600FH or 750FC |
|-----------------|------------------------|-----------------|
| Water content | 1.0 to 1.5% | 7 calendar days |
|-----------------|------------------------|-----------------|
| Viscosity | at 38 deg.C: | 10 calendar days|
R | | 5.5 to 6.0 CST | or 150 FH |
|-----------------|------------------------|-----------------|
| Chlorine content| 200 to 300 ppm | 10 calendar days|
| | | or 150 FH |
|-----------------|------------------------|-----------------|
| Electrical | lower than | less than |

EFF :

ALL 12-32-29

Page 309
Aug 01/11

SYR
--------------------------------------------------------------
| Hydraulic Fluid | New Values | Allowed Time |
| Parameters | | Frames |
--------------------------------------------------------------
| conductivity | 0.30 microSiemens.cm-1 | 600FH or 750FC |
--------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : The values show the permitted level of contamination for a

____
time limit.
NOTE : The time frames show the service time for the aircraft.
____
This is from the time you find the contamination until you
get the new results. This time includes corrective
procedures, for new samples and for new analysis.
Subtask 12-32-29-281-054-A
E. Repercussion of the Chemical Analysis
(1) If the water contamination is from 0.8% to 1.3%:
(a) Clean the hydraulic fluid of the applicable hydraulic system with
R the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER (HSPA181-380J)
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-001)
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-002)
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-003).
Or change the hydraulic fluid of the applicable hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-001)
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-002)
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-003).
(b) Remove the LP/HP filter elements of the applicable hydraulic

system as given in the subsequent procedures:
- For the Green hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-11-45-610-001)
- For the Blue hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-12-45-610-001)

EFF :

ALL 12-32-29

Page 310
Aug 01/11

SYR
- For the Yellow hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-13-45-610-001).
(c) Examine the applicable filter elements for corroded particles.
1
_ If you find no corroded particles:
a
_ Make sure that the filter elements are clean and in the
correct condition. If necessary, replace the applicable
filter element with a new one.
b
_ Install the LP/HP filter elements as given in the
subsequent procedures:
(Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-11-45-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-12-45-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-13-45-610-001).
2
_ If you find corroded particles:
a
_ Install new HP/LP filter elements as given in the
(Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-11-45-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-12-45-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-13-45-610-001).
b
_ Continue with the procedures given in step (2) (b) and
subsequent and step (3) (b) and subsequent.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-29

Page 311
May 01/11
R
SYR
(2) If the water contamination is more than 1.3% and less than 2.5%:
(a) Do the procedure given under step (1) and also:
(b) Do the check of the internal leakage of the applicable hydraulic

system
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-280-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-280-002)
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-280-003).
(c) Do the operational test of the wing tip brake and the pressure
off brake
(Ref. TASK 27-51-00-710-003)
(Ref. TASK 27-81-00-710-002).
(d) Remove the LP filter element of the applicable hydraulic system

as given in the subsequent procedures:
(Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-001).
(e) Examine the applicable filter elements for corroded particles.
1
_ If you find no corroded particles:
a
_ Make sure that the filter elements are clean and in the
correct condition. If necessary, replace the applicable
filter element with a new one.
b
_ Install the new LP filter element as given in the
(Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-001).
2
_ If you find corroded particles:
a
_ Install the new LP filter element as given in the
(Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001)

EFF :

ALL 12-32-29

Page 312
May 01/11
R
SYR
(Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-001).
(f) Remove the bobbins of the HP manifold of the applicable hydraulic

system
(Ref. TASK 29-11-14-400-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-12-14-400-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-13-14-400-001)
(Ref. TASK 20-23-21-911-001).
(g) Examine the bobbins for signs of corrosion.
1
_ If you find no signs of corrosion:
a
_ Install the bobbins.
2
_ If you find signs of corrosion:
a
_ Replace the bobbins and the applicable component.
(h) If you found corroded particles or signs of corrosion:
1
_ Continue with the procedures given in step (3) (b) to (3) (e).
(3) If the water contamination is more than 2.5%:
(a) Do the procedures given in step (1) and step (2) (b) to (2) (h).
(b) Do the functional test of the ram air turbine

(Ref. TASK 29-22-00-720-004).
(c) Do the operational test of the damping measurement of the aileron

(Ref. TASK 27-96-00-710-007).
(d) Do the operational test of the damping measurement of the

elevator
(Ref. TASK 27-96-00-710-008).
(e) Do the operational test of the rudder hydraulic actuation

(Ref. TASK 27-24-00-710-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-32-29

Page 313
May 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 12-32-29-860-050
F. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.
(1) Depressurize the hydraulic system:

R - For the Green Hydraulic System (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001).
R - For the Yellow Hydraulic System (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002).
R - For the Blue Hydraulic System (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
(2) Install the cap on the sampling valve.
_______
R (3) Safety the cap with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) (Ref. TASK
R 20-11-11-911-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-32-29-611-050
A. Make sure that the fluid level in the hydraulic reservoirs is correct. If
necessary, fill the reservoirs (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001).
Subtask 12-32-29-410-050
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the applicable access panel/door:

R - For the Green hydraulic system, close the left MLG door (Ref. TASK
32-12-00-410-001).
R - For the Yellow hydraulic system, close the access door 196BB.
R - For the Blue hydraulic system, close the access door 195BB.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-29

Page 314
Aug 01/11

SYR
APU - SERVICING
_______________
TASK 12-32-49-281-001
Oil Sampling for Analysis
WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH THE APU UNTIL IT IS SUFFICIENTLY COOL TO PREVENT BURNS
_______
WHEN YOU DO THE MAINTENANCE TASK(S).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To find the cause of the oil contamination (fuel, oil degradation and other
causes).
NOTE : You must get the sample 15 to 30 minutes after APU shutdown and
____
before you add oil to the tank.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
No specific plastic bottle
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 12-32-49

Page 301
Nov 01/10

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
49-90-00-600-001 Check Oil Level and Replenish (GTCP 36-300)
49-90-00-600-004 Check Oil Level and Replenish (APS 3200)
R 49-90-00-600-007 Check Oil Level and Replenish (131-9(A))
52-41-00-010-001 Open the APU Doors for Access
52-41-00-410-001 Close the APU Doors after Access
12-32-49-991-001 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-32-49-860-050
(1) Put the warning notices on panel 25VU to tell persons not to start
the APU.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
(3) Make sure that hydraulic systems are depressurized

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
Subtask 12-32-49-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU APU/APU/CTL 2KD L42
121VU APU/ECB/SPLY 1KD L41

EFF :

ALL 12-32-49

Page 302
Nov 01/10

SYR
Subtask 12-32-49-010-050
C. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position.
(2) Open the access door 315AL (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-010-001).
(3) Set the LIGHT SW 11LJ to ON.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-32-49-991-001)
Subtask 12-32-49-281-050-A
A. Get a sample
R WARNING : DO NOT REMOVE THE FILLER CAP OF THE OIL TANK IMMEDIATELY AFTER
_______
R ENGINE OPERATION. LET THE OIL PRESSURE DECREASE FOR A MINIMUM
R OF 5 MINUTES AFTER THE ENGINE SHUTDOWN.
R IF YOU OPEN THE FILLER CAP WHEN THERE IS PRESSURE IN THE TANK
R THE OIL CAN BURN YOU DANGEROUSLY.
R CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE OIL TANK SCUPPER IS CLEAN TO PREVENT
_______
R CONTAMINATION OF THE TANK DURING THE SERVICING OPERATIONS.
(1) Clean the oil tank scupper.

R - Clean the oil tank scupper with a clean and lint-free cloth
R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003), before you remove the oil
R filler cap.
(2) Open the oil tank
CAUTION : USE A NEW AND VERY CLEAN PLASTIC BOTTLE WITH A NEW SCREW
_______
TOP AND A NEW PLASTIC TUBE. DO NOT USE THESE ITEMS AGAIN.
(a) Squeeze the plastic bottle (2) and put the free end of the tube
into the oil through the filling port (3).
(b) Release the pressure on the bottle to remove the oil sample by
suction.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-49

Page 303
Nov 01/10

SYR
Oil Sampling for Analysis
R Figure 301/TASK 12-32-49-991-001

R

EFF :

ALL 12-32-49

Page 304
Nov 01/01

SYR
(3) Tag the oil sample with these data:
- APU total operating time.
- Operating time since the last oil sampling.
- Date of sample.
- Identification of the APU (Serial Number).
- Type and brand of the oil used.
(4) Send the sample for chemical or spectrometric analysis to the

laboratory as soon as possible.
(5) Do a check of the oil level and fill the oil tank if necessary
- for GTCP 36-300 APU
(Ref. TASK 49-90-00-600-001)
- for APS 3200 APU
(Ref. TASK 49-90-00-600-004)
- for 131-9(A) APU
(Ref. TASK 49-90-00-600-007)
(6) Close the oil tank.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-32-49-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Set the LIGHT SW 11LJ to OFF.
(3) Close the access door 315AL (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-001).
Subtask 12-32-49-865-051
breaker(s):
1KD, 2KD.

EFF :

ALL 12-32-49

Page 305
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Subtask 12-32-49-860-051
C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Pressurize the reservoirs of the hydraulic systems.

(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002).

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-32-49

Page 306
Nov 01/10

SYR
ENGINE OIL - SERVICING
______________________
TASK 12-32-79-600-010
Sampling of the Engine Oil for Analysis
_______
_______
ONE HOUR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the instructions necessary to sample the engine oil for
analysis. The sample must be made within 15 to 30 minutes after engine
shutdown.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific plastic bottle

No specific tube end
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

lubricant (Ref. 70-30-00)

EFF :

ALL 12-32-79

Page 301
May 01/06

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-13-79-610-011 Check Oil Level and Replenish

R 71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
12-32-79-991-150 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-32-79-941-052
1(2).
Subtask 12-32-79-010-054
R B. Open the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)
(1) FOR 1000EM1

437AL, 438AR
(2) FOR 1000EM2

447AL, 448AR

EFF :

ALL 12-32-79

Page 302
Aug 01/11

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-32-79-010-055
A. Remove the filler cap from the engine oil tank

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-32-79-991-150)
(1) Lift the handle (6) to open the cap (1).
(2) Turn the handle to align the lock (3) with the slots (4).
(3) Remove the filler cap (1) from the filler neck (7).
Subtask 12-32-79-281-052
B. Sampling of the oil
CAUTION : USE A NEW AND VERY CLEAN PLASTIC BOTTLE WITH A NEW SCREW TOP
_______
AND A NEW PLASTIC TUBE. DO NOT USE THESE ITEMS AGAIN.
(1) Take a sample by squeezing a plastic bottle and then dipping a tube
end into the oil.
(2) Tag oil sample as follows:
NOTE : Samples for chemical or spectrometric analysis should be sent

____
to the laboratory as soon as possible.
(a) Engine total operating time
(b) Operating time since last oil sample
(c) Date of sample
(d) Identification of engine (Serial Number)
(e) Type and brand of oil used
Subtask 12-32-79-612-051
C. If necessary, fill oil tank (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-011).

EFF :

ALL 12-32-79

Page 303
May 01/06

SYR
Oil Tank Filler Cap
Figure 301/TASK 12-32-79-991-150

EFF :

ALL 12-32-79

Page 304
May 01/06

SYR
Subtask 12-32-79-410-054
D. Install the oil tank filler cap

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-32-79-991-150)
(1) Examine the packing (2) on the filler cap (1). Replace the packing if
it is demanded (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).
(2) Apply lubricant (Material No. V10-039) to the packing (2).
(3) Make sure that the filler cap handle (6) is in the open position.
(4) Align the lock (3) of the cap (1) with the slots (4) in the filler
neck (7).
(5) Install the cap and turn the handle to the closed position.
(6) Lower the handle to lock the cap.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-32-79-410-055
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF :

ALL 12-32-79

Page 305
May 01/06

SYR
PRE-CONDITIONING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________________
1. _______
General
The aircraft can be pre-conditioned on the ground with:
- a ground air-supply unit through the LP ground connection (Ref. TASK
12-33-21-618-00100).
- a ground air-supply unit through the HP ground connection (Ref. TASK
12-33-21-618-00101).
- the APU (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-00102).

EFF :

ALL 12-33-00

Page 1
May 01/98

SYR
GROUND AIR PRE-CONDITIONING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
___________________________________________________
TASK 12-33-21-618-001
Pre-conditioning through the LP Ground Connection
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT DURING THIS PROCEDURE THE AIRCRAFT IS IN ONE OF THESE
_______
THREE CONDITIONS:
- THE CABIN PRESSURE OUTFLOW VALVE IS OPEN.
- THE FWD AVIONICS COMPARTMENT ACCESS DOOR 811 IS OPEN.
- ONE OR MORE PASSENGER DOORS ARE OPEN.
YOU MUST ATTACH A WARNING NOTICE TO THE OPEN DOORS TO TELL PERSONS
NOT TO CLOSE THEM. THIS PREVENTS ACCIDENTAL PRESSURIZATION OF THE
AIRCRAFT.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT:

_______
-THE OUTLET TEMPERATURE OF THE GOUND AIR SUPPLY UNIT IS NOT LESS THAN
2.0 DEG. C (35.6 DEG. F)
-THE STATIC PRESSURE AT THE AIRCRAFT CONNECTOR IS LESS THAN 43 MBAR
(0.63 PSI) IF THE VALUES ARE NOT IN THESE LIMITS, DAMAGE TO THE AIR
CONDTIONING SYSTEM CAN OCCUR.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE CONDITIONED AIR FROM THE PACKS AT THE SAME TIME AS AIR
_______
FROM THE LOW-PRESSURE GROUND UNITS. THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
CHECK VALVES.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND AIR-SUPPLY UNIT IS NOT TOO NEAR THE
_______
AIRCRAFT AND THAT THE ENGINE EXHAUST PIPE OF THE GROUND AIR- SUPPLY
UNIT POINTS AWAY FROM THE AIRCRAFT. HEAT FROM THIS UNIT AND FROM THE
EXHAUST CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
For maintenance procedures.

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 201
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific ground air-supply unit

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the

R External Power
R 24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
R from the External Power
12-33-21-991-003 Fig. 201
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-33-21-991-003)
R Subtask 12-33-21-861-052
R (1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-

R 002).
Subtask 12-33-21-010-050
R B. Get Access
(1) Open the access door 191CB.
(2) Connect the ground air-supply unit to the aircraft LP connector.

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 202
Aug 01/11

SYR
LP and HP Ground Connectors
R Figure 201/TASK 12-33-21-991-003

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 203
Nov 01/06

SYR
R Subtask 12-33-21-941-052
R C. Do at least one of the following safety precautions:
R (1) Make sure that the cabin pressure Outflow Valve (OFV) is open.
R (a) On the overhead panel, on the CABIN PRESS section of the control
R panel 25VU:
R - Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to close
R the OFV.
R
R (2) Or make sure that the FWD avionics compartment access door 811 is
R safe in open position.
R (a) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position below the FWD
R avionics compartment access door 811.
R (b) Open the FWD avionics compartment access door 811.

R
R (3) Or make sure that at least one cabin door is safe in open position.
R - Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to close
R the cabin door.
R
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-33-21-618-050
A. Pre-conditioning through the LP Ground Connection
NOTE : Obey the instructions given with the ground-air supply unit.
____
(1) Start the ground air-supply unit and make sure that:
- The airflow is between 54 kg.min (119.0495 lb.min) and 78 kg.min
(171.9605 lb.min),
- The supplied air pressure is not more than 43 mbar (0.62 psi) at
the aircraft interface connector.
(2) Set the necessary output air temperature on the ground air-supply
unit and make sure that:
- The supplied air temperature does not increase to more than 70
deg.C (158.00 deg.F).
- The supplied air temperature does not decrease to less than 2 deg.C
(35.60 deg.F).

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 204
Aug 01/11

SYR
Subtask 12-33-21-618-056
B. When the pre-conditioning is no longer necessary, stop the ground

air-supply unit.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-33-21-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Disconnect and remove the ground air-supply unit from the aircraft LP
connector.
(2) Close the access door 191CB.
(3) Close the FWD avionics compartment access door 811 if opened.
R Subtask 12-33-21-862-052
R (1) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuit (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

R 002).

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 205
Aug 01/11

SYR
TASK 12-33-21-618-001- 01
Pre-conditioning through the HP Ground Connection
_______
GEAR.
_______
THREE CONDITIONS:
AIRCRAFT.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND-AIR SUPPLY IS FREE FROM OIL CONTAMINATION.
_______
OIL CONTAMINATION CAN CAUSE THE SMELL OF OIL IN THE CABIN AND MAKE
THE AIR-CONDITIONING PACKS UNSERVICEABLE.
_______
NOTE : The ground air-supply unit supplies air to the air conditioning packs
____
10HM/11HM.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
For maintenance procedures
2. ______________________
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 206
Aug 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
12-33-21-991-003 Fig. 201
12-33-21-991-001 Fig. 202
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-33-21-991-003)
Subtask 12-33-21-865-053
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AIR COND/FLOW/CTL &/IND1 1HB D07
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL 5HU U21
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/SPLY 6HU U19
122VU AIR COND/FLOW/MIXER/FLAP 3HB V22
122VU AIR COND/FLOW/CTL AND IND/2 2HB V21
122VU AIR COND/ZONE TEMP CTL/28VDC/SYS2 4HK V20
122VU AIR COND/ZONE TEMP CTL/115VAC/SYS2 2HK V18
122VU AIR COND/PACK TEMP/CTL SYS1/2/115VAC 21HH W22
122VU AIR COND/PACK TEMP/CTL SYS1/2/28VDC 23HH W21
122VU AIR COND/RECIRC FAN/R/CTL 11HG W20
122VU AIR COND/RECIRC FAN/R/SPLY 3HG W18
122VU AIR COND/PACK TEMP/CTL SYS1/1/115VAC 1HH X22
122VU AIR COND/PACK TEMP/CTL SYS1/1/28VDC 3HH X21
122VU AIR COND/RECIRC FAN/L/CTL 2HG X20
122VU AIR COND/RECIRC FAN/L/SPLY 1HG X18
122VU AIR COND/PACK TEMP CTL SYS2/2/28VDC 24HH Y21
122VU AIR COND/PACK TEMP CTL SYS2/2/115VAC 22HH Y20

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 207
Aug 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
123VU AVNCS VENT/BLOWER/FAN 1HQ AD10
123VU AVNCS VENT/EXTC/FAN 2HQ AE02
Subtask 12-33-21-860-050

002).
(3) On the panel 30VU make sure that:

- the PACK 1 and the PACK 2 pushbutton switches are in the on
position (the FAULT legends are on and the OFF legends are off),
- the COCKPIT, FWD CABIN and AFT CABIN temperature selectors are at
the 12 oclock position,
- the HOT AIR pushbutton switch is in the on position (the OFF legend
is off),
- the X BLEED rotary switch is set to the OPEN position.
(4) On the panel 22VU make sure that the CAB FANS pushbutton switch is in
the on position (the OFF legend is off).
Subtask 12-33-21-010-054
C. Get Access
(1) Open the access door 191DB.
(2) Connect the GROUND AIR SUPPLY UNIT (HIGH PRESSURE) to the aircraft
High Pressure (HP) connector(s).

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 208
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
R Subtask 12-33-21-941-053
R D. Do at least one of the following safety precautions:
R panel 25VU:
R the OFV.
R

R
R the cabin door.
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 12-33-21-991-001)
Subtask 12-33-21-618-054
A. Pre-conditioning through the HP Ground Connection
- the airflow is between 54 kg.min (119.0495 lb.min) and 78 kg.min
(171.9605 lb.min),
- the supplied air pressure is not more than 3.5 bar (50.7631 psi),
- the supplied air temperature does not go above 260 deg.C (500.00
deg.F).
NOTE : On the panel 30VU:

____
On the PACK 1 and the PACK 2 pushbutton switches the FAULT
legends go off when the flow control valves open.
(2) On the AIR BLEED page of the ECAM lower DU, make sure that the pack
discharge-temperature indication is normal (i.e. green indication).

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 209
Aug 01/11

SYR
Air Condition Panel
Figure 202/TASK 12-33-21-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 210
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 12-33-21-618-057
B. When the pre-conditioning is no longer necessary:

- push the PACK 1 and the PACK 2 pushbutton switches to the off
position (the OFF legends come on).
- push the HOT AIR pushbutton switch to the off position (the OFF
legend comes on).

- push the CAB FANS pushbutton switch to the off position (the OFF
legend comes on).
(3) Stop the ground air-supply unit.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-33-21-410-054
A. Close Access
(1) Disconnect and remove the ground air-supply unit from the aircraft
High Pressure (HP) connector(s).
(2) Close the access door 191DB.
Subtask 12-33-21-860-051
(1) Do the EIS stop procedure

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-

862-002)

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 211
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
TASK 12-33-21-618-001- 02
Pre-conditioning with the APU
_______
GEAR.
_______
THREE CONDITIONS:
AIRCRAFT.
NOTE : The APU supplies air to the air conditioning packs 10HM/11HM.
____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
For maintenance procedures
2. ______________________
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
49-00-00-860-003 APU Start by External Power (GTCP 36-300)
49-00-00-860-004 APU Shutdown by External Power (GTCP 36-300)

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 212
Aug 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49-00-00-860-005 APU Start by External Power (APS 3200)

49-00-00-860-006 APU Shutdown by External Power (APS 3200)
49-00-00-860-008 APU Start by External Power (131-9(A))
49-00-00-860-009 APU Shutdown by External Power (131-9(A))
12-33-21-991-001 Fig. 202
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-33-21-865-054
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AIR COND/FLOW/CTL &/IND1 1HB D07
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL 5HU U21
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/SPLY 6HU U19
122VU AIR COND/FLOW/MIXER/FLAP 3HB V22
122VU AIR COND/FLOW/CTL AND IND/2 2HB V21
122VU AIR COND/PACK TEMP/CTL SYS1/2/115VAC 21HH W22
122VU AIR COND/PACK TEMP/CTL SYS1/2/28VDC 23HH W21
122VU AIR COND/RECIRC FAN/R/CTL 11HG W20
122VU AIR COND/RECIRC FAN/R/SPLY 3HG W18
122VU AIR COND/PACK TEMP/CTL SYS1/1/115VAC 1HH X22
122VU AIR COND/PACK TEMP/CTL SYS1/1/28VDC 3HH X21
122VU AIR COND/RECIRC FAN/L/CTL 2HG X20
122VU AIR COND/RECIRC FAN/L/SPLY 1HG X18
123VU AVNCS VENT/BLOWER/FAN 1HQ AD10
123VU AVNCS VENT/EXTC/FAN 2HQ AE02

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 213
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 12-33-21-860-052

002).
(3) On the panel 30VU make sure that:

- the PACK 1 and the PACK 2 pushbutton switches are in the off
position (the OFF legends are on).
- the COCKPIT, the FWD CABIN and the AFT CABIN temperature selectors
are at the 12 oclock position,
- the HOT AIR pushbutton switch is in the off position (the OFF
legend is on).
R Subtask 12-33-21-941-054
R C. Do at least one of the following safety precautions:
R panel 25VU:
R the OFV.
R

R
R the cabin door.
R

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 214
Aug 01/11

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 12-33-21-991-001)
Subtask 12-33-21-618-055
A. Pre-conditioning with the APU
(1) Do the start procedure of the APU:

- (Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-003) or,
- (Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-005) or,
- (Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-008).

- push the APU BLEED pushbutton switch to the on position (the ON
legend comes on),
- push the PACK 1 and the PACK 2 pushbutton switches to the on
position (the OFF legends go off),
- push the HOT AIR pushbutton switch to the on position (the OFF
legend goes off),
- make sure that the X BLEED selector is at the AUTO position.

- push the CAB FANS pushbutton switch to the on position (the OFF
legend goes off).
(4) On AIR BLEED page of the ECAM lower DU, make sure that the pack
discharge temperature-indication is normal (green).
Subtask 12-33-21-618-058
B. When the pre-conditioning is no longer necessary:

- push the PACK 1 and the PACK 2 pushbutton switches to the off
position (the OFF legends come on),
- push the HOT AIR pushbutton switch to the off position (the OFF
legend comes on),
- push the APU BLEED pushbutton switch to the off position (the ON
legend goes off).
(2) On panel 22VU:

- push the CAB FANS pushbutton switch to the off position (the OFF
legend comes on).

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 215
Aug 01/11

SYR
(3) Do the procedure to stop the APU:
- (Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-004) or,
- (Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-006) or,
- (Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-009).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-33-21-860-053
(1) Do the EIS stop procedure

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

002).

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 216
Aug 01/11

SYR
GROUND AIR PRE-CONDITIONING - SERVICING
_______________________________________
TASK 12-33-21-600-001
Pre-conditioning through the LP Ground Connection
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT DURING THIS PROCEDURE THE AIRCRAFT IS IN ONE OF THESE
_______
R THREE CONDITIONS:
R - THE CABIN PRESSURE OUTFLOW VALVE IS OPEN.
R - THE FWD AVIONICS COMPARTMENT ACCESS DOOR 811 IS OPEN.
R - ONE OR MORE PASSENGER DOORS ARE OPEN.
R YOU MUST ATTACH A WARNING NOTICE TO THE OPEN DOORS TO TELL PERSONS
R NOT TO CLOSE THEM. THIS PREVENTS ACCIDENTAL PRESSURIZATION OF THE
R AIRCRAFT.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE CONDITIONED AIR FROM THE PACKS AT THE SAME TIME AS AIR
_______
FROM THE LOW-PRESSURE GROUND UNITS. THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
CHECK VALVES.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific ground air-supply unit

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 301
Nov 01/10

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-33-21-010-056
A. Get Access
(1) Open the avionics-bay access door 811.
(2) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to close the
avionics-bay access door 811.
(4) Connect the ground air-supply unit to the aircraft LP connector

4022HM.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-33-21-618-060
A. Pre-conditioning through the LP Ground Connection
- the airflow is between 54 kg.min (119.0495 lb.min) and 78 kg.min
(171.9605 lb.min),
- the supplied air pressure is not more than 40 mbar (0.58 psi),
(2) Set the necessary output air temperature on the ground air-supply
unit.
NOTE : Make sure that the supplied air temperature does not go above
____
70 deg.C (158.00 deg.F).
Subtask 12-33-21-618-061
B. When the pre-conditioning is no longer necessary, stop the ground

air-supply unit.

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 302
May 01/10
R
SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-33-21-410-056
A. Close Access
(1) Disconnect and remove the ground air-supply unit from the aircraft LP
connector 4022HM.
(3) Close the avionics-bay access door 811.

EFF :

ALL 12-33-21

Page 303
May 01/10

SYR
GROUNDING POINTS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________________
1. _______
General
R The grounding operation is for the electrical continuity between the
R aircraft and the earth.
R The bonding operation is for the electrical continuity between the aircraft
R and a ground equipment.
You must electrically ground the aircraft:
R
- when you do maintenance,
R - when in bad weather conditions.
R During refuel/defuel servicing operations:
R - bonding is mandatory
R - for grounding, you must obey the local area regulations.
In other conditions, the aircraft is electrostatically discharged through
the tires.
Grounding points are:
- on the nose landing gear,
- on the main landing gear,
- on the wing upper surface,
- on the engine air intakes.

EFF :

ALL 12-34-00

Page 1
Nov 01/09

SYR
AIRCRAFT GROUNDING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
__________________________________________
TASK 12-34-24-869-001
Aircraft Grounding for the Refuel/Defuel Operations
WARNING : DO NOT WEAR A HEADSET OR TOUCH CABLES/LINES CONNECTED TO THE

_______
AIRCRAFT, DURING BAD WEATHER CONDITIONS. LIGHTNING IS DANGEROUS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R To electrostatically balance the aircraft during the refuel/defuel

R operations.
R
R It is mandatory to do the bonding of the aircraft before the refuel/defuel
R operations.
R For the grounding, you must obey the local area regulations.
R NOTE : The bonding operation is for the electrical continuity between the
____
R aircraft and the fuel tanker.
R The grounding operation is for the electrical continuity between the
R aircraft and the earth.
R
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific bonding cable

No specific ground cable
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 20-17-00-910-001 Maintenance in Storm Conditions - Safety Practices

12-34-24-991-001 Fig. 201
12-34-24-991-002 Fig. 202
12-34-24-991-003 Fig. 203

EFF :

ALL 12-34-24

Page 201
May 01/09

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-34-24-210-050
R A. Safety Precautions
(1) Make sure that the fuel tanker is grounded.
R (2) During storm conditions, or when there is atmospheric electrical

R activity, stop refueling/defueling operations: (Ref. TASK 20-17-00-
R 910-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-34-24-869-050
A. Connection of the Ground Cables
WARNING : ALWAYS CONNECT THE GROUND CABLE TO THE PARKING GROUND POINT
_______
BEFORE YOU CONNECT IT TO THE AIRCRAFT. DO NOT ATTACH THE CABLE
TO THE AIRCRAFT FIRST (THERE IS A RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK).
NOTE : For the satisfactory removal of an electrical charge from the

____
aircraft:
- the aircraft ground cable must have a section of 22 mm2 (0.033
in2) or more.
- the total electrical resistance of the cable between the parking
ground point and the grounding point on the landing gear must
not be more than 500 milliohms.
- the resistance between the end connector on the ground cable and
the nearest adjacent metal part of the landing gear must not be
more than 10 milliohms.
(1) Connect a ground cable to the aircraft grounding point on the landing
gears.
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-34-24-991-001, 202/TASK 12-34-24-991-002)
(2) Connect a bonding cable between the fuel tanker and a grounding point
on one of the MLG Legs or the NLG Leg,
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-34-24-991-001, 202/TASK 12-34-24-991-002)
or connect a bonding cable between the fuel tanker and the grounding
point on the upper wing surface.
(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 12-34-24-991-003)
The aircraft wheels must be on ground.

EFF :

ALL 12-34-24

Page 202
May 01/09

SYR
Location of the Grounding Point on the Nose Landing Gear
Figure 201/TASK 12-34-24-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-34-24

Page 203
May 01/98

SYR
Location of the Grounding Point on the Main Landing Gear
Figure 202/TASK 12-34-24-991-002

EFF :

ALL 12-34-24

Page 204
May 01/98

SYR
Grounding Point on the Wing Upper Surface
Figure 203/TASK 12-34-24-991-003

EFF :

ALL 12-34-24

Page 205
May 01/98

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-34-24-080-050
A. Disconnect the ground cables.
(1) After the refuel/defuel operations disconnect all grounding and

bonding cables.

EFF :

ALL 12-34-24

Page 206
May 01/09
R
SYR
TASK 12-34-24-869-002
Aircraft Grounding for the Maintenance Operations
WARNING : DO NOT WEAR A HEADSET OR TOUCH CABLES/LINES CONNECTED TO THE

_______
AIRCRAFT, DURING BAD WEATHER CONDITIONS. LIGHTNING IS DANGEROUS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To electrostatically balance the aircraft for the maintenance operations.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific ground cable
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-34-24-991-001 Fig. 201

12-34-24-991-002 Fig. 202
12-34-24-991-003 Fig. 203
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-34-24-210-051
A. Grounding of the Workstands
(1) Make sure that the workstands are grounded.

EFF :

ALL 12-34-24

Page 207
May 01/09
R
SYR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-34-24-869-051
A. Connection of the Ground Cables
WARNING : ALWAYS CONNECT THE GROUND CABLE TO THE PARKING GROUND POINT
_______
BEFORE YOU CONNECT IT TO THE AIRCRAFT. DO NOT ATTACH THE CABLE
TO THE AIRCRAFT FIRST (THERE IS A RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK).
NOTE : For the satisfactory removal of an electrical charge from the

____
aircraft:
- the aircraft ground cable must have a section of 22 mm2 (0.033
in2) or more (for copper only).
- the total electrical resistance of the cable between the parking
ground point and the grounding point on the landing gear must
not be more than 500 milliohms.
- the resistance between the end connector on the ground cable and
the nearest adjacent metal part of the landing gear must not be
more than 10 milliohms.
(1) We recommend to connect the parking or the hangar ground cable to the
aircraft grounding point on the landing gears.
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-34-24-991-001, 202/TASK 12-34-24-991-002)
NOTE : If the aircraft is on jacks for retraction and extension

____
checks of the landing gear, connect the parking or the hangar
ground cable to the aircraft grounding point on the wings.
(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 12-34-24-991-003)
(2) We recommend to connect the ground cable of the access platform or

the step ladder to the aircraft grounding point on the landing gears.
NOTE : If the aircraft is on jacks for retraction and extension

____
checks of the landing gear, connect the parking or the hangar
ground cable to the aircraft grounding point on the wings.
(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 12-34-24-991-003)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-34-24-942-051
A. Disconnection of the Ground Cables
(1) After the maintenance operation, disconnect all the grounding cables.

EFF :

ALL 12-34-24

Page 208
May 01/09

SYR
SYSTEM LINE FLUSHING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________________________
1. _______
General
Flushing of a system line consists in removing all foreign matters from that
fluid and from the system line.
The fluid involved may be used again only if its characteristics are in
accordance with the specifications in force.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-00

Page 1
May 01/98

SYR
___________________________
TASK 12-36-29-170-001
Flushing of the Green Hydraulic System of the Engine Driven Pump (EDP) 1030GK
_______

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To flush the Green hydraulic system after a failure in the engine driven
pump 1030GK
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
No specific blanking plugs
R
R No specific AR CONTAINER 5 L(1 1/2 USGAL)
R No specific 1 GROUND POWER CART-HYDRAULIC
R No specific 2 LOCALLY MANUFACTURED - ADAPTER

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 301
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-32-29-281-001 Hydraulic Fluid Sample of Green, Blue and Yellow

Systems for Analysis
12-36-29-600-001 Change of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Green Hydraulic
R System - with Ground Cart Available
12-36-29-615-001 Clean the Fluid in the Green Hydraulic System
29-11-43-610-010 Servicing of the Engine-Pump Case-Drain Filter
(1084GM)
29-11-51-000-010 Removal of the Engine Pump (1030GK)
29-11-51-400-010 Installation of the Engine Pump (1030GK)
29-11-51-860-040 Hydraulic Maintenance Procedure After an Engine
Installation (With Engine Pump Installed) or After an
Engine Pump Installation
29-14-00-614-001 Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs
71-00-00-550-010 Preservation of the Power Plant
78-31-51-000-011 Removal of the Thrust Reverser HCU Filter Cartridge
78-31-51-400-011 Installation of the Thrust Reverser HCU Filter
Cartridge
12-36-29-991-001 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-36-29-991-001)
Subtask 12-36-29-860-050
(2) Depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 302
May 01/11

SYR
Green Hydraulic System of the EDP 1030GK - Flushing Schematic
Figure 301/TASK 12-36-29-991-001

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 303
May 01/98

SYR
(3) Depressurize the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).
(4) De-enerize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).
Subtask 12-36-29-010-084
B. Get Access
(1) Open the engine 1 fan-cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010).
(2) Open the left MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
Subtask 12-36-29-860-051
C. Preparation for the Flushing Procedure
R (1) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position.
R (2) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the Zone
147.
R (4) Put the CONTAINER 5 L(1 1/2 USGAL) in postion to collect the
hydraulic fluid below:
- the engine driven pump 1030GK,
- the case drain filter 1084GM,
- the LP manifold 1003GM.
(5) Disconnect the case-drain lower line from the engine driven pump
1030GK.
(6) Disconnect the pressure line from the engine driven pump 1030GK.
(7) Disconnect the case-drain upper and lower lines from the case drain
filter 1084GM.
(8) Disconnect the case-drain upper line from the LP manifold 1003GM.
R (9) Connect the pressure line and the case-drain lower line together with
R a union.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 304
May 01/11

SYR
R (10) Put the GROUND POWER CART-HYDRAULIC in position as necessary.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.
R (11) Connect the pressure hose of the GROUND POWER CART-HYDRAULIC to the
R filter end of the case-drain lower-line with an LOCALLY MANUFACTURED-
R ADAPTER .
(12) Connect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the delivery
R connector 1008GM with an LOCALLY MANUFACTURED - ADAPTER.
(13) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-36-29-991-001)
Subtask 12-36-29-170-050
A. Flush the Green hydraulic system.
(1) Operate the hydraulic power cart for 20 s at 20 bar (290.0754 psi).
(2) Stop the hydraulic power cart.
(3) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the case-drain lower line.
(4) Disconnect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the delivery connector 1008GM.
(5) Remove the blanking plugs.
_______
(6) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the filter
R end of the case-drain upper-line with an LOCALLY MANUFACTURED -
R ADAPTER.
(7) Connect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the manifold
R ADAPTER.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 305
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 12-36-29-960-050-A
B. Replace the subsequent components:
(1) The case-drain filter element (Ref. TASK 29-11-43-610-010).
(2) The HP filter element (Ref. TASK 29-11-45-610-001).
Subtask 12-36-29-170-063
R C. Flush the Green Hydraulic System
NOTE : This is an alternative procedure to flush the Green Hydraulic

____
system.
(1) Replace the engine pump 1030GK (Ref. TASK 29-11-51-000-010) and
(Ref. TASK 29-11-51-400-010).
(2) Drain the Green hydraulic system reservoir and service with a new
hydraulic fluid (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-001).
(3) Replace the components that follow:
(a) The thrust reverser hydraulic control-unit filter (Ref. TASK 78-
31-51-000-011) and (Ref. TASK 78-31-51-400-011).
(b) The case-drain filter element (Ref. TASK 29-11-43-610-010).
(c) The HP filter element (Ref. TASK 29-11-45-610-001).
(4) Do the dry cranking of the engine pump 1030GK (Ref. TASK 29-11-51-
860-040).
(5) Ground run the engine for a minimum of 15 minutes (Ref. TASK 71-00-
00-550-010).
(a) Make sure that the engine pump 1030GK does not overheat.
(b) Do a check of the filter clogging indicator and HP/case drain

filter bowl for Foreign Object Damage (FOD).
(6) If the engine pump 1030GK overheats or FOD is found in the filter
clogging indicator and HP/case-drain filter bowl, do the steps in
Para. 4.C.(3) again.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 306
May 01/10

SYR
(7) Do the fluid sampling of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 12-32-
29-281-001).
R NOTE : The fluid sampling must be available in 10 days.

____
(8) If the fluid sample is the correct limits, no more work is necessary.
(9) If the fluid sample is not in the correct limits, clean the hydraulic
fluid in the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-052
A. Put the system back to the serviceable condition.
(1) Disconnect the pressure and return hoses of the hydraulic power cart
and the adaptors from the case-drain upper line.
(2) Disconnect and remove the union from the pressure line and the
case-drain lower line.
(3) Remove the hydraulic ground power cart.
(5) Connect the case-drain upper line to the LP manifold 1003GM and the
case drain filter 1084GM.
(6) Connect the case-drain lower line to the case drain filter 1084GM.
(7) Connect the pressure line and the case-drain lower line to the engine
driven pump 1030GK.
Subtask 12-36-29-790-050
B. Leak Test of the Connections which were Disconnected
(1) Pressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001).
(2) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid leakage.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 307
May 01/10

SYR
Subtask 12-36-29-942-089
(1) Remove the containers.
Subtask 12-36-29-410-071
D. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the engine 1 fan-cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 308
Nov 01/09
R
SYR
TASK 12-36-29-170-002
Flushing of the Yellow Hydraulic System of the Engine Driven Pump (EDP) 3030GD
_______

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To flush the Yellow hydraulic system after a failure in the engine driven
pump 3030GD.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 309
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-36-29-600-002 Change of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Yellow Hydraulic
R System - with Ground Cart Available
12-36-29-615-002 Clean the Fluid in the Yellow Hydraulic System
29-13-51-000-010 Removal of the Engine Pump (3030GD)
29-13-51-400-010 Installation of the Engine Pump (3030GD)
29-13-51-860-001 Hydraulic Maintenance Procedure After an Engine
Installation (With Engine Pump Installed) or After an
Engine Pump Installation
71-00-00-550-010 Preservation of the Power Plant
78-31-51-000-011 Removal of the Thrust Reverser HCU Filter Cartridge
78-31-51-400-011 Installation of the Thrust Reverser HCU Filter
Cartridge
12-36-29-991-002 Fig. 302
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-36-29-991-002)
Subtask 12-36-29-860-053

002).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 310
May 01/11

SYR
Yellow Hydraulic System of the EDP 3030GD - Flushing Schematic
Figure 302/TASK 12-36-29-991-002

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 311
Nov 01/09
R
SYR
(3) Depressurize the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).

002).
Subtask 12-36-29-010-085
B. Get Access
(1) Open the right MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
Subtask 12-36-29-860-054
R (3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position below the Zone 147.
R (4) Put a CONTAINER 5 L(1 1/2 USGAL) in position to collect the hydraulic
R fluid below:
- the engine driven pump 3030GD,
(5) Disconnect the case-drain lower line from the engine driven pump
3030GD.
(6) Disconnect the pressure line from the engine driven pump 3030GD.
(7) Disconnect the case-drain upper and lower lines from the case drain
filter 3084GM.
(8) Disconnect the case-drain upper line from the LP manifold 3003GM.
R a union.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 312
May 01/11

SYR
_______
R filter end of the case-drain lower-line with an LOCALLY MANUFACTURED-
R ADAPTER.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-36-29-991-002)
Subtask 12-36-29-170-051
A. Flush the Yellow hydraulic system.
_______
(6) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the filter
R ADAPTER.
R ADAPTER.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 313
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 12-36-29-960-051-A
R Subtask 12-36-29-170-064
R C. Flush the Yellow Hydraulic System
R NOTE : This is an alternative procedure to flush the Yellow hydraulic

____
R system.
R (1) Replace the engine driven pump 3030GD (Ref. TASK 29-13-51-000-010)
R and (Ref. TASK 29-13-51-400-010).
R (2) Drain the Yellow hydraulic system reservoir and service with new
R hydraulic fluid (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-002).
R (3) Replace the components that follow:
R (a) The thrust reverser hydraulic control-unit filter (Ref. TASK 78-
R 31-51-000-011) and (Ref. TASK 78-31-51-400-011).
R (b) The case-drain filter element (Ref. TASK 29-13-43-610-010).
R (c) The HP filter element (Ref. TASK 29-13-45-610-001).
R (4) Do dry cranking of the engine driven pump 3030GD (Ref. TASK 29-13-51-
R 860-001).
R (5) Ground run the engine for a minimum of 15 minutes (Ref. TASK 71-00-
R 00-550-010).
R (a) Make sure that the engine driven pump 3030GD does not overheat.
R (b) Do a check of the filter clogging indicator and HP/case drain

R filter bowl for Foreign Object Damage (FOD).
R (6) If the engine pump 3030GD overheats or FOD is found in the filter
R clogging indicator and HP/case-drain filter bowl, do the steps in
R Para.4.C.(3) again.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 314
May 01/10

SYR
R (7) Do a fluid sample of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 12-32-29-
R 281-001).
R NOTE : The fluid sample must be available in 10 days.

____
R (8) If the fluid sample is in the correct limits, no more work is

R necessary.
R (9) If the fluid sample is not in the correct limits, clean the hydraulic
R fluid in the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-055
(3) Remove the hydraulic power cart.
(5) Connect the case-drain upper line to the LP manifold 3003GM and the
case drain filter 3084GM.
(6) Connect the case-drain lower line to the case drain filter 3084GM.
(7) Connect the pressure line and the case-drain lower line to the engine
driven pump 3030GD.
Subtask 12-36-29-790-051
B. Leak Test of the Components which were Disconnected
(1) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002).

002).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 315
May 01/10

SYR
Subtask 12-36-29-942-090
Subtask 12-36-29-410-072
D. Close Access
items.
(3) Close the right MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 316
May 01/10
R
SYR
TASK 12-36-29-170-003
Flushing of the Blue Hydraulic System of the Electrically Driven Pump 2075GJ
_______

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Flushing of the Blue hydraulic system after a failure in the electrically

driven pump 2075GJ.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 317
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power Supply
29-12-43-610-001 Servicing of the Electric-Pump Case-Drain Filter
(2084GM)
12-36-29-991-003 Fig. 303
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-36-29-991-003)
Subtask 12-36-29-860-056
(2) Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
(3) Depressurize the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).

002).
Subtask 12-36-29-010-086
B. Get Access
(1) Open the access panel 195BB.
(2) Open the access doors 197EB, 197FB.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 318
May 01/10
R
SYR
Blue Hydraulic System of the Electrically Driven Pump 2075GJ - Flushing
Schematic
Figure 303/TASK 12-36-29-991-003

EFF :

ALL

12-36-29 Page 319
May 01/10
R
SYR
Subtask 12-36-29-860-057
R (3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the Zone 195.
R (4) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the
Zone 197.
R fluid below:
- the electrically driven pump 2075GJ,
- the LP filter 2002GM,
- the check valve 2041GM.
(6) Disconnect the case-drain lower line from the electrically driven
pump 2075GJ.
(7) Disconnect the pressure line from the electrically driven pump
2075GJ.
(8) Disconnect the case-drain lower line from the check valve 2041GM.
(9) Disconnect the case-drain upper line from the case-drain filter
2084GM.
(10) Disconnect the case-drain upper line from the LP filter 2002GM.
R a union.
_______
R check valve end of the case-drain lower line with an LOCALLY
R MANUFACTURED - ADAPTER.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 320
May 01/11

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-36-29-991-003)
Subtask 12-36-29-170-052
A. Flush the Blue hydraulic system.
_______
(6) Connect the pressure hose (of the hydraulic power cart) to the
case-drain filter 2084GM end of the case-drain upper line with an
R LOCALLY MANUFACTURED - ADAPTER.
(7) Connect the return hose (of the hydraulic power cart) to the LP
R filter 2002GM end of the case-drain upper line with an LOCALLY
Subtask 12-36-29-960-052

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 321
May 01/11

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-058
(5) Connect the case-drain upper line to the LP filter 2002GM.
(6) Connect the case-drain upper line to the case drain filter 2084GM.
(7) Connect the case-drain lower line to the check valve 2041GM.
NOTE : The check valve 2041GM is not in the flush circuit. If it is

____
necessary remove and clean it.
(8) Connect the pressure line and the case-drain lower line to the
electrically driven pump 2075GJ.
Subtask 12-36-29-790-052
(1) Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).
Subtask 12-36-29-942-091

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 322
May 01/10
R
SYR
Subtask 12-36-29-410-073
D. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access doors 197EB, 197FB.
(3) Close the access panel 195BB.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 323
May 01/10
R
SYR
TASK 12-36-29-170-004
Flushing of the Green Hydraulic System of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) 1088GM
_______

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To flush the Green hydraulic system after a failure in the part of the PTU
1088GM
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 324
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-36-29-991-004 Fig. 304
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-36-29-991-004)
Subtask 12-36-29-860-059
29-14-00-614-001).

002).
Subtask 12-36-29-010-087

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 325
May 01/10
R
SYR
Green Hydraulic System of the PTU 1088GM - Flushing Schematic
Figure 304/TASK 12-36-29-991-004

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 326
May 01/10
R
SYR
Subtask 12-36-29-860-060
R fluid below:
- the PTU 1088GM,
(5) Disconnect the case drain line from the Green hydraulic system side
of the PTU 1088GM.
(6) Disconnect the case drain line from the LP manifold 1003GM.
(7) Disconnect the pressure line from Green hydraulic system side of the
PTU 1088GM.
R (8) Connect the pressure line and the case drain line together with a
R union.
_______
R delivery connector 1008GM with an LOCALLY MANUFACTURED - ADAPTER.
R end of the case drain line with an LOCALLY MANUFACTURED - ADAPTER.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 327
May 01/11

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-36-29-991-004)
Subtask 12-36-29-170-053
Subtask 12-36-29-960-053
B. Replace the LP filter element (Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-061
adaptor from the case drain line.
(3) Disconnect and remove the union from the pressure line and the case
drain line.
(6) Connect the case drain line to the PTU 1088GM.
(7) Connect the pressure line of the PTU 1088GM.
(8) Connect the case drain line to the LP manifold 1003GM.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 328
May 01/10
R
SYR
Subtask 12-36-29-790-053
Subtask 12-36-29-942-092
Subtask 12-36-29-410-074
D. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 329
May 01/10
R
SYR
TASK 12-36-29-170-005
Flushing of the Yellow Hydraulic System of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) 1088GM
_______

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To flush the Yellow hydraulic system after a failure in that part of the PTU
1088GM
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 330
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-36-29-991-005 Fig. 305
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-36-29-991-005)
Subtask 12-36-29-860-062

002).
29-14-00-614-001).

002).
Subtask 12-36-29-010-088
B. Get Access

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 331
May 01/10
R
SYR
Yellow Hydraulic System of the PTU 1088GM - Flushing Schematic
Figure 305/TASK 12-36-29-991-005

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 332
May 01/10
R
SYR
Subtask 12-36-29-860-063
Zone 148.
R fluid below:
- the PTU 1088GM,
(5) Disconnect the pressure line from the Yellow hydraulic system side of
the PTU 1088GM.
(6) Disconnect the case drain line from the Yellow hydraulic system side
of the PTU 1088GM.
R (8) Connect the pressure line and the case drain line together with a
R union.
_______
R delivery connector of 3008GM with an LOCALLY MANUFACTURED - ADAPTER.
R end of the case-drain line with an LOCALLY MANUFACTURED - ADAPTER.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 333
May 01/11

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-36-29-991-005)
Subtask 12-36-29-170-054
Subtask 12-36-29-960-054
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-064
(3) Disconnect and remove the union from the pressure line and the case
drain line.
(6) Connect the case drain line to the PTU 1088GM.
(7) Connect the pressure line to the PTU 1088GM.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 334
May 01/10
R
SYR
Subtask 12-36-29-790-054

002).
Subtask 12-36-29-942-093
Subtask 12-36-29-410-075
D. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 335
May 01/10
R
SYR
TASK 12-36-29-170-006
Flushing of the Yellow Hydraulic System of the Electrically Driven Pump 3075GX
_______

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To flush the Yellow hydraulic system after a failure in the electrically

driven pump 3075GX
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 336
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power Supply
12-36-29-991-006 Fig. 306
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-36-29-991-006)
Subtask 12-36-29-860-065

002).
29-14-00-614-001).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)
Subtask 12-36-29-010-089
B. Get Access

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 337
May 01/10
R
SYR
Yellow Hydraulic System of the Electrically Driven Pump 3075GX - Flushing
Schematic
Figure 306/TASK 12-36-29-991-006

EFF :

ALL

12-36-29 Page 338
May 01/10
R
SYR
Subtask 12-36-29-860-066
R (3) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position
R fluid below:
R - the electrically driven pump 3075GX and
(5) Disconnect the pressure line from the electrically driven pump
3075GX.
(6) Disconnect the case drain line from the electrically driven pump
3075GX.
_______
R case drain line at the electrically driven pump 3075GX with an
R LOCALLY MANUFACTURED - ADAPTER.
R (10) Connect the return hose of the GROUND POWER CART-HYDRAULIC to the
R case drain line at the LP manifold 3003GM with an LOCALLY

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 339
May 01/11

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-36-29-991-006)
Subtask 12-36-29-170-055
_______
(6) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the pressure
R line at the electrically driven pump 3075GX with an LOCALLY
Subtask 12-36-29-960-055

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 340
May 01/11

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-067
adaptor from the pressure line.
(5) Connect the case drain line to the electrically driven pump 3075GX.
(6) Connect the pressure line to the electrically driven pump 3075GX.
Subtask 12-36-29-790-055
B. Leak Test of the Conections which were Disconnected

003).
Subtask 12-36-29-942-094
(2) Remove the safety barriers

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 341
May 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 12-36-29-410-076
D. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 342
May 01/11
R
SYR
TASK 12-36-29-170-007
Flushing of the Green Hydraulic System of the Flap Power Control-Unit (PCU)
6201CM
_______

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To flush the Green hydraulic system after a failure in that part of the flap
PCU 6201CM
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 343
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-36-29-991-007 Fig. 307
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 307/TASK 12-36-29-991-007)
Subtask 12-36-29-860-068
(1) Obey the hydraulic safety procedure (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002).
29-14-00-614-001).

002).
Subtask 12-36-29-010-090
B. Get Access

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 344
May 01/11
R
SYR
Green Hydraulic System of the Flap PCU 6201CM - Flushing Schematic
Figure 307/TASK 12-36-29-991-007

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 345
May 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 12-36-29-860-069
Zone 147.
R fluid below:
- the flap PCU 6201CM,
(5) Disconnect the case drain line from the motor in the Green hydraulic
system of the flap PCU 6201CM.
(6) Disconnect the pressure line from the valve block 23CV in the Green
hydraulic system of the flap PCU 6201CM.
R (9) Connect the pressure line to the case drain line with a union at the
R flap PCU 6201CM.
_______

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 346
May 01/11

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 307/TASK 12-36-29-991-007)
Subtask 12-36-29-170-056
Subtask 12-36-29-960-056
B. Replace the LP filter element 1002GM (Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-070
(3) Disconnect and remove the union from the case drain line and the
pressure line at the flap PCU 6201CM.
(7) Connect the case drain line to the motor in the Green hydraulic
(8) Connect the pressure line to the valve block 23CV.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 347
May 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 12-36-29-790-056
Subtask 12-36-29-942-095
Subtask 12-36-29-410-077
D. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 348
May 01/11
R
SYR
TASK 12-36-29-170-008
Flushing of the Yellow Hydraulic System of the Flap Power Control-Unit (PCU)
6201CM
_______

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To flush the Yellow hydraulic system after a failure in that part of the
flap PCU 6201CM
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 349
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-36-29-991-008 Fig. 308
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 308/TASK 12-36-29-991-008)
Subtask 12-36-29-860-071

002).
29-14-00-614-001).

002).
Subtask 12-36-29-010-091
B. Get Access

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 350
May 01/11
R
SYR
Yellow Hydraulic System of the Flap PCU 6201CM - Flushing Schematic
Figure 308/TASK 12-36-29-991-008

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 351
May 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 12-36-29-860-072
R (1) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in postion.
Zone 148.
R fluid below:
- the flap PCU 6201CM,
(5) Disconnect the case drain line from the motor in the Yellow hydraulic
(6) Disconnect the pressure line from the valve block 24CV in the Yellow
R flap PCU 6201CM.
_______

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 352
May 01/11

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 308/TASK 12-36-29-991-008)
Subtask 12-36-29-170-057
Subtask 12-36-29-960-057
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-073
pressure line at the flap PCU 6201CM.
(7) Connect the case drain line to the motor in the Yellow hydraulic
(8) Connect the pressure line to the valve block 24CV in the Yellow

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 353
May 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 12-36-29-790-057

002).
Subtask 12-36-29-942-096
Subtask 12-36-29-410-078
D. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 354
May 01/11
R
SYR
TASK 12-36-29-170-009
Flushing of the Green Hydraulic System of the Slat Power Control-Unit (PCU)
6001CM
_______

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To flush the Green hydraulic system after a failure in that part of the slat
PCU 6001CM.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 355
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-36-29-991-009 Fig. 309
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 309/TASK 12-36-29-991-009)
Subtask 12-36-29-860-074
29-14-00-614-001)

002).
Subtask 12-36-29-010-092
B. Get Access

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 356
May 01/11
R
SYR
Green Hydraulic System of the Slat PCU 6001CM - Flushing Schematic
Figure 309/TASK 12-36-29-991-009

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 357
May 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 12-36-29-860-075
Zone 147.
R fluid below:
- the slat PCU 6001CM,
(5) Disconnect the case drain line from the motor in the Green hydraulic
system of the slat PCU 6001CM.
(6) Disconnect the pressure line from the valve block 26CV in the Green
hydraulic system of the slat PCU 6001CM.
R slat PCU 6001CM.
_______

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 358
May 01/11

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 309/TASK 12-36-29-991-009)
Subtask 12-36-29-170-058
Subtask 12-36-29-960-058
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-076
pressure line at the slat PCU 6001CM.
(7) Connect the case drain line to the motor in the Green hydraulic
(8) Connect the pressure line to the valve block 26CV in the Green

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 359
May 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 12-36-29-790-058
(2) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid leakage .

002).
Subtask 12-36-29-942-097
Subtask 12-36-29-410-079
D. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 360
May 01/11
R
SYR
TASK 12-36-29-170-010
Flushing of the Blue Hydraulic System of the Slat Power Control-Unit (PCU)
6001CM.
_______

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To flush the Blue hydraulic system after a failure in that part of the slat
PCU 6001CM.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 361
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power Supply
12-36-29-991-010 Fig. 310
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 310/TASK 12-36-29-991-010)
Subtask 12-36-29-860-077
29-14-00-614-001).

002).
Subtask 12-36-29-010-093
B. Get Access

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 362
May 01/11
R
SYR
Blue Hydraulic System of the Slat PCU 6001CM - Flushing Schematic
Figure 310/TASK 12-36-29-991-010

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 363
May 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 12-36-29-860-078
R (4) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE at the Zone 197.
R (5) Put a CONTAINER 5 L(1 1/2 USGAL) to collect the hydraulic fluid
leakage below:
- the slat PCU 6001CM,
- the LP filter 2002GM.
(6) Disconnect the case drain line from the motor in the Blue hydraulic
(7) Disconnect the pressure line from the valve block 25CV in the Blue
(8) Disconnect the case drain line from the LP filter 2002GM.
(9) Connect the pressure line to the case drain line at the slat PCU
R 6001CM with an union.
_______
R case drain line with an LOCALLY MANUFACTURED - ADAPTER.
R

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 364
May 01/11

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 310/TASK 12-36-29-991-010)
Subtask 12-36-29-170-059
Subtask 12-36-29-960-059
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-079
(1) Disconnect the pressure hose and the adaptor from the delivery
connector 2008GM.
(2) Disconnect the return hose and the adaptor from the case drain line.
pressure line at the slat PCU 6001CM.
(6) Connect the case drain line to the LP filter 2002GM.
(7) Connect the case drain line to the motor in the Blue hydraulic system
of the slat PCU 6001CM.
(8) Connect the pressure line to the valve block 25CV in the Blue

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 365
May 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 12-36-29-790-059
(1) Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system of the (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-
003).
(3) Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system of the (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).
Subtask 12-36-29-942-098
Subtask 12-36-29-410-080
D. Close Access
items.
(3) Close the access doors 197EB, 197FB.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 366
May 01/11
R
SYR
TASK 12-36-29-170-011
Flushing of the Blue Hydraulic System of the Constant Speed Motor/Generator

(CSM/G) 8XE
_______

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To flush the Blue hydraulic System after a failure in the CSM/G 8XE.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 367
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power Supply
12-36-29-991-011 Fig. 311
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 311/TASK 12-36-29-991-011)
Subtask 12-36-29-860-080
(1) Obey the hydraulic safety procedure (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002).
29-14-00-614-001).

002).
Subtask 12-36-29-010-094
B. Get Access

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 368
May 01/11
R
SYR
Blue Hydraulic System of the CSM/G 8XE - Flushing Schematic
Figure 311/TASK 12-36-29-991-011

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 369
May 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 12-36-29-860-081
R (3) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the Zone 147.
R (4) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the Zone
197.
R fluid below:
- the CSM/G 8XE,
- the LP filter 2002GM.
(6) Disconnect the case drain line from the LP filter 2002GM.
(7) Disconnect the pressure line from the CSM/G 8XE.
(8) Disconnect the case drain line from the CSM/G 8XE.
R (9) Connect the pressure line to the case drain line at the CSM/G 8XE
R with a union.
_______
R case drain line at the LP filter 2002GM with an LOCALLY MANUFACTURED-
R ADAPTER.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 370
May 01/11

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 311/TASK 12-36-29-991-011)
Subtask 12-36-29-170-060
Subtask 12-36-29-960-060
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-082
pressure line at the CSM/G 8XE.
(6) Connect the case drain line to the LP filter 2002GM.
(7) Connect the case drain line to the CSM/G 8XE.
(8) Connect the pressure line to the CSM/G 8XE.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 371
May 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 12-36-29-790-060
(1) Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).
Subtask 12-36-29-942-099
Subtask 12-36-29-410-081
D. Close Access
items.
(3) Close the access door 197EB, 197FB.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 372
May 01/11
R
SYR
TASK 12-36-29-170-012
Flushing of the Green Hydraulic System of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer

(THS) Actuator 9CE
_______

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To flush the Green hydraulic system after a failure in that part of the THS
actuator 9CE.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 373
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific corrosion-resistant steel lockwire 0.8 mm (0.032 in)

dia
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-36-29-991-012 Fig. 312
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 312/TASK 12-36-29-991-012)
Subtask 12-36-29-860-083
29-14-00-614-001).

002).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 374
May 01/11

SYR
Green Hydraulic System of the THS Actuator 9CE - Flushing Schematic
Figure 312/TASK 12-36-29-991-012

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 375
May 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 12-36-29-010-095
B. Get Access
Subtask 12-36-29-860-084
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at Zone 147.
R fluid below:
R - the THS actuator 9CE and
(3) Remove and discard the lockwire from the hydraulic connections of the
valve block (of the Green hydraulic system) at the THS actuator 9CE.
(4) Disconnect the pressure line from the valve block.
(5) Disconnect the return line from the valve block.
(6) Disconnect the return line from the LP manifold 1003GM.
(7) Connect the pressure line to the return line at the THS actuator 9CE
R with an union.
_______
R return line at the LP manifold 1003GM with an LOCALLY MANUFACTURED -
R ADAPTER.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 376
May 01/11

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 312/TASK 12-36-29-991-012)
Subtask 12-36-29-170-061
Subtask 12-36-29-960-061
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-085
adaptor from the return line at the LP manifold 1003GM.
(3) Disconnect and remove the union from the pressure and return lines at
the THS actuator 9CE.
(6) Connect the return line to the LP manifold 1003GM.
(7) Connect the pressure line to the valve block of the THS actuator 9CE.
(8) Connect the return line to the valve block of the THS actuator 9CE.
(9) Safety the connections of the pressure and return lines with
corrosion-resistant steel lockwire 0.8 mm (0.032 in) dia.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 377
May 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 12-36-29-790-061
Subtask 12-36-29-942-100
Subtask 12-36-29-410-082
D. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 378
May 01/11
R
SYR
TASK 12-36-29-170-013
Flushing of the Yellow Hydraulic System of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer

(THS) Actuator 9CE
_______

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To flush the Yellow hydraulic system after a failure in that part of the THS
actuator 9CE
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 379
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific corrosion-resistant steel lockwire 0.8 mm (0.032 in)

dia
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-36-29-991-013 Fig. 313
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 313/TASK 12-36-29-991-013)
Subtask 12-36-29-860-086

002).
29-14-00-614-001).

002).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 380
May 01/11

SYR
Yellow Hydraulic System of the THS Actuator 9CE - Flushing Schematic
Figure 313/TASK 12-36-29-991-013

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 381
May 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 12-36-29-010-096
B. Get Access
Subtask 12-36-29-860-087
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at Zone 148.
R fluid below:
R - the THS actuator 9CE and
(3) Remove and discard the lockwire from the hydraulic connections of the
valve block (of the Yellow hydraulic system) at the THS actuator 9CE.
(4) Disconnect the pressure line from the valve block.
(5) Disconnect the return line from the valve block.
(6) Disconnect the return line from the LP manifold 3003GM.
(7) Connect the pressure line to the return line at the THS actuator 9CE
R with a union.
_______

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 382
May 01/11

SYR
R return line at the LP manifold 3003GM with an LOCALLY MANUFACTURED -
R ADAPTER.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 313/TASK 12-36-29-991-013)
Subtask 12-36-29-170-062
Subtask 12-36-29-960-062
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-088
adaptor from the return line at the LP manifold 3003GM.
(3) Disconnect and remove the union from the pressure and return lines at
the THS actuator 9CE.
(6) Connect the return line to the LP manifold 3003GM.
(7) Connect the pressure line to the valve block of the THS actuator 9CE.
(8) Connect the return line to the valve block of the THS actuator 9CE.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 383
May 01/11

SYR
(9) Safety the connections of the pressure and supply lines with
corrosion-resistant steel lockwire 0.8 mm (0.032 in) dia.
Subtask 12-36-29-790-062

002).
Subtask 12-36-29-942-101
Subtask 12-36-29-410-083
D. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 384
May 01/11
R
SYR
TASK 12-36-29-600-001
Change of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Green Hydraulic System - with Ground Cart
Available
_______

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To change the type of hydraulic fluid or to change the hydraulic fluid if

chemical contamination is found.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 CONTAINER 5 L(1 1/2 USGAL)
No specific 1 GROUND POWER CART-HYDRAULIC
No specific 1 SAFETY BARRIER(S)
No specific 1 TURNTABLE - NLG STEERING OPERATION
(4.94 to 99.57 lbf.ft)
D23080000 1 PIN-GROUND LOCK,NLG
R 460005833 1 SLEEVE-GROUND LOCK
460007280 1 SLEEVE-GROUND LOCK

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 385
Aug 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-12-29-611-002 Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hydraulic
Service Cart
External Power
System
29-11-36-000-001 Removal of the Engine 1 Green Hydraulic Pump Delivery
Check Valve (1050GM).
29-11-36-400-001 Installation of the Engine 1 Green Hydraulic Pump
Delivery Check Valve (1050GM).
Gears
32-42-00-870-001 Bleeding of the Normal Braking at the Brake Units
78-31-00-710-040 Operational Test of the Thrust Reverser without CFDS
- Engine not Running
78-31-00-710-041 Operational Test of the Thrust Reverser System with
the CFDS
- Engine Not Running
12-36-29-991-014 Fig. 314

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 386
May 01/11
R
SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-096
R (2) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) and SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.
Subtask 12-36-29-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU HYD/HYD PWR/B WARN/& CTL 2702GJ C12
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
123VU B HYD/ELEC PUMP 2701GJ AB09
Subtask 12-36-29-010-073
C. Get Access
(3) Open the left or the right MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
R (4) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the engine 1.
R (5) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the MLG
bay.
Subtask 12-36-29-680-050
D. Drain the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
680-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 387
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 12-36-29-860-095
E. Preparation for the Fluid Change

(Ref. Fig. 314/TASK 12-36-29-991-014)
_______
R (1) Put the NLG on to the TURNTABLE - NLG STEERING OPERATION (to prevent
R damage to the tires when the steering is operated).
R (2) Put the CONTAINER 5 L(1 1/2 USGAL) below the fluid disconnect panel
R at the engine 1 to collect the hydraulic fluid leakage.
R (3) Connect the pressure hose of the GROUND POWER CART-HYDRAULIC (filled
R with new hydraulic fluid) to the delivery connector 1008GM at the
R ground service panel (Ref. detail A).
R (4) Connect the return hose of the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir, with
R capacity of 120 l (31.7 USgal) to the suction connector 1006GM at the
R ground service panel.
NOTE : The auxiliary hydraulic reservoir must have a contents gage.

____
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 314/TASK 12-36-29-991-014)
Subtask 12-36-29-611-055
A. Fluid Change Procedure without Hydraulic Lines of the Engine Driven Pump
(EDP) (Ref. detail A)
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE HYDRAULIC FLUID IN THE GROUND POWER CART
_______
DECREASE BELOW THE LOW LEVEL. DO NOT LET THE AUXILIARY
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR BECOME TOO FULL.

002).
(2) Operate the hydraulic power cart.
NOTE : Increase the rate of flow and the pressure as necessary.

____

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 388
May 01/11

SYR
Change of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Green Hydraulic System - Schematic
Figure 314/TASK 12-36-29-991-014

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 389
May 01/11
R
SYR
(3) In the cockpit, operate the flight controls.
_______
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(a) On the panel 11VU, move the GND SPLRS ARMED lever to the FULL
position and then to the RET position. Do this step 3 times.
NOTE : The spoilers 1 and 5 LH and RH operate.

____
(b) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully to the left
and then fully to the right. Do this step 3 times.
NOTE : The ailerons and spoilers 5 LH and RH operate.

____
(c) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully forward and
then fully rearward. Do this step 3 times.
NOTE : The LH elevator operates.

____
(d) At the captain or first officer position, push the LH pedal fully
forward and then the RH pedal fully forward. Do this step 3
times.
NOTE : The rudder operates.

____
(e) On the panel 114VU, move the flap/slat lever to the FULL position
and then to the 0 deg position. Do this step 2 times.
NOTE : The flaps and slats operate.

____
(f) On the center pedestal, turn one of the pitch-trim control wheels
to the DN stop and then to the UP stop. Do this step 3 times.
Turn the pitch-trim control wheel to the 0 deg position.
NOTE : The THS operates.

____

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 390
May 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 12-36-29-860-099
B. Isolation of the Primary Flight Controls
(1) Energize the solenoid valve 1150GP in the MLG bay.
(a) On the panel 50VU in the cockpit, lift the guard and push the
HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G P/BSW (the OFF light comes on).
Subtask 12-36-29-611-056
C. Continuation of the Fluid Change without the Hydraulic Lines of the EDP
(Ref. detail A)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGE OF THE THRUST REVERSER IS CLEAR
_______
BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. IF NOT YOU CAN
CAUSE BAD INJURY TO PERSONNEL.
_______
(1) Make sure that the manual selector valves on the leakage measurement
selector-valve 1146GM (in the MLG bay) are in the OFF position.
NOTE : Increase the rate of flow and pressure as necessary.

____
(3) Operate the thrust reverser of Engine 1 (Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-041)

or
(Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-040) or
(Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-043).
(4) Close the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).
(6) Lift the aircraft (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001).
(7) Remove the turntable.
(8) Remove the safety locks from the landing gear:

- For the NLG remove the PIN-GROUND LOCK,NLG (D23080000)
R - For the MLG remove the SLEEVE-GROUND LOCK (460005833) or the
SLEEVE-GROUND LOCK (460007280).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 391
Aug 01/11

SYR
NOTE : Increase the rate of flow and pressure as necessary.

____
(10) On the panel 400VU, move the landing-gear contol lever to the UP
position and then to the DOWN position. Do this step 3 times.
NOTE : The landing gear and landing gear doors operate.

____
(11) Install the safety locks on the landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-
001):
- For the NLG PIN-GROUND LOCK,NLG (D23080000)
R - For the MLG SLEEVE-GROUND LOCK (460005833) or the SLEEVE-GROUND
LOCK (460007280).
(12) Bleed a minimum of 3 l (0.7925 USgal) of hydraulic fluid from the

brake units of the normal braking system (Ref. TASK 32-42-00-870-
001).
(14) Lower the aircraft (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-001).
(15) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart from the
delivery connector 1008GM at the ground service panel.
Subtask 12-36-29-611-054
D. Fluid Change of the Suction Line of the EDP (Ref. detail B)
CAUTION : DO NOT LET HYDRAULIC FLUID FALL ON THE ENGINE. UNWANTED

_______
HYDRAULIC FLUID MUST BE REMOVED IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN LINT
FREE CLOTH. THE FLUID CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE
PROTECTION AND TO SOME PARTS.
_______
_______
(1) Connect the hose of the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir to the suction
connector 1006GM at the ground service panel.
(2) Disconnect the suction line 1038GM at the fluid disconnect panel of
the engine 1.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 392
Aug 01/11

SYR
(3) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the coupling
1700GM at the fluid disconnect panel of the engine 1.
(5) Operate the hydraulic power cart until a minimum of 20 l (5.2833

USgal) of hydraulic fluid flows into the auxiliary hydraulic
reservoir.
NOTE : Increase the rate of flow and pressure as necessary, do not

____
pressurize to more than 100 psi (6.8947 bar).
(7) Disonnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart from the
coupling 1700GM of the fluid disconnect panel at the engine 1.
(8) Disconnect the hose of the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir from the
suction connector 1006GM at the ground service panel.
(10) Connect the suction line 1038GM at the fluid disconnect panel at the
engine 1.
Subtask 12-36-29-611-053
E. Fluid Change of the Pressure Line of the EDP (Ref. detail C)

_______
_______
_______
(1) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the delivery
(2) Disconnect the pressure line 1673GM from the pressure coupling at the
fluid disconnect panel of the engine 1.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 393
May 01/11
R
SYR
(3) Remove the check valve 1050GM (Ref. TASK 29-11-36-000-001).
(4) Connect the hose of the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir to the open
pressure coupling in the fluid disconnect panel of the engine 1.

reservoir.
NOTE : Increase the rate of flow and the pressure as necessary, do

____
not pressurize to more than 100 psi (6.8947 bar).
port of the fluid disconnect panel at the engine 1.
(11) Install the check valve 1050GM (Ref. TASK 29-11-36-400-001).
(12) Connect the pressure line 1673GM to the pressure coupling of the
fluid disconnect panel at the engine 1.
(13) TORQUE the coupling nut of the pressure line 1673GM to between 9.66
and 10.67 m.daN (71.23 and 78.68 lbf.ft).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-097
A. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.
(1) Fill the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-
611-001) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002).
(2) Pressurize the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-
14-00-614-002).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 394
May 01/11
R
SYR
(3) Pressurize the Green Hydraulic system with the ground cart (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-001).
(4) On the panel 50VU in the cockpit, lift the guard and push the
HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G P/BSW (the OFF light goes off).
(5) Operate the related hydraulic systems to remove the air.
(7) Make sure that the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system is
correctly filled with new fluid (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001).
Subtask 12-36-29-860-098
B. Put the system back to the serviceable condition.
(1) De-energize the solenoid valve 1150GP in the MLG bay.
Subtask 12-36-29-410-062
C. Close Access
items.
Subtask 12-36-29-865-051
D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1701GK, 1702GK, 2701GJ, 2702GJ, 3700GD, 3701GD, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 395
May 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 12-36-29-860-100
E. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

002).
(3) After one week of aircraft operation, do a new sampling of the


EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 396
May 01/11
R
SYR
TASK 12-36-29-600-002
R Change of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Yellow Hydraulic System - with Ground Cart
R Available
_______

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.67 to 13.50 m.daN
R (4.94 to 99.57 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 397
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
External Power
System
29-13-36-000-001 Removal of the Engine 2 Yellow Hydraulic Pump
29-13-36-400-001 Installation of the Engine 2 Yellow Hydraulic Pump
32-43-00-870-002 Bleeding of the High Pressure Alternate Braking
System
32-51-00-720-003 Functional Test of the Nose Wheel Steering with the
Handwheel
78-31-00-710-040 Operational Test of the Thrust Reverser System
- Engine not Running
- Engine Not Running
the Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU)
(Bleeding)
12-36-29-991-015 Fig. 315

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 398
May 01/11
R
SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-103
Subtask 12-36-29-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-36-29-010-074
C. Get Access
(5) Open the left or right MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
(6) Put the locking handles of the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors in
the UNLOCKED position.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page 399
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 12-36-29-680-051
D. Drain the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
680-002).
Subtask 12-36-29-860-101

(Ref. Fig. 315/TASK 12-36-29-991-015)
_______
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the engine 2.
R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the MLG
bay.
R (3) Put the CONTAINER 5 L(1 1/2 USGAL) below the fluid disconnect panel
at the engine 2 to collect the hydraulic fluid.
R ground service panel (Ref. detail A).
R (6) Connect the return hose of the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir with a
R capacity of 100 l (26.4 USgal) to the suction connector 3006GM at the

____
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 315/TASK 12-36-29-991-015)
NOTE : The Green hydraulic system will be pressurized via the PTU for this
____
procedure, the Green hydraulic reservoir must be pressurized.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A300
May 01/11

SYR
Change of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Yellow Hydraulic System - Schematic
Figure 315/TASK 12-36-29-991-015

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A301
May 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 12-36-29-611-059
A. Fluid Change without Hydraulic Lines of the Engine Driven Pump (EDP)
(Ref. detail A)
_______

002).
NOTE : Increase the flow rate and the pressure as necessary.

____
_______
NOTE : The spoilers 1, 2, 4 and 5 LH and RH operate.

____
(b) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully forward and
NOTE : The elevators operate.

____
(c) At the captain or first officer position, push the LH pedal fully
forward (and release it) then the RH pedal fully forward (and
release it) . Do this step 3 times.

____
(d) On the panel 114VU, move the flap/slat lever to the FULL position

____
(e) On the center pedestal, turn one of the pitch-trim control wheels
to the DN stop and then to the UP stop. Do this step 3 times.
Turn the pitch-trim control wheel to the 0 deg position.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A302
May 01/11
R
SYR
____
Subtask 12-36-29-869-059
B. Isolation of the Primary Flight Controls
HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y P/BSW (the OFF light comes on).
Subtask 12-36-29-611-060
C. Continuation of the Fluid Change without the Hydraulic Lines of the EDP
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGE OF THE THRUST REVERSER IS CLEAR
_______
BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. IF NOT YOU CAN
CAUSE BAD INJURY TO PERSONNEL.
_______
(2) On the ground service panel, make sure that the selector valve 2500MJ
is in the E PUMP position.

____
(4) On the cargo-door control panels, put and hold the selectors in the
OPEN position until the cargo doors are open. Put and hold the
selectors in the CLOSE position until the cargo doors are closed. Do
this step 2 times.
NOTE : The FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors operate.

____
(5) Operate the thrust reverser of Engine 2 (Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-040)

or
(Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-040) or
(Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-043) or
(Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-801).
(6) Operate the nose wheel steering (Ref. TASK 32-51-00-720-003).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A303
May 01/11
R
SYR
(7) Bleed a minimum of 3 l (0.7925 USgal) of hydraulic fluid from the
brake units of the alternate braking system (Ref. TASK 32-43-00-870-
002).
Subtask 12-36-29-611-061
D. Change the hydraulic fluid in the brake accumulator 2582GM.
_______
(2) On the brake manifold 3016GM (in the MLG bay), push the pressure
relief valve 3067GM to drain the accumulator 2582GM of hydraulic
fluid.

____
(4) Do the steps (1) thru (3) 3 times.
Subtask 12-36-29-611-057
E. Fluid Change of the Suction Line of the EDP (Ref. detail B)

_______
_______
_______
(1) Connect the hose of the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir to the suction

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A304
May 01/11
R
SYR
(2) Disconnect the suction line 3038GM at the fluid disconnect panel of
the engine 2.
(3) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the coupling
3700GM at the fluid disconnect panel of the engine 2.

reservoir.

____
suction connector 3006GM at the ground service panel.
coupling 3700GM at the fluid disconnect panel of the engine 2.
(10) Connect the suction line 3038GM at the fluid disconnect panel of the
engine 2.
Subtask 12-36-29-611-058
F. Fluid Change of the Pressure Line of the EDP (Ref. detail C)

_______
_______
_______
(1) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the delivery
connector 3008GM

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A305
May 01/11
R
SYR
(2) Disconnect the pressure line 3673GM from the pressure coupling of the
(3) Remove the check valve 3050GM (Ref. TASK 29-13-36-000-001).
(4) Connect the hose of the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir to the open
pressure coupling in the fluid disconnect panel of the engine 2.

reservoir.
NOTE : Increase the rate of flow and the pressure as necessary, do

____
not pressurize to more than 100 psi (6.8947 bar).
delivery connector 3008GM
pressure port at the fluid disconnect panel of the engine 2.
(10) Install the check valve 3050GM (Ref. TASK 29-13-36-400-001).
(12) Connect the pressure line 3673GM to the pressure coupling of the
(13) TORQUE the coupling nut of the pressure line 3673GM to between 9.66
and 10.67 m.daN (71.23 and 78.68 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A306
May 01/11
R
SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-102
(1) Fill the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 12-12-
29-611-001) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002).
(2) Pressurize the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-002).
(3) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system with the ground cart
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002).
HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y P/BSW (the OFF light goes off).

002).
(7) Make sure that the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system is
Subtask 12-36-29-410-063
B. Close Access
items.
the LOCKED position.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A307
May 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 12-36-29-865-053
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1701GK, 1702GK, 2701GJ, 2702GJ, 3700GD, 3701GD, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX
Subtask 12-36-29-860-104
D. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

002).


EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A308
May 01/11
R
SYR
TASK 12-36-29-600-003
R Change of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Blue Hydraulic System - with Ground Cart
R Available
_______

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R No specific 1 CAP - BLANKING
(15.00 to 150.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A309
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
External Power
System
Power Supply
R
12-36-29-991-016 Fig. 316
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-107

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A310
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 12-36-29-865-054
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-36-29-010-075
C. Get Access
(1) Open the access door 197EB.
R (4) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) below the Zone 195.
R (5) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE below the MLG bay.
Subtask 12-36-29-680-052
D. Drain the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-680-
003).
Subtask 12-36-29-860-105

(Ref. Fig. 316/TASK 12-36-29-991-016)
_______
R (1) Put the CONTAINER 5 L(1 1/2 USGAL) below the electrically driven pump
2075GJ.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A311
May 01/11

SYR
Change of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Blue Hydraulic System - Schematic
Figure 316/TASK 12-36-29-991-016

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A312
May 01/11
R
SYR
R (3) Connect the return hose of the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir with a
R capacity of 60 l (16 USgal) to the suction connector 2006GM at the

____
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 316/TASK 12-36-29-991-016)
Subtask 12-36-29-611-063
A. Fluid Change Procedure without the Suction Line of the Blue Electric Pump
(Ref. detail A)
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
_______

002).

____
_______
NOTE : The spoilers 3 LH and RH operate.

____

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A313
May 01/11

SYR

____

____
times.

____
NOTE : The slats operate.

____
HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B P/BSW (the OFF light comes on).
Subtask 12-36-29-611-062
B. Fluid Change Procedure of the Suction Line of the Blue Electric Pump
R (Ref. detail B)
_______
_______
NOTE : Make sure that the supply pressure of the ground hydraulic cart
____
does not become more than 50 psi (3.4473 bar).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A314
May 01/11

SYR
29-14-00-614-001).
NOTE : Be careful when you disconnect the hydraulic connections:

____
R A large quantity of hydraulic fluid comes out of the line end
R fittings.
(2) Disconnect the suction line (2457GM) at the RAT ground check module
(2027GE).
(3) Put the line end in the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir.
R (4) Put a CAP - BLANKING on the fitting of the RAT ground check module
(2027GE).
R
R (5) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the suction
connector (2006GM) at the ground service panel.
R (6) Adjust the supply pressure on the hydraulic power cart slowly from 0
to 50 psi (3.4473 bar) maximum.
R (7) Stop the hydraulic power cart after a minimum of 20.0 l (5.2833
USgal) hydraulic fluid has come out of the suction line (2457GM).
R (8) Remove the line end from the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir.
R (9) Remove the blanking cap from the fitting of the RAT ground check
module (2027GE).
R (10) Connect the suction line (2457GM) at the RAT ground check module
(2027GE).
R (11) TORQUE the line end fitting to between 12.9 and 14.2 m.daN (95.13 and
104.71 lbf.ft).
R
R (12) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart from the
suction connector (2006GM) at the ground service panel.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A315
May 01/11

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-106
(1) Fill the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-
611-001) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002).
(2) Pressurize the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-
14-00-614-002).
(3) Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic system with the ground cart (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-003).
(4) On the panel 50VU in the cockpit, push the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT
VALVES/B P/BSW (the OFF light goes off).
(7) Make sure that the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system is
Subtask 12-36-29-410-064
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access door 197FB.
Subtask 12-36-29-865-055
breaker(s):
R 1701GK, 1702GK, 2701GJ, 2702GJ, 3700GD, 3701GD, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A316
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 12-36-29-860-108
D. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

002).


EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A317
May 01/11
R
SYR
TASK 12-36-29-600-004
Reclamation of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Green Hydraulic System
_______

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To decrease the particle contamination of the hydraulic fluid in the Green

hydraulic system if it is more than NSA307110 class 9.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 GROUND POWER CART-HYDRAULIC

No specific 1 SAFETY BARRIER(S)
No specific 1 TURNTABLE - NLG STEERING OPERATION
D23080000 1 PIN-GROUND LOCK,NLG
R
460007280 1 SLEEVE-GROUND LOCK

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A318
Aug 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
(1084GM)
29-23-00-860-001 Disconnection of the Isolation Coupling of the Power
Transfer Unit (PTU)
29-23-00-860-002 Connection of the Isolation Coupling of the Power
Transfer Unit (PTU)
Gears
32-42-12-610-001 Servicing of the Hydraulic Brake Filter 2584GM
the CFDS
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-110
Subtask 12-36-29-010-078
B. Open the access door 197CB.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A319
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 12-36-29-860-111
C. Preparation of the Reclamation
(1) Disconnect the PTU isolation coupling (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-001).
R (2) Put the NLG on to the TURNTABLE - NLG STEERING OPERATION (to prevent
R damage to the tires when the steering is operated).
R delivery connector 1008GM.
R suction connector 1006GM.
R
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-960-063
A. Replacement of the Filter Elements
(1) Replace the element in the LP filter 1002GM (Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-
001).
(2) Replace the element in the HP filter 1048GM (Ref. TASK 29-11-45-610-
001).
(3) Replace the element in the brake filter 2584GM (Ref. TASK 32-42-12-
610-001).
(4) Replace the element in the case drain filter 1084GM (Ref. TASK 29-11-
43-610-010).
Subtask 12-36-29-869-076
B. Reclamation Procedure
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.

002).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A320
May 01/11

SYR
R (3) In the cockpit, operate the flight controls:
position then to the RET position. Do this step 3 times.

____
then fully to the right. Do this step 3 times.

____
(c) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully forward then
fully rearward. Do this step 3 times.
NOTE : The LH elevator operates.

____
forward and the RH pedal fully forward. Do this step 3 times.

____
(4) On the panel 114VU, move the flap/slat lever to the FULL position
then to the 0 deg. position. Do this step 2 times.

____
(5) On the center pedestal, turn one of the pitch-trim control wheels to
the DN stop then to the UP stop. Do this step 3 times. Turn the
pitch-trim control wheel to the 0 deg. position.

____
(6) Operate the thrust reverser of engine 1 (Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-041).
(8) Lift the aircraft (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001).
(9) Remove the turntable.
(10) Remove the safety locks from the landing gear:

- for the NLG remove the PIN-GROUND LOCK,NLG (D23080000)
R - for the MLG remove the SLEEVE-GROUND LOCK (460007280).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A321
Aug 01/11

SYR
(12) On the panel 400VU, move the landing-gear control lever to the UP
position then to the DOWN position. Do this step 3 times.
NOTE : The landing gear and landing gear doors operate.

____
(13) Install the safety locks on the landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-
001):
R - for the NLG install the PIN-GROUND LOCK,NLG (D23080000)
R - for the MLG install the SLEEVE-GROUND LOCK (460007280).
(15) Lower the aircraft (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-002).
Subtask 12-36-29-281-050
C. Sampling Procedure
(1) Take a sample from the Green hydraulic system and make an analysis
(Ref. TASK 12-32-29-281-001).
(2) If the particle contamination is more than NSA307110 class 9, do the

procedure again.
Subtask 12-36-29-010-079
D. Get Access
Subtask 12-36-29-869-065
E. Make sure that the clogging indicators on the filters 1002GM, 1048GM,
1084GM and 2584GM are in (the filter is not clogged).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A322
Aug 01/11

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-109
delivery connector 1008GM.
(2) Disconnect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart from the
suction connector 1006GM.
(3) Connect the PTU isolation coupling (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-002).
(4) Remove the warning notices and safety barriers.
Subtask 12-36-29-410-067
B. Close Access
items.
Subtask 12-36-29-860-112

002).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A323
May 01/11
R
SYR
TASK 12-36-29-600-005
Reclamation of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Yellow Hydraulic System
_______

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To decrease the particle contamination of the hydraulic fluid in the Yellow

2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A324
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Transfer Unit (PTU)
Transfer Unit (PTU)
32-51-00-720-003 Functional Test of the Nose Wheel Steering with the
Handwheel
R 34-10-00-860-004 IR Alignment Procedure
the CFDS
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-114
Subtask 12-36-29-010-080
B. Get Access
the UNLOCKED position.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A325
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 12-36-29-860-113
C. Preparation for the Reclamation
(1) Disconnect the PTU isolation coupling (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-001).
R delivery connector 3008GM.
(3) Connect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the suction
connector 3006GM.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-960-064
001).
001).
43-610-010).
Subtask 12-36-29-869-077
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.

002).
position then to the RET position. Do this step 3 times.

____

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A326
May 01/11

SYR
R 1
_ Align the ADIRS (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).
R 2
_ For the spoiler 1,2,3 and 4:
R - On the center pedestal, set the SPEED BRAKE control lever to
R FULL.
R - On the lower ECAM display unit, the F/CTL page shows the
R related spoiler extended.
R NOTE : If you cannot get extension of the spoiler:

____
R - On the overhead panel 20VU, on the ADIRS CDU, release
R the ADR1, ADR2, ADR3 pushbutton switches (the OFF
R legends come on), then push the ADR1, ADR2, ADR3
R pushbutton switches (the OFF legends go off).
(b) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully forward and
fully rearward. Do this step 3 times.
NOTE : The RH elevator operates.

____
(c) At the captain or first officer position, push the LH pedal fully
forward (and release it) then the RH pedal fully forward (and
release it). Do this step 3 times.

____
(d) On the panel 114VU, move the flap/slat lever to the FULL position
then to the 0 deg. position. Do this step 2 times.

____
(e) On the center pedestal, turn one of the pitch-trim control wheels
to the DN stop then to the UP stop. Do this step 3 times. Turn
the pitch-trim control wheel to the 0 deg. position.

____
(4) On the ground service panel, make sure that the selector valve 2500MJ
is in the E PUMP position.
(5) On the cargo-compartment door control-panels, put and hold the

selectors in the OPEN position until the cargo compartment doors are
open. Put and hold the selectors in the CLOSE position until the
cargo compartment doors are closed. Do this step 2 times.
NOTE : The FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors operate.

____
(6) Operate the thrust reverser of engine 2 (Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-041).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A327
May 01/11

SYR
(7) Operate the nose wheel steering (Ref. TASK 32-51-00-720-003).
Subtask 12-36-29-281-051
(1) Take a sample from the Yellow hydraulic system and make an analysis
(Ref. TASK 12-32-29-281-001).

procedure again.
Subtask 12-36-29-010-081
D. Get Access
(1) Open the access door 196BB.
Subtask 12-36-29-869-070
E. Make sure that the clogging indicators on the filters 3002GM, 3048GM and
3084GM are in (the filter is not clogged).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-115
(1) Connect the PTU isolation coupling (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-002).
the LOCKED position.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A328
May 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 12-36-29-410-069
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access doors 196BB, 198CB.
Subtask 12-36-29-860-116

002).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A329
May 01/11
R
SYR
TASK 12-36-29-600-006
Reclamation of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Blue Hydraulic System
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To decrease the particle contamination of the hydraulic fluid in the Blue

2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
(2084GM)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-119

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A330
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 12-36-29-010-082
B. Get Access
Subtask 12-36-29-860-118
C. Preparation for the Reclamation Procedure
(2) Connect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the suction
connector 2006GM.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-960-065
001).
001).
43-610-001).
Subtask 12-36-29-869-078
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.

002).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A331
May 01/11

SYR

____

____

____
times.

____
and then to the 0 deg. position. Do this step 2 times.

____
Subtask 12-36-29-281-052
(1) Take a sample from the Blue hydraulic system and make an analysis
(Ref. TASK 12-32-29-281-001).

procedure again.
Subtask 12-36-29-010-083
D. Open the access panels 195BB, 197FB.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A332
May 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 12-36-29-869-073
E. Make sure that the clogging indicators on the filters 2002GM, 2048GM and
2084GM are in (the filter is not clogged).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-117
Subtask 12-36-29-410-070
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access panel/doors 195BB, 197FB, 197EB.
Subtask 12-36-29-860-120

002).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A333
May 01/11
R
SYR
TASK 12-36-29-615-001
Clean the Fluid in the Green Hydraulic System

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To remove water, chlorinated solvent and particles from the hydraulic fluid
of the Green hydraulic system.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

HSPA181-380J 1 HYDRAULIC PURIFIER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A334
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Transfer Unit (PTU)
Transfer Unit (PTU)
12-36-29-991-017 Fig. 317
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-089
(3) To isolate the PTU:

- disconnect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-
860-001) or
- on panel 40VU at the overhead panel, push the PTU pushbutton switch
(OFF light comes on).
(4) Look at the quantity indicator on the hydraulic reservoir and make
sure:
- that the fluid level is correct, add fluid as necessary (Ref. TASK
12-12-29-611-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A335
May 01/11
R
SYR
(5) Look at the air pressure gage on the hydraulic reservoir and make
sure:
- that the air pressure in the reservoir of the Green System is 50
psi, pressurize the hydraulic reservoir as necessary (Ref. TASK 29-
14-00-614-002).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 12-36-29-010-097
B. Get Access
(1) Open the left main landing gear door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 317/TASK 12-36-29-991-017)
Subtask 12-36-29-615-050
A. Clean the Fluid in the Green Hydraulic System
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE
_______
LANDING GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
_______
ARE CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM.
(1) Prepare the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER (HSPA181-380J) as given in the

subsequent steps:
(a) Make sure that the hydraulic fluid content indicator (2) shows
the maximum fill level.
- If necessary fill the reservoir of the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER
(HSPA181-380J) with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003)
through the fill connection (21).
(b) Connect the electrical connection (20) of the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER

(HSPA181-380J).
(c) Set the main switch (15) to the ON position:

- The white power on light (19) comes on.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A336
May 01/11
R
SYR
Hydraulic Purifier
Figure 317/TASK 12-36-29-991-017

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A337
May 01/11
R
SYR
(d) Make sure that the red light (18) does not come on.
- If the red light (18) comes on, the rotary direction of the
internal electrical pump is not correct. Change two phases of
the electrical connection.
(e) Turn the switch (14) to the START position.
(f) Set the switch (16) to the ON position.
(g) Fill the reservoir of the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER (HSPA181-380J) with

HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003) through the fill
connection (21) until the hydraulic fluid quantity is in the
middle between the MIN and MAX mark of the hydraulic fluid
content indicator (2).
(h) Make sure that all values shown on the gages:

- inlet oil temperature (5),
- outlet pressure (6),
- inlet pressure (7) and
- chamber vacuum (8)
are in the given limits.
(i) Turn the switch (14) to the AUTOMATIC position.
(j) Close the fill connection of the (21) HYDRAULIC PURIFIER

(HSPA181-380J).
(k) After approximately 30 minutes:

- Set the switch (13) to the OFF position.
- Set the main switch (15) to the OFF position.
R (l) Put a CONTAINER 5 L(1 1/2 USGAL) below the valve (4).
(m) Open the valve (4) to remove collected water.
(2) Do the cleaning procedure of the Green hydraulic system as follows:
(a) Make sure that the hydraulic system of the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER
(HSPA181-380J) is depressurized. The low pressure indicator (10)
and the high pressure indicator (9) must show 0.
- If necessary depressurize the hydraulic system by opening the
drain valves (3).
(b) Make sure that the drain valves (3) are closed.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A338
May 01/11

SYR
(c) Connect the hydraulic lines (1) of the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER
(HSPA181-380J) to the aircraft connectors
- 1006GM suction
- 1008GM delivery.
(d) Set the main switch (15) to the ON position:

(g) Make sure that all values shown on the gages:

(h) Turn the switch (14) to the AUTOMATIC position.
(i) Set the main pump switch (17) to the ON position.
(j) Make sure that the low pressure indicator (10) shows the same
pressure as shown on the gage of the Green hydraulic reservoir.
If necessary, adjust the pressure with the pressure control valve
(11).
(k) Make sure that the value shown on the high pressure gage (9) is
in the given limit.
(l) Look at the water content indicator (22) to examine the water
content of the hydraulic fluid.
NOTE : The water content indicator is optional available for the

____
HYDRAULIC PURIFIER (HSPA181-380J). If your HYDRAULIC
PURIFIER (HSPA181-380J) has no water content indicator,
you must take a hydraulic fluid sample (Ref. TASK 12-32-
29-281-001).
(m) Obey the fluid level of the Green hydraulic reservoir during the
cleaning procedure. You can adjust the reservoir level with the
pressure control valve (11).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A339
May 01/11
R
SYR
(n) To make a fluid flow in the Green hydraulic system operate the
subsequent hydraulic users 2 times minimum every 30 minutes:
- the rudder,
- the ailerons,
- the elevators,
- the flaps,
- the slats,
- the brakes,
- the landing gear doors and
- the trimmable horizontal stabilizer.
(o) Do a check of the water content indicator (22) at the HYDRAULIC

PURIFIER (HSPA181-380J) or take a hydraulic fluid sample
(Ref. TASK 12-32-29-281-001).
(p) If the water content is still high, continue with the cleaning
procedure.
(q) Stop the cleaning procedure when the water content indicator
(22), or the analysis of the hydraulic fluid sample gives a low
water content.
(r) Adjust the correct hydraulic fluid level in the Green hydraulic
reservoir by operating the pressure control valve (11).
(s) Set the main pump switch (12) to OFF.
(t) Set the switch (13) to OFF.
(u) Set the main switch (15) to OFF.
(v) Disconnect the hydraulic lines (1) of the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER

(HSPA181-380J) from the aircraft connectors.
(w) Disconnect the electrical connection (20) of the HYDRAULIC

PURIFIER (HSPA181-380J).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A340
May 01/11
R
SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-090
(1) To connect the PTU (refer to the job set-up):

- connect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
002) or
- on panel 40VU at the overhead panel, push and release the PTU
pushbutton switch (OFF light goes off).
sure:
12-12-29-611-001).
sure:
14-00-614-002).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
Subtask 12-36-29-410-084
B. Close Access
items.
(2) CLose the left main landing gear door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A341
May 01/11
R
SYR
TASK 12-36-29-615-002
Clean the Fluid in the Yellow Hydraulic System

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
of the Yellow hydraulic system.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A342
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Transfer Unit (PTU)
Transfer Unit (PTU)
12-36-29-991-017 Fig. 317
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-091

002).
(3) To isolate the PTU:

- disconnect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-
860-001) or
- on panel 40VU at the overhead panel, push the PTU pushbutton switch
(OFF light comes on).
sure:
12-12-29-611-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A343
May 01/11
R
SYR
sure:
- that the air pressure in the reservoir of the Yellow System is 50
14-00-614-002).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 12-36-29-010-098
B. Get Access
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 317/TASK 12-36-29-991-017)
Subtask 12-36-29-615-051
A. Clean the Fluid in the Yellow Hydraulic System
_______
LANDING GEAR.
_______
SYSTEM.

subsequent steps:

(HSPA181-380J).


EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A344
May 01/11
R
SYR



(HSPA181-380J).

(2) Do the cleaning procedure of the Yellow hydraulic system as follows:
drain valves (3).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A345
May 01/11

SYR
- 3006GM suction
- 3008GM delivery.


pressure as shown on the gage of the Yellow hydraulic reservoir.
If necessary, adjust the pressure with the pressure control valve
(11).
in the given limit.

____
29-281-001).
(m) Obey the fluid level of the Yellow hydraulic reservoir during the

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A346
May 01/11
R
SYR
(n) To make a fluid flow in the Yellow hydraulic system operate the
- the rudder,
- the spoilers,
- the elevators,
- the flaps,
- the parking brake,
- the cargo doors and
- the trimmable horizontal stabilizer.

(Ref. TASK 12-32-29-281-001).
procedure.
water content.
(r) Adjust the correct hydraulic fluid level in the Yellow hydraulic


5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-092
(1) To connect the PTU (refer to the job set-up):

- connect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
002) or
- on panel 40VU at the overhead panel, push and release the PTU
pushbutton switch (OFF light goes off).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A347
May 01/11
R
SYR
sure:
12-12-29-611-001).
sure:
14-00-614-002).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
Subtask 12-36-29-410-085
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access door 196BB.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A348
May 01/11
R
SYR
TASK 12-36-29-615-003
Clean the Fluid in the Blue Hydraulic System

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
of the Blue hydraulic system
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A349
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
12-36-29-991-017 Fig. 317
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-093
sure:
12-12-29-611-001).
sure:
- that the air pressure in the reservoir of the Blue System is 50
14-00-614-002).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A350
May 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 12-36-29-010-099
B. Get Access
(2) Open the access door 197FB.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 317/TASK 12-36-29-991-017)
Subtask 12-36-29-615-052
A. Clean the Fluid in the Blue Hydraulic System
_______
LANDING GEAR.
_______
SYSTEM.

subsequent steps:

(HSPA181-380J).


EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A351
May 01/11
R
SYR


(HSPA181-380J).

(2) Do the cleaning procedure of the Blue hydraulic system as follows:
drain valves (3).

- 2006GM suction
- 2008GM delivery.


EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A352
May 01/11

SYR
pressure as shown on the gage of the Blue hydraulic reservoir. If
necessary, adjust the pressure with the pressure control valve
(11).
in the given limit.

____
29-281-001).
(m) Obey the fluid level of the Blue hydraulic reservoir during the
(n) To make a fluid flow in the Blue hydraulic system operate the
- the rudder,
- the ailerons,
- the elevators,
- the spoilers and
- the slats.

(Ref. TASK 12-32-29-281-001).
procedure.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A353
May 01/11
R
SYR
water content.
(r) Adjust the correct hydraulic fluid level in the Blue hydraulic


5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-860-094
sure:
12-12-29-611-001).
sure:
14-00-614-002).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
Subtask 12-36-29-410-086
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access door 197EB.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A354
May 01/11
R
SYR
(3) Close the access door 197FB.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A355
May 01/11
R
SYR
TASK 12-36-29-600-007
Change of the Hydraulic Fluid of the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Tool -
Hydraulic Fluid Change (DH0501)
WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM COMPONENTS FOR A SHORT TIME AFTER
_______
THE ENGINE IS SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE COMPONENTS STAY HOT FOR SOME TIME
AND CAN CAUSE INJURY.
_______
_______

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To change the type of hydraulic fluid, or to change the hydraulic fluid if

the contamination is out of tolerance.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 CONTAINER 3 L(3/4 USGAL)
R No specific 1 GROUND POWER CART - HYDRAULIC, RESERVOIR MIN. 150 L
R No specific 1 PLUG - BLANKING (E0052R8B3APNE TYPE)
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
DH0501 1 TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
98D12308351000 1 HOSES FOR FLUID CHANGE, LP

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A356
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
External Power
System
Electric Pump
12-36-29-991-018 Fig. 318
R **ON A/C 001-002,
12-36-29-991-024 Fig. 319

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A357
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 003-099,
R 12-36-29-991-024-A Fig. 319A
R **ON A/C 001-002,
12-36-29-991-019 Fig. 320
R **ON A/C 003-099,
R 12-36-29-991-019-A Fig. 320A
R **ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 12-36-29-860-121
(1) On the Yellow HP manifold (3011GM), disconnect the pressure switch

(3151GN) and (10CE3), and on the free end make a short circuit
R between the pins A and B with a PLUG - BLANKING (E0052R8B3APNE TYPE).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the LEAK
MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switch is released (the OFF legend is
on).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A358
May 01/11

SYR
R **ON A/C 003-099,
R Subtask 12-36-29-860-121-A
R (1) On the Yellow HP manifold (3014GM), disconnect the pressure switch

R (3151GN) and (10CE3). On the free end, make a short circuit between
R the pins A and B with a PLUG - BLANKING (E0052R8B3APNE TYPE).
R (2) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
R (3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the LEAK
R MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switch is released (the OFF legend is
R on).
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-36-29-865-056
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-36-29-010-100
C. Get Access
(3) Open the right main landing gear door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
Subtask 12-36-29-680-053
D. Drain the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
680-002).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A359
May 01/11

SYR
R **ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 12-36-29-860-122
R (1) Set the GROUND POWER CART - HYDRAULIC, RESERVOIR MIN. 150 L to the
correct configuration:
(a) Make sure that the hydraulic ground power supply reservoir is
filled with new HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003).
(b) Make sure that no chlorinated solvent has been used to flush the
tool lines.
(c) Set the hydraulic ground power supply to the cart reservoir
configuration.
(d) Open the by-pass valve.
(e) Start the hydraulic ground power supply.
(f) Adjust the hydraulic ground power supply to a flow of 45/lmn

approx. and stop the hydraulic ground power supply.
WARNING : PROTECT YOUR HANDS AND FACE FROM THE GAS WHICH COMES
_______
OUT WHEN YOU OPEN THE MANUAL DEPRESSURIZATION VALVE OF
THE RESERVOIRS. IT IS POSSIBLE THAT THE GAS IS HOT AND
CONTAINS HYDRAULIC FLUID.
(2) Set the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) to the correct
configuration.
(Ref. Fig. 318/TASK 12-36-29-991-018, 319/TASK 12-36-29-991-024,
320/TASK 12-36-29-991-019)
(a) Put the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) in a position,

where you can monitor the hydraulic fluid quantity indicator
1834GQ on the Green ground service panel during the procedure.
(b) Put the selector valve 1134GQ in the position for the Yellow
hydraulic reservoir.
NOTE : Make sure that the Yellow reservoir depressurization valve

____
is open when you set the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) to the correct configuration.

R

EFF :

001-002, 12-36-29

Page A360
May 01/11

SYR
Location of the Components in the Yellow Hydraulic System (Sheet 1)
Figure 318/TASK 12-36-29-991-018

R

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A361
May 01/11

SYR
Connection of the Tools in the Yellow Hydraulic System (Sheet 2)
Figure 319/TASK 12-36-29-991-024

R

EFF :

001-002, 12-36-29

Page A362
May 01/11

SYR
R Connection of the Tools in the Yellow Hydraulic System (Sheet 2)
R Figure 319A/TASK 12-36-29-991-024-A

R

EFF :

003-099, 12-36-29

Page A363
May 01/11

SYR
Yellow Hydraulic System - Schematic Diagram

R

EFF :

001-002, 12-36-29

Page A364
May 01/11

SYR
Yellow Hydraulic System - Schematic Diagram

R

EFF :

001-002, 12-36-29

Page A365
May 01/11

SYR
(c) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) close the valve V1.
(d) Connect the connector LP1 of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) to the LP connector of the hydraulic ground power
supply.
(e) Connect the HP1 connector of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) to the HP connector of the hydraulic ground power
supply.
(f) Connect the LP3 connector of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) to the suction connector of the ground service panel.
(g) On the HP manifold (3011GM):
1
_ Remove the Yellow HP filter (3048GM) (Ref. TASK 29-13-45-610-
001).
2
_ Install a dummy bowl of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) in place of the Yellow HP filter (3048GM).
3
_ Connect the HP2 line to the dummy bowl and to the valve V2.
(h) On the LP filter (3002GM):
R 1
_ Put a CONTAINER 3 L(3/4 USGAL) below the LP filter (3002GM).
2
_ Cut, remove and discard the lockwire between the filter bowl
and the filter head.
3
_ Remove the filter bowl.
(i) On the LP manifold (3003GM):

(Ref. Fig. 318/TASK 12-36-29-991-018, 319/TASK 12-36-29-991-024)
R 1
_ Put a CONTAINER 3 L(3/4 USGAL) below the Yellow LP manifold
(3003GM).
CAUTION : USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY COUNTERTORQUE TO THE

_______
UNION WHEN YOU DISCONNECT/CONNECT HYDRAULIC LINES ON
UNIONS. IF YOU USE THE SECOND WRENCH, YOU WILL NOT
LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE UNION TOO MUCH.
2
_ Disconnect the hydraulic line from the check valve (3017GM).
3
_ Remove the check valve (3017GM) with its O-ring from the
manifold.

R

EFF :

001-002, 12-36-29

Page A366
May 01/11

SYR
4
_ Install the T-fitting in the open port of the manifold.
5
_ Install the check valve with its O-ring in the open port of
the T-fitting.
6
_ Connect the hydraulic line with the check valve.
7
_ Connect the LP2 line of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) with the T-fitting. Use the HOSES FOR FLUID CHANGE,
LP (98D12308351000) for the connection.
(3) Start the hydraulic ground power supply and make sure that the
pressure read on the gage of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) is 4.0 bar (58.0150 psi).
(4) Stop the hydraulic ground power supply.
R **ON A/C 003-099,
R Subtask 12-36-29-860-122-A
R E. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
R correct configuration:
R (a) Make sure that the hydraulic ground power supply reservoir is
R filled with new HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003).
R (b) Make sure that no chlorinated solvent has been used to flush the
R tool lines.
R (c) Set the hydraulic ground power supply to the cart reservoir
R configuration.
R (d) Open the by-pass valve.
R (e) Start the hydraulic ground power supply.
R (f) Adjust the hydraulic ground power supply to a flow of 45/lmn

R approx. and stop the hydraulic ground power supply.
R WARNING : PROTECT YOUR HANDS AND FACE FROM THE GAS WHICH COMES
_______
R OUT WHEN YOU OPEN THE MANUAL DEPRESSURIZATION VALVE OF
R THE RESERVOIRS. IT IS POSSIBLE THAT THE GAS IS HOT AND
R CONTAINS HYDRAULIC FLUID.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A367
May 01/11

SYR
R (2) Set the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) to the correct
R configuration.
R (Ref. Fig. 318/TASK 12-36-29-991-018, 319A/TASK 12-36-29-991-024-A,
320A/TASK 12-36-29-991-019-A)
R (a) Put the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) in a position,

R where you can monitor the hydraulic fluid quantity indicator
R 1834GQ on the Green ground service panel during the procedure.
R (b) Put the selector valve 1134GQ in the position for the Yellow
R hydraulic reservoir. Make sure that the Yellow reservoir
R depressurization valve is open when you set the TOOL - HYDRAULIC
R FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) to the correct configuration.
R (c) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) close the valve V1.
R (d) Connect the connector LP1 of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
R (DH0501) to the LP connector of the hydraulic ground power
R supply.
R (e) Connect the HP1 connector of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
R (DH0501) to the HP connector of the hydraulic ground power
R supply.
R (f) Connect the LP3 connector of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
R (DH0501) to the suction connector of the ground service panel.
R (g) On the HP manifold (3014GM):
R 1
_ Remove the Yellow HP filter (3048GM) (Ref. TASK 29-13-45-610-
R 001).
R 2
R (DH0501) in place of the Yellow HP filter (3048GM).
R 3
R (h) On the LP filter (3002GM):
R 1
_ Put a CONTAINER 3 L(3/4 USGAL) below the LP filter (3002GM).
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE

_______
R LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS
R YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND
R YOU.

R

EFF :

003-099, 12-36-29

Page A368
May 01/11

SYR
R 2
_ Cut, remove and discard the lockwire between the filter bowl
R and the filter head.
R 3
_ Remove the filter bowl.
R (i) On the LP manifold (3003GM):

R (Ref. Fig. 318/TASK 12-36-29-991-018, 319A/TASK 12-36-29-991-024-
A)
R 1
_ Put a CONTAINER 3 L(3/4 USGAL) below the Yellow LP manifold
R (3003GM).
R CAUTION : USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY COUNTERTORQUE TO THE

_______
R UNION WHEN YOU DISCONNECT/CONNECT HYDRAULIC LINES ON
R UNIONS. IF YOU USE THE SECOND WRENCH, YOU WILL NOT
R LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE UNION TOO MUCH.
R 2
_ Disconnect the hydraulic line from the check valve (3017GM).
R 3
_ Remove the check valve (3017GM) with its O-ring from the
R manifold.
R 4
_ Install the T-fitting in the open port of the manifold.
R 5
_ Install the check valve with its O-ring in the open port of
R the T-fitting.
R 6
_ Connect the hydraulic line with the check valve.
R 7
_ Connect the LP2 line of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
R (DH0501) with the T-fitting. Use the HOSES FOR FLUID CHANGE,
R LP (98D12308351000) for the connection.
R (3) Start the hydraulic ground power supply and make sure that the
R pressure read on the gage of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
R (DH0501) is 4.0 bar (58.0150 psi).
R (4) Stop the hydraulic ground power supply.

R

EFF :

003-099, 12-36-29

Page A369
May 01/11

SYR
R Yellow Hydraulic System - Schematic Diagram
R Figure 320A/TASK 12-36-29-991-019-A12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

003-099, 12-36-29

Page A370
May 01/11

SYR
R Yellow Hydraulic System - Schematic Diagram
R Figure 320A/TASK 12-36-29-991-019-A22 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

003-099, 12-36-29

Page A371
May 01/11

SYR
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-36-29-611-064
F. Fill the Yellow Hydraulic Reservoir as follows:
(1) Open the depressurization valve (3087GM) of the Yellow reservoir

(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
(2) Open the valve V1 of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) and
start the hydraulic ground power supply.
(3) Fill the Yellow reservoir until the fluid is at the upper limit on
the visual indicator.
(4) Close the valve V1.
(5) Close the depressurization valve of the Yellow reservoir.
(6) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-

002).
(7) Disconnect the outboard air supply.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-611-065
A. Change of the Hydraulic Fluid
NOTE : Obey the fluid level of the Yellow reservoir during the procedure.
____
Adjust the fluid level with the valve V1 when it decreases.
(1) Change the fluid in the suction, pressure and case drain lines of the
Yellow Engine Driven Pump (3030GD):
(a) Start the hydraulic ground power supply.
(b) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501):

- Make sure that the valve V1 is open and keep it open during the
full procedure.
(c) Do the dry motoring of the engine No.2 (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-
045).
NOTE : Obey the starter limits for dry motoring.

____

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A372
May 01/11

SYR
(d) Open the valve V2 until you collect approximately 10 l (2.6416
USgal) hydraulic fluid.
NOTE : The system pressure can decrease to 0 during dry motoring.

____
(e) Close the valve V2.
(f) Stop the dry motoring of the engine No.2 (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-
045).
Yellow Electric Pump (3075GX):
(a) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501):

- Make sure that the valve V1 is open.
(b) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system with the E-pump (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001).
(c) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501):

- Open the valve V2 until you collect 4 liters of fluid.
(d) Close the valve V2.
(e) Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-

001).
(3) Change the fluid in the supply and return lines of the primary
servocontrols and the cargo door system:
_______
(a) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, release the LEAK

MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y P/BSW (the OFF legend is off).
(b) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) open the valve V1
and keep it open during the full procedure.

____
(c) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system with the E-pump (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001). Make sure that the system pressure shown on
the ECAM SD and on the pressure gauge of the system accumulator
is correct.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A373
May 01/11
R
SYR
(d) In the cockpit, operate the flight controls.
(e) On the panel 11VU, move the GND SPLRS ARMED lever to the FULL

____
(f) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully to the left

____
(g) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully forward and

____
(h) At the captain or first officer position, push the LH pedal fully
times.

____
(i) On the panel 114VU, move the flap/slat lever to the FULL position
NOTE : The flaps operate.

____
(j) Open and close the FWD and AFT cargo doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-001) and (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002). Do this step 5 times.
(k) Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-

001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-610-069
A. Replace the filter element of the LP filter (3002GM) (Ref. TASK 29-13-44-
610-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A374
May 01/11
R
SYR
R **ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 12-36-29-860-123
CAUTION : USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY COUNTERTORQUE TO THE UNION WHEN

_______
YOU DISCONNECT/CONNECT HYDRAULIC LINES ON UNIONS. IF YOU USE
THE SECOND WRENCH, YOU WILL NOT LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE UNION TOO
MUCH.
MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switch is set to off (the OFF legend
is on).
R (2) On the Yellow HP manifold (3011GM), remove the PLUG - BLANKING

R (E0052R8B3APNE TYPE) from the pressure switches (3151GN) and (10CE3)
and connect the pressure switches (3151GN) and (10CE3).
(3) Close the valves V1 and V2 on the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501).
(4) Disconnect the LP2 line from the T-fitting.
(5) Remove the hydraulic line from the check valve (3017GM).
(6) Remove the check valve from the T-fitting.
(7) Remove the T-fitting from the LP manifold (3003GM).
(8) Install the check valve with a new O-ring in the manifold.
(9) TORQUE the check valve to between 3.0 and 3.3 m.daN (22.12 and 24.33
lbf.ft).
(10) Install the hydraulic line at the check valve.
(11) TORQUE the hydraulic line to between 2.9 and 3.2 m.daN (21.38 and
23.59 lbf.ft).
(12) Disconnect the HP1 and HP2 lines between the aircraft and the TOOL -
HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501).
(13) Disconnect all the lines between the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) and the hydraulic power cart.

R

EFF :

001-002, 12-36-29

Page A375
May 01/11

SYR
(14) Remove the dummy bowl of the HP hydraulic filter (3048GM) and replace
the filter element (Ref. TASK 29-13-45-610-001).
(15) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-

002).
(16) Operate the flight controls and monitor the reservoir level. If
necessary fill the Yellow hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-
611-002).

R **ON A/C 003-099,
R Subtask 12-36-29-860-123-A
R B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
R CAUTION : USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY COUNTERTORQUE TO THE UNION WHEN

_______
R YOU DISCONNECT/CONNECT HYDRAULIC LINES ON UNIONS. IF YOU USE
R THE SECOND WRENCH, YOU WILL NOT LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE UNION TOO
R MUCH.
R (1) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the LEAK
R MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switch is set to off (the OFF legend
R is on).
R (2) On the Yellow HP manifold (3014GM), remove the PLUG - BLANKING

R (E0052R8B3APNE TYPE) from the pressure switches (3151GN) and (10CE3)
R and connect the pressure switches (3151GN) and (10CE3).
R (3) Close the valves V1 and V2 on the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
R (DH0501).
R (4) Disconnect the LP2 line from the T-fitting.
R (5) Remove the hydraulic line from the check valve (3017GM).
R (6) Remove the check valve from the T-fitting.
R (7) Remove the T-fitting from the LP manifold (3003GM).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A376
May 01/11

SYR
R (8) Install the check valve with a new O-ring in the manifold.
R (9) TORQUE the check valve to between 3.0 and 3.3 m.daN (22.12 and 24.33
R lbf.ft).
R (10) Install the hydraulic line at the check valve.
R (11) TORQUE the hydraulic line to between 2.9 and 3.2 m.daN (21.38 and
R 23.59 lbf.ft).
R (12) Disconnect the HP1 and HP2 lines between the aircraft and the TOOL -
R HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501).
R (13) Disconnect all the lines between the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
R (DH0501) and the hydraulic power cart.
R (14) Remove the dummy bowl of the HP hydraulic filter (3048GM) and replace
R the filter element (Ref. TASK 29-13-45-610-001).
R (15) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-

R 002).
R (16) Operate the flight controls and monitor the reservoir level. If
R necessary fill the Yellow hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-
R 611-002).
R (17) After one week of aircraft operation, do a new sampling of the

R hydraulic fluid (Ref. TASK 12-32-29-281-001).
R (19) Remove the containers.
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 12-36-29-865-057
breaker(s):
2701GJ, 2702GJ.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A377
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 12-36-29-410-087
D. Close Access
items.
(3) Close the access doors 198BB and 196CB.
(4) Close the right main landing gear door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A378
May 01/11
R
SYR
TASK 12-36-29-600-008
Change of the Hydraulic Fluid of the Green Hydraulic System with the Tool -
WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM COMPONENTS FOR A SHORT TIME AFTER
_______
THE ENGINE IS SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE COMPONENTS STAY HOT FOR SOME TIME
AND CAN CAUSE INJURY.
_______
_______

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R No specific 1 GROUND POWER CART - HYDRAULIC, RESERVOIR MIN. 150 L
R No specific 1 PLUG - BLANKING
R No specific 1 PLUG - BLANKING (E0052R8B3APNE TYPE)

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A379
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
External Power
System
Gear Doors
32-30-00-867-001 Retraction of the Landing Gear for Maintenance
32-30-00-867-002 Extension of the Landing Gear after Maintenance
12-36-29-991-020 Fig. 321
12-36-29-991-021 Fig. 322

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A380
May 01/11
R
SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-124
(1) On the Green HP manifold (1011GM), disconnect the pressure switch

R between the pins A and B with a PLUG - BLANKING (E0052R8B3APNE TYPE).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
MEASUREMENT VALVES/G pushbutton switch is released (the OFF legend is
on).
Subtask 12-36-29-865-058
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-36-29-010-101
C. Get Access
(1) Open the left main landing gear door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
Subtask 12-36-29-680-054
D. Drain the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
680-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A381
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 12-36-29-860-125
tool lines.
configuration.

_______
configuration.
(Ref. Fig. 321/TASK 12-36-29-991-020, 322/TASK 12-36-29-991-021)

(b) Put the selector valve 1134GQ in the position for the Green
NOTE : Make sure that the Green reservoir depressurization valve

____

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A382
May 01/11

SYR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-36-29

Page A383
Aug 01/11

SYR
Connection of the Tools to the Green Hydraulic System

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A384
May 01/11
R
SYR
Connection of the Tools to the Green Hydraulic System

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A385
May 01/11
R
SYR
Green Hydraulic System - Schematic Diagram

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A386
May 01/11
R
SYR
Green Hydraulic System - Schematic Diagram

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A387
May 01/11
R
SYR
supply.
supply.
1
_ Remove the Green HP filter (1048GM) (Ref. TASK 29-11-45-610-
001).
2
(DH0501) in place of the Green HP filter (1048GM).
3
1
_ Disconnect the tube from the outlet side of the LP filter
(1002GM).
2
_ Put a PLUG - BLANKING in the open port of the tube.
3
_ Connect the LP filter (1002GM) with the LP2 line. Use the
HOSES FOR FLUID CHANGE, LP (98D12308351000) for the
connection.
(DH0501) is 4.0 bar (58.0150 psi).
Subtask 12-36-29-611-067
F. Fill the Green Hydraulic Reservoir as follows:
(1) Open the depressurization valve (1087GM) of the Green reservoir

(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A388
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
(3) Fill the Green reservoir until the fluid is at the upper limit on the
visual indicator.
(5) Close the depressurization valve of the Green reservoir.
(6) Pressurize the Green hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-

002).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-611-068
NOTE : Obey the fluid level of the Green reservoir during the procedure.
____
Green Engine Driven Pump (1030GK):

____

- Make sure that the valve V1 is open and keep it open during the
full procedure.
(c) Do the dry motoring of the engine No.2 (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-
045).
NOTE : Obey the starter limits for dry motoring.

____
(d) Open the valve V2 until you collect approximately 10 l (2.6416

USgal) hydraulic fluid.
NOTE : The system pressure can decrease to 0 during dry motoring.

____
(e) Close the valve V2.
(f) Stop the dry motoring of the engine No.2 (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-
045).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A389
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
servocontrols:
_______
(a) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, push the LEAK MEASUREMENT
VALVES/G P/BSW (the OFF legend is off).
(b) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) open the valve V1
(c) Pressurize the Green hydraulic system with the Power Transfer
Unit (PTU) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001). Make sure that the
pressure shown on the ECAM SD and on the gauge of the system
accumulator is correct.
(d) In the cockpit, operate the flight controls.
(e) On the panel 11VU, move the GND SPLRS ARMED lever to the FULL

____
(f) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully to the left
NOTE : The ailerons and the spoilers 1 LH and RH operate.

____
(g) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully forward and

____
(h) At the captain or first officer position, push the LH pedal fully
times.

____
(i) On the panel 114VU, move the flap/slat lever to the FULL position

____

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A390
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
(3) Change the fluid in the supply and return lines of the landing gear
system with the PTU:
(a) Lift the aircraft on jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001).
(b) Make sure that the LP2 and HP2 lines are not in the area of the
landing gear to prevent damage during the retraction and
extension of the landing gear.
(c) Make sure that the safety devices are correctly installed on the
landing gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002). The main landing
gear doors must stay open during the retraction and extension of
the landing gear.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR
_______
ARE CLEAR.
(d) Retract and extend the landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-30-00-867-001)
and (Ref. TASK 32-30-00-867-002). Do this step 3 times.
(e) Depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-

001).
(f) Lower the aircraft (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-610-070
A. Replace the filter element of the LP filter (1002GM) (Ref. TASK 29-11-44-
610-001).
Subtask 12-36-29-860-126
MEASUREMENT VALVES/G pushbutton switch is set to off (the OFF legend
is on).
(2) On the Green HP manifold (1011GM), remove the PLUG - BLANKING

(E0052R8B3APNE TYPE) from the pressure switches (1151GN) and (10CE2)
(DH0501).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A391
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
(4) Disconnect the LP2 line from the LP filter (1002GM). Remove the
blanking plug from the tube and connect the tube to the outlet side
of the LP filter (1002GM).
(8) Pressurize the Green hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-

002).
necessary fill the Green hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-
002).

Subtask 12-36-29-865-059
breaker(s):
2701GJ, 2702GJ.
Subtask 12-36-29-410-088
D. Close Access
items.
(4) Close the left main landing gear door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A392
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
TASK 12-36-29-600-009
Change of the Hydraulic Fluid of the Blue Hydraulic System with the Tool -
_______
_______

_______
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 GROUND POWER CART - HYDRAULIC, RESERVOIR MIN. 150 L
No specific 1 PLUG - BLANKING
No specific 1 PLUG - BLANKING (E0052R8B3APNE TYPE)

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A393
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
External Power
System
Power Supply
(2084GM)
12-36-29-991-022 Fig. 323
12-36-29-991-023 Fig. 324

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A394
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 12-36-29-860-127
(1) On the Blue HP manifold (2011GM), disconnect the pressure switch

between the pins A and B with a PLUG - BLANKING (E0052R8B3APNE TYPE).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
MEASUREMENT VALVES/B pushbutton switch is released (the OFF legend is
on).
Subtask 12-36-29-865-060
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 12-36-29-010-102
C. Get Access
(3) Open the left or right main landing gear door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-
010-001).
(4) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE below the MLG bay.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A395
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 12-36-29-680-055
D. Drain the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-680-
003).
Subtask 12-36-29-860-128
(1) Set the GROUND POWER CART - HYDRAULIC, RESERVOIR MIN. 150 L to the
tool lines.
configuration.

_______
configuration.
(Ref. Fig. 323/TASK 12-36-29-991-022, 324/TASK 12-36-29-991-023)

(b) Put the selector valve 1134GQ in the position for the Blue
NOTE : Make sure that the Blue reservoir depressurization valve

____

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A396
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

12-36-29

Page A397
Aug 01/11

SYR
Connection of the Tools to the Blue Hydraulic System

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A398
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
Connection of the Tools to the Blue Hydraulic System

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page A399
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
Blue Hydraulic System - Schematic Diagram

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B300
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
Blue Hydraulic System - Schematic Diagram

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B301
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
supply.
supply.
1
_ Remove the Blue HP filter (2048GM) (Ref. TASK 29-12-45-610-
001).
2
(DH0501) in place of the Blue HP filter (2048GM).
3
1
_ Disconnect the tube from the outlet side of the LP filter
(2002GM).
2
_ Put a PLUG - BLANKING in the open port of the tube.
3
_ Connect the LP filter (2002GM) with the LP2 line. Use the
HOSES FOR FLUID CHANGE, LP (98D12308351000) for the
connection.
(DH0501) is 4.0 bar (58.0150 psi).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B302
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 12-36-29-611-069
F. Fill the Blue Hydraulic Reservoir as follows:
(1) Open the depressurization valve (2087GM) of the Blue reservoir

(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
(3) Fill the Blue reservoir until the fluid is at the upper limit on the
visual indicator.
(5) Close the depressurization valve of the Blue reservoir.
(6) Pressurize the Blue hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 12-36-29-611-070
NOTE : Obey the fluid level of the Blue reservoir during the procedure.
____
(1) Change the Fluid in the Suction, Pressure and Case Drain Lines of the
Blue Electric Pump (2075GJ):

- Make sure that the valve V1 is open.
(c) On the overhead panel 40VU:

- Push the BLUE ELEC PUMP P/BSW.
(d) On the maintenance panel 50VU:

- Push and release the BLUE PUMP OVRD P/BSW:
- The ON legend comes on
- The electric pump starts.

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B303
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
(e) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501):
- Open the valve V2 until you collect 4 liters of fluid.
(f) Close the valve V2.
(g) On the maintenance panel 50VU:

- Push and release the BLUE PUMP OVRD P/BSW:
- The ON legend goes off
- The electric pump stops.
(h) Stop the hydraulic ground power supply.
servocontrols:
_______

____
(b) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, push the LEAK MEASUREMENT
VALVES/B P/BSW (the OFF legend is off).
(c) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) open the valve V1
(d) Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system with the E-pump (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-003). Make sure that the system pressure shown on
the ECAM SD and the pressure gauge of the system accumulator is
correct.
(e) In the cockpit, operate the flight controls.
(f) On the panel 11VU, move the GND SPLRS ARMED lever to the FULL

____
(g) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully to the left

____

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B304
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
(h) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully forward and

____
(i) At the captain or first officer position, push the LH pedal fully
times.

____
(j) On the panel 114VU, move the flap/slat lever to the FULL position

____
(k) Stop the hydraulic ground power supply.
(l) Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-

003).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 12-36-29-610-071
A. Replace the filter elements of these hydraulic filters:

- LP filter (2002GM) (Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001).
- Case drain filter (2084GM) (Ref. TASK 29-12-43-610-001).
Subtask 12-36-29-860-129
MEASUREMENT VALVES/B pushbutton switch is set to off (the OFF legend
is on).
(2) On the Blue HP manifold (2011GM), remove the PLUG - BLANKING

(E0052R8B3APNE TYPE) from the pressure switches (2151GN) and (10CE1)
(DH0501).
(4) Disconnect the LP2 line from the LP filter (2002GM). Remove the
blanking plug from the tube and connect the tube to the outlet side
of the LP filter (2002GM).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B305
Aug 01/11

SYR
(8) Pressurize the Blue hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002).
necessary fill the Blue hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-
002).

Subtask 12-36-29-865-061
breaker(s):
1701GK, 1702GK, 3700GD, 3701GD, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX
Subtask 12-36-29-410-089
D. Close Access
items.
(3) Close the access doors 197EB and 195BB.
(4) Close the main landing gear door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 12-36-29

Page B306
Aug 01/11

SYR

A320 Amm CH 12 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

A320 Amm CH 12 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

__________

REVISION NO. 31 Aug 01/11

L.E.P. 1- 8 REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION INDICATING

12-12-32 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

12-13-24 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

12-13-27 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

12-13-80 WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL

12-14-32 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

12-21-12 LAYOUT IMPROVED OR EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

12-21-13 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

702- 706, CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

12-22-56 LAYOUT IMPROVED OR EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

12-24-34 LAYOUT IMPROVED OR EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

12-31-38 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

12-31-71 LAYOUT IMPROVED OR EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

12-32-24 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

12-32-28 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

12-32-29 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

12-32-79 LAYOUT IMPROVED OR EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

12-33-21 LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL

12-36-29 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

RECORD 12-11-28 312 May01/01 12-11-28 354 Nov01/10

12-12-29 R 307 Aug01/11 12-12-32 341 Nov01/10 12-12-32 392 May01/11

12-13-24 308 May01/11 12-13-27 336 May01/06 12-14-32 310 Nov01/10

12-14-32 361 May01/11 12-20-00 1 May01/98 12-21-12 326 Nov01/08

12-21-13 R 711 Aug01/11 12-22-27 329 May01/11 12-22-32 326 May01/10

12-22-52 341 May01/11 12-31-00 206 May01/10 12-31-25 204 Nov01/10

12-32-24 301 May01/11 12-32-79 301 May01/06 12-36-29 314 May01/10

12-36-29 365 May01/11 12-36-29 A316 May01/11 12-36-29 A367 May01/11

HYDRAULIC FLUIDS 12-12-00

RAIN REPELLENT 12-17-00

USE OF MANUAL (MAGNETIC) FUEL QUANTITY 12-28-00

AIRCRAFT PROTECTION 12-31-00

AIRCRAFT PROTECTION 12-31-00

SAMPLING FOR ANALYSIS 12-32-00

SYSTEM LINE FLUSHING 12-36-00

Installation of the Wingrip

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

27-00-00-080-002 Removal of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(2) Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

A. Installation of the WINGRIP (15318-00)

(1) Refer to the Wingrip manufacturers instructions for installation of

NOTE : Only personnel with special training are authorized to

R A. Removal of the WINGRIP (15318-00)

R (1) Refer to the Wingrip manufacturers instructions for removal of the

R B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

R (1) Remove the access platform(s).

R (2) Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

R (3) Remove the warning notice(s).

General Refuel/Defuel Safety Procedures

The procedure that follows contains information as specified in the IATA

12-34-24-869-001 Aircraft Grounding for the Refuel/Defuel Operations

(5) Ground and bond the aircraft (Ref. TASK 12-34-24-869-001).

R NOTE : Airbus recommends that the park brake is set to ON when

R (a) If the ramp is flat (no slope):

R (b) If the ramp has a slope:

(17) Do not operate the aircraft main engines during a refuel/defuel

NOTE : In an emergency it is permitted to refuel with one engine

(a) An APU start is not permitted during a refuel/defuel procedure if

(1) Refer to the Wingrip manufacturers instructions for installation of

R (1) Refer to the Wingrip manufacturers instructions for removal of the